Quotations.ch
  Directory : The Valley of Decision
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Valley of Decision, by Edith Wharton
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • Title: The Valley of Decision
  • Author: Edith Wharton
  • Posting Date: August 1, 2009 [EBook #4327]
  • Release Date: August, 2003
  • First Posted: January 7, 2002
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VALLEY OF DECISION ***
  • Produced by Sue Asscher. HTML version by Al Haines.
  • THE VALLEY OF DECISION
  • BY
  • EDITH WHARTON
  • Author of "A Gift from the Grave," "Crucial Instances," etc.
  • "Multitudes, multitudes in the valley of decision."
  • TO
  • MY FRIENDS
  • PAUL AND MINNIE BOURGET
  • IN REMEMBRANCE OF
  • ITALIAN DAYS TOGETHER.
  • CONTENTS.
  • BOOK I. THE OLD ORDER.
  • BOOK II. THE NEW LIGHT.
  • BOOK III. THE CHOICE.
  • BOOK IV. THE REWARD.
  • BOOK I.
  • THE OLD ORDER.
  • Prima che incontro alla festosa fronte
  • I lugubri suoi lampi il ver baleni.
  • 1.1.
  • It was very still in the small neglected chapel. The noises of the farm
  • came faintly through closed doors--voices shouting at the oxen in the
  • lower fields, the querulous bark of the old house-dog, and Filomena's
  • angry calls to the little white-faced foundling in the kitchen.
  • The February day was closing, and a ray of sunshine, slanting through a
  • slit in the chapel wall, brought out the vision of a pale haloed head
  • floating against the dusky background of the chancel like a water-lily
  • on its leaf. The face was that of the saint of Assisi--a sunken ravaged
  • countenance, lit with an ecstasy of suffering that seemed not so much to
  • reflect the anguish of the Christ at whose feet the saint knelt, as the
  • mute pain of all poor down-trodden folk on earth.
  • When the small Odo Valsecca--the only frequenter of the chapel--had been
  • taunted by the farmer's wife for being a beggar's brat, or when his ears
  • were tingling from the heavy hand of the farmer's son, he found a
  • melancholy kinship in that suffering face; but since he had fighting
  • blood in him too, coming on the mother's side of the rude Piedmontese
  • stock of the Marquesses di Donnaz, there were other moods when he turned
  • instead to the stout Saint George in gold armour, just discernible
  • through the grime and dust of the opposite wall.
  • The chapel of Pontesordo was indeed as wonderful a storybook as fate
  • ever unrolled before the eyes of a neglected and solitary child. For a
  • hundred years or more Pontesordo, a fortified manor of the Dukes of
  • Pianura, had been used as a farmhouse; and the chapel was never opened
  • save when, on Easter Sunday, a priest came from the town to say mass. At
  • other times it stood abandoned, cobwebs curtaining the narrow windows,
  • farm tools leaning against the walls, and the dust deep on the sea-gods
  • and acanthus volutes of the altar. The manor of Pontesordo was very old.
  • The country people said that the great warlock Virgil, whose
  • dwelling-place was at Mantua, had once shut himself up for a year in the
  • topmost chamber of the keep, engaged in unholy researches; and another
  • legend related that Alda, wife of an early lord of Pianura, had thrown
  • herself from its battlements to escape the pursuit of the terrible
  • Ezzelino. The chapel adjoined this keep, and Filomena, the farmer's
  • wife, told Odo that it was even older than the tower and that the walls
  • had been painted by early martyrs who had concealed themselves there
  • from the persecutions of the pagan emperors.
  • On such questions a child of Odo's age could obviously have no
  • pronounced opinion, the less so as Filomena's facts varied according to
  • the seasons or her mood, so that on a day of east wind or when the worms
  • were not hatching well, she had been known to affirm that the pagans had
  • painted the chapel under Virgil's instruction, to commemorate the
  • Christians they had tortured. In spite of the distance to which these
  • conflicting statements seemed to relegate them, Odo somehow felt as
  • though these pale strange people--youths with ardent faces under their
  • small round caps, damsels with wheat-coloured hair and boys no bigger
  • than himself, holding spotted dogs in leash--were younger and nearer to
  • him than the dwellers on the farm: Jacopone the farmer, the shrill
  • Filomena, who was Odo's foster-mother, the hulking bully their son and
  • the abate who once a week came out from Pianura to give Odo religious
  • instruction and who dismissed his questions with the invariable
  • exhortation not to pry into matters that were beyond his years. Odo had
  • loved the pictures in the chapel all the better since the abate, with a
  • shrug, had told him they were nothing but old rubbish, the work of the
  • barbarians.
  • Life at Pontesordo was in truth not very pleasant for an ardent and
  • sensitive little boy of nine, whose remote connection with the reigning
  • line of Pianura did not preserve him from wearing torn clothes and
  • eating black bread and beans out of an earthen bowl on the kitchen
  • doorstep.
  • "Go ask your mother for new clothes!" Filomena would snap at him, when
  • his toes came through his shoes and the rents in his jacket-sleeves had
  • spread beyond darning. "These you are wearing are my Giannozzo's, as you
  • well know, and every rag on your back is mine, if there were any law for
  • poor folk, for not a copper of pay for your keep or a stitch of clothing
  • for your body have we had these two years come Assumption--. What's
  • that? You can't ask your mother, you say, because she never comes here?
  • True enough--fine ladies let their brats live in cow-dung, but they must
  • have Indian carpets under their own feet. Well, ask the abate, then--he
  • has lace ruffles to his coat and a naked woman painted on his snuff
  • box--What? He only holds his hands up when you ask? Well, then, go ask
  • your friends on the chapel-walls--maybe they'll give you a pair of
  • shoes--though Saint Francis, for that matter, was the father of the
  • discalced, and would doubtless tell you to go without!" And she would
  • add with a coarse laugh: "Don't you know that the discalced are shod
  • with gold?"
  • It was after such a scene that the beggar-noble, as they called him at
  • Pontesordo, would steal away to the chapel and, seating himself on an
  • upturned basket or a heap of pumpkins, gaze long into the face of the
  • mournful saint.
  • There was nothing unusual in Odo's lot. It was that of many children in
  • the eighteenth century, especially those whose parents were cadets of
  • noble houses, with an appanage barely sufficient to keep their wives and
  • themselves in court finery, much less to pay their debts and clothe and
  • educate their children. All over Italy at that moment, had Odo Valsecca
  • but known it, were lads whose ancestors, like his own, had been dukes
  • and crusaders, but who, none the less, were faring, as he fared, on
  • black bread and hard blows, and the half-comprehended taunts of unpaid
  • foster-parents. Many, doubtless, there were who cared little enough, as
  • long as they might play morro with the farmer's lads and ride the colt
  • bare-back through the pasture and go bird-netting and frog-hunting with
  • the village children; but some perhaps, like Odo, suffered in a dumb
  • animal way, without understanding why life was so hard on little boys.
  • Odo, for his part, had small taste for the sports in which Gianozzo and
  • the village lads took pleasure. He shrank from any amusement associated
  • with the frightening or hurting of animals, and his bosom swelled with
  • the fine gentleman's scorn of the clowns who got their fun in so coarse
  • a way. Now and then he found a moment's glee in a sharp tussle with one
  • of the younger children who had been tormenting a frog or a beetle; but
  • he was still too young for real fighting, and could only hang on the
  • outskirts when the bigger boys closed, and think how some day he would
  • be at them and break their lubberly heads. There were thus many hours
  • when he turned to the silent consolations of the chapel. So familiar had
  • he grown with the images on its walls that he had a name for every one:
  • the King, the Knight, the Lady, the children with guinea-pigs, basilisks
  • and leopards, and lastly the Friend, as he called Saint Francis. An
  • almond-faced lady on a white palfrey with gold trappings represented his
  • mother, whom he had seen too seldom for any distinct image to interfere
  • with the illusion; a knight in damascened armour and scarlet cloak was
  • the valiant captain, his father, who held a commission in the ducal
  • army; and a proud young man in diadem and ermine, attended by a retinue
  • of pages, stood for his cousin, the reigning Duke of Pianura.
  • A mist, as usual at that hour, was rising from the marshes between
  • Pontesordo and Pianura, and the light soon ebbed from the saint's face,
  • leaving the chapel in obscurity. Odo had crept there that afternoon with
  • a keener sense than usual of the fact that life was hard on little boys;
  • and though he was cold and hungry and half afraid, the solitude in which
  • he cowered seemed more endurable than the noisy kitchen where, at that
  • hour, the farm hands were gathering for their polenta, and Filomena was
  • screaming at the frightened orphan who carried the dishes to the table.
  • He knew, of course, that life at Pontesordo would not last for
  • ever--that in time he would grow up and be mysteriously transformed into
  • a young gentleman with a sword and laced coat, who would go to court and
  • perhaps be an officer in the Duke's army or in that of some neighbouring
  • prince; but, viewed from the lowliness of his nine years, that dazzling
  • prospect was too remote to yield much solace for the cuffs and sneers,
  • the ragged shoes and sour bread of the present. The fog outside had
  • thickened, and the face of Odo's friend was now discernible only as a
  • spot of pallor in the surrounding dimness. Even he seemed farther away
  • than usual, withdrawn into the fog as into that mist of indifference
  • which lay all about Odo's hot and eager spirit. The child sat down among
  • the gourds and medlars on the muddy floor and hid his face against his
  • knees.
  • He had sat there a long time when the noise of wheels and the crack of a
  • postillion's whip roused the dogs chained in the stable. Odo's heart
  • began to beat. What could the sounds mean? It was as though the
  • flood-tide of the unknown were rising about him and bursting open the
  • chapel door to pour in on his loneliness. It was, in fact, Filomena who
  • opened the door, crying out to him in an odd Easter Sunday voice, the
  • voice she used when she had on her silk neckerchief and gold chain or
  • when she was talking to the bailiff.
  • Odo sprang up and hid his face in her lap. She seemed, of a sudden,
  • nearer to him than any one else--a last barrier between himself and the
  • mystery that awaited him outside.
  • "Come, you poor sparrow," she said, dragging him across the threshold of
  • the chapel, "the abate is here asking for you;" and she crossed herself,
  • as though she had named a saint.
  • Odo pulled away from her with a last wistful glance at Saint Francis,
  • who looked back at him in an ecstasy of commiseration.
  • "Come, come," Filomena repeated, dropping to her ordinary key as she
  • felt the resistance of the little boy's hand. "Have you no heart, you
  • wicked child? But, to be sure, the poor innocent doesn't know! Come
  • cavaliere, your illustrious mother waits."
  • "My mother?" The blood rushed to his face; and she had called him
  • "cavaliere"!
  • "Not here, my poor lamb! The abate is here; don't you see the lights of
  • the carriage? There, there, go to him. I haven't told him, your
  • reverence; it's my silly tender-heartedness that won't let me. He's
  • always been like one of my own creatures to me--" and she confounded Odo
  • by bursting into tears.
  • The abate stood on the doorstep. He was a tall stout man with a hooked
  • nose and lace ruffles. His nostrils were stained with snuff and he took
  • a pinch from a tortoise-shell box set with the miniature of a lady; then
  • he looked down at Odo and shrugged his shoulders.
  • Odo was growing sick with apprehension. It was two days before the
  • appointed time for his weekly instruction and he had not prepared his
  • catechism. He had not even thought of it--and the abate could use the
  • cane. Odo stood silent and envied girls, who are not disgraced by
  • crying. The tears were in his throat, but he had fixed principles about
  • crying. It was his opinion that a little boy who was a cavaliere might
  • weep when he was angry or sorry, but never when he was afraid; so he
  • held his head high and put his hand to his side, as though to rest it on
  • his sword.
  • The abate sneezed and tapped his snuff-box.
  • "Come, come, cavaliere, you must be brave--you must be a man; you have
  • duties, you have responsibilities. It's your duty to console your
  • mother--the poor lady is plunged in despair. Eh? What's that? You
  • haven't told him? Cavaliere, your illustrious father is no more."
  • Odo stared a moment without understanding; then his grief burst from him
  • in a great sob, and he hid himself against Filomena's apron, weeping for
  • the father in damascened armour and scarlet cloak.
  • "Come, come," said the abate impatiently. "Is supper laid? for we must
  • be gone as soon as the mist rises." He took the little boy by the hand.
  • "Would it not distract your mind to recite the catechism?" he inquired.
  • "No, no!" cried Odo with redoubled sobs.
  • "Well, then, as you will. What a madman!" he exclaimed to Filomena. "I
  • warrant it hasn't seen its father three times in its life. Come in,
  • cavaliere; come to supper."
  • Filomena had laid a table in the stone chamber known as the bailiff's
  • parlour, and thither the abate dragged his charge and set him down
  • before the coarse tablecloth covered with earthen platters. A tallow dip
  • threw its flare on the abate's big aquiline face as he sat opposite Odo,
  • gulping the hastily prepared frittura and the thick purple wine in its
  • wicker flask. Odo could eat nothing. The tears still ran down his cheeks
  • and his whole soul was possessed by the longing to steal back and see
  • whether the figure of the knight in the scarlet cloak had vanished from
  • the chapel wall. The abate sat in silence, gobbling his food like the
  • old black pig in the yard. When he had finished he stood up, exclaiming:
  • "Death comes to us all, as the hawk said to the chicken. You must be a
  • man, cavaliere." Then he stepped into the kitchen, and called out for
  • the horses to be put to.
  • The farm hands had slunk away to one of the outhouses, and Filomena and
  • Jacopone stood bowing and curtseying as the carriage drew up at the
  • kitchen door. In a corner of the big vaulted room the little foundling
  • was washing the dishes, heaping the scraps in a bowl for herself and the
  • fowls. Odo ran back and touched her arm. She gave a start and looked at
  • him with frightened eyes. He had nothing to give her, but he said:
  • "Good-bye, Momola"; and he thought to himself that when he was grown up
  • and had a sword he would surely come back and bring her a pair of shoes
  • and a panettone. The abate was calling him, and the next moment he found
  • himself lifted into the carriage, amid the blessings and lamentations of
  • his foster-parents; and with a great baying of dogs and clacking of
  • whipcord the horses clattered out of the farmyard, and turned their
  • heads toward Pianura.
  • The mist had rolled back and fields and vineyards lay bare to the winter
  • moon. The way was lonely, for it skirted the marsh, where no one lived;
  • and only here and there the tall black shadow of a crucifix ate into the
  • whiteness of the road. Shreds of vapour still hung about the hollows,
  • but beyond these fold on fold of translucent hills melted into a sky
  • dewy with stars. Odo cowered in his corner, staring out awestruck at the
  • unrolling of the strange white landscape. He had seldom been out at
  • night, and never in a carriage; and there was something terrifying to
  • him in this flight through the silent moon-washed fields, where no oxen
  • moved in the furrows, no peasants pruned the mulberries, and not a
  • goat's bell tinkled among the oaks. He felt himself alone in a ghostly
  • world from which even the animals had vanished, and at last he averted
  • his eyes from the dreadful scene and sat watching the abate, who had
  • fixed a reading-lamp at his back, and whose hooked-nosed shadow, as the
  • springs jolted him up and down, danced overhead like the huge Pulcinella
  • at the fair of Pontesordo.
  • 1.2.
  • The gleam of a lantern woke Odo. The horses had stopped at the gates of
  • Pianura, and the abate giving the pass-word, the carriage rolled under
  • the gatehouse and continued its way over the loud cobble-stones of the
  • ducal streets. These streets were so dark, being lit but by some lantern
  • projecting here and there from the angle of a wall, or by the flare of
  • an oil-lamp under a shrine, that Odo, leaning eagerly out, could only
  • now and then catch a sculptured palace-window, the grinning mask on the
  • keystone of an archway, or the gleaming yellowish facade of a church
  • inlaid with marbles. Once or twice an uncurtained window showed a group
  • of men drinking about a wineshop table, or an artisan bending over his
  • work by the light of a tallow dip; but for the most part doors and
  • windows were barred and the streets disturbed only by the watchman's cry
  • or by a flash of light and noise as a sedan chair passed with its escort
  • of linkmen and servants. All this was amazing enough to the sleepy eyes
  • of the little boy so unexpectedly translated from the solitude of
  • Pontesordo; but when the carriage turned under another arch and drew up
  • before the doorway of a great building ablaze with lights, the pressure
  • of accumulated emotions made him fling his arms about his preceptor's
  • neck.
  • "Courage, cavaliere, courage! You have duties, you have
  • responsibilities," the abate admonished him; and Odo, choking back his
  • fright, suffered himself to be lifted out by one of the lacqueys grouped
  • about the door. The abate, who carried a much lower crest than at
  • Pontesordo, and seemed far more anxious to please the servants than they
  • to oblige him, led the way up a shining marble staircase where beggars
  • whined on the landings and powdered footmen in the ducal livery were
  • running to and fro with trays of refreshments. Odo, who knew that his
  • mother lived in the Duke's palace, had vaguely imagined that his
  • father's death must have plunged its huge precincts into silence and
  • mourning; but as he followed the abate up successive flights of stairs
  • and down long corridors full of shadow he heard a sound of dance music
  • below and caught the flash of girandoles through the antechamber doors.
  • The thought that his father's death had made no difference to any one in
  • the palace was to the child so much more astonishing than any of the
  • other impressions crowding his brain, that these were scarcely felt, and
  • he passed as in a dream through rooms where servants were quarrelling
  • over cards and waiting-women rummaged in wardrobes full of perfumed
  • finery, to a bedchamber in which a lady dressed in weeds sat
  • disconsolately at supper.
  • "Mamma! Mamma!" he cried, springing forward in a passion of tears.
  • The lady, who was young, pale and handsome, pushed back her chair with a
  • warning hand.
  • "Child," she exclaimed, "your shoes are covered with mud; and, good
  • heavens, how you smell of the stable! Abate, is it thus you teach your
  • pupil to approach me?"
  • "Madam, I am abashed by the cavaliere's temerity. But in truth I believe
  • excessive grief has clouded his wits--'tis inconceivable how he mourns
  • his father!"
  • Donna Laura's eyebrows rose in a faint smile. "May he never have worse
  • to grieve for!" said she in French; then, extending her scented hand to
  • the little boy, she added solemnly: "My son, we have suffered an
  • irreparable loss."
  • Odo, abashed by her rebuke and the abate's apology, had drawn his heels
  • together in a rustic version of the low bow with which the children of
  • that day were taught to approach their parents.
  • "Holy Virgin!" said his mother with a laugh, "I perceive they have no
  • dancing-master at Pontesordo. Cavaliere, you may kiss my hand.
  • So--that's better; we shall make a gentleman of you yet. But what makes
  • your face so wet? Ah, crying, to be sure. Mother of God! as for crying,
  • there's enough to cry about." She put the child aside and turned to the
  • preceptor. "The Duke refuses to pay," she said with a shrug of despair.
  • "Good heavens!" lamented the abate, raising his hands. "And Don Lelio?"
  • he faltered.
  • She shrugged again, impatiently. "As great a gambler as my husband.
  • They're all alike, abate: six times since last Easter has the bill been
  • sent to me for that trifle of a turquoise buckle he made such a to-do
  • about giving me." She rose and began to pace the room in disorder. "I'm
  • a ruined woman," she cried, "and it's a disgrace for the Duke to refuse
  • me."
  • The abate raised an admonishing finger. "Excellency...excellency..."
  • She glanced over her shoulder.
  • "Eh? You're right. Everything is heard here. But who's to pay for my
  • mourning the saints alone know! I sent an express this morning to my
  • father, but you know my brothers bleed him like leeches. I could have
  • got this easily enough from the Duke a year ago--it's his marriage has
  • made him so stiff. That little white-faced fool--she hates me because
  • Lelio won't look at her, and she thinks it's my fault. As if I cared
  • whom he looks at! Sometimes I think he has money put away...all I want
  • is two hundred ducats...a woman of my rank!" She turned suddenly on Odo,
  • who stood, very small and frightened, in the corner to which she had
  • pushed him. "What are you staring at, child? Eh! the monkey is dropping
  • with sleep. Look at his eyes, abate! Here, Vanna, Tonina, to bed with
  • him; he may sleep with you in my dressing-closet, Tonina. Go with her,
  • child, go; but for God's sake wake him if he snores. I'm too ill to have
  • my rest disturbed." And she lifted a pomander to her nostrils.
  • The next few days dwelt in Odo's memory as a blur of strange sights and
  • sounds. The super-acute state of his perceptions was succeeded after a
  • night's sleep by the natural passivity with which children accept the
  • improbable, so that he passed from one novel impression to another as
  • easily and with the same exhilaration as if he had been listening to a
  • fairy tale. Solitude and neglect had no surprises for him, and it seemed
  • natural enough that his mother and her maids should be too busy to
  • remember his presence.
  • For the first day or two he sat unnoticed on his little stool in a
  • corner of his mother's room, while packing-chests were dragged in,
  • wardrobes emptied, mantua-makers and milliners consulted, and
  • troublesome creditors dismissed with abuse, or even blows, by the
  • servants lounging in the ante-chamber. Donna Laura continued to show the
  • liveliest symptoms of concern, but the child perceived her distress to
  • be but indirectly connected with the loss she had suffered, and he had
  • seen enough of poverty at the farm to guess that the need of money was
  • somehow at the bottom of her troubles. How any one could be in want, who
  • slept between damask curtains and lived on sweet cakes and chocolate, it
  • exceeded his fancy to conceive; yet there were times when his mother's
  • voice had the same frightened angry sound as Filomena's on the days when
  • the bailiff went over the accounts at Pontesordo.
  • Her excellency's rooms, during these days, were always crowded, for
  • besides the dressmakers and other merchants there was the hairdresser,
  • or French Monsu--a loud, important figure, with a bag full of cosmetics
  • and curling-irons--the abate, always running in and out with messages
  • and letters, and taking no more notice of Odo than if he had never seen
  • him, and a succession of ladies brimming with condolences, and each
  • followed by a servant who swelled the noisy crowd of card-playing
  • lacqueys in the ante-chamber.
  • Through all these figures came and went another, to Odo the most
  • noticeable,--that of a handsome young man with a high manner, dressed
  • always in black, but with an excess of lace ruffles and jewels, a
  • clouded amber head to his cane, and red heels to his shoes. This young
  • gentleman, whose age could not have been more than twenty, and who had
  • the coldest insolent air, was treated with profound respect by all but
  • Donna Laura, who was for ever quarrelling with him when he was present,
  • yet could not support his absence without lamentations and alarm. The
  • abate appeared to act as messenger between the two, and when he came to
  • say that the Count rode with the court, or was engaged to sup with the
  • Prime Minister, or had business on his father's estate in the country,
  • the lady would openly yield to her distress, crying out that she knew
  • well enough what his excuses meant: that she was the most cruelly
  • outraged of women, and that he treated her no better than a husband.
  • For two days Odo languished in his corner, whisked by the women's
  • skirts, smothered under the hoops and falbalas which the dressmakers
  • unpacked from their cases, fed at irregular hours, and faring on the
  • whole no better than at Pontesordo. The third morning, Vanna, who seemed
  • the most good-natured of the women, cried out on his pale looks when she
  • brought him his cup of chocolate. "I declare," she exclaimed, "the child
  • has had no air since he came in from the farm. What does your excellency
  • say? Shall the hunchback take him for a walk in the gardens?"
  • To this her excellency, who sat at her toilet under the hair-dresser's
  • hands, irritably replied that she had not slept all night and was in no
  • state to be tormented about such trifles, but that the child might go
  • where he pleased.
  • Odo, who was very weary of his corner, sprang up readily enough when
  • Vanna, at this, beckoned him to the inner ante-chamber. Here, where
  • persons of a certain condition waited (the outer being given over to
  • servants and tradesmen), they found a lean humpbacked boy, shabbily
  • dressed in darned stockings and a faded coat, but with an extraordinary
  • keen pale face that at once attracted and frightened the child.
  • "There, go with him; he won't eat you," said Vanna, giving him a push as
  • she hurried away; and Odo, trembling a little, laid his hand in the
  • boy's. "Where do you come from?" he faltered, looking up into his
  • companion's face.
  • The boy laughed and the blood rose to his high cheekbones. "I?--From the
  • Innocenti, if your Excellency knows where that is," said he.
  • Odo's face lit up. "Of course I do," he cried, reassured. "I know a girl
  • who comes from there--the Momola at Pontesordo."
  • "Ah, indeed?" said the boy with a queer look. "Well, she's my sister,
  • then. Give her my compliments when you see her, cavaliere. Oh, we're a
  • large family, we are!"
  • Odo's perplexity was returning. "Are you really Momola's brother?" he
  • asked.
  • "Eh, in a way--we're children of the same house."
  • "But you live in the palace, don't you?" Odo persisted, his curiosity
  • surmounting his fear. "Are you a servant of my mother's?"
  • "I'm the servant of your illustrious mother's servants; the abatino of
  • the waiting-women. I write their love-letters, do you see, cavaliere, I
  • carry their rubbish to the pawnbroker's when their sweethearts have bled
  • them of their savings; I clean the birdcages and feed the monkeys, and
  • do the steward's accounts when he's drunk, and sleep on a bench in the
  • portico and steal my food from the pantry...and my father very likely
  • goes in velvet and carries a sword at his side."
  • The boy's voice had grown shrill, and his eyes blazed like an owl's in
  • the dark. Odo would have given the world to be back in his corner, but
  • he was ashamed to betray his lack of heart; and to give himself courage
  • he asked haughtily: "And what is your name, boy?"
  • The hunchback gave him a gleaming look. "Call me Brutus," he cried, "for
  • Brutus killed a tyrant." He gave Odo's hand a pull. "Come along," said
  • he, "and I'll show you his statue in the garden--Brutus's statue in a
  • prince's garden, mind you!" And as the little boy trotted at his side
  • down the long corridors he kept repeating under his breath in a kind of
  • angry sing-song, "For Brutus killed a tyrant."
  • The sense of strangeness inspired by his odd companion soon gave way in
  • Odo's mind to emotions of delight and wonder. He was, even at that age,
  • unusually sensitive to external impressions, and when the hunchback,
  • after descending many stairs and winding through endless back-passages,
  • at length led him out on a terrace above the gardens, the beauty of the
  • sight swelled his little heart to bursting.
  • A Duke of Pianura had, some hundred years earlier, caused a great wing
  • to be added to his palace by the eminent architect Carlo Borromini, and
  • this accomplished designer had at the same time replanted and enlarged
  • the ducal gardens. To Odo, who had never seen plantations more artful
  • than the vineyards and mulberry orchards about Pontesordo, these
  • perspectives of clipped beech and yew, these knots of box filled in with
  • multi-coloured sand, appeared, with the fountains, colonnades and
  • trellised arbours surmounted by globes of glass, to represent the very
  • pattern and Paradise of gardens. It seemed indeed too beautiful to be
  • real, and he trembled, as he sometimes did at the music of the Easter
  • mass, when the hunchback, laughing at his amazement, led him down the
  • terrace steps.
  • It was Odo's lot in after years to walk the alleys of many a splendid
  • garden, and to pace, often wearily enough, the paths along which he was
  • now led; but never after did he renew the first enchanted impression of
  • mystery and brightness that remained with him as the most vivid emotion
  • of his childhood.
  • Though it was February the season was so soft that the orange and lemon
  • trees had been put out in their earthen vases before the lemon-house,
  • and the beds in the parterres were full of violets, daffodils and
  • auriculas; but the scent of the orange-blossoms and the bright colours
  • of the flowers moved Odo less than the noble ordonnance of the pleached
  • alleys, each terminated by a statue or a marble seat; and when he came
  • to the grotto where, amid rearing sea-horses and Tritons, a cascade
  • poured from the grove above, his wonder passed into such delicious awe
  • as hung him speechless on the hunchback's hand.
  • "Eh," said the latter with a sneer, "it's a finer garden than we have at
  • our family palace. Do you know what's planted there?" he asked, turning
  • suddenly on the little boy. "Dead bodies, cavaliere! Rows and rows of
  • them; the bodies of my brothers and sisters, the Innocents who die like
  • flies every year of the cholera and the measles and the putrid fever."
  • He saw the terror in Odo's face and added in a gentler tone: "Eh, don't
  • cry, cavaliere; they sleep better in those beds than in any others
  • they're like to lie on. Come, come, and I'll show your excellency the
  • aviaries."
  • From the aviaries they passed to the Chinese pavilion, where the Duke
  • supped on summer evenings, and thence to the bowling-alley, the
  • fish-stew and the fruit-garden. At every step some fresh surprise
  • arrested Odo; but the terrible vision of that other garden planted with
  • the dead bodies of the Innocents robbed the spectacle of its brightness,
  • dulled the plumage of the birds behind their gilt wires and cast a
  • deeper shade over the beech-grove, where figures of goat-faced men
  • lurked balefully in the twilight. Odo was glad when they left the
  • blackness of this grove for the open walks, where gardeners were working
  • and he had the reassurance of the sky. The hunchback, who seemed sorry
  • that he had frightened him, told him many curious stories about the
  • marble images that adorned the walks; and pausing suddenly before one of
  • a naked man with a knife in his hand, cried out in a frenzy: "This is my
  • namesake, Brutus!" But when Odo would have asked if the naked man was a
  • kinsman, the boy hurried him on, saying only: "You'll read of him some
  • day in Plutarch."
  • 1.3.
  • Odo, next morning, under the hunchback's guidance, continued his
  • exploration of the palace. His mother seemed glad to be rid of him, and
  • Vanna packing him off early, with the warning that he was not to fall
  • into the fishponds or get himself trampled by the horses, he guessed,
  • with a thrill, that he had leave to visit the stables. Here in fact the
  • two boys were soon making their way among the crowd of grooms and
  • strappers in the yard, seeing the Duke's carriage-horses groomed, and
  • the Duchess's cream-coloured hackney saddled for her ride in the chase;
  • and at length, after much lingering and gazing, going on to the
  • harness-rooms and coach-house. The state-carriages, with their carved
  • and gilt wheels, their panels gay with flushed divinities and their
  • stupendous velvet hammer-cloths edged with bullion, held Odo spellbound.
  • He had a born taste for splendour, and the thought that he might one day
  • sit in one of these glittering vehicles puffed his breast with pride and
  • made him address the hunchback with sudden condescension. "When I'm a
  • man I shall ride in these carriages," he said; whereat the other laughed
  • and returned good-humouredly: "Eh, that's not so much to boast of,
  • cavaliere; I shall ride in a carriage one of these days myself." Odo
  • stared, not over-pleased, and the boy added: "When I'm carried to the
  • churchyard, I mean," with a chuckle of relish at the joke.
  • From the stables they passed to the riding-school, with its open
  • galleries supported on twisted columns, where the duke's gentlemen
  • managed their horses and took their exercise in bad weather. Several
  • rode there that morning; and among them, on a fine Arab, Odo recognised
  • the young man in black velvet who was so often in Donna Laura's
  • apartments.
  • "Who's that?" he whispered, pulling the hunchback's sleeve, as the
  • gentleman, just below them, made his horse execute a brilliant balotade.
  • "That? Bless the innocent! Why, the Count Lelio Trescorre, your
  • illustrious mother's cavaliere servente."
  • Odo was puzzled, but some instinct of reserve withheld him from further
  • questions. The hunchback, however, had no such scruples. "They do say,
  • though," he went on, "that her Highness has her eye on him, and in that
  • case I'll wager your illustrious mamma has no more chance than a sparrow
  • against a hawk."
  • The boy's words were incomprehensible, but the vague sense that some
  • danger might be threatening his mother's friend made Odo whisper: "What
  • would her Highness do to him?"
  • "Make him a prime-minister, cavaliere," the hunchback laughed.
  • Odo's guide, it appeared, was not privileged to conduct him through the
  • state apartments of the palace, and the little boy had now been four
  • days under the ducal roof without catching so much as a glimpse of his
  • sovereign and cousin. The very next morning, however, Vanna swept him
  • from his trundle-bed with the announcement that he was to be received by
  • the Duke that day, and that the tailor was now waiting to try on his
  • court dress. He found his mother propped against her pillows, drinking
  • chocolate, feeding her pet monkey and giving agitated directions to the
  • maidservants on their knees before the open carriage-trunks. Her
  • excellency informed Odo that she had that moment received an express
  • from his grandfather, the old Marquess di Donnaz; that they were to
  • start next morning for the castle of Donnaz, and that he was to be
  • presented to the Duke as soon as his Highness had risen from dinner. A
  • plump purse lay on the coverlet, and her countenance wore an air of
  • kindness and animation which, together with the prospect of wearing a
  • court dress and travelling to his grandfather's castle in the mountains,
  • so worked on Odo's spirits that, forgetting the abate's instructions, he
  • sprang to her with an eager caress.
  • "Child, child," was her only rebuke; and she added, with a tap on his
  • cheek: "It is lucky I shall have a sword to protect me."
  • Long before the hour Odo was buttoned into his embroidered coat and
  • waistcoat. He would have on the sword at once, and when they sat down to
  • dinner, though his mother pressed him to eat with more concern than she
  • had before shown, it went hard with him to put his weapon aside, and he
  • cast longing eyes at the corner where it lay. At length a chamberlain
  • summoned them and they set out down the corridors, attended by two
  • servants. Odo held his head high, with one hand leading Donna Laura (for
  • he would not appear to be led by her) while the other fingered his
  • sword. The deformed beggars who always lurked about the great staircase
  • fawned on them as they passed, and on a landing they crossed the
  • humpbacked boy, who grinned mockingly at Odo; but the latter, with his
  • chin up, would not so much as glance at him.
  • A master of ceremonies in short black cloak and gold chain received them
  • in the antechamber of the Duchess's apartments, where the court played
  • lansquenet after dinner; the doors of her Highness's closet were thrown
  • open, and Odo, now glad enough to cling to his mother's hand, found
  • himself in a tall room, with gods and goddesses in the clouds overhead
  • and personages as supra-terrestrial seated in gilt armchairs about a
  • smoking brazier. Before one of these, to whom Donna Laura swept
  • successive curtsies in advancing, the frightened cavaliere found himself
  • dragged with his sword between his legs. He ducked his head like the old
  • drake diving for worms in the puddle at the farm, and when at last he
  • dared look up, it was to see an odd sallow face, half-smothered in an
  • immense wig, bowing back at him with infinite ceremony--and Odo's heart
  • sank to think that this was his sovereign.
  • The Duke was in fact a sickly narrow-faced young man with thick
  • obstinate lips and a slight lameness that made his walk ungainly; but
  • though no way resembling the ermine-cloaked king of the chapel at
  • Pontesordo, he yet knew how to put on a certain majesty with his state
  • wig and his orders. As for the newly married Duchess, who sat at the
  • other end of the cabinet caressing a toy spaniel, she was scant fourteen
  • and looked a mere child in her great hoop and jewelled stomacher. Her
  • wonderful fair hair, drawn over a cushion and lightly powdered, was
  • twisted with pearls and roses, and her cheeks excessively rouged, in the
  • French fashion; so that as she arose on the approach of the visitors she
  • looked to Odo for all the world like the wooden Virgin hung with votive
  • offerings in the parish church at Pontesordo. Though they were but three
  • months married the Duke, it was rumoured, was never with her, preferring
  • the company of the young Marquess of Cerveno, his cousin and
  • heir-presumptive, a pale boy scented with musk and painted like a
  • comedian, whom his Highness would never suffer away from him and who now
  • leaned with an impertinent air against the back of the ducal armchair.
  • On the other side of the brazier sat the dowager Duchess, the Duke's
  • grandmother, an old lady so high and forbidding of aspect that Odo cast
  • but one look at her face, which was yellow and wrinkled as a medlar, and
  • surmounted, in the Spanish style, with black veils and a high coif. What
  • these alarming personages said and did, the child could never recall;
  • nor were his own actions clear to him, except for a furtive caress that
  • he remembered giving the spaniel as he kissed the Duchess's hand;
  • whereupon her Highness snatched up the pampered animal and walked away
  • with a pout of anger. Odo noticed that her angry look followed him as he
  • and Donna Laura withdrew; but the next moment he heard the Duke's voice
  • and saw his Highness limping after them.
  • "You must have a furred cloak for your journey, cousin," said he
  • awkwardly, pressing something in the hand of Odo's mother, who broke
  • into fresh compliments and curtsies, while the Duke, with a finger on
  • his thick lip, withdrew hastily into the closet.
  • The next morning early they set out on their journey. There had been
  • frost in the night and a cold sun sparkled on the palace windows and on
  • the marble church-fronts as their carriage lumbered through the streets,
  • now full of noise and animation. It was Odo's first glimpse of the town
  • by daylight, and he clapped his hands with delight at sight of the
  • people picking their way across the reeking gutters, the asses laden
  • with milk and vegetables, the servant-girls bargaining at the
  • provision-stalls, the shop-keepers' wives going to mass in pattens and
  • hoods, with scaldini in their muffs, the dark recessed openings in the
  • palace basements, where fruit sellers, wine-merchants and coppersmiths
  • displayed their wares, the pedlars hawking books and toys, and here and
  • there a gentleman in a sedan chair returning flushed and disordered from
  • a night at bassett or faro. The travelling-carriage was escorted by
  • half-a-dozen of the Duke's troopers and Don Lelio rode at the door
  • followed by two grooms. He wore a furred coat and boots, and never, to
  • Odo, had he appeared more proud and splendid; but Donna Laura had hardly
  • a word for him, and he rode with the set air of a man who acquits
  • himself of a troublesome duty.
  • Outside the gates the spectacle seemed tame in comparison; for the road
  • bent toward Pontesordo, and Odo was familiar enough with the look of the
  • bare fields, set here and there with oak-copses to which the leaves
  • still clung. As the carriage skirted the marsh his mother raised the
  • windows, exclaiming that they must not expose themselves to the
  • pestilent air; and though Odo was not yet addicted to general
  • reflections, he could not but wonder that she should display such dread
  • of an atmosphere she had let him breathe since his birth. He knew of
  • course that the sunset vapours on the marsh were unhealthy: everybody on
  • the farm had a touch of the ague, and it was a saying in the village
  • that no one lived at Pontesordo who could buy an ass to carry him away;
  • but that Donna Laura, in skirting the place on a clear morning of frost,
  • should show such fear of infection, gave a sinister emphasis to the
  • ill-repute of the region.
  • The thought, he knew not why, turned his mind to Momola, who often on
  • damp evenings sat shaking and burning in the kitchen corner. He
  • reflected with a pang that he might never see her again, and leaning
  • forward he strained his eyes for a glimpse of Pontesordo. They were
  • passing through a patch of oaks; but where these ended the country
  • opened, and beyond a belt of osiers and the mottled faded stretches of
  • the marsh the keep stood up like a beckoning finger. Odo cried out as
  • though in answer to its call; but that moment the road turned a knoll
  • and bent across rising ground toward an unfamiliar region.
  • "Thank God!" cried his mother, lowering the window, "we're rid of that
  • poison and can breath the air."
  • As the keep vanished Odo reproached himself for not having begged a pair
  • of shoes for Momola. He had felt very sorry for her since the hunchback
  • had spoken so strangely of life at the foundling hospital; and he had a
  • sudden vision of her bare feet, pinched with cold and cut with the
  • pebbles of the yard, perpetually running across the damp stone floors,
  • with Filomena crying after her: "Hasten then, child of iniquity! You
  • are slower than a day without bread!" He had almost resolved to speak of
  • the foundling to his mother, who still seemed in a condescending humour;
  • but his attention was unexpectedly distracted by a troop of Egyptians,
  • who came along the road leading a dancing bear; and hardly had these
  • passed when the chariot of an itinerant dentist engaged him. The whole
  • way, indeed, was alive with such surprises; and at Valsecca, where they
  • dined, they found the yard of the inn crowded with the sumpter-mules and
  • servants of a cardinal travelling to Rome, who was to lie there that
  • night and whose bedstead and saucepans had preceded him.
  • Here, after dinner, Don Lelio took leave of Odo's mother, with small
  • show of regret on either side; the lady high and sarcastic, the
  • gentleman sullen and polite; and both, as it seemed, easier when the
  • business was despatched and the Count's foot in the stirrup. He had so
  • far taken little notice of Odo, but he now bent from the saddle and
  • tapped the boy's cheek, saying in his cold way: "In a few years I shall
  • see you at court;" and with that rode away toward Pianura.
  • 1.4.
  • Lying that night at Pavia, the travellers set forward next morning for
  • the city of Vercelli. The road, though it ran for the most part through
  • flat mulberry orchards and rice-fields reflecting the pale blue sky in
  • their sodden channels, would yet have appeared diverting enough to Odo,
  • had his mother been in the mood to reply to his questions; for whether
  • their carriage overtook a party of strolling jugglers, travelling in a
  • roofed-in waggon, with the younger children of the company running
  • alongside in threadbare tights and trunkhose decked with tinsel; or
  • whether they drove through a village market-place, where yellow earthen
  • crocks and gaudy Indian cottons, brass pails and braziers and platters
  • of bluish pewter, filled the stalls with a medley of colour--at every
  • turn was something that excited the boy's wonder; but Donna Laura, who
  • had fallen into a depression of spirits, lamenting the cold, her
  • misfortunes and the discomfort of the journey, was at no more pains than
  • the abate to satisfy the promptings of his curiosity.
  • Odo had indeed met but one person who cared to listen to him, and that
  • was the strange hunchback who had called himself Brutus. Remembering how
  • entertainingly this odd guide had explained all the wonders of the ducal
  • grounds, Odo began to regret that he had not asked his mother to let him
  • have Brutus for a body-servant. Meanwhile no one attended to his
  • questions and the hours were beginning to seem long when, on the third
  • day, they set out from Vercelli toward the hills. The cold increased as
  • they rose; and Odo, though he had often wished to see the mountains, was
  • yet dismayed at the gloomy and menacing aspect of the region on which
  • they were entering. Leafless woods, prodigious boulders and white
  • torrents foaming and roaring seemed a poor exchange for the
  • pleasantly-ordered gardens of Pianura. Here were no violets and cowslips
  • in bloom; hardly a green blade pierced the sodden roadside, and
  • snowdrifts lingered in the shaded hollows.
  • Donna Laura's loudly expressed fear of robbers seemed to increase the
  • loneliness of the way, which now traversed tracts of naked moorland, now
  • plunged again into forest, with no sign of habitation but here and there
  • a cowherd's hut under the trees or a chapel standing apart on some
  • grassy eminence. When night fell the waters grew louder, a stinging wind
  • swept the woods, and the carriage, staggering from rut to rut, seemed
  • every moment about to land them in some invisible ravine. Fear and cold
  • at last benumbed the little boy, and when he woke he was being lifted
  • from his seat and torches were flashing on a high escutcheoned doorway
  • set in battlemented walls. He was carried into a hall lit with smoky
  • oil-lamps and hung with armour and torn banners.
  • Here, among a group of rough-looking servants, a tall old man in a
  • nightcap and furred gown was giving orders in a loud passionate voice.
  • This personage, who was of a choleric complexion, with a face like
  • mottled red marble, seized Odo by the wrist and led him up a flight of
  • stairs so worn and slippery that he tripped at every step; thence down a
  • corridor and into a gloomy apartment where three ladies shivered about a
  • table set with candles. Bidden by the old gentleman to salute his
  • grandmother and great-aunts, Odo bowed over three wrinkled hands, one
  • fat and soft as a toad's stomach, the others yellow and dry as
  • lemon-skins. His mother embraced the ladies in the same humble manner,
  • and the Marquess, first furiously calling for supper, thrust Odo down on
  • a stool in the ingle.
  • From this point of observation the child, now vividly awake, noted the
  • hangings of faded tapestry that heaved in the draught, the ceiling of
  • beams and the stone floor strewn with rushes. The candle-light
  • flickering on the faces of his aged relatives showed his grandmother to
  • be a pale heavy-cheeked person with little watchful black eyes which she
  • dropped at her husband's approach; while the two great-aunts, seated
  • side by side in high-backed chairs with their feet on braziers, reminded
  • Odo of the narrow elongated saints squeezed into the niches of a
  • church-door. The old Marchioness wore the high coif and veil of the
  • previous century; the aunts, who, as Odo afterwards learned, were
  • canonesses of a noble order, were habited in a semi-conventual dress,
  • with crosses hanging on their bosoms; and none spoke but when the
  • Marquess addressed them.
  • Their timidity appeared to infect Odo's mother, who, from her habitual
  • volubility of temper, sank to a mood of like submissiveness. A supper of
  • venison and goat's cheese was not designed to restore her spirits, and
  • when at length she and Odo had withdrawn to their cavernous bedchamber,
  • she flung herself weeping on the bed and declared she must die if she
  • remained long in this prison.
  • Falling asleep under such influences, it was the more wonderful to Odo
  • to wake with the sun on his counterpane, a sweet noise of streams
  • through the casement and the joyous barking of hounds in the castle
  • court. From the window-seat he looked out on a scene extraordinarily
  • novel to his lowland eyes. The chamber commanded the wooded steep below
  • the castle, with a stream looping its base; beyond, the pastures sloped
  • pleasantly under walnut trees, with here and there a clearing ploughed
  • for the spring crops and a sunny ledge or two planted with vines. Above
  • this pastoral landscape, bare crags upheld a snowpeak; and, as if to
  • lend a human interest to the scene, the old Marquess, his flintlock on
  • his shoulder, his dogs and beaters at his heels, now rode across the
  • valley.
  • Wonder succeeded to wonder that first morning; for there was the castle
  • to be seen, with the kennels and stables roughly kept, but full of dogs
  • and horses; and Odo, in the Marquess's absence, was left free to visit
  • every nook of his new home. Pontesordo, though perhaps as ancient as
  • Donnaz, was but a fortified manor in the plain; but here was the
  • turreted border castle, bristling at the head of the gorge like the
  • fangs in a boar's throat: its walls overhung by machicolations, its
  • portcullis still dropped at nightfall, and the loud stream forming a
  • natural moat at its base. Through the desert spaces of this great
  • structure Odo wandered at will, losing himself in its network of bare
  • chambers, some now put to domestic uses, with smoked meats hanging from
  • the rafters, cheeses ranged on shelves and farmer's implements stacked
  • on the floor; others abandoned to bats and spiders, with slit-like
  • openings choked by a growth of wild cherries, and little animals
  • scurrying into their holes as Odo opened the unused doors. At the next
  • turn he mounted by a winding stair to the platform behind the
  • battlements, whence he could look down on the inner court, where horses
  • were being groomed, dogs fed, harnesses mended, and platters of smoking
  • food carried from the kitchen to the pantry; or, leaning another way,
  • discovered, between the cliff and the rampart a tiny walled garden with
  • fruit-trees and a sundial.
  • The ladies kept to themselves in a corner of the castle, where the rooms
  • were hung with tapestry and a few straight-backed chairs stood about the
  • hearth; but even here no fires were suffered till nightfall, nor was
  • there so much as a carpet in the castle. Odo's grandmother, the old
  • Marchioness, a heavy woman who would doubtless have enjoyed her ease in
  • a cushioned seat, was afoot all day attending to her household; for
  • besides the dairy and the bakehouse and the stillroom where fruits were
  • stewed and pastes prepared, there was the great spinning-room full of
  • distaffs and looms, where the women spun and wove all the linen used in
  • the castle and the coarse stuffs worn by its inmates; with workshops for
  • the cobbler and tailor who clothed and shod the Marquess and his
  • household. All these the Marchioness must visit, and attend to her
  • devotions between; the ladies being governed by a dark-faced priest,
  • their chaplain and director, who kept them perpetually running along the
  • cold stone corridors to the chapel in a distant wing, where they knelt
  • without so much as a brazier to warm them or a cushion to their knees.
  • As to the chapel, though larger and loftier than that of Pontesordo,
  • with a fine carved and painted tabernacle and many silver candlesticks,
  • it seemed to Odo, by reason of its bare walls, much less beautiful than
  • that deserted oratory; nor did he, amid all the novelty of his
  • surroundings, cease to regret the companionship of his familiar images.
  • His delight was the greater, therefore, when, exploring a part of the
  • castle now quite abandoned, he came one day on a vaulted chamber used as
  • a kind of granary, where, under layers of dirt and cobwebs, lovely
  • countenances flowered from the walls. The scenes depicted differed
  • indeed from those of Pontesordo, being less animated and homely and more
  • difficult for a child to interpret; for here were naked laurel-crowned
  • knights on prancing horses, nimble goat-faced creatures grouped in
  • adoration round a smoking altar and youths piping to saffron-haired
  • damsels on grass-banks set with poplars. The very strangeness of the
  • fable set forth perhaps engaged the child's fancy; or the benignant
  • mildness of the countenances, so unlike the eager individual faces of
  • the earlier artist; for he returned again and again to gaze unweariedly
  • on the inhabitants of that tranquil grassy world, studying every inch of
  • the walls and with much awe and fruitless speculation deciphering on the
  • hem of a floating drapery the inscription: Bernardinus Lovinus pinxit.
  • His impatience to know more of the history of these paintings led him to
  • question an old man, half house-servant, half huntsman, now too infirm
  • for service and often to be found sunning himself in the court with an
  • old hound's chin on his knee. The old man, whose name was Bruno, told
  • him the room in question had been painted for the Marquess Gualberto di
  • Donnaz, who had fought under the Duke of Milan hundreds of years before:
  • a splendid and hospitable noble, patron of learning and the arts, who
  • had brought the great Milanese painter to Donnaz and kept him there a
  • whole summer adorning the banqueting-room. "But I advise you, little
  • master," Bruno added, "not to talk too loudly of your discovery; for we
  • live in changed days, do you see, and it seems those are pagan sorcerers
  • and witches painted on the wall, and because of that, and their
  • nakedness, the chaplain has forbidden all the young boys and wenches
  • about the place to set foot there; and the Marchioness herself, I'm
  • told, doesn't enter without leave."
  • This was the more puzzling to Odo that he had seen so many naked pagans,
  • in colours and marble, at his cousin's palace of Pianura, where they
  • were praised as the chief ornament of that sumptuous fabric; but he kept
  • Bruno's warning in mind and so timed his visits that they escaped the
  • chaplain's observation. Whether this touch of mystery added charm to the
  • paintings; or whether there was already forming in him what afterward
  • became an instinctive resistance to many of the dictates of his age;
  • certain it is that, even after he had been privileged to admire the
  • stupendous works of the Caracci at Parma and of the immortal Giulio
  • Romano at Mantua, Odo's fancy always turned with peculiar fondness to
  • the clear-limbed youths moving in that world of untroubled beauty.
  • Odo, the day after his arrival at Donnaz, learned that the chaplain was
  • to be his governor; and he was not long in discovering that the system
  • of that ecclesiastic bore no resemblance to the desultory methods of his
  • former pedagogue. It was not that Don Gervaso was a man of superior
  • acquirements: in writing, ciphering and the rudiments of Latin he seemed
  • little likely to carry Odo farther than the other; but in religious
  • instruction he suffered no negligence or inattention. His piety was of a
  • stamp so different from the abate's that it vivified the theological
  • abstractions over which Odo had formerly languished, infusing a
  • passionate meaning into the formulas of the textbooks. His discourse
  • breathed the same spirit, and had his religion been warmed by
  • imagination or tempered by charity the child had been a ductile
  • substance in his hands; but the shadow of the Council of Trent still
  • hung over the Church in Savoy, making its approach almost as sombre and
  • forbidding as that of the Calvinist heresy. As it was, the fascination
  • that drew Odo to the divine teachings was counteracted by a depressing
  • awe: he trembled in God's presence almost as much as in his
  • grandfather's, and with the same despair of discovering what course of
  • action was most likely to call down the impending wrath. The beauty of
  • the Church's offices, now for the first time revealed to him in the
  • well-ordered services of the chapel, was doubly moving in contrast with
  • the rude life at Donnaz; but his confessions tortured him and the
  • penances which the chaplain inflicted abased without reforming his
  • spirit.
  • Next to the mass, the books Don Gervaso lent him were his chief
  • pleasure: the Lives of the Saints, Cardinal Bellarmine's Fables and The
  • Mirror of true Penitence. The Lives of the Saints fed at once his
  • imagination and his heart, and over the story of Saint Francis, now
  • first made known to him, he trembled with delicious sympathy. The
  • longing to found a hermitage like the Portiuncula among the savage rocks
  • of Donnaz, and live there in gentle communion with plants and animals,
  • alternated in him with the martial ambition to ride forth against the
  • Church's enemies, as his ancestors had ridden against the bloody and
  • pestilent Waldenses; but whether his piety took the passive or the
  • aggressive form, it always shrank from the subtleties of doctrine. To
  • live like the saints, rather than to reason like the fathers, was his
  • ideal of Christian conduct; if indeed a vague pity for suffering
  • creatures and animals was not the source of his monastic yearnings, and
  • a desire to see strange countries the secret of his zeal against the
  • infidel.
  • The chaplain, though reproving his lukewarmness in matters of dogma,
  • could not but commend his devotion to the saints; and one day his
  • grandmother, to reward him for some act of piety, informed him with
  • tears of joy that he was destined for holy orders, and that she had good
  • hopes of living to see him a bishop. This news had hardly the intended
  • effect; for Odo's dream was of the saint's halo rather than the bishop's
  • mitre; and throwing himself on his knees before the old Marquess, who
  • was present, he besought that he might be allowed to join the Franciscan
  • order. The Marquess at this flew into so furious a rage, cursing the
  • meddlesomeness of women and the chaplain's bigotry, that the ladies
  • burst into tears and Odo's swelling zeal turned small. There was indeed
  • but one person in the castle who seemed not to regard its master's
  • violences, and that was the dark-faced chaplain, who, when the Marquess
  • had paused out of breath, tranquilly returned that nothing could make
  • him repent of having brought a soul to Christ, and that, as to the
  • cavaliere Odo, if his maker designed him for a religious, the Pope
  • himself could not cross his vocation.
  • "Ay, ay! vocation," snarled the Marquess. "You and the women here shut
  • the child up between you and stuff his ears full of monkish stories and
  • miracles and the Lord knows what, and then talk of the simpleton's
  • vocation. His vocation, nom de Dieu, is to be an abbot first, and then a
  • monsignore, and then a bishop, if he can--and to the devil with your
  • cowls and cloisters!" And he gave orders that Odo should hunt with him
  • next morning.
  • The chaplain smiled. "Hubert was a huntsman," said he, "and yet he died
  • a saint."
  • From that time forth the old Marquess kept Odo oftener at his side,
  • making his grandson ride with him about his estates and on such
  • hunting-parties as were not beyond the boy's strength. The domain of
  • Donnaz included many a mile of vine and forest, over which, till the
  • fifteenth century, its lords had ruled as sovereign Marquesses. They
  • still retained a part of their feudal privileges, and Odo's grandfather,
  • tenacious of these dwindling rights, was for ever engaged in vain
  • contests with his peasantry. To see these poor creatures cursed and
  • brow-beaten, their least offences punished, their few claims disputed,
  • must have turned Odo's fear of his grandfather to hatred, had he not
  • observed that the old man gave with one hand what he took with the
  • other, so that, in his dealings with his people, he resembled one of
  • those torrents which now devastate and now enrich their banks. The
  • Marquess, in fact, while he held obstinately to his fishing rights,
  • prosecuted poachers, enforced the corvee and took toll at every ford,
  • yet laboured to improve his lands, exterminated the wild beasts that
  • preyed on them, helped his peasants in sickness, nourished them in old
  • age and governed them with a paternal tyranny doubtless less
  • insufferable than the negligence of the great land-owners who lived at
  • court.
  • To Odo, however, these rides among the tenantry were less agreeable than
  • the hunting-expeditions which carried them up the mountain in the
  • solitude of morning. Here the wild freshness of the scene and the
  • exhilaration of pursuit roused the fighting strain in the boy's blood,
  • and so stirred his memory with tales of prowess that sometimes, as they
  • climbed the stony defiles in the clear shadow before sunrise, he fancied
  • himself riding forth to exterminate the Waldenses who, according to the
  • chaplain, still lurked like basilisks and dragons in the recesses of the
  • mountains. Certain it is that his rides with the old Marquess, if they
  • inflamed his zeal against heresy, cooled the ardour of his monastic
  • vocation; and if he pondered on his future, it was to reflect that
  • doubtless he would some day be a bishop, and that bishops were
  • territorial lords, we might hunt the wolf and boar in their own domains.
  • 1.5.
  • Reluctantly, every year about the Epiphany, the old Marquess rode down
  • from Donnaz to spend two months in Turin. It was a service exacted by
  • King Charles Emanuel, who viewed with a jealous eye those of his nobles
  • inclined to absent themselves from court and rewarded their presence
  • with privileges and preferments. At the same time the two canonesses
  • descended to their abbey in the plain, and thus with the closing in of
  • winter the old Marchioness, Odo and his mother were left alone in the
  • castle.
  • To the Marchioness this was an agreeable period of spiritual compunction
  • and bodily repose; but to Donna Laura a season of despair. The poor
  • lady, who had been early removed from the rough life at Donnaz to the
  • luxurious court of Pianura, and was yet in the fulness of youth and
  • vivacity, could not resign herself to an existence no better, as she
  • declared, than that of any herdsman's wife upon the mountains. Here was
  • neither music nor cards, scandal nor love-making; no news of the
  • fashions, no visits from silk-mercers or jewellers, no Monsu to curl her
  • hair and tempt her with new lotions, or so much as a strolling
  • soothsayer or juggler to lighten the dullness of the long afternoons.
  • The only visitors to the castle were the mendicant friars drawn thither
  • by the Marchioness's pious repute; and though Donna Laura disdained not
  • to call these to her chamber and question them for news, yet their
  • country-side scandals were no more to her fancy than the two-penny wares
  • of the chapmen who unpacked their baubles on the kitchen hearth.
  • She pined for some word of Pianura; but when a young abate, who had
  • touched there on his way from Tuscany, called for a night at the castle
  • to pay his duty to Don Gervaso, the word he brought with him of the
  • birth of an heir to the duchy was so little to Donna Laura's humour that
  • she sprang up from the supper-table, and crying out to the astonished
  • Odo, "Ah, now you are for the Church indeed," withdrew in disorder to
  • her chamber. The abate, who ascribed her commotion to a sudden seizure,
  • continued to retail the news of Pianura, and Odo, listening with his
  • elders, learned that Count Lelio Trescorre had been appointed Master of
  • the Horse, to the indignation of the Bishop, who desired the place for
  • his nephew, Don Serafino; that the Duke and Duchess were never together;
  • that the Duchess was suspected of being in secret correspondence with
  • the Austrians, and that the young Marquess of Cerveno was gone to the
  • baths of Lucca to recover from an attack of tertian fever contracted the
  • previous autumn at the Duke's hunting-lodge near Pontesordo. Odo
  • listened for some mention of his humpbacked friend, or of Momola the
  • foundling; but the abate's talk kept a higher level and no one less than
  • a cavaliere figured on his lips. He was the only visitor of quality who
  • came that winter to Donnaz, and after his departure a fixed gloom
  • settled on Donna Laura's spirits. Dusk at that season fell early in the
  • gorge, fierce winds blew off the glaciers, and Donna Laura sat shivering
  • and lamenting on one side of the hearth, while the old Marchioness, on
  • the other, strained her eyes over an embroidery in which the pattern
  • repeated itself like the invocations of a litany, and Don Gervaso, near
  • the smoking oil-lamp, read aloud from the Glories of Mary or the Way of
  • Perfection of Saint Theresa.
  • On such evenings Odo, stealing from the tapestry parlour, would seek out
  • Bruno, who sat by the kitchen hearth with the old hound's nose at his
  • feet. The kitchen, indeed, on winter nights, was the pleasantest place
  • in the castle. The fire-light from its great stone chimney shone on the
  • strings of maize and bunches of dried vegetables that hung from the roof
  • and on the copper kettles and saucepans ranged along the wall. The wind
  • raged against the shutters of the unglazed windows, and the
  • maid-servants, distaff in hand, crowded closer to the blaze, listening
  • to the songs of some wandering fiddler or to the stories of a
  • ruddy-nosed Capuchin monk who was being regaled, by the steward's
  • orders, on a supper of tripe and mulled wine. The Capuchin's tales, told
  • in the Piedmontese jargon, and seasoned with strange allusions and
  • boisterous laughter, were of little interest to Odo, who would creep
  • into the ingle beside Bruno and beg for some story of his ancestors. The
  • old man was never weary of rehearsing the feats and gestures of the
  • lords of Donnaz, and Odo heard again and again how they had fought the
  • savage Switzers north of the Alps and the Dauphin's men in the west; how
  • they had marched with Savoy against Montferrat and with France against
  • the Republic of Genoa. Better still he liked to hear of the Marquess
  • Gualberto, who had been the Duke of Milan's ally and had brought home
  • the great Milanese painter to adorn his banqueting-room at Donnaz. The
  • lords of Donnaz had never been noted for learning, and Odo's grandfather
  • was fond of declaring that a nobleman need not be a scholar; but the
  • great Marquess Gualberto, if himself unlettered, had been the patron of
  • poets and painters and had kept learned clerks to write down the annals
  • of his house on parchment painted by the monks. These annals were locked
  • in the archives, under Don Gervaso's care; but Odo learned from the old
  • servant that some of the great Marquess's books had lain for years on an
  • upper shelf in the vestry off the chapel; and here one day, with Bruno's
  • aid, the little boy dislodged from a corner behind the missals and
  • altar-books certain sheepskin volumes clasped in blackened silver. The
  • comeliest of these, which bore on their title-page a dolphin curled
  • about an anchor, were printed in unknown characters; but on opening the
  • smaller volumes Odo felt the same joyous catching of the breath as when
  • he had stepped out on the garden-terrace at Pianura. For here indeed
  • were gates leading to a land of delectation: the country of the giant
  • Morgante, the enchanted island of Avillion, the court of the Soldan and
  • the King's palace at Camelot.
  • In this region Odo spent many blissful hours. His fancy ranged in the
  • wake of heroes and adventurers who, for all he knew, might still be
  • feasting and fighting north of the Alps, or might any day with a blast
  • of their magic horns summon the porter to the gates of Donnaz. Foremost
  • among them, a figure towering above even Rinaldo, Arthur and the Emperor
  • Frederic, was that Conrad, father of Conradin, whose sayings are set
  • down in the old story-book of the Cento Novelle, "the flower of gentle
  • speech." There was one tale of King Conrad that the boy never forgot:
  • how the King, in his youth, had always about him a company of twelve
  • lads of his own age; how when Conrad did wrong, his governors, instead
  • of punishing him, beat his twelve companions; and how, on the young
  • King's asking what the lads were being punished for, the pedagogues
  • replied:
  • "For your Majesty's offences."
  • "And why do you punish my companions instead of me?"
  • "Because you are our lord and master," he was told.
  • At this the King fell to thinking, and thereafter, it is said, in pity
  • for those who must suffer in his stead he set close watch on himself,
  • lest his sinning should work harm to others. This was the story of King
  • Conrad; and much as Odo loved the clash of arms and joyous feats of
  • paladins rescuing fair maids in battle, yet Conrad's seemed to him, even
  • then, a braver deed than these.
  • In March of the second year the old Marquess, returning from Turin, was
  • accompanied, to the surprise of all, by the fantastical figure of an
  • elderly gentleman in the richest travelling dress, with one of the new
  • French toupets, a thin wrinkled painted face, and emitting with every
  • movement a prodigious odour of millefleurs. This visitor, who was
  • attended by his French barber and two or three liveried servants, the
  • Marquess introduced as the lord of Valdu, a neighbouring seigneurie of
  • no great account. Though his lands marched with the Marquess's, it was
  • years since the Count had visited Donnaz, being one of the King's
  • chamberlains and always in attendance on his Majesty; and it was amazing
  • to see with what smirks and grimaces, and ejaculations in Piedmontese
  • French, he complimented the Marchioness on her appearance, and exclaimed
  • at the magnificence of the castle, which must doubtless have appeared to
  • him little better than a cattle-grange. His talk was unintelligible to
  • Odo, but there was no mistaking the nature of the glances he fixed on
  • Donna Laura, who, having fled to her room on his approach, presently
  • descended in a ravishing new sacque, with an air of extreme surprise,
  • and her hair curled (as Odo afterward learned) by the Count's own
  • barber.
  • Odo had never seen his mother look handsomer. She sparkled at the
  • Count's compliments, embraced her father, playfully readjusted her
  • mother's coif, and in the prettiest way made their excuses to the Count
  • for the cold draughts and bare floors of the castle. "For having lived
  • at court myself," said she, "I know to what your excellency is
  • accustomed, and can the better value your condescension in exposing
  • yourself, at this rigorous season, to the hardships of our
  • mountain-top."
  • The Marquess at this began to look black, but seeing the Count's
  • pleasure in the compliment, contented himself with calling out for
  • dinner, which, said he, with all respect to their visitor, would stay
  • his stomach better than the French kick-shaws at his Majesty's table.
  • Whether the Count was of the same mind, it was impossible to say, though
  • Odo could not help observing that the stewed venison and spiced boar's
  • flesh seemed to present certain obstacles either to his jaws or his
  • palate, and that his appetite lingered on the fried chicken-livers and
  • tunny-fish in oil; but he cast such looks at Donna Laura as seemed to
  • declare that for her sake he would willingly have risked his teeth on
  • the very cobblestones of the court. Knowing how she pined for company,
  • Odo was not surprised at his mother's complaisance; yet wondered to see
  • the smile with which she presently received the Count's half-bantering
  • disparagement of Pianura. For the duchy, by his showing, was a place of
  • small consequence, an asylum of superannuated fashions; whereas no
  • Frenchman of quality ever visited Turin without exclaiming on its
  • resemblance to Paris, and vowing that none who had the entree of
  • Stupinigi need cross the Alps to see Versailles. As to the Marquess's
  • depriving the court of Donna Laura's presence, their guest protested
  • against it as an act of overt disloyalty to the sovereign; and what most
  • surprised Odo, who had often heard his grandfather declaim against the
  • Count as a cheap jackanapes that hung about the court for what he could
  • make at play, was the indulgence with which the Marquess received his
  • visitor's sallies. Father and daughter in fact vied in amenities to the
  • Count. The fire was kept alight all day in his rooms, his Monsu waited
  • on with singular civility by the steward, and Donna Laura's own woman
  • sent down by her mistress to prepare his morning chocolate.
  • Next day it was agreed the gentlemen should ride to Valdu; but its lord
  • being as stiff-jointed as a marionette, Donna Laura, with charming tact,
  • begged to be of the party, and thus enabled him to attend her in her
  • litter. The Marquess thereupon called on Odo to ride with him; and
  • setting forth across the mountain they descended by a long defile to the
  • half-ruined village of Valdu. Here, for the first time, Odo saw the
  • spectacle of a neglected estate, its last penny wrung from it for the
  • absent master's pleasure by a bailiff who was expected to extract his
  • pay from the sale of clandestine concessions to the tenants. Riding
  • beside the Marquess, who swore under his breath at the ravages of the
  • undyked stream and the sight of good arable land run wild and choked
  • with underbrush, the little boy obtained a precocious insight into the
  • evils of a system which had long outlived its purpose, and the idea of
  • feudalism was ever afterward embodied for him in his glimpse of the
  • peasants of Valdu looking up sullenly from their work as their suzerain
  • and protector thrust an unfamiliar painted smile between the curtains of
  • his litter.
  • What his grandfather thought of Valdu (to which the Count on the way
  • home referred with smirking apologies as the mountain-lair of his
  • barbarous ancestors) was patent enough even to Odo's undeveloped
  • perceptions; but it would have required a more experienced understanding
  • to detect the motive that led the Marquess, scarce two days after their
  • visit, to accord his daughter's hand to the Count. Odo felt a shock of
  • dismay on learning that his beautiful mother was to become the property
  • of an old gentleman whom he guessed to be of his grandfather's age, and
  • whose enamoured grimaces recalled the antics of her favourite monkey,
  • and the boy's face reflected the blush of embarrassment with which Donna
  • Laura imparted the news; but the children of that day were trained to a
  • passive acquiescence, and had she informed him that she was to be
  • chained in the keep on bread and water, Odo would have accepted the fact
  • with equal philosophy. Three weeks afterward his mother and the old
  • Count were married in the chapel of Donnaz, and Donna Laura, with many
  • tears and embraces, set out for Turin, taking her monkey but leaving her
  • son behind. It was not till later that Odo learned of the social usage
  • which compelled young widows to choose between remarriage and the
  • cloister; and his subsequent views were unconsciously tinged by the
  • remembrance of his mother's melancholy bridal.
  • Her departure left no traces but were speedily repaired by the coming of
  • spring. The sun growing warmer, and the close season putting an end to
  • the Marquess's hunting, it was now Odo's chief pleasure to carry his
  • books to the walled garden between the castle and the southern face of
  • the cliff. This small enclosure, probably a survival of medieval
  • horticulture, had along the upper ledge of its wall a grass walk
  • commanding the flow of the stream, and an angle turret that turned one
  • slit to the valley, the other to the garden lying below like a tranquil
  • well of scent and brightness: its box trees clipped to the shape of
  • peacocks and lions, its clove pinks and simples set in a border of
  • thrift, and a pear tree basking on its sunny wall. These pleasant
  • spaces, which Odo had to himself save when the canonesses walked there
  • to recite their rosary, he peopled with the knights and ladies of the
  • novelle, and the fantastic beings of Pulci's epic: there walked the Fay
  • Morgana, Regulus the loyal knight, the giant Morgante, Trajan the just
  • Emperor and the proud figure of King Conrad; so that, escaping thither
  • from the after-dinner dullness of the tapestry parlour, the boy seemed
  • to pass from the most oppressive solitude to a world of warmth and
  • fellowship.
  • 1.6.
  • Odo, who, like all neglected children, was quick to note in the
  • demeanour of his elders any hint of a change in his own condition, had
  • been keenly conscious of the effect produced at Donnaz by the news of
  • the Duchess of Pianura's deliverance. Guided perhaps by his mother's
  • exclamation, he noticed an added zeal in Don Gervaso's teachings and an
  • unction in the manner of his aunts and grandmother, who embraced him as
  • though they were handling a relic; while the old Marquess, though he
  • took his grandson seldomer on his rides, would sit staring at him with a
  • frowning tenderness that once found vent in the growl--"Morbleu, but
  • he's too good for the tonsure!" All this made it clear to Odo that he
  • was indeed meant for the Church, and he learned without surprise that
  • the following spring he was to be sent to the seminary at Asti.
  • With a view to prepare him for this change, the canonesses suggested his
  • attending them that year on their annual pilgrimage to the sanctuary of
  • Oropa. Thither, for every feast of the Assumption, these pious ladies
  • travelled in their litter; and Odo had heard from them many tales of the
  • miraculous Black Virgin who drew thousands to her shrine among the
  • mountains. They set forth in August, two days before the feast,
  • ascending through chestnut groves to the region of bare rocks; thence
  • downward across torrents hung with white acacia and along park-like
  • grassy levels deep in shade. The lively air, the murmur of verdure, the
  • perfume of mown grass in the meadows and the sweet call of the cuckoos
  • from every thicket made an enchantment of the way; but Odo's pleasure
  • redoubled when, gaining the high-road to Oropa, they mingled with the
  • long train of devotees ascending from the plain. Here were pilgrims of
  • every condition, from the noble lady of Turin or Asti (for it was the
  • favourite pilgrimage of the Sardinian court), attended by her physician
  • and her cicisbeo, to the half-naked goatherd of Val Sesia or Salluzzo;
  • the cheerful farmers of the Milanese, with their wives, in silver
  • necklaces and hairpins, riding pillion on plump white asses; sick
  • persons travelling in closed litters or carried on hand-stretchers;
  • crippled beggars obtruding their deformities; confraternities of hooded
  • penitents, Franciscans, Capuchins and Poor Clares in dusty companies;
  • jugglers, pedlars, Egyptians and sellers of drugs and amulets. From
  • among these, as the canonesses' litter jogged along, an odd figure
  • advanced toward Odo, who had obtained leave to do the last mile of the
  • journey on foot. This was a plump abate in tattered ecclesiastical
  • dress, his shoes white as a miller's and the perspiration streaking his
  • face as he laboured along in the dust. He accosted Odo in a soft shrill
  • voice, begging leave to walk beside the young cavaliere, whom he had
  • more than once had the honour of seeing at Pianura; and, in reply to the
  • boy's surprised glance, added, with a swelling of the chest and an
  • absurd gesture of self-introduction, "But perhaps the cavaliere is not
  • too young to have heard of the illustrious Cantapresto, late primo
  • soprano of the ducal theatre of Pianura?"
  • Odo being obliged to avow his ignorance, the fat creature mopped his
  • brow and continued with a gasp--"Ah, your excellency, what is fame? From
  • glory to obscurity is no farther than from one milestone to another! Not
  • eight years ago, cavaliere, I was followed through the streets of
  • Pianura by a greater crowd than the Duke ever drew after him! But what
  • then? The voice goes--it lasts no longer than the bloom of a flower--and
  • with it goes everything: fortune, credit, consideration, friends and
  • parasites! Not eight years ago, sir--would you believe me?--I was
  • supping nightly in private with the Bishop, who had nearly quarrelled
  • with his late Highness for carrying me off by force one evening to his
  • casino; I was heaped with dignities and favours; all the poets in the
  • town composed sonnets in my honour; the Marquess of Trescorre fought a
  • duel about me with the Bishop's nephew, Don Serafino; I attended his
  • lordship to Rome; I spent the villeggiatura at his villa, where I sat at
  • play with the highest nobles in the land; yet when my voice went,
  • cavaliere, it was on my knees I had to beg of my heartless patron the
  • paltry favour of the minor orders!" Tears were running down the abate's
  • cheeks, and he paused to wipe them with a corner of tattered bands.
  • Though Odo had been bred in an abhorrence of the theatre, the strange
  • creature's aspect so pricked his compassion that he asked him what he
  • was now engaged in; at which Cantapresto piteously cried, "Alas, what am
  • I not engaged in, if the occasion offers? For whatever a man's habit, he
  • will not wear it long if it cover an empty belly; and he that respects
  • his calling must find food enough to continue in it. But as for me, sir,
  • I have put a hand to every trade, from composing scenarios for the ducal
  • company of Pianura, to writing satirical sonnets for noblemen that
  • desire to pass for wits. I've a pretty taste, too, in compiling
  • almanacks, and when nothing else served I have played the public
  • scrivener at the street corner; nay, sir, necessity has even driven me
  • to hold the candle in one or two transactions I would not more actively
  • have mixed in; and it was to efface the remembrance of one of these--for
  • my conscience is still over-nice for my condition--that I set out on
  • this laborious pilgrimage."
  • Much of this was unintelligible to Odo; but he was moved by any mention
  • of Pianura, and in the abate's first pause he risked the question--"Do
  • you know the hump-backed boy Brutus?"
  • His companion stared and pursed his soft lips.
  • "Brutus?" says he. "Brutus? Is he about the Duke's person?"
  • "He lives in the palace," said Odo doubtfully.
  • The fat ecclesiastic clapped a hand to his thigh.
  • "Can it be your excellency has in mind the foundling boy Carlo Gamba?
  • Does the jackanapes call himself Brutus now? He was always full of his
  • classical allusions! Why, sir, I think I know him very well; he is even
  • rumoured to be a brother of Don Lelio Trescorre's, and I believe the
  • Duke has lately given him to the Marquess of Cerveno, for I saw him not
  • long since in the Marquess's livery at Pontesordo."
  • "Pontesordo?" cried Odo. "It was there I lived."
  • "Did you indeed, cavaliere? But I think you will have been at the Duke's
  • manor of that name; and it was the hunting-lodge on the edge of the
  • chase that I had in mind. The Marquess uses it, I believe, as a kind of
  • casino; though not without risk of a distemper. Indeed, there is much
  • wonder at his frequenting it, and 'tis said he does so against the
  • Duke's wishes."
  • The name of Pontesordo had set Odo's memories humming like a hive of
  • bees, and without heeding his companion's allusions he asked--"And did
  • you see the Momola?"
  • The other looked his perplexity.
  • "She's an Innocent too," Odo hastened to explain. "She is Filomena's
  • servant at the farm."
  • The abate at this, standing still in the road, screwed up his eyelids
  • and protruded a relishing lip. "Eh, eh," said he, "the girl from the
  • farm, you say?" And he gave a chuckle. "You've an eye, cavaliere, you've
  • an eye," he cried, his soft body shaking with enjoyment; but before Odo
  • could make a guess at his meaning their conversation was interrupted by
  • a sharp call from the litter. The abate at once disappeared in the
  • crowd, and a moment later the litter had debouched on the grassy
  • quadrangle before the outer gates of the monastery. This space was set
  • in beech-woods, amid which gleamed the white-pillared chapels of the Way
  • of the Cross; and the devouter pilgrims, dispersed beneath the trees,
  • were ascending from one chapel to another, preparatory to entering the
  • church.
  • The quadrangle itself was crowded with people, and the sellers of votive
  • offerings, in their booths roofed with acacia-boughs, were driving a
  • noisy trade in scapulars and Agnus Deis, images of the Black Virgin of
  • Oropa, silver hearts and crosses, and phials of Jordan water warranted
  • to effect the immediate conversion of Jews and heretics. In one corner a
  • Carmelite missionary had set up his portable pulpit, and, crucifix in
  • hand, was exhorting the crowd; in another, an improvisatore intoned
  • canticles to the miraculous Virgin; a barefoot friar sat selling
  • indulgences at the monastery gate, and pedlars with trays of rosaries
  • and religious prints pushed their way among the pilgrims. Young women of
  • less pious aspect solicited the attention of the better-dressed
  • travellers, and jugglers, mountebanks and quacks of every description
  • hung on the outskirts of the square. The sight speedily turned Odo's
  • thought from his late companion, and the litter coming to a halt he was
  • leaning forward to observe the antics of a tumbler who had spread his
  • carpet beneath the trees, when the abate's face suddenly rose to the
  • surface of the throng and his hand thrust a crumpled paper between the
  • curtains of the litter. Odo was quick-witted enough to capture this
  • missive without attracting the notice of his grand-aunts, and stealing a
  • glance at it, he read--"Cavaliere, I starve. When the illustrious ladies
  • descend, for Christ's sake beg a scudo of them for the unhappy
  • Cantapresto."
  • By this the litter had disengaged itself and was moving toward the outer
  • gates. Odo, aware of the disfavour with which the theatre was viewed at
  • Donnaz, and unable to guess how far the soprano's present habit would be
  • held to palliate the scandal of his former connection, was perplexed how
  • to communicate his petition to the canonesses. A moment later, however,
  • the question solved itself; for as the aunts descended at the door of
  • the rector's lodging, the porter, running to meet them, stumbled on a
  • black mass under the arcade, and raised the cry that here was a man
  • dropped dead. A crowd gathering, some one called out that it was an
  • ecclesiastic had fallen; whereat the great-aunts were hurrying forward
  • when Odo whispered the eldest, Donna Livia, that the sick man was indeed
  • an abate from Pianura. Donna Livia immediately bid her servants lift him
  • into the porter's lodge, where, with the administering of spirits, the
  • poor soprano presently revived and cast a drowning glance about the
  • chamber.
  • "Eight years ago, illustrious ladies," he gurgled, "I had nearly died
  • one night of a surfeit of ortolans; and now it is of a surfeit of
  • emptiness that I am perishing."
  • The ladies at this, with exclamations of pity, called on the
  • lay-brothers for broth and cordials, and bidding the porter enquire more
  • particularly into the history of the unhappy ecclesiastic, hastened away
  • with Odo to the rector's parlour.
  • Next morning betimes all were afoot for the procession, which the
  • canonesses were to witness from the monastery windows. The apothecary
  • had brought word that the abate, whose seizure was indeed the result of
  • hunger, was still too weak to rise; and Donna Livia, eager to open her
  • devotions with an act of pity, pressed a sequin in the man's hand, and
  • bid him spare no care for the sufferer's comfort.
  • This sent Odo in a cheerful mood to the red-hung windows, whence,
  • peering between the folds of his aunts' gala habits, he admired the
  • great court enclosed in nobly-ordered cloisters and strewn with fresh
  • herbs and flowers. Thence one of the rector's chaplains conducted them
  • to the church, placing them, in company with the monastery's other noble
  • guests, in a tribune constructed above the choir. It was Odo's first
  • sight of a great religious ceremony, and as he looked down on the church
  • glimmering with votive offerings and gold-fringed draperies, and seen
  • through rolling incense in which the altar-candles swam like stars
  • reflected in a river, he felt an almost sensual thrill of pleasure at
  • the thought that his life was to be passed amid scenes of such mystic
  • beauty. The sweet singing of the choir raised his spirit to a higher
  • view of the scene; and the sight of the huddled misery on the floor of
  • the church revived in him the old longing for the Franciscan cowl.
  • From these raptures he was speedily diverted by the sight awaiting him
  • at the conclusion of the mass. Hardly had the spectators returned to the
  • rector's windows when, the doors of the church swinging open, a
  • procession headed by the rector himself descended the steps and began to
  • make the circuit of the court. Odo's eyes swam with the splendour of
  • this burst of banners, images and jewelled reliquaries, surmounting the
  • long train of tonsured heads and bathed in a light almost blinding after
  • the mild penumbra of the church. As the monks advanced, the pilgrims,
  • pouring after them, filled the court with a dark undulating mass through
  • which the procession wound like a ray of sunlight down the brown bosom
  • of a torrent. Branches of oleander swung in the air, devout cries hailed
  • the approach of the Black Madonna's canopy, and hoarse voices swelled to
  • a roar the measured litanies of the friars.
  • The ceremonies over, Odo, with the canonesses, set out to visit the
  • chapels studding the beech-knoll above the monastic buildings. Passing
  • out of Juvara's great portico they stood a moment above the grassy
  • common, which presented a scene in curious contrast to that they had
  • just quitted. Here refreshment-booths had been set up, musicians were
  • fiddling, jugglers unrolling their carpets, dentists shouting out the
  • merits of their panaceas, and light women drinking with the liveried
  • servants of the nobility. The very cripples who had groaned the loudest
  • in church now rollicked with the mountebanks and dancers; and no trace
  • remained of the celebration just concluded but the medals and relics
  • strung about the necks of those engaged in these gross diversions.
  • It was strange to pass from this scene to the solitude of the grove,
  • where, in a twilight rustling with streams, the chapels lifted their
  • white porches. Peering through the grated door of each little edifice,
  • Odo beheld within a group of terra-cotta figures representing some scene
  • of the Passion--here a Last Supper, with a tigerish Judas and a Saint
  • John resting his yellow curls on his Master's bosom, there an Entombment
  • or a group of stricken Maries. These figures, though rudely modelled and
  • daubed with bright colours, yet, by a vivacity of attitude and gesture
  • which the mystery of their setting enhanced, conveyed a thrilling
  • impression of the sacred scenes set forth; and Odo was yet at an age
  • when the distinction between flesh-and-blood and its plastic
  • counterfeits is not clearly defined, or when at least the sculptured
  • image is still a mysterious half-sentient thing, denizen of some strange
  • borderland between art and life. It seemed to him, as he gazed through
  • the chapel gratings, that those long-distant episodes of the divine
  • tragedy had been here preserved in some miraculous state of suspended
  • animation, and as he climbed from one shrine to another he had the sense
  • of treading the actual stones of Gethsemane and Calvary.
  • As was usual with him, the impressions of the moment had effaced those
  • preceding it, and it was almost with surprise that, at the rector's
  • door, he beheld the primo soprano of Pianura totter forth to the litter
  • and offer his knee as a step for the canonesses. The charitable ladies
  • cried out on him for this imprudence, and his pallor still giving
  • evidence of distress, he was bidden to wait on them after supper with
  • his story. He presented himself promptly in the parlour, and being
  • questioned as to his condition at once rashly proclaimed his former
  • connection with the ducal theatre of Pianura. No avowal could have been
  • more disastrous to his cause. The canonesses crossed themselves with
  • horror, and the abate, seeing his mistake, hastened to repair it by
  • exclaiming--"What, ladies, would you punish me for following a vocation
  • to which my frivolous parents condemned me when I was too young to
  • resist their purpose? And have not my subsequent sufferings, my penances
  • and pilgrimages, and the state to which they have reduced me,
  • sufficiently effaced the record of an involuntary error?"
  • Seeing the effect of this appeal the abate made haste to follow up his
  • advantage. "Ah, illustrious ladies," he cried, "am I not a living
  • example of the fate of those who leave all to follow righteousness? For
  • while I remained on the stage, among the most dissolute surroundings,
  • fortune showered me with every benefit she heaps on her favourites. I
  • had my seat at every table in Pianura; the Duke's chair to carry me to
  • the theatre; and more money than I could devise how to spend; while now
  • that I have resigned my calling to embrace the religious life, you see
  • me reduced to begging a crust from the very mendicants I formerly
  • nourished. For," said he, moved to tears by his own recital, "my
  • superfluity was always spent in buying the prayers of the unfortunate,
  • and to judge how I was esteemed by those acquainted with my private
  • behaviour you need only learn that, on my renouncing the stage, 'twas
  • the Bishop of Pianura who himself accorded me the tonsure."
  • This discourse, which Odo admired for its adroitness, visibly excited
  • the commiseration of the ladies; but at mention of the Bishop, Donna
  • Livia exchanged a glance with her sister, who enquired, with a quaint
  • air of astuteness, "But how comes it, abate, that with so powerful a
  • protector you have been exposed to such incredible reverses?"
  • Cantapresto rolled a meaning eye.
  • "Alas, madam, it was through my protector that misfortune attacked me;
  • for his lordship having appointed me secretary to his favourite nephew,
  • Don Serafino, that imprudent nobleman required of me services so
  • incompatible with my cloth that disobedience became a duty; whereupon,
  • not satisfied with dismissing me in disgrace, he punished me by
  • blackening my character to his uncle. To defend myself was to traduce
  • Don Serafino; and rather than reveal his courses to the Bishop I sank to
  • the state in which you see me; a state," he added with emotion, "that I
  • have travelled this long way to commend to the adorable pity of Her
  • whose Son had not where to lay His head."
  • This stroke visibly touched the canonesses, still soft from the
  • macerations of the morning; and Donna Livia compassionately asked how he
  • had subsisted since his rupture with the Bishop.
  • "Madam, by the sale of my talents in any service not at odds with my
  • calling: as the compiling of pious almanacks, the inditing of rhymed
  • litanies and canticles, and even the construction of theatrical
  • pieces"--the ladies lifted hands of reprobation--"of theatrical pieces,"
  • Cantapresto impressively repeated, "for the use of the Carmelite nuns of
  • Pianura. But," said he with a deprecating smile, "the wages of virtue
  • are less liberal than those of sin, and spite of a versatility I think I
  • may honestly claim, I have often had to subsist on the gifts of the
  • pious, and sometimes, madam, to starve on their compassion."
  • This ready discourse, and the soprano's evident distress, so worked on
  • the canonesses that, having little money at their disposal, it was
  • fixed, after some private consultation, that he should attend them to
  • Donnaz, where Don Gervaso, in consideration of his edifying conduct in
  • renouncing the stage, might be interested in helping him to a situation;
  • and when the little party set forth from Oropa, the abate Cantapresto
  • closed the procession on one of the baggage-mules, with Odo riding
  • pillion at his back. Good fortune loosened the poor soprano's tongue,
  • and as soon as the canonesses' litter was a safe distance ahead he began
  • to beguile the way with fragments of reminiscence and adventure. Though
  • few of his allusions were clear to Odo, the glimpse they gave of the
  • motley theatrical life of the north Italian cities--the quarrels between
  • Goldoni and the supporters of the expiring commedia dell' arte--the
  • rivalries of the prime donne and the arrogance of the popular
  • comedians--all these peeps into a tinsel world of mirth, cabal and
  • folly, enlivened by the recurring names of the Four Masks, those
  • lingering gods of the older dispensation, so lured the boy's fancy and
  • set free his vagrant wonder, that he was almost sorry to see the keep of
  • Donnaz reddening in the second evening's sunset.
  • Such regrets, however, their arrival at the castle soon effaced; for in
  • the doorway stood the old Marquess, a letter in hand, who springing
  • forward caught his grandson by the shoulders, and cried with his great
  • boar-hunting shout, "Cavaliere, you are heir-presumptive of Pianura!"
  • 1.7.
  • The Marquess of Cerveno had succumbed to the tertian ague contracted at
  • the hunting-lodge of Pontesordo; and this unforeseen calamity left but
  • one life, that of the sickly ducal infant, between Odo and the
  • succession to the throne of Pianura. Such was the news conveyed
  • post-haste from Turin by Donna Laura; who added the Duke's express wish
  • that his young kinsman should be fitted for the secular career, and the
  • information that Count Valdu had already entered his stepson's name at
  • the Royal Academy of Turin.
  • The Duke of Pianura being young and in good health, and his wife having
  • already given him an heir, the most sanguine imagination could hardly
  • view Odo as being brought much nearer the succession; yet the change in
  • his condition was striking enough to excuse the fancy of those about him
  • for shaping the future to their liking. The priestling was to turn
  • courtier and perhaps soldier; Asti was to be exchanged for Turin, the
  • seminary for the academy; and even the old chief of Donnaz betrayed in
  • his grumbling counsels to the boy a sense of the exalted future in which
  • they might some day serve him.
  • The preparations of departure and the wonder of his new state left Odo
  • little space wherein to store his thought with impressions of what he
  • was leaving; and it was only in after years, when the accretion of
  • superficial incident had dropped from his past, that those last days at
  • Donnaz gained their full distinctness. He saw them then, heavy with the
  • warmth of the long summer, from the topmost pine-belt to the bronzed
  • vineyards turning their metallic clusters to the sun; and in the midst
  • his small bewildered figure, netted in a web of association, and
  • seeming, as he broke away, to leave a shred of himself in every corner
  • of the castle.
  • Sharpest of all, there remained with him the vision of his last hour
  • with Don Gervaso. The news of Odo's changed condition had been received
  • in silence by the chaplain. He was not the man to waste words and he
  • knew the futility of asserting the Church's claim to the
  • heir-presumptive of a reigning house. Therefore if he showed no
  • enthusiasm he betrayed no resentment; but, the evening before the boy's
  • departure, led him, still in silence, to the chapel. Here the priest
  • knelt with Odo; then, raising him, sat on one of the benches facing the
  • high altar, and spoke a few grave words.
  • "You are setting out," said he, "on a way far different from that in
  • which it has been my care to guide you; yet the high road and the
  • mountain path may, by diverse windings, lead to the same point; and
  • whatever walk a man chooses, it will surely carry him to the end that
  • God has appointed. If you are called to serve Him in the world, the
  • journey on which you are now starting may lead you to the throne of
  • Pianura; but even so," he went on, "there is this I would have you
  • remember: that should this dignity come to you it may come as a calamity
  • rather than a joy; for when God confers earthly honours on a child of
  • His predilection, He sometimes deigns to render them as innocuous as
  • misfortune; and my chief prayer for you is that you should be raised to
  • this eminence, it may be at a moment when such advancement seems to
  • thrust you in the dust."
  • The words burned themselves into Odo's heart like some mystic writing on
  • the walls of memory, long afterward to start into fiery meaning. At the
  • time he felt only that the priest spoke with a power and dignity no
  • human authority could give; and for a moment all the stored influences
  • of his faith reached out to him from the dimly-gleaming altar.
  • The next sun rose on a new world. He was to set out at daylight, and
  • dawn found him at the casement, footing it in thought down the road as
  • yet undistinguishable in a dying glimmer of stars. Bruno was to attend
  • him to Turin; but one of the women presently brought word that the old
  • huntsman's rheumatism had caught him in the knee, and that the Marquess,
  • resolved not to delay his grandson's departure, had chosen Cantapresto
  • as the boy's companion. The courtyard, when Odo descended, fairly
  • bubbled with the voluble joy of the fat soprano, who was giving
  • directions to the servants, receiving commissions and instructions from
  • the aunts, assuring everybody of his undying devotion to the
  • heir-presumptive of Pianura, and citing impressive instances of the
  • responsibilities with which the great of the earth had formerly
  • entrusted him.
  • As a companion for Odo the abate was clearly not to Don Gervaso's taste;
  • but he stood silent, turning the comment of a cool eye on the soprano's
  • protestations, and saying only, as Cantapresto swept the company into
  • the circle of an obsequious farewell:--"Remember, signor abate, it is to
  • your cloth this business is entrusted." The abate's answer was a rush of
  • purple to the forehead; but Don Gervaso imperturbably added, "And you
  • lie but one night on the road."
  • Meanwhile the old Marquess, visibly moved, was charging Odo to respect
  • his elders and superiors, while in the same breath warning him not to
  • take up with the Frenchified notions of the court, but to remember that
  • for a lad of his condition the chief virtues were a tight seat in the
  • saddle, a quick hand on the sword and a slow tongue in counsel. "Mind
  • your own business," he concluded, "and see that others mind theirs."
  • The Marchioness thereupon, with many tears, hung a scapular about Odo's
  • neck, bidding him shun the theatre and be regular at confession; one of
  • the canonesses reminded him not to omit a visit to the chapel of the
  • Holy Winding-sheet, while the other begged him to burn a candle for her
  • at the Consolata; and the servants pressed forward to embrace and bless
  • their little master.
  • Day was high by this, and as the Marquess's travelling-chariot rumbled
  • down the valley the shadows seemed to fly before it. Odo at first lay
  • numb; but presently his senses woke to the call of the brightening
  • landscape. The scene was such as Salvator might have painted: wild
  • blocks of stone heaped under walnut-shade; here the white plunge of
  • water down a wall of granite, and there, in bluer depths, a charcoal
  • burner's hut sending up its spiral of smoke to the dark raftering of
  • branches. Though it was but a few hours since Odo had travelled from
  • Oropa, years seemed to have passed over him, and he saw the world with a
  • new eye. Each sound and scent plucked at him in passing: the roadside
  • started into detail like the foreground of some minute Dutch painter;
  • every pendent mass of fern, dark dripping rock, late tuft of harebell
  • called out to him: "Look well, for this is your last sight of us!" His
  • first sight too, it seemed: since he had lived through twelve Italian
  • summers without sense of the sun-steeped quality of atmosphere that,
  • even in shade, gives each object a golden salience. He was conscious of
  • it now only as it suggested fingering a missal stiff with gold-leaf and
  • edged with a swarming diversity of buds and insects. The carriage moved
  • so slowly that he was in no haste to turn the pages; and each spike of
  • yellow foxglove, each clouding of butterflies about a patch of
  • speedwell, each quiver of grass over a hidden thread of moisture, became
  • a marvel to be thumbed and treasured.
  • From this mood he was detached by the next bend of the road. The way,
  • hitherto winding through narrow glens, now swung to a ledge overhanging
  • the last escarpment of the mountains; and far below, the Piedmontese
  • plain unrolled to the southward its interminable blue-green distances
  • mottled with forest. A sight to lift the heart; for on those sunny
  • reaches Ivrea, Novara, Vercelli lay like sea-birds on a summer sea. It
  • was the future unfolding itself to the boy; dark forests, wide rivers,
  • strange cities and a new horizon: all the mystery of the coming years
  • figured to him in that great plain stretching away to the greater
  • mystery of heaven.
  • To all this Cantapresto turned a snoring countenance. The lively air of
  • the hills, the good fare of Donnaz, and the satisfaction, above all, of
  • rolling on cushions over a road he had thought to trudge on foot, had
  • lapped the abate in Capuan slumber. The midday halt aroused him. The
  • travellers rested at an inn on the edge of the hills, and here
  • Cantapresto proved to his charge that, as he phrased it, his belly had
  • as short a memory for food as his heart for injuries. A flask of Asti
  • put him in the talking mood, and as they drove on he regaled Odo with a
  • lively picture of the life on which he was about to enter.
  • "You are going," said he, "to one of the first cities of Europe; one
  • that has all the beauty and elegance of the French capital without its
  • follies and excesses. Turin is blessed with a court where good manners
  • and a fine tone are more highly prized than the extravagances of genius;
  • and I have heard it said of his Majesty that he was delighted to see his
  • courtiers wearing the French fashions outside their heads, provided they
  • didn't carry the French ideas within. You are too young, doubtless,
  • cavaliere, to have heard of the philosophers who are raising such a
  • pother north of the Alps: a set of madmen that, because their birth
  • doesn't give them the entree of Versailles, are preaching that men
  • should return to a state of nature, great ladies suckle their young like
  • animals, and the peasantry own their land like nobles. Luckily you'll
  • hear little of this infectious talk in Turin: the King stamps out the
  • philosophers like vermin or packs them off to splutter their heresies in
  • Milan or Venice. But to a nobleman mindful of the privileges of his
  • condition there is no more agreeable sojourn in Europe. The wines are
  • delicious, the women--er--accomplished--and though the sbirri may hug
  • one a trifle close now and then, why, with money and discretion, a
  • friend or two in the right quarters, and the wit to stand well with the
  • Church, there's no city in Europe where a man may have pleasanter sins
  • to confess."
  • The carriage, by this, was descending the last curves above the valley,
  • and before them, in a hollow of the hills, blinked the warm shimmer of
  • maize and vine, like some bright vintage brimming its cup. The soprano
  • waved a convivial hand.
  • "Look," he cried, "what Nature has done for this happy region! Where
  • herself has spread the table so bountifully, should her children hang
  • back from the feast? I vow, cavaliere, if the mountains were built for
  • hermits and ascetics, then the plain was made level for dancing,
  • banqueting and the pleasures of the villeggiatura. If God had meant us
  • to break our teeth on nuts and roots, why did He hang the vine with
  • fruit and draw three crops of wheat from this indulgent soil? I protest
  • when I look on such a scene as this, it is sufficient incentive to
  • lowliness to remember that the meek shall inherit the earth!"
  • This mood held Cantapresto till his after-dinner sleep overtook him; and
  • when he woke again the chariot was clattering across the bridge of
  • Chivasso. The Po rolled its sunset crimson between flats that seemed
  • dull and featureless after the broken scenery of the hills; but beyond
  • the bridge rose the towers and roofs of the town, with its
  • cathedral-front catching the last slant of light. In the streets dusk
  • had fallen and a lamp flared under the arch of the inn before which the
  • travellers halted. Odo's head was heavy, and he hardly noticed the
  • figures thronging the caffe into which they were led; but presently
  • there rose a shout of "Cantapresto!" and a ring of waving arms and
  • flashing teeth encircled his companion.
  • These appendages belonged to a troop of men and women, some masked and
  • in motley, others in discoloured travel-stained garments, who pressed
  • about the soprano with cries of joyous recognition. He was evidently an
  • old favourite of the band, for a duenna in tattered velvet fell on his
  • neck with genial unreserve, a pert soubrette caught him by the arm the
  • duenna left free, and a terrific Matamor with a nose like a scimitar
  • slapped him on the back with a tin sword.
  • Odo's glimpse of the square at Oropa told him that here was a band of
  • strolling players such as Cantapresto had talked of on the ride back to
  • Donnaz. Don Gervaso's instructions and the old Marchioness's warning
  • against the theatre were present enough in the boy's mind to add a touch
  • of awe to the curiosity with which he observed these strange objects of
  • the Church's reprobation. They struck him, it must be owned, as more
  • pitiable than alarming, for the duenna's toes were coming through her
  • shoes, and one or two of the children who hung on the outskirts of the
  • group looked as lean and hungry under their spangles as the
  • foundling-girl of Pontesordo. Spite of this they seemed a jolly crew,
  • and ready (at Cantapresto's expense) to celebrate their encounter with
  • the ex-soprano in unlimited libations of Asti and Val Pulicello. The
  • singer, however, hung back with protesting gestures.
  • "Gently, then, gently, dear friends--dear companions! When was it we
  • parted? In the spring of the year--and we meet now in the late summer.
  • As the seasons change so do our conditions: if the spring is a season of
  • folly, then is the harvest-time the period for reflection. When we last
  • met I was a strolling poet, glad to serve your gifted company within the
  • scope of my talents--now, ladies and gentlemen, now"--he drew himself up
  • with pride--"now you behold in me the governor and friend of the
  • heir-presumptive of Pianura."
  • Cries of incredulity and derision greeted this announcement, and one of
  • the girls called out laughingly, "Yet you have the same old cassock to
  • your back!"
  • "And the same old passage from your mouth to your belly," added an
  • elastic Harlequin, reaching an arm across the women's shoulders. "Come,
  • Cantapresto, we'll help you line it with good wine, to the health of his
  • most superlatively serene Highness, the heir-presumptive of Pianura; and
  • where is that fabulous personage, by the way?"
  • Odo at this retreated hastily behind the soprano; but a pretty girl
  • catching sight of him, he found himself dragged into the centre of the
  • company, who hailed him with fantastic obeisances. Supper meanwhile was
  • being laid on the greasy table down the middle of the room. The Matamor,
  • who seemed the director of the troupe, thundered out his orders for
  • maccaroni, fried eels and sausages; the inn-servants flanked the plates
  • with wine-flasks and lumps of black bread, and in a moment the hungry
  • comedians, thrusting Odo into a high seat at the head of the table, were
  • falling on the repast with a prodigious clatter of cutlery.
  • Of the subsequent incidents of the feast--the banter of the younger
  • women, the duenna's lachrymose confidences, the incessant interchange of
  • theatrical jargon and coarse pleasantry--there remained to Odo but a
  • confused image, obscured by the smoke of guttering candles, the fumes of
  • wine and the stifling air of the low-ceilinged tavern. Even the face of
  • the pretty girl who had dragged him from his concealment, and who now
  • sat at his side, plying him with sweets from her own plate, began to
  • fade into the general blur; and his last impression was of Cantapresto's
  • figure dilating to immense proportions at the other end of the table, as
  • the soprano rose with shaking wine-glass to favour the company with a
  • song. The chorus, bursting forth in response, surged over Odo's drowning
  • senses, and he was barely aware, in the tumult of noise and lights, of
  • an arm slipped about him, a softly-heaving pillow beneath his head, and
  • the gradual subsidence into dark delicious peace.
  • So, on the first night of his new life, the heir-presumptive of Pianura
  • fell asleep with his head in a dancing-girl's breast.
  • 1.8.
  • The travellers were to journey by Vettura from Chivasso to Turin; and
  • when Odo woke next morning the carriage stood ready in the courtyard.
  • Cantapresto, mottled and shamefaced, with his bands awry and an air of
  • tottering dignity, was gathering their possessions together, and the
  • pretty girl who had pillowed Odo's slumbers now knelt by his bed and
  • laughingly drew on his stockings. She was a slim brown morsel, not much
  • above his age, with a glance that flitted like a bird, and round
  • shoulders slipping out of her kerchief. A wave of shyness bathed Odo to
  • the forehead as their eyes met: he hung his head stupidly and turned
  • away when she fetched the comb to dress his hair.
  • His toilet completed, she called out to the abate to go below and see
  • that the cavaliere's chocolate was ready; and as the door closed she
  • turned and kissed Odo on the lips.
  • "Oh, how red you are!" she cried laughing. "Is that the first kiss
  • you've ever had? Then you'll remember me when you're Duke of
  • Pianura--Mirandolina of Chioggia, the first girl you ever kissed!" She
  • was pulling his collar straight while she talked, so that he could not
  • get away from her. "You will remember me, won't you?" she persisted. "I
  • shall be a great actress by that time, and you'll appoint me prima
  • amorosa to the ducal theatre of Pianura, and throw me a diamond bracelet
  • from your Highness's box and make all the court ladies ready to poison
  • me for rage!" She released his collar and dropped away from him. "Ah,
  • no, I shall be a poor strolling player, and you a great prince," she
  • sighed, "and you'll never, never think of me again; but I shall always
  • remember that I was the first girl you ever kissed!"
  • She hung back in a dazzle of tears, looking so bright and tender that
  • Odo's bashfulness melted like a spring frost.
  • "I shall never be Duke," he cried, "and I shall never forget you!" And
  • with that he turned and kissed her boldly and then bolted down the
  • stairs like a hare. And all that day he scorched and froze with the
  • thought that perhaps she had been laughing at him.
  • Cantapresto was torpid after the feast, and Odo detected in him an air
  • of guilty constraint. The boy was glad enough to keep silence, and they
  • rolled on without speaking through the wide glowing landscape. Already
  • the nearness of a great city began to make itself felt. The bright
  • champaign was scattered over with farm-houses, their red-tiled
  • pigeon-cots and their granges latticed with openwork terra-cotta
  • pleasantly breaking the expanse of maize and mulberry; villages lay
  • along the banks of the canals intersecting the plain; and the hills
  • beyond the Po were planted with villas and monasteries.
  • All the afternoon they drove between umbrageous parks and under the
  • walls of terraced vineyards. It was a region of delectable shade, with
  • glimpses here and there of gardens flashing with fountains and villa
  • roofs decked with statues and vases; and at length, toward sunset, a
  • bend of the road brought them out on a fair-spreading city, so
  • flourishing in buildings, so beset with smiling hills, that Odo,
  • springing from his seat, cried out in sheer joy of the spectacle.
  • They had still the suburbs to traverse; and darkness was falling when
  • they entered the gates of Turin. This brought the fresh amazement of
  • wide lamplit streets, clean and bright as a ball-room, lined with
  • palaces and filled with well-dressed loungers: officers in the brilliant
  • Sardinian uniforms, fine gentlemen in French tie-wigs and narrow-sleeved
  • coats, merchants hurrying home from business, ecclesiastics in
  • high-swung carriages, and young bloods dashing by in their curricles.
  • The tables before the coffee-houses were thronged with idlers taking
  • their chocolate and reading the gazettes; and here and there the arched
  • doorway of a palace showed some gay party supping al fresco in a garden
  • hung with lamps.
  • The flashing of lights and the noise of the streets roused Cantapresto,
  • who sat up with a sudden assumption of dignity.
  • "Ah, cavaliere," said he, "you now see a great city, a famous city, a
  • city aptly called 'the Paris of Italy.' Nowhere else shall you find such
  • well-lit streets, such fair pavements, shops so full of Parisian wares,
  • promenades so crowded with fine carriages and horses. What a life a
  • young gentleman may lead here! The court is hospitable, society amiable,
  • the theatres are the best-appointed in Italy."
  • Here Cantapresto paused with a deprecating cough.
  • "Only one thing is necessary," he went on, "to complete enjoyment of the
  • fruits of this garden of Eden; and that is"--he coughed
  • again--"discretion. His Majesty, cavaliere, is a father to his subjects;
  • the Church is their zealous mother; and between two such parents, and
  • the innumerable delegates of their authority, why, you may fancy, sir,
  • that a man has to wear his eyes on all sides of his head. Discretion is
  • a virtue the Church herself commends; it is natural, then, that she
  • should afford her children full opportunity to practise it. And look
  • you, cavaliere, it is like gymnastics: the younger you acquire it, the
  • less effort it costs. Our Maker Himself has taught us the value of
  • silence by putting us speechless into the world: if we learn to talk
  • later we do it at our own risk! But for your own part, cavaliere--since
  • the habit cannot too early be exercised--I would humbly counsel you to
  • say nothing to your illustrious parents of our little diversion of last
  • evening."
  • The Countess Valdu lived on the upper floor of a rococo palace near the
  • Piazza San Carlo; and here Odo, led by Cantapresto, presently found
  • himself shown into an apartment where several ladies and gentlemen sat
  • at cards. His mother, detaching herself from the group, embraced him
  • with unusual warmth, and the old Count, more painted and perfumed than
  • ever, hurried up with an obsequious greeting. Odo for the first time
  • found himself of consequence in the world; and as he was passed from
  • guest to guest, questioned about his journey, praised for his good
  • colour and stout looks, complimented on his high prospects, and
  • laughingly entreated not to forget his old friends when fortune should
  • advance him to the duchy, he began to feel himself a reigning potentate
  • already.
  • His mother, as he soon learned, had sunk into a life almost as dull and
  • restricted as that she had left Donnaz to escape. Count Valdu's position
  • at court was more ornamental than remunerative, the income from his
  • estates was growing annually smaller, and he was involved in costly
  • litigation over the sale of some entailed property. Such conditions were
  • little to the Countess's humour, and the society to which her narrow
  • means confined her offered few distractions to her vanity. The
  • frequenters of the house were chiefly poor relations and hangers-on of
  • the Count's, the parasites who in those days were glad to subsist on the
  • crumbs of the slenderest larder. Half-a-dozen hungry Countesses, their
  • lean admirers, a superannuated abate or two, and a flock of threadbare
  • ecclesiastics, made up Donna Laura's circle; and even her cicisbeo,
  • selected in family council under the direction of her confessor, was an
  • austere gentleman of middle age, who collected ancient coins and was
  • engaged in composing an essay on the Martellian verse.
  • This company, which devoted hours to the new French diversion of the
  • parfilage, and spent the evenings in drinking lemonade and playing
  • basset for small stakes, found its chief topic of conversation in the
  • only two subjects safely discussed in Turin at that day--the doings of
  • the aristocracy and of the clergy. The fashion of the Queen's headdress
  • at the last circle, the marked manner in which his Majesty had lately
  • distinguished the brilliant young cavalry officer, Count Roberto di
  • Tournanches, the third marriage of the Countess Alfieri of Asti, the
  • incredibility of the rumour that the court ladies of Versailles had
  • taken to white muslin and Leghorn hats, the probable significance of the
  • Vicar-general's visit to Rome, the subject of the next sacred
  • representation to be given by the nuns of Santa Croce--such were the
  • questions that engaged the noble frequenters of Casa Valdu.
  • This was the only society that Donna Laura saw; for she was too poor to
  • dress to her taste and too proud to show herself in public without the
  • appointments becoming her station. Her sole distraction consisted in
  • visits to the various shrines--the Sudario, the Consolata, the Corpus
  • Domini--at which the feminine aristocracy offered up its devotions and
  • implored absolution for sins it had often no opportunity to commit: for
  • though fashion accorded cicisbei to the fine ladies of Turin, the Church
  • usually restricted their intercourse to the exchange of the most
  • harmless amenities.
  • Meanwhile the antechamber was as full of duns as the approach to Donna
  • Laura's apartment at Pianura; and Odo guessed that the warmth of the
  • maternal welcome sprang less from natural affection than from the hope
  • of using his expectations as a sop to her creditors. The pittance which
  • the ducal treasury allowed for his education was scarce large enough to
  • be worth diverting to other ends; but a potential prince is a shield to
  • the most vulnerable fortunes. In this character Odo for the first time
  • found himself flattered, indulged, and made the centre of the company.
  • The contrast to his life of subjection at Donnaz; the precocious
  • initiation into motives that tainted the very fount of filial piety; the
  • taste of this mingled draught of adulation and disillusionment, might
  • have perverted a nature more self-centred than his. From this
  • perversion, and from many subsequent perils he was saved by a kind of
  • imaginative sympathy, a wondering joy in the mere spectacle of life,
  • that tinged his most personal impressions with a streak of the
  • philosophic temper. If this trait did not save him from sorrow, it at
  • least lifted him above pettiness; if it could not solve the difficulties
  • of life it could arm him to endure them. It was the best gift of the
  • past from which he sprang; but it was blent with another quality, a deep
  • moral curiosity that ennobled his sensuous enjoyment of the outward show
  • of life; and these elements were already tending in him, as in countless
  • youths of his generation, to the formation of a new spirit, the spirit
  • that was to destroy one world without surviving to create another.
  • Of all this none could have been less conscious than the lad just
  • preparing to enter on his studies at the Royal Academy of Turin. That
  • institution, adjoining the royal palace, was a kind of nursery or
  • forcing-house for the budding nobility of Savoy. In one division of the
  • sumptuous building were housed his Majesty's pages, a corps of luxurious
  • indolent young fops; another wing accommodated the regular students of
  • the Academy, sons of noblemen and gentlemen destined for the secular
  • life, while a third was set aside for the "forestieri" or students from
  • foreign countries and from the other Italian states. To this quarter Odo
  • Valsecca was allotted; though it was understood that on leaving the
  • Academy he was to enter the Sardinian service.
  • It was customary for a young gentleman of Odo's rank to be attended at
  • the Academy not only by a body-servant but by a private governor or
  • pedant, whose business it was to overlook his studies, attend him
  • abroad, and have an eye to the society he frequented. The old Marquess
  • of Donnaz had sent his daughter, by Odo's hand, a letter recommending
  • her to select her son's governor with particular care, choosing rather a
  • person of grave behaviour and assured morality than one of your glib
  • ink-spatterers who may know the inside of all the folios in the King's
  • library without being the better qualified for the direction of a young
  • gentleman's conduct; and to this letter Don Gervaso appended the terse
  • postcript: "Your excellency is especially warned against according this
  • or any other position of trust to the merry-andrew who calls himself the
  • abate Cantapresto."
  • Donna Laura, with a shrug, handed the letter to her husband; Count
  • Valdu, adjusting his glasses, observed it was notorious that people
  • living in the depths of the country thought themselves qualified to
  • instruct their city relatives on all points connected with the social
  • usages; and the cicisbeo suggested that he could recommend an abate who
  • was proficient in the construction of the Martellian verse, and who
  • would made no extra charge for that accomplishment.
  • "Charges!" the Countess cried. "There's a matter my father doesn't deign
  • to consider. It's not enough, nowadays, to give the lads a governor, but
  • they must maintain their servants too, an idle gluttonous crew that prey
  • on their pockets and get a commission off every tradesman's bill."
  • Count Valdu lifted a deprecating hand.
  • "My dear, nothing could be more offensive to his Majesty than any
  • attempt to reduce the way of living of the pupils of the Academy."
  • "Of course," she shrugged--"But who's to pay? The Duke's beggarly
  • pittance hardly clothes him."
  • The cicisbeo suggested that the cavaliere Odo had expectations; at which
  • Donna Laura flushed and turned uneasy; while the Count, part of whose
  • marital duty it was to intervene discreetly between his lady and her
  • knight, now put forth the remark that the abate Cantapresto seemed a
  • shrewd serviceable fellow.
  • "Nor do I like to turn him adrift," cried the Countess instantly, "after
  • he has obliged us by attending my son on his journey."
  • "And I understand," added the Count, "that he would be glad to serve the
  • cavaliere in any capacity you might designate."
  • "Why not in all?" said the cicisbeo thoughtfully. "There would be
  • undoubted advantages to the cavaliere in possessing a servant who would
  • explain the globes while powdering his hair and not be above calling his
  • chair when he attended him to a lecture."
  • And the upshot of it was that when Odo, a few days later, entered on his
  • first term at the Academy, he was accompanied by the abate Cantapresto,
  • who had agreed, for a minimum of pay, to serve him faithfully in the
  • double capacity of pedagogue and lacquey.
  • The considerable liberty accorded the foreign students made Odo's first
  • year at the Academy at once pleasanter and less profitable than had he
  • been one of the regular pupils. The companions among whom he found
  • himself were a set of lively undisciplined young gentlemen, chiefly from
  • England, Russia and the German principalities; all in possession of more
  • or less pocket-money and attended by governors either pedantic and
  • self-engrossed or vulgarly subservient. These young sprigs, whose
  • ambition it was to ape the dress and manners of the royal pages, led a
  • life of dissipation barely interrupted by a few hours of attendance at
  • the academic classes. From the ill-effects of such surroundings Odo was
  • preserved by an intellectual curiosity that flung him ravening on his
  • studies. It was not that he was of a bookish habit, or that the drudgery
  • of the classes was less irksome to him than to the other pupils; but not
  • even the pedantic methods then prevailing, or the distractions of his
  • new life, could dull the flush of his first encounter with the past. His
  • imagination took fire over the dry pages of Cornelius Nepos, glowed with
  • the mild pastoral warmth of the Georgics and burst into flame at the
  • first hexameters of the Aeneid. He caught but a fragment of meaning here
  • and there, but the sumptuous imagery, the stirring names, the glimpses
  • into a past where Roman senators were mingled with the gods of a
  • gold-pillared Olympus, filled his mind with a misty pageant of
  • immortals. These moments of high emotion were interspersed with hours of
  • plodding over the Latin grammar and the textbooks of philosophy and
  • logic. Books were unknown ground to Cantapresto, and among masters and
  • pupils there was not one who could help Odo to the meaning of his task,
  • or who seemed aware that it might have a meaning. To most of the lads
  • about him the purpose of the Academy was to fit young gentlemen for the
  • army or the court; to give them the chance of sweating a shirt every
  • morning with the fencing-master and of learning to thread the
  • intricacies of the court minuet. They modelled themselves on the dress
  • and bearing of the pages, who were always ruffling it about the
  • quadrangle in court dress and sword, or booted and spurred for a day's
  • hunting at the King's chase of Stupinigi. To receive a nod or a word
  • from one of these young demigods on his way to the King's opera-box or
  • just back from a pleasure-party at her Majesty's villa above the Po--to
  • hear of their tremendous exploits and thrilling escapades--seemed to put
  • the whole school in touch with the fine gentleman's world of intrigue,
  • cards and duelling: the world in which ladies were subjugated, fortunes
  • lost, adversaries run through and tradesmen ruined with that
  • imperturbable grace which distinguished the man of quality from the
  • plebeian.
  • Among the privileges of the foreign pupils were frequent visits to the
  • royal theatre; and here was to Odo a source of unimagined joys. His
  • superstitious dread of the stage (a sentiment, he soon discovered, that
  • not even his mother's director shared) made his heart beat oppressively
  • as he first set foot in the theatre. It was a gala night, boxes and
  • stalls were thronged, and the audience-hall unfolded its glittering
  • curves like some poisonous flower enveloping him in rich malignant
  • fragrance. This impression was dispelled by the rising of the curtain on
  • a scene of such Claude-like loveliness as it would have been impossible
  • to associate with the bug-bear tales of Donnaz or with the coarse antics
  • of the comedians at Chivasso. A temple girt with mysterious shade,
  • lifting its colonnade above a sunlit harbour; and before the temple,
  • vine-wreathed nymphs waving their thyrsi through the turns of a
  • melodious dance--such was the vision that caught up Odo and swept him
  • leagues away from the rouged and starred assemblage gathered in the
  • boxes to gossip, flirt, eat ices and chocolates, and incidentally, in
  • the pauses of their talk, to listen for a moment to the ravishing airs
  • of Metastasio's Achilles in Scyros.
  • The distance between such performances--magic evocations of light and
  • colour and melody--and the gross buffoonery of the popular stage, still
  • tainted with the obscenities of the old commedia dell' arte, in a
  • measure explains the different points from which at that period the
  • stage was viewed in Italy: a period when in such cities as Milan,
  • Venice, Turin, actors and singers were praised to the skies and loaded
  • with wealth and favours, while the tatterdemalion players who set up
  • their boards in the small towns at market-time or on feast-days were
  • despised by the people and flung like carrion into unconsecrated graves.
  • The impression Odo had gathered from Don Gervaso's talk was of the
  • provincial stage in all its pothouse license; but here was a spectacle
  • as lofty and harmonious as some great religious pageant. As the action
  • developed and the beauty of the verse was borne to Odo on the light
  • hurrying ripples of Caldara's music he turned instinctively to share his
  • pleasure with those about him. Cantapresto, in a new black coat and
  • ruffles, was conspicuously taking snuff from the tortoiseshell box which
  • the Countess's cicisbeo had given him; but Odo saw that he took less
  • pleasure in the spectacle than in the fact of accompanying the
  • heir-presumptive of Pianura to a gala performance at the royal theatre;
  • and the lads about them were for the most part engaged either with their
  • own dress and appearance, or in exchanging greetings with the royal
  • pages and the older students. A few of these sat near Odo, disdainfully
  • superior in their fob-chains and queues; and as the boy glanced about
  • him he met the fixed stare of one of the number, a tall youth seated at
  • his elbow, and conspicuous, even in that modish company, for the
  • exaggerated elegance of his dress. This young man, whose awkward bearing
  • and long lava-hued face crowned with flamboyant hair contrasted oddly
  • with his finical apparel, returned Odo's look with a gaze of eager
  • comprehension. He too, it was clear, felt the thrill and wonder, or at
  • least re-lived them in the younger lad's emotion; and from that moment
  • Odo felt himself in mute communion with his neighbour.
  • The quick movement of the story--the succession of devices by which the
  • wily Ulysses lures Achilles to throw off his disguise, while Deidamia
  • strives to conceal his identity; the scenic beauties of the background,
  • shifting from sculpture-gallery to pleasance, from pleasance to
  • banquet-hall; the pomp and glitter of the royal train, the melting
  • graces of Deidamia and her maidens; seemed, in their multiple appeal, to
  • develop in Odo new faculties of perception. It was his first initiation
  • into Italian poetry, and the numbers, now broken, harsh and passionate,
  • now flowing into liquid sweetness, were so blent with sound and colour
  • that he scarce knew through which sense they reached him. Deidamia's
  • strophes thrilled him like the singing-girl's kiss, and at the young
  • hero's cry--
  • Ma lo so ch' io sono Achille,
  • E mi sento Achille in sen--
  • his fists tightened and the blood hummed in his ears.
  • In the scene of the banquet-hall, where the followers of Ulysses lay
  • before Lycomedes the offerings of the Greek chieftains, and, while the
  • King and Deidamia are marvelling at the jewels and the Tyrian robes,
  • Achilles, unmindful of his disguise, bursts out
  • Ah, chi vide finora armi piu belle?
  • --at this supreme point Odo again turned to his neighbour. They
  • exchanged another look, and at the close of the act the youth leaned
  • forward to ask with an air of condescension: "Is this your first
  • acquaintance with the divine Metastasio?"
  • "I have never been in a play-house before," said Odo reddening.
  • The other smiled. "You are fortunate in having so worthy an introduction
  • to the stage. Many of our operas are merely vulgar and ridiculous; but
  • Metastasio is a great poet." Odo nodded a breathless assent. "A great
  • poet," his new acquaintance resumed, "and handling a great theme. But do
  • you not suffer from the silly songs that perpetually interrupt the flow
  • of the verse? To me they are intolerable. Metastasio might have been a
  • great tragic dramatist if Italy would have let him. But Italy does not
  • want tragedies--she wishes to be sung to, danced to, made eyes at,
  • flattered and amused! Give her anything, anything that shall help her to
  • forget her own abasement. Panem et circenses! that is always her cry.
  • And who can wonder that her sovereigns and statesmen are willing to
  • humour her, when even her poets stoop to play the mountebank for her
  • diversion?" The speaker, ruffling his locks with a hand that scattered
  • the powder, turned on the brilliant audience his strange corrugated
  • frown. "Fools! simpletons!" he cried, "not to see that in applauding the
  • Achilles of Metastasio they are smiling at the allegory of their own
  • abasement! What are the Italians of today but men tricked out in women's
  • finery, when they should be waiting full-armed to rally at the first
  • signal of revolt? Oh, for the day when a poet shall arise who dares tell
  • them the truth, not disguised in sentimental frippery, not ending in a
  • maudlin reconciliation of love and glory--but the whole truth, naked,
  • cold and fatal as a patriot's blade; a poet who dares show these
  • bedizened courtiers they are no freer than the peasants they oppress,
  • and tell the peasants they are entitled to the same privileges as their
  • masters!" He paused and drew back with a supercilious smile. "But
  • doubtless, sir," said he, "I offend you in thus arraigning your sacred
  • caste; for unless I mistake you belong to the race of demi-gods--the
  • Titans whose downfall is at hand?" He swept the boxes with a
  • contemptuous eye.
  • Little of this tirade was clear to Odo; but something in the speaker's
  • tone moved him to answer, with a quick lifting of his head: "My name is
  • Odo Valsecca, of the Dukes of Pianura;" when, fearing he had seemed to
  • parade his birth before one evidently of inferior station, he at once
  • added with a touch of shyness: "And you, sir, are perhaps a poet, since
  • you speak so beautifully?"
  • At which, with a stare and a straightening of his long awkward body, the
  • other haughtily returned: "A poet, sir? I am the Count Vittorio Alfieri
  • of Asti."
  • 1.9.
  • The singular being with whom chance had thus brought him acquainted was
  • to have a lasting influence on the formation of Odo's character.
  • Vittorio Alfieri, then just concluding, at the age of sixteen, his
  • desultory years of academic schooling, was probably the most
  • extraordinary youth in Charles Emmanuel's dominion. Of the future
  • student, of the tragic poet who was to prepare the liberation of Italy
  • by raising the political ideals of his generation, this moody boy with
  • his craze for dress and horses, his pride of birth and contempt for his
  • own class, his liberal theories and insolently aristocratic practice,
  • must have given small promise to the most discerning observer. It seems
  • indeed probable that none thought him worth observing and that he passed
  • among his townsmen merely as one of the most idle and extravagant young
  • noblemen in a society where idleness and extravagance were held to be
  • the natural attributes of the great. But in the growth of character the
  • light on the road to Damascus is apt to be preceded by faint premonitory
  • gleams; and even in his frivolous days at the Academy Alfieri carried a
  • Virgil in his pocket and wept and trembled over Ariosto's verse.
  • It was the instant response of Odo's imagination that drew the two
  • together. Odo, as one of the foreign pupils, was quartered in the same
  • wing of the Academy with the students of Alfieri's class, and enjoyed an
  • almost equal freedom. Thus, despite the difference of age, the lads
  • found themselves allied by taste and circumstances. Among the youth of
  • their class they were perhaps the only two who already felt, however
  • obscurely, the stirring of unborn ideals, the pressure of that tide of
  • renovation that was to sweep them, on widely-sundered currents, to the
  • same uncharted deep. Alfieri, at any rate, represented to the younger
  • lad the seer who held in his hands the keys of knowledge and beauty. Odo
  • could never forget the youth who first leant him Annibale Caro's Aeneid
  • and Metastasio's opera libretti, Voltaire's Zaire and the comedies of
  • Goldoni; while Alfieri perhaps found in his companion's sympathy with
  • his own half-dormant tastes the first incentive to a nobler activity.
  • Certain it is that, in the interchange of their daily comradeship, the
  • elder gave his friend much that he was himself unconscious of
  • possessing, and perhaps first saw reflected in Odo's more vivid
  • sensibility an outline of the formless ideals coiled in the depths of
  • his own sluggish nature.
  • The difference in age, and the possession of an independent fortune,
  • which the laws of Savoy had left Alfieri free to enjoy since his
  • fifteenth year, gave him an obvious superiority over Odo; but if
  • Alfieri's amusements separated him from his young friend, his tastes
  • were always drawing them together; and Odo was happily of those who are
  • more engaged in profiting by what comes their way than in pining for
  • what escapes them. Much as he admired Alfieri, it was somehow impossible
  • for the latter to condescend to him; and the equality of intercourse
  • between the two was perhaps its chief attraction to a youth surfeited
  • with adulation.
  • Of the opportunities his new friendship brought him, none became in
  • after years a pleasanter memory to Odo than his visits with Vittorio to
  • the latter's uncle, the illustrious architect Count Benedetto Alfieri.
  • This accomplished and amiable man, who had for many years devoted his
  • talents to the King's service, was lodged in a palace adjoining the
  • Academy; and thither, one holiday afternoon, Vittorio conducted his
  • young friend.
  • Ignorant as Odo was of all the arts, he felt on the very threshold the
  • new quality of his surroundings. These tall bare rooms, where busts and
  • sarcophagi were ranged as in the twilight of a temple, diffused an
  • influence that lowered the voice and hushed the step. In the
  • semi-Parisian capital where French architects designed the King's
  • pleasure-houses and the nobility imported their boudoir-panellings from
  • Paris and their damask hangings from Lyons, Benedetto Alfieri
  • represented the old classic tradition, the tradition of the "grand
  • manner," which had held its own through all later variations of taste,
  • running parallel with the barocchismo of the seventeenth century and the
  • effeminate caprices of the rococo period. He had lived much in Rome, in
  • the company of men like Winckelmann and Maffei, in that society where
  • the revival of classical research was being forwarded by the liberality
  • of Princes and Cardinals and by the indefatigable zeal of the scholars
  • in their pay. From this centre of aesthetic reaction Alfieri had
  • returned to the Gallicized Turin, with its preference for the graceful
  • and ingenious rather than for the large, the noble, the restrained;
  • bringing to bear on the taste of his native city the influence of a view
  • raised but perhaps narrowed by close study of the past: the view of a
  • generation of architects in whom archeological curiosity had stifled the
  • artistic instinct, and who, instead of assimilating the spirit of the
  • past like their great predecessors, were engrossed in a sterile
  • restoration of the letter. It may be said of this school of architects
  • that they were of more service to posterity than to their
  • contemporaries; for while they opened the way to modern antiquarian
  • research, their pedantry checked the natural development of a style
  • which, if left to itself, might in time have found new and more vigorous
  • forms of expression.
  • To Odo, happily, Count Benedetto's surroundings spoke more forcibly than
  • his theories. Every object in the calm severe rooms appealed to the boy
  • with the pure eloquence of form. Casts of the Vatican busts stood
  • against the walls and a niche at one end of the library contained a
  • marble copy of the Apollo Belvedere. The sarcophagi with their winged
  • genii, their garlands and bucranes, and porphyry tazzas, the fragments
  • of Roman mosaic and Pompeian fresco-painting, roused Odo's curiosity as
  • if they had been the scattered letters of a new alphabet; and he saw
  • with astonishment his friend Vittorio's indifference to these wonders.
  • Count Benedetto, it was clear, was resigned to his nephew's lack of
  • interest. The old man doubtless knew that he represented to the youth
  • only the rich uncle whose crotchets must be humoured for the sake of
  • what his pocket may procure; and such kindly tolerance made Odo regret
  • that Vittorio should not at least affect an interest in his uncle's
  • pursuits.
  • Odo's eagerness to see and learn filled Count Benedetto with a simple
  • joy. He brought forth all his treasures for the boy's instruction and
  • the two spent many an afternoon poring over Piranesi's Roman etchings,
  • Maffei's Verona Illustrata, and Count Benedetto's own elegant
  • pencil-drawings of classical remains. Like all students of his day he
  • had also his cabinet of antique gems and coins, from which Odo obtained
  • more intimate glimpses of that buried life so marvellously exhumed
  • before him: hints of traffic in far-off market-places and familiar
  • gestures of hands on which those very jewels might have sparkled. Nor
  • did the Count restrict the boy's enquiries to that distant past; and for
  • the first time Odo heard of the masters who had maintained the great
  • classical tradition on Latin soil: Sanmichele, Vignola, Sansovino, and
  • the divine Michael Angelo, whom the old architect never named without
  • baring his head. From the works of these architects Odo formed his first
  • conception of the earlier, more virile manner which the first contact
  • with Graeco-Roman antiquity had produced. The Count told him, too, of
  • the great painters whose popularity had been lessened, if their fame had
  • not been dimmed, by the more recent achievements of Correggio, Guido,
  • Guercino, and the Bolognese school. The splendour of the stanze of the
  • Vatican, the dreadful majesty of the Sistine ceiling, revealed to Odo
  • the beauty of that unmatched moment before grandeur broke into bombast.
  • His early association with the expressive homely art of the chapel at
  • Pontesordo and with the half-pagan beauty of Luini's compositions had
  • formed his taste on soberer lines than the fashion of the day affected;
  • and his imagination breathed freely on the heights of the Latin
  • Parnassus. Thus, while his friend Vittorio stormed up and down the quiet
  • rooms, chattering about his horses, boasting of his escapades, or
  • ranting against the tyranny of the Sardinian government, Odo, at the old
  • Count's side, was entering on the great inheritance of the past.
  • Such an initiation was the more precious to him from the indifference of
  • those about him to all forms of liberal culture. Among the greater
  • Italian cities, Turin was at that period the least open to new
  • influences, the most rigidly bound up in the formulas of the past. While
  • Milan, under the Austrian rule, was becoming a centre of philosophic
  • thought; while Naples was producing a group of economists such as
  • Galiani, Gravina and Filangieri; while ecclesiastical Rome was
  • dedicating herself to the investigation of ancient art and polity, and
  • even flighty Venice had her little set of "liberals," who read Voltaire
  • and Hume and wept over the rights of man, the old Piedmontese capital
  • lay in the grasp of a bigoted clergy and of a reigning house which was
  • already preparing to superimpose Prussian militarism on the old feudal
  • discipline of the border. Generations of hard fighting and rigorous
  • living had developed in the nobles the qualities which were preparing
  • them for the great part their country was to play; and contact with the
  • Waldensian and Calvinist heresies had stiffened Piedmontese piety into a
  • sombre hatred of schism and a minute observance of the mechanical rules
  • of the faith. Such qualities could be produced only at the expense of
  • intellectual freedom; and if Piedmont could show a few nobles like
  • Massimo d'Azeglio's father, who "made the education of his children his
  • first and gravest thought" and supplemented the deficiencies of his
  • wife's conventual training by "consecrating to her daily four hours of
  • reading, translating and other suitable exercises," the commoner view
  • was that of Alfieri's own parents, who frequently repeated in their
  • son's hearing "the old maxim of the Piedmontese nobility" that there is
  • no need for a gentleman to be a scholar. Such at any rate was the
  • opinion of the old Marquess of Donnaz, and of all the frequenters of
  • Casa Valdu. Odo's stepfather was engrossed in the fulfilment of his
  • duties about the court, and Donna Laura, under the influence of poverty
  • and ennui, had sunk into a state of rigid pietism; so that the lad, on
  • his visits to his mother, found himself in a world where art was
  • represented by the latest pastel-portrait of a court beauty, literature
  • by Liguori's Glories of Mary or the blessed Battista's Mental Sorrows of
  • Christ, and history by the conviction that Piedmont's efforts to stamp
  • out the enemies of the Church had distinguished her above every other
  • country of Europe. Donna Laura's cicisbeo was indeed a member of the
  • local Arcadia, and given to celebrating in verse every incident in the
  • noble household of Valdu, from its lady's name-day to the death of a pet
  • canary; but his own tastes inclined to the elegant Bettinelli, whose
  • Lettere Virgiliane had so conclusively shown Dante to be a writer of
  • barbarous doggerel; and among the dilettanti of the day one heard less
  • of Raphael than of Carlo Maratta, less of Ariosto and Petrarch than of
  • the Jesuit poet Padre Cevo, author of the sublime "heroico-comic" poem
  • on the infancy of Jesus.
  • It was in fact mainly to the Jesuits that Italy, in the early part of
  • the eighteenth century, owed her literature and her art, as well as the
  • direction of her religious life. Though the reaction against the order
  • was everywhere making itself felt, though one Italian sovereign after
  • another had been constrained to purchase popularity or even security by
  • banishing the Society from his dominions, the Jesuits maintained their
  • hold on the aristocracy, whose pretentions they flattered, whose tastes
  • they affected, and to whom they represented the spirit of religious and
  • political conservatism, against which invisible forces were already felt
  • to be moving. For the use of their noble supporters, the Jesuits had
  • devised a religion as elaborate and ceremonious as the social usages of
  • the aristocracy: a religion which decked its chapels in imitation of
  • great ladies' boudoirs and prescribed observances in keeping with the
  • vapid and gossiping existence of their inmates.
  • To Odo, fresh from the pure air of Donnaz, where the faith of his
  • kinsfolk expressed itself in charity, self-denial and a noble decency of
  • life, there was something stifling in the atmosphere of languishing
  • pietism in which his mother's friends veiled the emptiness of their
  • days. Under the instruction of the Countess's director the boy's
  • conscience was enervated by the casuistries of Liguorianism and his
  • devotion dulled by the imposition of interminable "pious practices." It
  • was in his nature to grudge no sacrifice to his ideals, and he might
  • have accomplished without question the monotonous observances his
  • confessor exacted, but for the changed aspect of the Deity in whose name
  • they were imposed.
  • As with most thoughtful natures, Odo's first disillusionment was to come
  • from discovering not what his God condemned, but what He condoned.
  • Between Cantapresto's coarse philosophy of pleasure and the refined
  • complaisances of his new confessor he felt the distinction to be one
  • rather of taste than of principle; and it seemed to him that the
  • religion of the aristocracy might not unfairly be summed up in the
  • ex-soprano's cynical aphorism: "As respectful children of our Heavenly
  • Father it behoves us not to speak till we are spoken to."
  • Even the religious ceremonies he witnessed did not console him for that
  • chill hour of dawn, when, in the chapel at Donnaz, he had served the
  • mass for Don Gervaso, with a heart trembling at its own unworthiness yet
  • uplifted by the sense of the Divine Presence. In the churches adorned
  • like aristocratic drawing-rooms, of which some Madonna, wreathed in
  • artificial flowers, seemed the amiable and indulgent hostess, and where
  • the florid passionate music of the mass was rendered by the King's opera
  • singers before a throng of chattering cavaliers and ladies, Odo prayed
  • in vain for a reawakening of the old emotion. The sense of sonship was
  • gone. He felt himself an alien in the temple of this affable divinity,
  • and his heart echoed no more than the cry which had once lifted him on
  • wings of praise to the very threshold of the hidden glory--
  • Domine, dilexi decorem domus tuae et locum habitationis gloriae tuae!
  • It was in the first reaction from this dimly felt loss that he lit one
  • day on a volume which Alfieri had smuggled into the Academy--the Lettres
  • Philosophiques of Francois Arouet de Voltaire.
  • BOOK II.
  • THE NEW LIGHT.
  • Zu neuen Ufern lockt ein neuer Tag.
  • 2.1.
  • One afternoon of April in the year 1774, Odo Valsecca, riding down the
  • hillside below the church of the Superga, had reined in his horse at a
  • point where a group of Spanish chestnuts overhung the way. The air was
  • light and pure, the shady turf invited him, and dismounting he bid his
  • servant lead the horses to the wayside inn half way down the slope.
  • The spot he had chosen, though secluded as some nook above the gorge of
  • Donnaz, commanded a view of the Po rolling at his feet like a flood of
  • yellowish metal, and beyond, outspread in clear spring sunshine, the
  • great city in the bosom of the plain. The spectacle was fair enough to
  • touch any fancy: brown domes and facades set in new-leaved gardens and
  • surrounded by vineyards extending to the nearest acclivities;
  • country-houses glancing through the fresh green of planes and willows;
  • monastery-walls cresting the higher ridges; and westward the Po winding
  • in sunlit curves toward the Alps.
  • Odo had lost none of his sensitiveness to such impressions; but the sway
  • of another mood turned his eye from the outstretched beauty of the city
  • to the vernal solitude about him. It was the season when old memories of
  • Donnaz worked in his blood; when the banks and hedges of the fresh
  • hill-country about Turin cheated him with a breath of budding
  • beech-groves and the fragrance of crushed fern in the glens of the high
  • Pennine valleys. It was a mere waft, perhaps, from some clod of loosened
  • earth, or the touch of cool elastic moss as he flung himself face
  • downward under the trees; but the savour, the contact filled his
  • nostrils with mountain air and his eyes with dim-branched distances. At
  • Donnaz the slow motions of the northern spring had endeared to him all
  • those sweet incipiencies preceding the full choral burst of leaf and
  • flower: the mauve mist over bare woodlands, the wet black gleams in
  • frost-bound hollows, the thrust of fronds through withered bracken, the
  • primrose-patches spreading like pale sunshine along wintry lanes. He had
  • always felt a sympathy for these delicate unnoted changes; but the
  • feeling which had formerly been like the blind stir of sap in a plant
  • was now a conscious sensation that groped for speech and understanding.
  • He had grown up among people to whom such emotions were unknown. The old
  • Marquess's passion for his fields and woods was the love of the
  • agriculturist and the hunter, not that of the naturalist or the poet;
  • and the aristocracy of the cities regarded the country merely as so much
  • soil from which to draw their maintenance. The gentlefolk never absented
  • themselves from town but for a few weeks of autumn, when they went to
  • their villas for the vintage, transporting thither all the diversions of
  • city life and venturing no farther afield than the pleasure-grounds that
  • were but so many open-air card-rooms, concert-halls and theatres. Odo's
  • tenderness for every sylvan function of renewal and decay, every
  • shifting of light and colour on the flying surface of the year, would
  • have been met with the same stare with which a certain enchanting
  • Countess had received the handful of wind-flowers that, fresh from a
  • sunrise on the hills, he had laid one morning among her toilet-boxes.
  • The Countess Clarice had stared and laughed, and every one of his
  • acquaintance, Alfieri even, would have echoed her laugh; but one man at
  • least had felt the divine commotion of nature's touch, had felt and
  • interpreted it, in words as fresh as spring verdure, in the pages of a
  • volume that Odo now drew from his pocket.
  • "I longed to dream, but some unexpected spectacle continually distracted
  • me from my musings. Here immense rocks hung their ruinous masses above
  • my head; there the thick mist of roaring waterfalls enveloped me; or
  • some unceasing torrent tore open at my very feet an abyss into which the
  • gaze feared to plunge. Sometimes I was lost in the twilight of a thick
  • wood; sometimes, on emerging from a dark ravine, my eyes were charmed by
  • the sight of an open meadow...Nature seemed to revel in unwonted
  • contrasts; such varieties of aspect had she united in one spot. Here was
  • an eastern prospect bright with spring flowers, while autumn fruits
  • ripened to the south and the northern face of the scene was still locked
  • in wintry frosts...Add to this the different angles at which the peaks
  • took the light, the chiaroscuro of sun and shade, and the variations of
  • light resulting from it at morning and evening...sum up the impressions
  • I have tried to describe and you will be able to form an idea of the
  • enchanting situation in which I found myself...The scene has indeed a
  • magical, a supernatural quality, which so ravishes the spirit and senses
  • that one seems to lose all exact notion of one's surroundings and
  • identity."
  • This was a new language to eighteenth-century readers. Already it had
  • swept through the length and breadth of France, like a spring storm-wind
  • bursting open doors and windows, and filling close candle-lit rooms with
  • wet gusts and the scent of beaten blossoms; but south of the Alps the
  • new ideas travelled slowly, and the Piedmontese were as yet scarce aware
  • of the man who had written thus of their own mountains. It was true
  • that, some thirty years earlier, in one of the very monasteries on which
  • Odo now looked down, a Swiss vagrant called Rousseau had embraced the
  • true faith with the most moving signs of edification; but the rescue of
  • Helvetian heretics was a favourite occupation of the Turinese nobility
  • and it is doubtful if any recalled the name of the strange proselyte who
  • had hastened to signalise his conversion by robbing his employers and
  • slandering an innocent maid-servant. Odo in fact owed his first
  • acquaintance with the French writers to Alfieri, who, in the intervals
  • of his wandering over Europe, now and then reappeared in Turin laden
  • with the latest novelties in Transalpine literature and haberdashery.
  • What his eccentric friend failed to provide, Odo had little difficulty
  • in obtaining for himself; for though most of the new writers were on the
  • Index, and the Sardinian censorship was notoriously severe, there was
  • never yet a barrier that could keep out books, and Cantapresto was a
  • skilled purveyor of contraband dainties. Odo had thus acquainted himself
  • with the lighter literature of England and France; and though he had
  • read but few philosophical treatises, was yet dimly aware of the new
  • standpoint from which, north of the Alps, men were beginning to test the
  • accepted forms of thought. The first disturbance of his childish faith,
  • and the coincident reading of the Lettres Philosophiques, had been
  • followed by a period of moral perturbation, during which he suffered
  • from that sense of bewilderment, of inability to classify the phenomena
  • of life, that is one of the keenest trials of inexperience. Youth and
  • nature had their way with him, however, and a wholesome reaction of
  • indifference set in. The invisible world of thought and conduct had been
  • the frequent subject of his musings; but the other, tangible world was
  • close to him too, spreading like a rich populous plain between himself
  • and the distant heights of speculation. The old doubts, the old
  • dissatisfactions, hung on the edge of consciousness; but he was too
  • profoundly Italian not to linger awhile in that atmosphere of careless
  • acquiescence that is so pleasant a medium for the unhampered enjoyment
  • of life. Some day, no doubt, the intellectual curiosity and the moral
  • disquietude would revive; but what he wanted now were books which
  • appealed not to his reason but to his emotions, which reflected as in a
  • mirror the rich and varied life of the senses: books that were warm to
  • the touch, like the little volume in his hand.
  • For it was not only of nature that the book spoke. Amid scenes of such
  • rustic freshness were set human passions as fresh and natural: a great
  • romantic love, subdued to duty, yet breaking forth again and again as
  • young shoots spring from the root of a felled tree. To
  • eighteenth-century readers such a picture of life was as new as its
  • setting. Duty, in that day, to people of quality, meant the observance
  • of certain fixed conventions: the correct stepping of a moral minuet; as
  • an inner obligation, as a voluntary tribute to Diderot's "divinity on
  • earth," it had hardly yet drawn breath. To depict a personal relation so
  • much purer and more profound than any form of sentiment then in fashion,
  • and then to subordinate it, unflinchingly, to the ideal of those larger
  • relations that link the individual to the group--this was a stroke of
  • originality for which it would be hard to find a parallel in modern
  • fiction. Here at last was an answer to the blind impulses agrope in
  • Odo's breast--the loosening of those springs of emotion that gushed
  • forth in such fresh contrast to the stagnant rills of the sentimental
  • pleasure-garden. To renounce a Julie would be more thrilling than--
  • Odo, with a sigh, thrust the book in his pocket and rose to his feet. It
  • was the hour of the promenade at the Valentino and he had promised the
  • Countess Clarice to attend her. The old high-roofed palace of the French
  • princess lay below him, in its gardens along the river: he could figure,
  • as he looked down on it, the throng of carriages and chairs, the
  • modishly dressed riders, the pedestrians crowding the footpath to watch
  • the quality go by. The vision of all that noise and glitter deepened the
  • sweetness of the woodland hush. He sighed again. Suddenly voices sounded
  • in the road below--a man's speech flecked with girlish laughter. Odo
  • hung back listening: the girl's voice rang like a bird-call through his
  • rustling fancies. Presently she came in sight: a slender black-mantled
  • figure hung on the arm of an elderly man in the sober dress of one of
  • the learned professions--a physician or a lawyer, Odo guessed. Their
  • being afoot, and the style of the man's dress, showed that they were of
  • the middle class; their demeanour, that they were father and daughter.
  • The girl moved with a light forward flowing of her whole body that
  • seemed the pledge of grace in every limb: of her face Odo had but a
  • bright glimpse in the eclipse of her flapping hat-brim. She stood under
  • his tree unheeded; but as they rose abreast of him the girl paused and
  • dropped her companion's arm.
  • "Look! The cherry flowers!" she cried, and stretched her arms to a white
  • gush of blossoms above the wall across the road. The movement tilted
  • back her hat, and Odo caught her small fine profile, wide-browed as the
  • head on some Sicilian coin, with a little harp-shaped ear bedded in dark
  • ripples.
  • "Oh," she wailed, straining on tiptoe, "I can't reach them!"
  • Her father smiled. "May temptation," said he philosophically, "always
  • hang as far out of your reach."
  • "Temptation?" she echoed.
  • "Is it not theft you're bent on?"
  • "Theft? This is a monk's orchard, not a peasant's plot."
  • "Confiscation, then," he humorously conceded.
  • "Since they pay no taxes on their cherries they might at least," she
  • argued, "spare a few to us poor taxpayers."
  • "Ah," said her father, "I want to tax their cherries, not to gather
  • them." He slipped a hand through her arm. "Come, child," said he, "does
  • not the philosopher tell us that he who enjoys a thing possesses it? The
  • flowers are yours already!"
  • "Oh, are they?" she retorted. "Then why doesn't the loaf in the baker's
  • window feed the beggar that looks in at it?"
  • "Casuist!" he cried and drew her up the bend of the road.
  • Odo stood gazing after them. Their words, their aspect, seemed an echo
  • of his reading. The father in his plain broadcloth and square-buckled
  • shoes, the daughter with her unpowdered hair and spreading hat, might
  • have stepped from the pages of the romance. What a breath of freshness
  • they brought with them! The girl's cheek was clear as the
  • cherry-blossoms, and with what lovely freedom did she move! Thus Julie
  • might have led Saint Preux through her "Elysium." Odo crossed the road
  • and, breaking one of the blossoming twigs, thrust it in the breast of
  • his uniform. Then he walked down the hill to the inn where the horses
  • waited. Half an hour later he rode up to the house where he lodged in
  • the Piazza San Carlo.
  • In the archway Cantapresto, heavy with a nine years' accretion of fat,
  • laid an admonishing hand on his bridle.
  • "Cavaliere, the Countess's black boy--"
  • "Well?"
  • "Three several times has battered the door down with a missive."
  • "Well?"
  • "The last time, I shook him off with the message that you would be there
  • before him."
  • "Be where?"
  • "At the Valentino; but that was an hour ago!"
  • Odo slipped from the saddle.
  • "I must dress first. Call a chair; or no--write a letter for me first.
  • Let Antonio carry it."
  • The ex-soprano, wheezing under the double burden of flesh and
  • consequence, had painfully laboured after Odo up the high stone flights
  • to that young gentleman's modest lodgings, and they stood together in a
  • study lined with books and hung with prints and casts from the antique.
  • Odo threw off his dusty coat and called the servant to remove his boots.
  • "Will you read the lady's letters, cavaliere?" Cantapresto asked,
  • obsequiously offering them on a lacquered tray.
  • "No--no: write first. Begin 'My angelic lady'--"
  • "You began the last letter in those terms, cavaliere," his scribe
  • reminded him with suspended pen.
  • "The devil! Well, then--wait. 'Throned goddess'--"
  • "You ended the last letter with 'throned goddess.'"
  • "Curse the last letter! Why did you send it?" Odo sprang up and slipped
  • his arms into the dress-tunic his servant had brought him. "Write
  • anything. Say that I am suddenly summoned by--"
  • "By the Count Alfieri?" Cantapresto suggested.
  • "Count Alfieri? Is he here? He has returned?"
  • "He arrived an hour ago, cavaliere. He sent you this Moorish scimitar
  • with his compliments. I understand he comes recently from Spain."
  • "Imbecile, not to have told me before! Quick, Antonio--my gloves, my
  • sword." Odo, flushed and animated, buckled his sword-belt with impatient
  • hands. "Write anything--anything to free my evening. Tomorrow
  • morning--tomorrow morning I shall wait on the lady. Let Antonio carry
  • her a nosegay with my compliments. Did you see him Cantapresto? Was he
  • in good health? Does he sup at home? He left no message? Quick, Antonio,
  • a chair!" he cried with his hand on the door.
  • Odo had acquired, at twenty-two, a nobility of carriage not incompatible
  • with the boyish candour of his gaze, and becomingly set off by the
  • brilliant dress-uniform of a lieutenant in one of the provincial
  • regiments. He was tall and fair, and a certain languor of complexion,
  • inherited from his father's house, was corrected in him by the vivacity
  • of the Donnaz blood. This now sparkled in his grey eye, and gave a glow
  • to his cheek, as he stepped across the threshold, treading on a sprig of
  • cherry-blossom that had dropped unnoticed to the floor.
  • Cantapresto, looking after him, caught sight of the flowers and kicked
  • them aside with a contemptuous toe. "I sometimes think he botanises," he
  • murmured with a shrug. "The Lord knows what queer notions he gets out of
  • all these books!"
  • 2.2.
  • As an infusion of fresh blood to Odo were Alfieri's meteoric returns to
  • Turin. Life moved languidly in the strait-laced city, even to a young
  • gentleman a-tiptoe for adventure and framed to elicit it as the
  • hazel-wand draws water. Not that vulgar distractions were lacking. The
  • town, as Cantapresto had long since advised him, had its secret
  • leniencies, its posterns opening on clandestine pleasure; but there was
  • that in Odo which early turned him from such cheap counterfeits of
  • living. He accepted the diversions of his age, but with a clear sense of
  • their worth; and the youth who calls his pleasures by their true name
  • has learned the secret of resisting them.
  • Alfieri's coming set deeper springs in motion. His follies and
  • extravagances were on a less provincial scale than those of Odo's daily
  • associates. The breath of a freer life clung to him and his allusions
  • were so many glimpses into a larger world. His political theories were
  • but the enlargement of his private grievances, but the mere play of
  • criticism on accepted institutions was an exercise more novel and
  • exhilirating than the wildest ride on one of his half-tamed
  • thorough-breds. Still chiefly a man of pleasure, and the slave, as
  • always, of some rash infatuation, Alfieri was already shaking off the
  • intellectual torpor of his youth; and the first stirrings of his
  • curiosity roused an answering passion in Odo. Their tastes were indeed
  • divergent, for to that external beauty which was to Odo the very bloom
  • of life, Alfieri remained insensible; while of its imaginative
  • counterpart, its prolongation in the realm of thought and emotion, he
  • had but the most limited conception. But his love of ringing deeds woke
  • the chivalrous strain in Odo, and his vague celebration of Liberty, that
  • unknown goddess to whom altars were everywhere building, chimed with the
  • other's scorn of oppression and injustice. So far, it is true, their
  • companionship had been mainly one of pleasure; but the temper of both
  • gave their follies that provisional character which saves them from
  • vulgarity.
  • Odo, who had slept late on the morning after his friend's return, was
  • waked by the pompous mouthing of certain lines just then on every lip in
  • Italy:--
  • Meet was it that, its ancient seats forsaking,
  • An Empire should set forth with dauntless sail,
  • And braving tempests and the deep's betrayal,
  • Break down the barriers of inviolate worlds--
  • That Cortez and Pizarro should esteem
  • The blood of man a trivial sacrifice
  • When, flinging down from their ancestral thrones
  • Incas and Mexicans of royal line,
  • They wrecked two kingdoms to refresh thy palate--
  • They were the verses in which the abate Parini, in his satire of The
  • Morning, apostrophizes the cup of chocolate which the lacquey presents
  • to his master. Cantapresto had in fact just entered with a cup of this
  • beverage, and Alfieri, who stood at his friend's bedside with unpowdered
  • locks and a fashionable undress of Parisian cut, snatching the tray from
  • the soprano's hands presented it to Odo in an attitude of mock
  • servility.
  • The young man sprang up laughing. It was the fashion to applaud Parini's
  • verse in the circles at which his satire was aimed, and none recited his
  • mock heroics with greater zest than the young gentlemen whose fopperies
  • he ridiculed. Odo's toilet was indeed a rite almost as elaborate as that
  • of Parini's hero; and this accomplished, he was on his way to fulfil the
  • very duty the poet most unsparingly derides: the morning visit of the
  • cicisbeo to his lady; but meanwhile he liked to show himself above the
  • follies of his class by joining in the laugh against them. When he
  • issued from the powder-room in his gold-laced uniform, with scented
  • gloves and carefully-adjusted queue, he presented the image of a young
  • gentleman so clearly equal to the most flattering emergencies that
  • Alfieri broke into a smile of half-ironical approval. "I see, my dear
  • cavaliere, that it were idle to invite you to try one of the new Arabs I
  • have brought with me from Spain, since it is plain other duties engage
  • you; but I come to lay claim to your evening."
  • Odo hesitated. "The Queen holds a circle this evening," he said.
  • "And her lady-in-waiting is in attendance?" returned Alfieri. "And the
  • lady-in-waiting's gentleman-in-waiting also?"
  • Odo made an impatient movement. "What inducements do you offer?" said he
  • carelessly.
  • Alfieri stepped close and tapped him on the sleeve. "Meet me at ten
  • o'clock at the turn of the lane behind the Corpus Domini. Wear a cloak
  • and a mask, and leave this gentleman at home with a flask of Asti." He
  • glanced at Cantapresto.
  • Odo hesitated a moment. He knew well enough where such midnight turnings
  • led, and across the vision evoked by his friend's words a girl's face
  • flitted suddenly.
  • "Is that all?" he said with a shrug. "You find me, I fear, in no humour
  • for such exploits."
  • Alfieri smiled. "And if I say that I have promised to bring you?"
  • "Promised--?"
  • "To one as chary of exacting such pledges as I of giving them. If I say
  • that you stake your life on the adventure, and that the stake is not too
  • great for the reward--?"
  • His sallow face had reddened with excitement, and Odo's forehead
  • reflected the flush. Was it possible--? But the thought set him tingling
  • with disgust.
  • "Why, you say little," he cried lightly, "at the rate at which I value
  • my life."
  • Alfieri turned on him. "If your life is worthless; make it worth
  • something!" he exclaimed. "I offer you the opportunity tonight."
  • "What opportunity?"
  • "The sight of a face that men have laid down their lives to see."
  • Odo laughed and buckled on his sword. "If you answer for the risk, I
  • agree to take it," said he. "At ten o'clock then, behind the Corpus
  • Domini."
  • If the ladies whom gallant gentlemen delight to serve could guess what
  • secret touchstones of worth these same gentlemen sometimes carry into
  • the adored presence, many a handsome head would be carried with less
  • assurance, and many a fond exaction less confidently imposed. If, for
  • instance, the Countess Clarice di Tournanches, whose high-coloured image
  • reflected itself so complacently in her Venetian toilet-glass, could
  • have known that the Cavaliere Odo Valsecca's devoted glance saw her
  • through the medium of a countenance compared to which her own revealed
  • the most unexpected shortcomings, she might have received him with less
  • airy petulance of manner. But how could so accomplished a mistress doubt
  • the permanence of her rule? The Countess Clarice, in singling out young
  • Odo Valsecca (to the despair of a score of more experienced cavaliers)
  • had done him an honour that she could no more imagine his resigning than
  • an adventurer a throne to which he is unexpectedly raised. She was a
  • finished example of the pretty woman who views the universe as planned
  • for her convenience. What could go wrong in a world where noble ladies
  • lived in palaces hung with tapestry and damask, with powdered lacqueys
  • to wait on them, a turbaned blackamoor to tend their parrots and
  • monkeys, a coronet-coach at the door to carry them to mass or the
  • ridotto, and a handsome cicisbeo to display on the promenade? Everything
  • had combined to strengthen the Countess Clarice's faith in the existing
  • order of things. Her husband, Count Roberto di Tournanches, was one of
  • the King's equerries and distinguished for his brilliant career as an
  • officer of the Piedmontese army--a man marked for the highest favours in
  • a society where military influences were paramount. Passing at sixteen
  • from an aristocratic convent to the dreary magnificence of the Palazzo
  • Tournanches, Clarice had found herself a lady-in-waiting at the dullest
  • court in Europe and the wife of an army officer engrossed in his
  • profession, and pledged by etiquette to the service of another lady. Odo
  • Valsecca represented her escape from this bondage--the dash of romance
  • and folly in a life of elegant formalities; and the Countess, who would
  • not have sacrificed to him one of her rights as a court-lady or a nobil
  • donna of the Golden Book, regarded him as the reward which Providence
  • accords to a well-regulated conduct.
  • Her room, when Odo entered it on taking leave of Alfieri, was crowded,
  • as usual at that hour, with the hangers-on of the noble lady's lever:
  • the abatino in lace ruffles, handing about his latest rhymed acrostic,
  • the jeweller displaying a set of enamelled buckles newly imported from
  • Paris, and the black-breeched doctor with white bands who concocted
  • remedies for the Countess's vapours and megrims. These personages,
  • grouped about the toilet-table where the Countess sat under the hands of
  • a Parisian hairdresser, were picturesquely relieved against the stucco
  • panelling and narrow mirrors of the apartment, with its windows looking
  • on a garden set with mossy statues. To Odo, however, the scene suggested
  • the most tedious part of his day's routine. The compliments to be
  • exchanged, the silly verses to be praised, the gewgaws from Paris to be
  • admired, were all contrasted in his mind with the vision of that other
  • life which had come to him on the hillside of the Superga. On this mood
  • the Countess Clarice's sarcasms fell without effect. To be pouted at
  • because he had failed to attend the promenade of the Valentino was to
  • Odo but a convenient pretext for excusing himself from the Queen's
  • circle that evening. He had engaged with little ardour to join Alfieri
  • in what he guessed to be a sufficiently commonplace adventure; but as he
  • listened to the Countess's chatter about the last minuet-step, and the
  • relative merits of sanspareil water and oil-of-lilies, of gloves from
  • Blois and Vendome, his impatience hailed any alternative as a release.
  • Meanwhile, however, long hours of servitude intervened. The lady's
  • toilet completed, to the adjusting of the last patch, he must attend her
  • to dinner, where, placed at her side, he was awarded the honour of
  • carving the roast; must sit through two hours of biribi in company with
  • the abatino, the doctor, and half-a-dozen parasites of the noble table;
  • and for two hours more must ride in her gilt coach up and down the
  • promenade of the Valentino.
  • Escaping from this ceremonial, with the consciousness that it must be
  • repeated on the morrow, Odo was seized with that longing for freedom
  • that makes the first street-corner an invitation to flight. How he
  • envied Alfieri, whose travelling-carriage stood at the beck of such
  • moods! Odo's scant means forbade evasion, even had his military duties
  • not kept him in Turin. He felt himself no more than a puppet dancing to
  • the tune of Parini's satire, a puny doll condemned, as the strings of
  • custom pulled, to feign the gestures of immortal passions.
  • 2.3.
  • The night was moonless, with cold dashes of rain, and though the streets
  • of Turin were well-lit no lantern-ray reached the windings of the lane
  • behind the Corpus Domini.
  • As Odo, alone under the wall of the church, awaited his friend's
  • arrival, he wondered what risk had constrained the reckless Alfieri to
  • such unwonted caution. Italy was at that time a vast network of
  • espionage, and the Piedmontese capital passed for one of the
  • best-policed cities in Europe; but even on a moonless night the law
  • distinguished between the noble pleasure-seeker and the obscure
  • delinquent whose fate it was to pay the other's shot. Odo knew that he
  • would probably be followed and his movements reported to the
  • authorities; but he was almost equally certain that there would be no
  • active interference in his affairs. What chiefly puzzled him was
  • Alfieri's insistence that Cantapresto should not be privy to the
  • adventure. The soprano had long been the confidant of his pupil's
  • escapades, and his adroitness had often been of service in intrigues
  • such as that on which Odo now fancied himself engaged. The place, again,
  • perplexed him: a sober quarter of convents and private dwellings, in the
  • very eye of the royal palace, scarce seeming the theatre for a light
  • adventure. These incongruities revived his former wonder; nor was this
  • dispelled by Alfieri's approach.
  • The poet, masked and unattended, rejoined his friend without a word; and
  • Odo guessed in him an eye and ear alert for pursuit. Guided by the
  • pressure of his arm, Odo was hurried round the bend of the lane, up a
  • transverse alley and across a little square lost between high shuttered
  • buildings. Alfieri, at his first word, gripped his arm with a backward
  • glance; then urged him on under the denser blackness of an arched
  • passage-way, at the end of which an oil-light glimmered. Here a gate in
  • a wall confronted them. It opened at Alfieri's tap and Odo scented wet
  • box-borders and felt the gravel of a path under foot. The gate was at
  • once locked behind them and they entered the ground-floor of a house as
  • dark as the garden. Here a maid-servant of close aspect met them with a
  • lamp and preceded them upstairs to a bare landing hung with charts and
  • portulani. On Odo's flushed anticipations this antechamber, which seemed
  • the approach to some pedant's cabinet, had an effect undeniably
  • chilling; but Alfieri, heedless of his surprise, had cast off cloak and
  • mask, and now led the way into a long conventual-looking room lined with
  • book-shelves. A knot of middle-aged gentlemen of sober dress and manner,
  • gathered about a cabinet of fossils in the centre of this apartment,
  • looked up at the entrance of the two friends; then the group divided,
  • and Odo with a start recognised the girl he had seen on the road to the
  • Superga.
  • She bowed gravely to the young men. "My father," said she, in a clear
  • voice without trace of diffidence, "has gone to his study for a book,
  • but will be with you in a moment."
  • She wore a dress in keeping with her manner, its black stuff folds and
  • the lawn kerchief crossed on her bosom giving height and authority to
  • her slight figure. The dark unpowdered hair drawn back over a cushion
  • made a severer setting for her face than the fluctuating brim of her
  • shade-hat; and this perhaps added to the sense of estrangement with
  • which Odo gazed at her; but she met his look with a smile, and instantly
  • the rosy girl flashed through her grave exterior.
  • "Here is my father," said she; and her companion of the previous day
  • stepped into the room with several folios under his arm.
  • Alfieri turned to Odo. "This, my dear Odo," said he, "is my
  • distinguished friend, Professor Vivaldi, who has done us the honour of
  • inviting us to his house." He took the Professor's hand. "I have brought
  • you," he continued, "the friend you were kind enough to include in your
  • invitation--the Cavaliere Odo Valsecca."
  • Vivaldi bowed. "Count Alfieri's friends," said he, "are always welcome
  • to my house; though I fear there is here little to interest a young
  • gentleman of the Cavaliere Valsecca's years." And Odo detected a shade
  • of doubt in his glance.
  • "The Cavaliere Valsecca," Alfieri smilingly rejoined, "is above his
  • years in wit and learning, and I answer for his interest as I do for his
  • discretion."
  • The Professor bowed again. "Count Alfieri, sir," he said, "has doubtless
  • explained to you the necessity that obliges me to be so private in
  • receiving my friends; and now perhaps you will join these gentlemen in
  • examining some rare fossil fish newly sent me from the Monte Bolca."
  • Odo murmured a civil rejoinder; but the wonder into which the sight of
  • the young girl had thrown him was fast verging on stupefaction. What
  • mystery was here? What necessity compelled an elderly professor to
  • receive his scientific friends like a band of political conspirators?
  • How above all, in the light of the girl's presence, was Odo to interpret
  • Alfieri's extravagant allusions to the nature of their visit?
  • The company having returned to the cabinet of fossils, none seemed to
  • observe his disorder but the young lady who was its cause; and seeing
  • him stand apart she advanced with a smile, saying, "Perhaps you would
  • rather look at some of my father's other curiosities."
  • Simple as the words were, they failed to restore Odo's self-possession,
  • and for a moment he made no answer. Perhaps she partly guessed the cause
  • of his commotion; yet it was not so much her beauty that silenced him,
  • as the spirit that seemed to inhabit it. Nature, in general so chary of
  • her gifts, so prone to use one good feature as the palliation of a dozen
  • deficiencies, to wed the eloquent lip with the ineffectual eye, had
  • indeed compounded her of all fine meanings, making each grace the
  • complement of another and every outward charm expressive of some inward
  • quality. Here was as little of the convent-bred miss as of the flippant
  • and vapourish fine lady; and any suggestion of a less fair alternative
  • vanished before such candid graces. Odo's confusion had in truth sprung
  • from Alfieri's ambiguous hints; and these shrivelling to nought in the
  • gaze that encountered his, constraint gave way to a sense of wondering
  • pleasure.
  • "I should like to see whatever you will show me," said he, as simply as
  • one child speaking to another; and she answered in the same tone, "Then
  • we'll glance at my father's collections before the serious business of
  • the evening begins."
  • With these words she began to lead him about the room, pointing out and
  • explaining the curiosities it contained. It was clear that, like many
  • scholars of his day, Professor Vivaldi was something of an eclectic in
  • his studies, for while one table held a fine orrery, a cabinet of coins
  • stood near, and the book-shelves were surmounted by specimens of coral
  • and petrified wood. Of all these rarities his daughter had a word to
  • say, and though her explanations were brief and without affectation of
  • pedantry, they put her companion's ignorance to the blush. It must be
  • owned, however, that had his learning been a match for hers it would
  • have stood him in poor stead at the moment; his faculties being lost in
  • the wonder of hearing such discourse from such lips. To his compliments
  • on her erudition she returned with a smile that what learning she had
  • was no merit, since she had been bred in a library; to which she
  • suddenly added:--"You are not unknown to me, Cavaliere; but I never
  • thought to see you here."
  • The words renewed her hearer's surprise; but giving him no time to
  • reply, she went on in a lower tone:--"You are young and the world is
  • fair before you. Have you considered that before risking yourself among
  • us?"
  • She coloured under Odo's wondering gaze, and at his random rejoinder
  • that it was a risk any man would gladly take without considering, she
  • turned from him with a gesture in which he fancied a shade of
  • disappointment.
  • By this they had reached the cabinet of fossils, about which the
  • interest of the other guests still seemed to centre. Alfieri, indeed,
  • paced the farther end of the room with the air of awaiting the despatch
  • of some tedious business; but the others were engaged in an animated
  • discussion necessitating frequent reference to the folios Vivaldi had
  • brought from his study.
  • The latter turned to Odo as though to include him in the group. "I do
  • not know, sir," said he, "whether you have found leisure to study these
  • enigmas of that mysterious Sphinx, the earth; for though Count Alfieri
  • has spoken to me of your unusual acquirements, I understand your tastes
  • have hitherto lain rather in the direction of philosophy and letters;"
  • and on Odo's prompt admission of ignorance, he courteously continued:
  • "The physical sciences seem, indeed, less likely to appeal to the
  • imaginative and poetical faculty in man, and, on the other hand,
  • religion has appeared to prohibit their too close investigation; yet I
  • question if any thoughtful mind can enter on the study of these curious
  • phenomena without feeling, as it were, an affinity between such
  • investigations and the most abstract forms of thought. For whether we
  • regard these figured stones as of terriginous origin, either mere lusus
  • naturae, or mineral formations produced by a plastic virtue latent in
  • the earth, or whether as in fact organic substances lapidified by the
  • action of water; in either case, what speculations must their origin
  • excite, leading us back into that dark and unexplored period of time
  • when the breath of Creation was yet moving on the face of the waters!"
  • Odo had listened but confusedly to the first words of this discourse;
  • but his intellectual curiosity was too great not to respond to such an
  • appeal, and all his perplexities slipped from him in the pursuit of the
  • Professor's thought.
  • One of the other guests seemed struck by his look of attention. "My dear
  • Vivaldi," said this gentleman, laying down a fossil, and fixing his gaze
  • on Odo while he addressed the Professor, "why use such superannuated
  • formulas in introducing a neophyte to a study designed to subvert the
  • very foundations of the Mosaic cosmogony? I take it the Cavaliere is one
  • of us, since he is here this evening: why, then, permit him to stray
  • even for a moment in the labyrinth of theological error?"
  • The Professor's deprecating murmur was cut short by an outburst from
  • another of the learned group, a red-faced spectacled personage in a
  • doctor's gown.
  • "Pardon me for suggesting," he exclaimed, "that the conditional terms in
  • which our host was careful to present his hypotheses are better suited
  • to the instruction of the neophyte than our learned friend's positive
  • assertions. But if the Vulcanists are to claim the Cavaliere Valsecca,
  • may not the Diluvials also have a hearing? How often must it be repeated
  • that theology as well as physical science is satisfied by the Diluvial
  • explanation of the origin of petrified organisms, whereas inexorable
  • logic compels the Vulcanists to own that their thesis is subversive of
  • all dogmatic belief?"
  • The first speaker answered with a gesture of disdain. "My dear doctor,
  • you occupy a chair in our venerated University. From that exalted
  • cathedra the Mosaic theory of Creation must still be expounded; but in
  • the security of these surroundings--the catacombs of the new faith--why
  • keep up the forms of an obsolete creed? As long ago as Pythagoras, man
  • was taught that all things were in a state of flux, without end as
  • without beginning, and must we still, after more than two thousand
  • years, pretend to regard the universe as some gigantic toy manufactured
  • in six days by a Superhuman Artisan, who is presently to destroy it at
  • his pleasure?"
  • "Sir," cried the other, flushing from red to purple at this assault, "I
  • know not on what ground you insinuate that my private convictions differ
  • from my public doctrine--"
  • But here, with a firmness tempered by the most scrupulous courtesy,
  • Professor Vivaldi intervened.
  • "Gentlemen," said he, "the discussion in which you are engaged,
  • interesting as it is, must, I fear, distract us from the true purpose of
  • our meeting. I am happy to offer my house as the asylum of all free
  • research; but you must remember that the first object of these reunions
  • is, not the special study of any one branch of modern science, but the
  • application of physical investigation to the origin and destiny of man.
  • In other words, we ask the study of nature to lead us to the knowledge
  • of ourselves; and it is because we approach this great problem from a
  • point as yet unsanctioned by dogmatic authority, that I am reluctantly
  • obliged"--and here he turned to Odo with a smile--"to throw a veil of
  • privacy over these inoffensive meetings."
  • Here at last was the key to the enigma. The gentlemen assembled in
  • Professor Vivaldi's rooms were met there to discuss questions not safely
  • aired in public. They were conspirators indeed, but the liberation they
  • planned was intellectual rather than political; though the acuter among
  • them doubtless saw whither such innovations tended. Meanwhile they were
  • content to linger in that wide field of speculation which the
  • development of the physical sciences had recently opened to philosophic
  • thought. As, at the Revival of Learning, the thinker imprisoned in
  • mediaeval dialectics suddenly felt under his feet the firm ground of
  • classic argument, so, in the eighteenth century, philosophy, long
  • suspended in the void of metaphysic, touched earth again and,
  • Antaeus-like, drew fresh life from the contact. It was clear that
  • Professor Vivaldi, whose very name had been unknown to Odo, was an
  • important figure in the learned world, and one uniting the tact and
  • firmness necessary to control those dissensions from which philosophy
  • itself does not preserve its disciples. His words calmed the two
  • disputants who were preparing to do battle over Odo's unborn scientific
  • creed, and the talk growing more general, the Professor turned to his
  • daughter, saying, "My Fulvia, is the study prepared?"
  • She signed her assent, and her father led the way to an inner cabinet,
  • where seats were drawn about a table scattered with pamphlets, gazettes
  • and dictionaries, and set out with modest refreshments. Here began a
  • conversation ranging from chemistry to taxation, and from the
  • perfectibility of man to the secondary origin of the earth's surface. It
  • was evident to Odo that, though the Professor's guests represented all
  • shades of opinion, some being clearly loth to leave the safe anchorage
  • of orthodoxy, while others already braved the seas of free enquiry, yet
  • all were at one as to the need of unhampered action and discussion.
  • Odo's dormant curiosity woke with a start at the summons of fresh
  • knowledge. Here were worlds to explore, or rather the actual world about
  • him, a region then stranger and more unfamiliar than the lost Atlantis
  • of fable. Liberty was the word on every lip, and if to some it
  • represented the right to doubt the Diluvial origin of fossils, to others
  • that of reforming the penal code, to a third (as to Alfieri) merely
  • personal independence and relief from civil restrictions; yet these
  • fragmentary conceptions seemed, to Odo's excited fancy, to blend in the
  • vision of a New Light encircling the whole horizon of thought. He
  • understood at last Alfieri's allusion to a face for the sight of which
  • men were ready to lay down their lives; and if, as he walked home before
  • dawn, those heavenly lineaments were blent in memory with features of a
  • mortal cast, yet these were pure and grave enough to stand for the image
  • of the goddess.
  • 2.4.
  • Professor Orazio Vivaldi, after filling with distinction the chair of
  • Philosophy at the University of Turin, had lately resigned his office
  • that he might have leisure to complete a long-contemplated work on the
  • Origin of Civilisation. His house was the meeting-place of a society
  • calling itself of the Honey-Bees and ostensibly devoted to the study of
  • the classical poets, from whose pages the members were supposed to cull
  • mellifluous nourishment; but under this guise the so-called literati had
  • for some time indulged in free discussion of religious and scientific
  • questions. The Academy of the Honey-Bees comprised among its members all
  • the independent thinkers of Turin: doctors of law, of philosophy and
  • medicine, chemists, philologists and naturalists, with one or two
  • members of the nobility, who, like Alfieri, felt, or affected, an
  • interest in the graver problems of life, and could be trusted not to
  • betray the true character of the association.
  • These details Odo learned the next day from Alfieri; who went on to say
  • that, owing to the increased vigilance of the government, and to the
  • banishment of several distinguished men accused by the Church of
  • heretical or seditious opinions, the Honey-Bees had of late been obliged
  • to hold their meetings secretly, it being even rumoured that Vivaldi,
  • who was their president, had resigned his professorship and withdrawn
  • behind the shelter of literary employment in order to elude the
  • observation of the authorities. Men had not yet forgotten the fate of
  • the Neapolitan historian, Pietro Giannone, who for daring to attack the
  • censorship and the growth of the temporal power had been driven from
  • Naples to Vienna, from Vienna back to Venice, and at length, at the
  • prompting of the Holy See, lured across the Piedmontese frontier by
  • Charles Emmanuel of Savoy, and imprisoned for life in the citadel of
  • Turin. The memory of his tragic history--most of all, perhaps, of his
  • recantation and the "devout ending" to which solitude and persecution
  • had forced the freest spirit of his day--hovered like a warning on the
  • horizon of thought and constrained political speculation to hide itself
  • behind the study of fashionable trifles. Alfieri had lately joined the
  • association of the Honey-Bees, and the Professor, at his suggestion, had
  • invited Odo, for whose discretion his friend declared himself ready to
  • answer. The Honey-Bees were in fact desirous of attracting young men of
  • rank who felt an interest in scientific or economic problems; for it was
  • hoped that in this manner the new ideas might imperceptibly permeate the
  • class whose privileges and traditions presented the chief obstacle to
  • reform. In France, it was whispered, free-thinkers and political
  • agitators were the honoured guests of the nobility, who eagerly embraced
  • their theories and applied them to the remedy of social abuses. Only by
  • similar means could the ideals of the Piedmontese reformers be realised;
  • and in those early days of universal illusion none appeared to suspect
  • the danger of arming inexperienced hands with untried weapons. Utopia
  • was already in sight; and all the world was setting out for it as for
  • some heavenly picnic ground.
  • Of Vivaldi himself, Alfieri spoke with extravagant admiration. His
  • affable exterior was said to conceal the moral courage of one of
  • Plutarch's heroes. He was a man after the antique pattern, ready to lay
  • down fortune, credit and freedom in the defence of his convictions. "An
  • Agamemnon," Alfieri exclaimed, "who would not hesitate to sacrifice his
  • daughter to obtain a favourable wind for his enterprise!"
  • The metaphor was perhaps scarcely to Odo's taste; but at least it gave
  • him the chance for which he had waited. "And the daughter?" he asked.
  • "The lovely doctoress?" said Alfieri carelessly. "Oh, she's one of your
  • prodigies of female learning, such as our topsy-turvy land produces: an
  • incipient Laura Bassi or Gaetana Agnesi, to name the most distinguished
  • of their tribe; though I believe that hitherto her father's good sense
  • or her own has kept her from aspiring to academic honours. The beautiful
  • Fulvia is a good daughter, and devotes herself, I'm told, to helping
  • Vivaldi in his work; a far more becoming employment for one of her age
  • and sex than defending Latin theses before a crew of ribald students."
  • In this Odo was of one mind with him; for though Italy was used to the
  • spectacle of the Improvisatrice and the female doctor of philosophy, it
  • is doubtful if the character was one in which any admirer cared to see
  • his divinity figure. Odo, at any rate, felt a distinct satisfaction in
  • learning that Fulvia Vivaldi had thus far made no public display of her
  • learning. How much pleasanter to picture her as her father's aid,
  • perhaps a sharer in his dreams: a vestal cherishing the flame of Liberty
  • in the secret sanctuary of the goddess! He scarce knew as yet of what
  • his feeling for the girl was compounded. The sentiment she had roused
  • was one for which his experience had no name: an emotion in which awe
  • mingled with an almost boyish sense of fellowship, sex as yet lurking
  • out of sight as in some hidden ambush. It was perhaps her association
  • with a world so unfamiliar and alluring that lent her for the moment her
  • greatest charm. Odo's imagination had been profoundly stirred by what he
  • had heard and seen at the meeting of the Honey-Bees. That impatience
  • with the vanity of his own pursuits and with the injustice of existing
  • conditions, which hovered like a phantom at the feast of life, had at
  • last found form and utterance. Parini's satires and the bitter mockery
  • of the "Frusta Letteraria" were but instruments of demolition; but the
  • arguments of the Professor's friends had that constructive quality so
  • appealing to the urgent temper of youth. Was the world in ruins? Then
  • here was a plan to rebuild it. Was humanity in chains? Behold the angel
  • on the threshold of the prison!
  • Odo, too impatient to await the next reunion of the Honey-Bees, sought
  • out and frequented those among the members whose conversation had
  • chiefly attracted him. They were grave men, of studious and retiring
  • habit, leading the frugal life of the Italian middle-class, a life in
  • dignified contrast to the wasteful and aimless existence of the
  • nobility. Odo's sensitiveness to outward impressions made him peculiarly
  • alive to this contrast. None was more open than he to the seducements of
  • luxurious living, the polish of manners, the tacit exclusion of all that
  • is ugly or distressing; but it seemed to him that fine living should be
  • but the flower of fine feeling, and that such external graces, when they
  • adorned a dull and vapid society, were as incongruous as the royal
  • purple on a clown. Among certain of his new friends he found a
  • clumsiness of manner somewhat absurdly allied with an attempt at Roman
  • austerity; but he was fair-minded enough to see that the middle-class
  • doctor or lawyer who tries to play the Cicero is, after all, a more
  • respectable figure than the Marquess who apes Caligula or Commodus.
  • Still, his lurking dilettantism made him doubly alive to the elegance of
  • the Palazzo Tournanches when he went thither from a coarse meal in the
  • stuffy dining-parlour of one of his new acquaintances; as he never
  • relished the discourse of the latter more than after an afternoon in the
  • society of the Countess's parasites.
  • Alfieri's allusions to the learned ladies for whom Italy was noted made
  • Odo curious to meet the wives and daughters of his new friends; for he
  • knew it was only in their class that women received something more than
  • the ordinary conventual education; and he felt a secret desire to
  • compare Fulvia Vivaldi with other young girls of her kind. Learned
  • ladies he met, indeed; for though the women-folk of some of the
  • philosophers were content to cook and darn for them (and perhaps
  • secretly burn a candle in their behalf to Saint Thomas Aquinas or Saint
  • Dominick, refuters of heresy), there were others who aspired to all the
  • honours of scholarship, and would order about their servant-girls in
  • Tuscan, and scold their babies in Ciceronian Latin. Among these fair
  • grammarians, however, he met none that wore her learning lightly. They
  • were forever tripping in the folds of their doctors' gowns, and
  • delivering their most trivial views ex cathedra; and too often the poor
  • philosophers, their lords and fathers, cowered under their harangues
  • like frightened boys under the tongue of a schoolmaster.
  • It was in fact only in the household of Orazio Vivaldi that Odo found
  • the simplicity and grace of living for which he longed. Alfieri had
  • warned him not to visit the Professor too often, since the latter, being
  • under observation, might be compromised by the assiduity of his friends.
  • Odo therefore waited for some days before presenting himself, and when
  • he did so it was at the angelus, when the streets were crowded and a
  • man's comings and goings the less likely to be marked. He found Vivaldi
  • reading with his daughter in the long library where the Honey-Bees held
  • their meetings; but Fulvia at once withdrew, nor did she show herself
  • again during Odo's visit. It was clear that, proud of her as Vivaldi
  • was, he had no wish to parade her attainments, and that in her daily
  • life she maintained the Italian habit of seclusion; but to Odo she was
  • everywhere present in the quiet room with its well-ordered books and
  • curiosities, and the scent of flowers rising through the shuttered
  • windows. He was sensible of an influence permeating even the inanimate
  • objects about him, so that they seemed to reflect the spirit of those
  • who dwelt there. No room had given him this sense of companionship since
  • he had spent his boyish holidays in the old Count Benedetto's
  • apartments; but it was of another, intangible world that his present
  • surroundings spoke. Vivaldi received him kindly and asked him to repeat
  • his visit; and Odo returned as often as he thought prudent.
  • The Professor's conversation engaged him deeply. Vivaldi's familiarity
  • with French speculative literature, and with its sources in the
  • experiential philosophy of the English school, gave Odo his first clear
  • conception of the origin and tendency of the new movement. This
  • coordination of scattered ideas was aided by his readings in the
  • Encyclopaedia, which, though placed on the Index in Piedmont, was to be
  • found behind the concealed panels of more than one private library. From
  • his talks with Alfieri, and from the pages of Plutarch, he had gained a
  • certain insight into the Stoical view of reason as the measure of
  • conduct, and of the inherent sufficiency of virtue as its own end. He
  • now learned that all about him men were endeavouring to restore the
  • human spirit to that lost conception of its dignity; and he longed to
  • join the band of new crusaders who had set out to recover the tomb of
  • truth from the forces of superstition. The distinguishing mark of
  • eighteenth-century philosophy was its eagerness to convert its
  • acquisitions in every branch of knowledge into instruments of practical
  • beneficence; and this quality appealed peculiarly to Odo, who had ever
  • been moved by abstract theories only as they explained or modified the
  • destiny of man. Vivaldi, pleased by his new pupil's eagerness to learn,
  • took pains to set before him this aspect of the struggle.
  • "You will now see," he said, after one of their long talks about the
  • Encyclopaedists, "why we who have at heart the mental and social
  • regeneration of our countrymen are so desirous of making a concerted
  • effort against the established system. It is only by united action that
  • we can prevail. The bravest mob of independent fighters has little
  • chance against a handful of disciplined soldiers, and the Church is
  • perfectly logical in seeing her chief danger in the Encyclopaedia's
  • systematised marshalling of scattered truths. As long as the attacks on
  • her authority were isolated, and as it were sporadic, she had little to
  • fear even from the assaults of genius; but the most ordinary intellect
  • may find a use and become a power in the ranks of an organised
  • opposition. Seneca tells us the slaves in ancient Rome were at one time
  • so numerous that the government prohibited their wearing a distinctive
  • dress lest they should learn their strength and discover that the city
  • was in their power; and the Church knows that when the countless spirits
  • she has enslaved without subduing have once learned their number and
  • efficiency they will hold her doctrines at their mercy.--The Church
  • again," he continued, "has proved her astuteness in making faith the
  • gift of grace and not the result of reason. By so doing she placed
  • herself in a position which was well-nigh impregnable till the school of
  • Newton substituted observation for intuition and his followers showed
  • with increasing clearness the inability of the human mind to apprehend
  • anything outside the range of experience. The ultimate claim of the
  • Church rests on the hypothesis of an intuitive faculty in man. Disprove
  • the existence of this faculty, and reason must remain the supreme test
  • of truth. Against reason the fabric of theological doctrine cannot long
  • hold out, and the Church's doctrinal authority once shaken, men will no
  • longer fear to test by ordinary rules the practical results of her
  • teaching. We have not joined the great army of truth to waste our time
  • in vain disputations over metaphysical subtleties. Our aim is, by
  • freeing the mind of man from superstition to relieve him from the
  • practical abuses it entails. As it is impossible to examine any fiscal
  • or industrial problem without discovering that the chief obstacle to
  • improvement lies in the Church's countless privileges and exemptions, so
  • in every department of human activity we find some inveterate wrong
  • taking shelter under the claim of a divinely-revealed authority. This
  • claim demolished, the stagnant current of human progress will soon burst
  • its barriers and set with a mighty rush toward the wide ocean of truth
  • and freedom..."
  • That general belief in the perfectibility of man which cheered the
  • eighteenth-century thinkers in their struggle for intellectual liberty
  • coloured with a delightful brightness this vision of a renewed humanity.
  • It threw its beams on every branch of research, and shone like an
  • aureole round those who laid down fortune and advancement to purchase
  • the new redemption of mankind. Foremost among these, as Odo now learned,
  • were many of his own countrymen. In his talks with Vivaldi he first
  • explored the course of Italian thought and heard the names of the great
  • jurists, Vico and Gravina, and of his own contemporaries, Filangieri,
  • Verri and Beccaria. Vivaldi lent him Beccaria's famous volume and
  • several numbers of the "Caffe," the brilliant gazette which Verri and
  • his associates were then publishing in Milan, and in which all the
  • questions of the day, theological, economic and literary, were discussed
  • with a freedom possible only under the lenient Austrian rule.
  • "Ah," Vivaldi cried, "Milan is indeed the home of the free spirit, and
  • were I not persuaded that a man's first duty is to improve the condition
  • of his own city and state, I should long ago have left this unhappy
  • kingdom; indeed I sometimes fancy I may yet serve my own people better
  • by proclaiming the truth openly at a distance than by whispering it in
  • their midst."
  • It was a surprise to Odo to learn that the new ideas had already taken
  • such hold in Italy, and that some of the foremost thinkers on scientific
  • and economic subjects were among his own countrymen. Like all
  • eighteenth-century Italians of his class he had been taught to look to
  • France as the source of all culture, intellectual and social; and he was
  • amazed to find that in jurisprudence, and in some of the natural
  • sciences, Italy led the learning of Europe.
  • Once or twice Fulvia showed herself for a moment; but her manner was
  • retiring and almost constrained, and her father always contrived an
  • excuse for dismissing her. This was the more noticeable as she continued
  • to appear at the meetings of the Honey-Bees, where she joined freely in
  • the conversation, and sometimes diverted the guests by playing on the
  • harpsichord or by recitations from the poets; all with such art and
  • grace, and withal so much simplicity, that it was clear she was
  • accustomed to the part. Odo was thus driven to the not unflattering
  • conclusion that she had been instructed to avoid his company; and after
  • the first disappointment he was too honest to regret it. He was deeply
  • drawn to the girl; but what part could she play in the life of a man of
  • his rank? The cadet of an impoverished house, it was unlikely that he
  • would marry; and should he do so, custom forbade even the thought of
  • taking a wife outside of his class. Had he been admitted to free
  • intercourse with Fulvia, love might have routed such prudent counsels;
  • but in the society of her father's associates, where she moved, as in a
  • halo of learning, amid the respectful admiration of middle-aged
  • philosophers and jurists, she seemed as inaccessible as a young Minerva.
  • Odo, at first, had been careful not to visit Vivaldi too often; but the
  • Professor's conversation was so instructive, and his library so
  • inviting, that inclination got the better of prudence, and the young man
  • fell into the habit of turning almost daily down the lane behind the
  • Corpus Domini. Vivaldi, too proud to betray any concern for his personal
  • safety, showed no sign of resenting the frequency of these visits;
  • indeed, he received Odo with an increasing cordiality that, to an older
  • observer, might have betokened an effort to hide his apprehension.
  • One afternoon, escaping later than usual from the Valentino, Odo had
  • again bent toward the quiet quarter behind the palace. He was afoot,
  • with a cloak over his laced coat, and the day being Easter Monday the
  • streets were filled with a throng of pleasure-seekers amid whom it
  • seemed easy enough for a man to pass unnoticed. Odo, as he crossed the
  • Piazza Castello, thought it had never presented a gayer scene. Booths
  • with brightly-striped awnings had been set up under the arcades, which
  • were thronged with idlers of all classes; court-coaches dashed across
  • the square or rolled in and out of the palace-gates; and the Palazzo
  • Madama, lifting against the sunset its ivory-tinted columns and statues,
  • seemed rather some pictured fabric of Claude's or Bibbiena's than an
  • actual building of brick and marble. The turn of a corner carried him
  • from this spectacle into the solitude of a by-street where his own tread
  • was the only sound. He walked on carelessly; but suddenly he heard what
  • seemed an echo of his step. He stopped and faced about. No one was in
  • sight but a blind beggar crouching at the side-door of the Corpus
  • Domini. Odo walked on, listening, and again he heard the step, and again
  • turned to find himself alone. He tried to fancy that his ear had tricked
  • him; but he knew too much of the subtle methods of Italian espionage not
  • to feel a secret uneasiness. His better judgment warned him back; but
  • the desire to spend a pleasant hour prevailed. He took a turn through
  • the neighbouring streets, in the hope of diverting suspicion, and ten
  • minutes later was at the Professor's gate.
  • It opened at once, and to his amazement Fulvia stood before him. She had
  • thrown a black mantle over her head, and her face looked pale and vivid
  • in the fading light. Surprise for a moment silenced Odo, and before he
  • could speak the girl, without pausing to close the gate, had drawn him
  • toward her and flung her arms about his neck. In the first disorder of
  • his senses he was conscious only of seeking her lips; but an instant
  • later he knew it was no kiss of love that met his own, and he felt her
  • tremble violently in his arms. He saw in a flash that he was on unknown
  • ground; but his one thought was that Fulvia was in trouble and looked to
  • him for aid. He gently freed himself from her hold and tried to shape a
  • soothing question; but she caught his arm and, laying a hand over his
  • mouth, drew him across the garden and into the house. The lower floor
  • stood dark and empty. He followed Fulvia up the stairs and into the
  • library, which was also empty. The shutters stood wide, admitting the
  • evening freshness and a drowsy scent of jasmine from the garden.
  • Odo could not control a thrill of strange anticipation as he found
  • himself alone in this silent room with the girl whose heart had so
  • lately beat against his own. She had sunk into a chair, with her face
  • hidden, and for a moment or two he stood before her without speaking.
  • Then he knelt at her side and took her hands with a murmur of
  • endearment.
  • At his touch she started up. "And it was I," she cried, "who persuaded
  • my father that he might trust you!" And she sank back sobbing.
  • Odo rose and moved away, waiting for her overwrought emotion to subside.
  • At length he gently asked, "Do you wish me to leave you?"
  • She raised her head. "No," she said firmly, though her lip still
  • trembled; "you must first hear an explanation of my conduct; though it
  • is scarce possible," she added, flushing to the brow, "that you have not
  • already guessed the purpose of this lamentable comedy."
  • "I guess nothing," he replied, "save that perhaps I may in some way
  • serve you."
  • "Serve me?" she cried, with a flash of anger through her tears. "It is a
  • late hour to speak of service, after what you have brought on this
  • house!"
  • Odo turned pale. "Here indeed, madam," said he, "are words that need an
  • explanation."
  • "Oh," she broke forth, "and you shall have it; though I think to any
  • other it must be writ large upon my countenance." She rose and paced the
  • floor impetuously. "Is it possible," she began again, "you do not yet
  • perceive the sense of that execrable scene? Or do you think, by feigning
  • ignorance, to prolong my humiliation? Oh," she said, pausing before him,
  • her breast in a tumult, her eyes alight, "it was I who persuaded my
  • father of your discretion and prudence, it was through my influence that
  • he opened himself to you so freely; and is this the return you make?
  • Alas, why did you leave your fashionable friends and a world in which
  • you are so fitted to shine, to bring unhappiness on an obscure household
  • that never dreamed of courting your notice?"
  • As she stood before him in her radiant anger, it went hard with Odo not
  • to silence with a kiss a resentment that he guessed to be mainly
  • directed against herself; but he controlled himself and said quietly:
  • "Madam, I were a dolt not to perceive that I have had the misfortune to
  • offend; but when or how, I swear to heaven I know not; and till you
  • enlighten me I can neither excuse nor defend myself."
  • She turned pale, but instantly recovered her composure. "You are right,"
  • she said; "I rave like a foolish girl; but indeed I scarce know if I am
  • in my waking senses"--She paused, as if to check a fresh rush of
  • emotion. "Oh, sir," she cried, "can you not guess what has happened? You
  • were warned, I believe, not to frequent this house too openly; but of
  • late you have been an almost daily visitor, and you never come here but
  • you are followed. My father's doctrines have long been under suspicion,
  • and to be accused of perverting a man of your rank must be his ruin. He
  • was too proud to tell you this, and profiting today by his absence, and
  • knowing that if you came the spies would be at your heels, I resolved to
  • meet you at the gate, and welcome you in such a way that our enemies
  • should be deceived as to the true cause of your visits."
  • Her voice wavered on the last words, but she faced him proudly, and it
  • was Odo whose gaze fell. Never perhaps had he been conscious of cutting
  • a meaner figure; yet shame was so blent in him with admiration for the
  • girl's nobility and courage, that compunction was swept away in the
  • impulse that flung him at her feet.
  • "Ah," he cried, "I have been blind indeed, and what you say abases me to
  • earth. Yes, I was warned that my visits might compromise your father;
  • nor had I any pretext for returning so often but my own selfish pleasure
  • in his discourse; or so at least," he added in a lower voice, "I chose
  • to fancy--but when we met just now at the gate, if you acted a comedy,
  • believe me, I did not; and if I have come day after day to this house,
  • it is because, unknowingly, I came for you."
  • The words had escaped him unawares, and he was too sensible of their
  • untimeliness not to be prepared for the gesture with which she cut him
  • short.
  • "Oh," said she, in a tone of the liveliest reproach, "spare me this last
  • affront if you wish me to think the harm you have already done was done
  • unknowingly!"
  • Odo rose to his feet, tingling under the rebuke. "If respect and
  • admiration be an affront, madam," he said, "I cannot remain in your
  • presence without offending, and nothing is left me but to withdraw; but
  • before going I would at least ask if there is no way of repairing the
  • harm that my over-assiduity has caused."
  • She flushed high at the question. "Why, that," she said, "is in part, I
  • trust, already accomplished; indeed," she went on with an effort, "it
  • was when I learned the authorities suspected you of coming here on a
  • gallant adventure that I devised the idea of meeting you at the gate;
  • and for the rest, sir, the best reparation you can make is one that will
  • naturally suggest itself to a gentleman whose time must already be so
  • fully engaged."
  • And with that she made him a deep reverence, and withdrew to the inner
  • room.
  • 2.5.
  • When the Professor's gate closed on Odo night was already falling and
  • the oil-lamp at the end of the arched passage-way shed its weak circle
  • of light on the pavement. This light, as Odo emerged, fell on a
  • retreating figure which resembled that of the blind beggar he had seen
  • crouching on the steps of the Corpus Domini. He ran forward, but the man
  • hurried across the little square and disappeared in the darkness. Odo
  • had not seen his face; but though his dress was tattered, and he leaned
  • on a beggar's staff, something about his broad rolling back recalled the
  • well-filled outline of Cantapresto's cassock.
  • Sick at heart, Odo rambled on from one street to another, avoiding the
  • more crowded quarters, and losing himself more than once in the
  • districts near the river, where young gentlemen of his figure seldom
  • showed themselves unattended. The populace, however, was all abroad, and
  • he passed as unregarded as though his sombre thoughts had enveloped him
  • in actual darkness.
  • It was late when at length he turned again into the Piazza Castello,
  • which was brightly lit and still thronged with pleasure-seekers. As he
  • approached, the crowd divided to make way for three or four handsome
  • travelling-carriages, preceded by linkmen and liveried out-riders and
  • followed by a dozen mounted equerries. The people, evidently in the
  • humour to greet every incident of the streets as part of a show prepared
  • for their diversion, cheered lustily as the carriages dashed across the
  • square; and Odo, turning to a man at his elbow, asked who the
  • distinguished visitors might be.
  • "Why, sir," said the other laughing, "I understand it is only an
  • Embassage from some neighbouring state; but when our good people are in
  • their Easter mood they are ready to take a mail-coach for Elijah's
  • chariot and their wives' scolding for the Gift of Tongues."
  • Odo spent a restless night face to face with his first humiliation.
  • Though the girl's rebuff had cut him to the quick, it was the vision of
  • the havoc his folly had wrought that stood between him and sleep. To
  • have endangered the liberty, the very life, perhaps, of a man he loved
  • and venerated, and who had welcomed him without heed of personal risk,
  • this indeed was bitter to his youthful self-sufficiency. The thought of
  • Giannone's fate was like a cold clutch at his heart; nor was there any
  • balm in knowing that it was at Fulvia's request he had been so freely
  • welcomed; for he was persuaded that, whatever her previous feeling might
  • have been, the scene just enacted must render him forever odious to her.
  • Turn whither it would, his tossing vanity found no repose; and dawn rose
  • for him on a thorny waste of disillusionment.
  • Cantapresto broke in early on this vigil, flushed with the importance of
  • a letter from the Countess Valdu. The lady summoned her son to dinner,
  • "to meet an old friend and distinguished visitor"; and a verbal message
  • bade Odo come early and wear his new uniform. He was too well acquainted
  • with his mother's exaggerations to attach much importance to the
  • summons; but being glad of an excuse to escape his daily visit at the
  • Palazzo Tournanches, he sent Donna Laura word that he would wait on her
  • at two.
  • On the very threshold of Casa Valdu, Odo perceived that unwonted
  • preparations were afoot. The shabby liveries of the servants had been
  • refurbished and the marble floor newly scoured; and he found his mother
  • seated in the drawing-room, an apartment never unshrouded save on the
  • most ceremonious occasions. As to Donna Laura, she had undergone the
  • same process of renovation, and with more striking results. It seemed to
  • Odo, when she met him sparkling under her rouge and powder, as though
  • some withered flower had been dipped in water, regaining for the moment
  • a languid semblance of its freshness. Her eyes shone, her hand trembled
  • under his lips, and the diamonds rose and fell on her eager bosom.
  • "You are late!" she tenderly reproached him; and before he had time to
  • reply, the double doors were thrown open, and the major-domo announced
  • in an awed voice: "His excellency Count Lelio Trescorre."
  • Odo turned with a start. To his mind, already crowded with a confusion
  • of thoughts, the name summoned a throng of memories. He saw again his
  • mother's apartments at Pianura, and the handsome youth with lace ruffles
  • and a clouded amber cane, who came and went among her other visitors
  • with an air of such superiority, and who rode beside the
  • travelling-carriage on the first stage of their journey to Donnaz. To
  • that handsome youth the gentleman just announced bore the likeness of
  • the finished portrait to the sketch. He was a man of about
  • two-and-thirty, of the middle height, with a delicate dark face and an
  • air of arrogance not unbecomingly allied to an insinuating courtesy of
  • address. His dress of sombre velvet, with a star on the breast, and a
  • profusion of the finest lace, suggested the desire to add dignity and
  • weight to his appearance without renouncing the softer ambitions of his
  • age.
  • He received with a smile Donna Laura's agitated phrases of welcome. "I
  • come," said he kissing her hand, "in my private character, not as the
  • Envoy of Pianura, but as the friend and servant of the Countess Valdu;
  • and I trust," he added turning to Odo, "of the Cavaliere Valsecca also."
  • Odo bowed in silence.
  • "You may have heard," Trescorre continued, addressing him in the same
  • engaging tone, "that I am come to Turin on a mission from his Highness
  • to the court of Savoy: a trifling matter of boundary-lines and customs,
  • which I undertook at the Duke's desire, the more readily, it must be
  • owned, since it gave me the opportunity to renew my acquaintance with
  • friends whom absence has not taught me to forget." He smiled again at
  • Donna Laura, who blushed like a girl.
  • The curiosity which Trescorre's words excited was lost to Odo in the
  • painful impression produced by his mother's agitation. To see her, a
  • woman already past her youth, and aged by her very efforts to preserve
  • it, trembling and bridling under the cool eye of masculine indifference,
  • was a spectacle the more humiliating that he was too young to be moved
  • by its human and pathetic side. He recalled once seeing a memento mori
  • of delicately-tinted ivory, which represented a girl's head, one side
  • all dewy freshness, the other touched with death; and it seemed to him
  • that his mother's face resembled this tragic toy, the side her mirror
  • reflected being still rosy with youth, while that which others saw was
  • already a ruin. His heart burned with disgust as he followed Donna Laura
  • and Trescorre into the dining-room, which had been set out with all the
  • family plate, and decked with rare fruits and flowers. The Countess had
  • excused her husband on the plea of his official duties, and the three
  • sat down alone to a meal composed of the costliest delicacies.
  • Their guest, who ate little and drank less, entertained them with the
  • latest news of Pianura, touching discreetly on the growing estrangement
  • between the Duke and Duchess, and speaking with becoming gravity of the
  • heir's weak health. It was clear that the speaker, without filling an
  • official position at the court, was already deep in the Duke's counsels,
  • and perhaps also in the Duchess's; and Odo guessed under his smiling
  • indiscretions the cool aim of the man who never wastes a shot.
  • Toward the close of the meal, when the servants had withdrawn, he turned
  • to Odo with a graver manner. "You have perhaps guessed, cavaliere," he
  • said, "that in venturing to claim the Countess's hospitality in so
  • private a manner, I had in mind the wish to open myself to you more
  • freely than would be possible at court." He paused a moment, as though
  • to emphasise his words; and Odo fancied he cultivated the trick of
  • deliberate speaking to counteract his natural arrogance of manner. "The
  • time has come," he went on, "when it seems desirable that you should be
  • more familiar with the state of affairs at Pianura. For some years it
  • seemed likely that the Duchess would give his Highness another son; but
  • circumstances now appear to preclude that hope; and it is the general
  • opinion of the court physicians that the young prince has not many years
  • to live." He paused again, fixing his eyes on Odo's flushed face. "The
  • Duke," he continued, "has shown a natural reluctance to face a situation
  • so painful both to his heart and his ambitions; but his feelings as a
  • parent have yielded to his duty as a sovereign, and he recognises the
  • fact that you should have an early opportunity of acquainting yourself
  • more nearly with the affairs of the duchy, and also of seeing something
  • of the other courts of Italy. I am persuaded," he added, "that, young as
  • you are, I need not point out to you on what slight contingencies all
  • human fortunes hang, and how completely the heir's recovery or the birth
  • of another prince must change the aspect of your future. You have, I am
  • sure, the heart to face such chances with becoming equanimity, and to
  • carry the weight of conditional honours without any undue faith in their
  • permanence."
  • The admonition was so lightly uttered that it seemed rather a tribute to
  • Odo's good sense than a warning to his inexperience; and indeed it was
  • difficult for him, in spite of an instinctive aversion to the man, to
  • quarrel with anything in his address or language. Trescorre in fact
  • possessed the art of putting younger men at their ease, while appearing
  • as an equal among his elders: a gift doubtless developed by the
  • circumstances of court life, and the need of at once commanding respect
  • and disarming diffidence.
  • He took leave upon his last words, declaring, in reply to the Countess's
  • protests, that he had promised to accompany the court that afternoon to
  • Stupinigi. "But I hope," he added, turning to Odo, "to continue our talk
  • at greater length, if you will favour me with a visit tomorrow at my
  • lodgings."
  • No sooner was the door closed on her illustrious visitor than Donna
  • Laura flung herself on Odo's bosom.
  • "I always knew it," she cried, "my dearest; but, oh, that I should live
  • to see the day!" and she wept and clung to him with a thousand
  • endearments, from the nature of which he gathered that she already
  • beheld him on the throne of Pianura. To his laughing reminder of the
  • distance that still separated him from that dizzy eminence, she made
  • answer that there was far more than he knew, that the Duke had fallen
  • into all manner of excesses which had already gravely impaired his
  • health, and that for her part she only hoped her son, when raised to a
  • station so far above her own, would not forget the tenderness with which
  • she had ever cherished him, or the fact that Count Valdu's financial
  • situation was one quite unworthy the stepfather of a reigning prince.
  • Escaping at length from this parody of his own sensations, Odo found
  • himself in a tumult of mind that solitude served only to increase.
  • Events had so pressed upon him within the last few days that at times he
  • was reduced to a passive sense of spectatorship, an inability to regard
  • himself as the centre of so many converging purposes. It was clear that
  • Trescorre's mission was mainly a pretext for seeing the Duke's young
  • kinsman; and that some special motive must have impelled the Duke to
  • show such sudden concern for his cousin's welfare. Trescorre need hardly
  • have cautioned Odo against fixing his hopes on the succession. The Duke
  • himself was a man not above five-and-thirty, and more than one chance
  • stood between Odo and the duchy; nor was it this contingency that set
  • his pulses beating, but rather the promise of an immediate change in his
  • condition. The Duke wished him to travel, to visit the different courts
  • of Italy: what was the prospect of ruling over a stagnant principality
  • to this near vision of the world and the glories thereof, suddenly
  • discovered from the golden height of opportunity? Save for a few weeks
  • of autumn villeggiatura at some neighbouring chase or vineyard, Odo had
  • not left Turin for nine years. He had come there a child and had grown
  • to manhood among the same narrow influences and surroundings. To be
  • turned loose on the world at two-and-twenty, with such an arrears of
  • experience to his credit, was to enter on a richer inheritance than any
  • duchy; and in Odo's case the joy of the adventure was doubled by its
  • timeliness. That fate should thus break at a stroke the meshes of habit,
  • should stoop to play the advocate of his secret inclinations, seemed to
  • promise him the complicity of the gods. Once in a lifetime, chance will
  • thus snap the toils of a man's making; and it is instructive to see the
  • poor puppet adore the power that connives at his evasion...
  • Trescorre remained a week in Turin; and Odo saw him daily at court, at
  • his lodgings, or in company. The little sovereignty of Pianura being an
  • important factor in the game of political equilibrium, her envoy was
  • sure of a flattering reception from the neighbouring powers; and
  • Trescorre's person and address must have commended him to the most
  • fastidious company. He continued to pay particular attention to Odo, and
  • the rumour was soon abroad that the Cavaliere Valsecca had been sent for
  • to visit his cousin, the reigning Duke; a rumour which, combined with
  • Donna Laura's confidential hints, made Odo the centre of much feminine
  • solicitude, and roused the Countess Clarice to a vivid sense of her
  • rights. These circumstances, and his own tendency to drift on the
  • current of sensation, had carried Odo more easily than he could have
  • hoped past the painful episode of the Professor's garden. He was still
  • tormented by the sense of his inability to right so grave a wrong; but
  • he found solace in the thought that his absence was after all the best
  • reparation he could make.
  • Trescorre, though distinguishing Odo by his favours, had not again
  • referred to the subject of their former conversation; but on the last
  • day of his visit he sent for Odo to his lodgings and at once entered
  • upon the subject.
  • "His Highness," said he, "does not for the present recommend your
  • resigning your commission in the Sardinian army; but as he desires you
  • to visit him at Pianura, and to see something of the neighbouring
  • courts, he has charged me to obtain for you a two years' leave of
  • absence from his Majesty's service: a favour the King has already been
  • pleased to accord. The Duke has moreover resolved to double your present
  • allowance and has entrusted me with the sum of two hundred ducats, which
  • he desires you to spend in the purchase of a travelling-carriage, and
  • such other appointments as are suitable to a gentleman of your rank and
  • expectations." As he spoke, he unlocked his despatch-box and handed a
  • purse to Odo. "His Highness," he continued, "is impatient to see you;
  • and once your preparations are completed, I should advise you to set out
  • without delay; that is," he added, after one of his characteristic
  • pauses, "if I am right in supposing that there is no obstacle to your
  • departure."
  • Odo, inferring an allusion to the Countess Clarice, smiled and coloured
  • slightly. "I know of none," he said.
  • Trescorre bowed. "I am glad to hear it," he said, "for I know that a man
  • of your age and appearance may have other inclinations than his own to
  • consider. Indeed, I have had reports of a connection that I should not
  • take the liberty of mentioning, were it not that your interest demands
  • it." He waited a moment, but Odo remained silent. "I am sure," he went
  • on, "you will do me the justice of believing that I mean no reflection
  • on the lady, when I warn you against being seen too often in the quarter
  • behind the Corpus Domini. Such attachments, though engaging at the
  • outset to a fastidious taste, are often more troublesome than a young
  • man of your age can foresee; and in this case the situation is
  • complicated by the fact that the girl's father is in ill odour with the
  • authorities, so that, should the motive of your visits be mistaken, you
  • might find yourself inconveniently involved in the proceedings of the
  • Holy Office."
  • Odo, who had turned pale, controlled himself sufficiently to listen in
  • silence, and with as much pretence of indifference as he could assume.
  • It was the peculiar misery of his situation that he could not defend
  • Fulvia without betraying her father, and that of the two alternatives
  • prudence bade him reject the one that chivalry would have chosen. It
  • flashed across him, however, that he might in some degree repair the
  • harm he had done by finding out what measures were to be taken against
  • Vivaldi; and to this end he carelessly asked:--"Is it possible that the
  • Professor has done anything to give offence in such quarters?"
  • His assumption of carelessness was perhaps overdone; for Trescorre's
  • face grew as blank as a shuttered house-front.
  • "I have heard rumours of the kind," he rejoined; "but they would
  • scarcely have attracted my notice had I not learned of your honouring
  • the young lady with your favours." He glanced at Odo with a smile. "Were
  • I a father," he added, "with a son of your age, my first advice to him
  • would be to form no sentimental ties but in his own society or in the
  • world of pleasure--the only two classes where the rules of the game are
  • understood."
  • 2.6.
  • Odo had appointed to leave Turin some two weeks after Trescorre's
  • departure; but the preparations for a young gentleman's travels were in
  • those days a momentous business, and one not to be discharged without
  • vexatious postponements. The travelling-carriage must be purchased and
  • fitted out, the gold-mounted dressing-case selected and engraved with
  • the owner's arms, servants engaged and provided with liveries, and the
  • noble tourist's own wardrobe stocked with an assortment of costumes
  • suited to the vicissitudes of travel and the requirements of court life.
  • Odo's impatience to be gone increased with every delay, and at length he
  • determined to go forward at all adventure, leaving Cantapresto to
  • conclude the preparations and overtake him later. It had been agreed
  • with Trescorre that Odo, on his way to Pianura, should visit his
  • grandfather, the old Marquess, whose increasing infirmities had for some
  • years past imprisoned him on his estates, and accordingly about the
  • Ascension he set out in the saddle for Donnaz, attended only by one
  • servant, and having appointed that Cantapresto should meet him with the
  • carriage at Ivrea.
  • The morning broke cloudy as he rode out of the gates. Beyond the suburbs
  • a few drops fell, and as he pressed forward the country lay before him
  • in the emerald freshness of a spring rain, vivid strips of vineyard
  • alternating with silvery bands of oats, the domes of the walnut-trees
  • dripping above the roadside, and the poplars along the water-courses all
  • slanting one way in the soft continuous downpour. He had left Turin in
  • that mood of clinging melancholy which waits on the most hopeful
  • departures, and the landscape seemed an image of anticipations clouded
  • with regret. He had had a stormy but tender parting with Clarice, whose
  • efforts to act the forsaken Ariadne were somewhat marred by her
  • irrepressible pride in her lover's prospects, and whose last word had
  • charged him to bring her back one of the rare lap-dogs bred by the monks
  • of Bologna. Seen down the lengthening vista of separation even Clarice
  • seemed regrettable; and Odo would have been glad to let his mind linger
  • on their farewells. But another thought importuned him. He had left
  • Turin without news of Vivaldi or Fulvia, and without having done
  • anything to conjure the peril to which his rashness had exposed them.
  • More than once he had been about to reveal his trouble to Alfieri; but
  • shame restrained him when he remembered that it was Alfieri who had
  • vouched for his discretion. After his conversation with Trescorre he had
  • tried to find some way of sending a word of warning to Vivaldi; but he
  • had no messenger whom he could trust; and would not Vivaldi justly
  • resent a warning from such a source? He felt himself the prisoner of his
  • own folly, and as he rode along the wet country roads an invisible
  • gaoler seemed to spur beside him.
  • The clouds lifted at noon; and leaving the plain he mounted into a world
  • sparkling with sunshine and quivering with new-fed streams. The first
  • breath of mountain-air lifted the mist from his spirit, and he began to
  • feel himself a boy again as he entered the high gorges in the cold light
  • after sunset. It was about the full of the moon, and in his impatience
  • to reach Donnaz he resolved to push on after nightfall. The forest was
  • still thinly-leaved, and the rustle of wind in the branches and the
  • noise of the torrents recalled his first approach to the castle, in the
  • wild winter twilight. The way lay in darkness till the moon rose, and
  • once or twice he took a wrong turn and found himself engaged in some
  • overgrown woodland track; but he soon regained the high-road, and his
  • servant, a young fellow of indomitable cheerfulness, took the edge off
  • their solitude by frequent snatches of song. At length the moon rose,
  • and toward midnight Odo, spurring out of a dark glen, found himself at
  • the opening of the valley of Donnaz. A cold radiance bathed the familiar
  • pastures, the houses of the village along the stream, and the turrets
  • and crenellations of the castle at the head of the gorge. The air was
  • bitter, and the horses' hoofs struck sharply on the road as they trotted
  • past the slumbering houses and halted at the gateway through which Odo
  • had first been carried as a sleepy child. It was long before the
  • travellers' knock was answered, but a bewildered porter at length
  • admitted them, and Odo cried out when he recognised in the man's face
  • the features of one of the lads who had taught him to play pallone in
  • the castle court.
  • Within doors all were abed; but the cavaliere was expected, and supper
  • laid for him in the very chamber where he had slept as a lad. The sight
  • of so much that was strange and yet familiar--of the old stone walls,
  • the banners, the flaring lamps and worn slippery stairs--all so much
  • barer, smaller, more dilapidated than he had remembered--stirred the
  • deep springs of his piety for inanimate things, and he was seized with a
  • fancy to snatch up a light and explore the recesses of the castle. But
  • he had been in the saddle since dawn, and the keen air and the long
  • hours of riding were in his blood. They weighted his lids, relaxed his
  • limbs, and gently divesting him of his hopes and fears, pressed him down
  • in the deep sepulchre of a dreamless sleep...
  • Odo remained a month at Donnaz. His grandfather's happiness in his
  • presence would in itself have sufficed to detain him, apart from his
  • natural tenderness for old scenes and associations. It was one of the
  • compensations of his rapidly travelling imagination that the past, from
  • each new vantage-ground of sensation, acquired a fascination which to
  • the more sober-footed fancy only the perspective of years can give.
  • Life, in childhood, is a picture-book of which the text is
  • undecipherable; and the youth now revisiting the unchanged setting of
  • his boyhood was spelling out for the first time the legend beneath the
  • picture.
  • The old Marquess, though broken in body, still ruled his household from
  • his seat beside the hearth. The failure of bodily activity seemed to
  • have doubled his moral vigour, and the walls shook with the vehemence of
  • his commands. The Marchioness was sunk in a state of placid apathy from
  • which only her husband's outbursts roused her; one of the canonesses was
  • dead, and the other, drier and more shrivelled than ever, pined in her
  • corner like a statue whose mate is broken. Bruno was dead too; his old
  • dog's bones had long since enriched a corner of the vineyard; and some
  • of the younger lads that Odo had known about the place were grown to
  • sober-faced men with wives and children.
  • Don Gervaso was still chaplain of Donnaz; and Odo saw with surprise that
  • the grave ecclesiastic who had formerly seemed an old man to him was in
  • fact scarce past the middle age. In general aspect he was unchanged; but
  • his countenance had darkened, and what Odo had once taken for harshness
  • of manner he now perceived to be a natural melancholy. The young man had
  • not been long at Donnaz without discovering that in that little world of
  • crystallised traditions the chaplain was the only person conscious of
  • the new forces abroad. It had never occurred to the Marquess that
  • anything short of a cataclysm such as it would be blasphemy to predict
  • could change the divinely established order whereby the territorial lord
  • took tithes from his peasantry and pastured his game on their crops. The
  • hierarchy which rested on the bowed back of the toiling serf and
  • culminated in the figure of the heaven-sent King seemed to him as
  • immutable as the everlasting hills. The men of his generation had not
  • learned that it was built on a human foundation and that a sudden
  • movement of the underlying mass might shake the structure to its
  • pinnacle. The Marquess, who, like Donna Laura, already beheld Odo on the
  • throne of Pianura, was prodigal of counsels which showed a touching
  • inability to discern the new aspect under which old difficulties were
  • likely to present themselves. That a ruler should be brave, prudent,
  • personally abstemious, and nobly lavish in his official display; that he
  • should repress any attempts on the privileges of the Church, while at
  • the same time protecting his authority from the encroachments of the
  • Holy See; these axioms seemed to the old man to sum up the sovereign's
  • duty to the state. The relation, to his mind, remained a distinctly
  • personal and paternal one; and Odo's attempts to put before him the new
  • theory of government, as a service performed by the ruler in the
  • interest of the ruled, resulted only in stirring up the old sediment of
  • absolutism which generations of feudal power had deposited in the Donnaz
  • blood.
  • Only the chaplain perceived what new agencies were at work; but even he
  • looked on as a watcher from a distant tower, who sees opposing armies
  • far below him in the night, without being able to follow their movements
  • or guess which way the battle goes.
  • "The days," he said to Odo, "are evil. The Church's enemies, the
  • basilisks and dragons of unbelief and license, are stirring in their old
  • lairs, the dark places of the human spirit. It is time that a fresh
  • purification by blood should cleanse the earth of its sins. That hour
  • has already come in France, where the blood of heretics has lately
  • fertilised the soil of faith; it will come here, as surely as I now
  • stand before you; and till it comes the faithful can only weary heaven
  • with their entreaties, if haply thereby they may mitigate the evil. I
  • shall remain here," he continued, "while the Marquess needs me; but that
  • task discharged, I intend to retire to one of the contemplative orders,
  • and with my soul perpetually uplifted like the arms of Moses, wear out
  • my life in prayer for those whom the latter days shall overtake."
  • Odo had listened in silence; but after a moment he said: "My father,
  • among those who have called in to question the old order of things there
  • are many animated by no mere desire for change, no idle inclination to
  • pry into the divine mysteries, but who earnestly long to ease the burden
  • of mankind and let light into what you have called the dark places of
  • the spirit. How is it, they ask, that though Christ came to save the
  • poor and the humble, it is on them that life presses most heavily after
  • eighteen hundred years of His rule? All cannot be well in a world where
  • such contradictions exist, and what if some of the worst abuses of the
  • age have found lodgment in the very ramparts that faith has built
  • against them?"
  • Don Gervaso's face grew stern and his eyes rested sadly on Odo. "You
  • speak," said he, "of bringing light into dark places; but what light is
  • there on earth save that which is shed by the Cross, and where shall
  • they find guidance who close their eyes to that divine illumination?"
  • "But is there not," Odo rejoined, "a divine illumination within each of
  • us, the light of truth which we must follow at any cost--or have the
  • worst evils and abuses only to take refuge in the Church to find
  • sanctuary there, as malefactors find it?"
  • The chaplain shook his head. "It is as I feared," he said, "and Satan
  • has spread his subtlest snare for you; for if he tempts some in the
  • guise of sensual pleasure, or of dark fears and spiritual abandonment,
  • it is said that to those he most thirsts to destroy he appears in the
  • likeness of their Saviour. You tell me it is to right the wrongs of the
  • poor and the humble that your new friends, the philosophers, have
  • assailed the authority of Christ. I have only one answer to make:
  • Christ, as you said just now, died for the poor--how many of your
  • philosophers would do as much? Because men hunger and thirst, is that a
  • sign that He has forsaken them? And since when have earthly privileges
  • been the token of His favour? May He not rather have designed that, by
  • continual sufferings and privations, they shall lay up for themselves
  • treasures in Heaven such as your eyes and mine shall never see or our
  • ears hear? And how dare you assume that any temporal advantages could
  • atone for that of which your teachings must deprive them--the heavenly
  • consolations of the love of Christ?"
  • Odo listened with a sense of deepening discouragement. "But is it
  • necessary," he urged, "to confound Christ with His ministers, the law
  • with its exponents? May not men preserve their hope of heaven and yet
  • lead more endurable lives on earth?"
  • "Ah, my child, beware, for this is the heresy of private judgment, which
  • has already drawn down thousands into the pit. It is one of the most
  • insidious errors in which the spirit of evil has ever masqueraded; for
  • it is based on the fallacy that we, blind creatures of a day, and
  • ourselves in the meshes of sin, can penetrate the counsels of the
  • Eternal, and test the balances of the heavenly Justice. I tremble to
  • think into what an abyss your noblest impulses may fling you, if you
  • abandon yourself to such illusions; and more especially if it pleases
  • God to place in your hands a small measure of that authority of which He
  • is the supreme repository.--When I took leave of you here nine years
  • since," Don Gervaso continued in a gentler tone, "we prayed together in
  • the chapel; and I ask you, before setting out on your new life, to
  • return there with me and lay your doubts and difficulties before Him who
  • alone is able to still the stormy waves of the soul."
  • Odo, touched by the appeal, accompanied him to the chapel, and knelt on
  • the steps whence his young spirit had once soared upward on the heavenly
  • pleadings of the Mass. The chapel was as carefully tended as ever; and
  • amid the comely appointments of the altar shone forth that Presence
  • which speaks to men of an act of love perpetually renewed. But to Odo
  • the voice was mute, the divinity wrapped in darkness; and he remembered
  • reading in some Latin author that the ancient oracles had ceased to
  • speak when their questioners lost faith in them. He knew not whether his
  • own faith was lost; he felt only that it had put forth on a sea of
  • difficulties across which he saw the light of no divine command.
  • In this mood there was no more help to be obtained from Don Gervaso than
  • from the Marquess. Odo's last days at Donnaz were clouded by a sense of
  • the deep estrangement between himself and that life of which the outward
  • aspect was so curiously unchanged. His past seemed to look at him with
  • unrecognising eyes, to bar the door against his knock; and he rode away
  • saddened by that sense of isolation which follows the first encounter
  • with a forgotten self.
  • At Ivrea the sight of Cantapresto and the travelling-carriage roused him
  • as from a waking dream. Here, at his beck were the genial realities of
  • life, embodied, humorously enough, in the bustling figure which for so
  • many years had played a kind of comic accompaniment to his experiences.
  • Cantapresto was in a fever of expectation. To set forth on the road
  • again, after nine years of well-fed monotony, and under conditions so
  • favourable to his physical well-being, was to drink the wine of romance
  • from a golden cup. Odo was at the age when the spirit lies as naturally
  • open to the variations of mood as a lake to the shifting of the breeze;
  • and Cantapresto's exuberant humour, and the novel details of their
  • travelling equipment, had soon effaced the graver influences of Donnaz.
  • Life stretched before him alluring and various as the open road; and his
  • pulses danced to the tune of the postillion's whip as the carriage
  • rattled out of the gates.
  • It was a bright morning and the plain lay beneath them like a planted
  • garden, in all the flourish and verdure of June; but the roads being
  • deep in mire, and unrepaired after the ravages of the winter, it was
  • past noon before they reached the foot of the hills. Here matters were
  • little better, for the highway was ploughed deep by the wheels of the
  • numberless vans and coaches journeying from one town to another during
  • the Whitsun holidays, so that even a young gentleman travelling post
  • must resign himself to a plebeian rate of progression. Odo at first was
  • too much pleased with the novelty of the scene to quarrel with any
  • incidental annoyances; but as the afternoon wore on the way began to
  • seem long, and he was just giving utterance to his impatience when
  • Cantapresto, putting his head out of the window, announced in a tone of
  • pious satisfaction that just ahead of them were a party of travellers in
  • far worse case than themselves. Odo, leaning out, saw that, a dozen
  • yards ahead, a modest chaise of antique pattern had in fact come to
  • grief by the roadside. He called to his postillion to hurry forward, and
  • they were soon abreast of the wreck, about which several people were
  • grouped in anxious colloquy. Odo sprang out to offer his services; but
  • as he alit he felt Cantapresto's hand on his sleeve.
  • "Cavaliere," the soprano whispered, "these are plainly people of no
  • condition, and we have yet a good seven miles to Vercelli, where all the
  • inns will be crowded for the Whitsun fair. Believe me, it were better to
  • go forward."
  • Odo advanced without heeding this admonition; but a moment later he had
  • almost regretted his action; for in the centre of the group about the
  • chaise stood the two persons whom, of all the world, he was at that
  • moment least wishful of meeting.
  • 2.7.
  • It was in fact Vivaldi who, putting aside the knot of idlers about the
  • chaise, stepped forward at Odo's approach. The philosopher's countenance
  • was perturbed, his travelling-coat spattered with mud, and his daughter,
  • hooded and veiled, clung to him with an air of apprehension that smote
  • Odo to the heart. He caught a blush of recognition beneath her veil; and
  • as he drew near she raised a finger to her lip and faintly shook her
  • head.
  • The mute signal reassured him. "I see, sir," said he, turning
  • courteously to Vivaldi, "that you are in a bad plight, and I hope that I
  • or my carriage may be of service to you." He ventured a second glance at
  • Fulvia, but she had turned aside and was inspecting the wheel of the
  • chaise with an air of the most disheartening detachment.
  • Vivaldi, who had returned Odo's greeting without any sign of ill-will,
  • bowed slightly and seemed to hesitate a moment. "Our plight, as you
  • see," he said, "is indeed a grave one; for the wheel has come off our
  • carriage and my driver here tells me there is no smithy this side
  • Vercelli, where it is imperative we should lie tonight. I hope,
  • however," he added, glancing down the road, "that with all the traffic
  • now coming and going we may soon be overtaken by some vehicle that will
  • carry us to our destination."
  • He spoke calmly, but it was plain some pressing fear underlay his
  • composure, and the nature of the emergency was but too clear to Odo.
  • "Will not my carriage serve you?" he hastily rejoined. "I am for
  • Vercelli, and if you will honour me with your company we can go forward
  • at once."
  • Fulvia, during this exchange of words, had affected to be engaged with
  • the luggage, which lay in a heap beside the chaise; but at this point
  • she lifted her head and shot a glance at her father from under her black
  • travelling-hood.
  • Vivaldi's constraint increased. "This, sir," said he, "is a handsome
  • offer, and one for which I thank you; but I fear our presence may
  • incommode you and the additional weight of our luggage perhaps delay
  • your progress. I have little fear but some van or waggon will overtake
  • us before nightfall; and should it chance otherwise," he added with a
  • touch of irresistible pedantry, "why, it behoves us to remember that we
  • shall be none the worse off, since the sage is independent of
  • circumstances."
  • Odo could hardly repress a smile. "Such philosophy, sir, is admirable in
  • principle, but in practice hardly applicable to a lady unused to passing
  • her nights in a rice-field. The region about here is notoriously
  • unhealthy and you will surely not expose your daughter to the risk of
  • remaining by the roadside or of finding a lodging in some peasant's
  • hut."
  • Vivaldi drew himself up. "My daughter," said he, "has been trained to
  • face graver emergencies with an equanimity I have no fear of putting to
  • the touch--'the calm of a mind blest in the consciousness of its
  • virtue'; and were it not that circumstances are somewhat pressing--" he
  • broke off and glanced at Cantapresto, who was fidgeting about Odo's
  • carriage or talking in undertones with the driver of the chaise.
  • "Come, sir," said Odo urgently, "Let my servants put your luggage up and
  • we'll continue this argument on the road."
  • Vivaldi again paused. "Sir," he said at length, "will you first step
  • aside with me a moment?" he led Odo a few paces down the road. "I make
  • no pretence," he went on when they were out of Cantapresto's hearing,
  • "of concealing from you that this offer comes very opportune to our
  • needs, for it is urgent we should be out of Piedmont by tomorrow. But
  • before accepting a seat in your carriage, I must tell you that you offer
  • it to a proscribed man; since I have little reason to doubt that by this
  • time the sbirri are on my track."
  • It was impossible to guess from Vivaldi's manner whether he suspected
  • Odo of being the cause of his misadventure; and the young man, though
  • flushing to the forehead, took refuge in the thought of Fulvia's signal
  • and maintained a self-possessed silence.
  • "The motive of my persecution," Vivaldi continued, "I need hardly
  • explain to one acquainted with my house and with the aims and opinions
  • of those who frequent it. We live, alas, in an age when it is a moral
  • offence to seek enlightenment, a political crime to share it with
  • others. I have long foreseen that any attempt to raise the condition of
  • my countrymen must end in imprisonment or flight; and though perhaps to
  • have suffered the former had been a more impressive vindication of my
  • views, why, sir, the father at the last moment overruled the
  • philosopher, and thinking of my poor girl there, who but for me stands
  • alone in the world, I resolved to take refuge in a state where a man may
  • work for the liberty of others without endangering his own."
  • Odo had listened with rising eagerness. Was not here an opportunity, if
  • not to atone, at least to give practical evidence of his contrition?
  • "What you tell me sir," he exclaimed, "cannot but increase my zeal to
  • serve you. Here is no time to palter. I am on my way to Lombardy, which,
  • from what you say, I take to be your destination also; and if you and
  • your daughter will give me your company across the border I think you
  • need fear no farther annoyance from the police, since my passports, as
  • the Duke of Pianura's cousin, cover any friends I choose to take in my
  • company."
  • "Why, sir," said Vivaldi, visibly moved by the readiness of the
  • response, "here is a generosity so far in excess of our present needs
  • that it encourages me to accept the smaller favour of travelling with
  • you to Vercelli. There we have friends with whom we shall be safe for
  • the night, and soon after sunrise I hope we may be across the border."
  • Odo at once followed up his advantage by pointing out that it was on the
  • border that difficulties were most likely to arise; but after a few
  • moments of debate Vivaldi declared he must first take counsel with his
  • daughter, who still hung like a mute interrogation on the outskirts of
  • their talk.
  • After a few words with her, he returned to Odo. "My daughter," said he,
  • "whose good sense puts my wisdom to the blush, wishes me first to
  • enquire if you purpose returning to Turin; since in that case, as she
  • points out, your kindness might result in annoyances to which we have no
  • right to expose you."
  • Odo coloured. "Such considerations, I beg your daughter to believe,
  • would not weigh with me an instant; but as I am leaving Piedmont for two
  • years I am not so happy as to risk anything by serving you."
  • Vivaldi on this assurance at once consented to accept a seat in his
  • carriage as far as Boffalora, the first village beyond the Sardinian
  • frontier. It was agreed that at Vercelli Odo was to set down his
  • companions at an inn whence, alone and privately, they might gain their
  • friend's house; that on the morrow at daybreak he was to take them up at
  • a point near the convent of the Umiliati, and that thence they were to
  • push forward without a halt for Boffalora.
  • This agreement reached, Odo was about to offer Fulvia a hand to the
  • carriage when an unwelcome thought arrested him.
  • "I hope, sir," said he, again turning to Vivaldi, and blushing furiously
  • as he spoke, "that you feel assured of my discretion; but I ought
  • perhaps to warn you that my companion yonder, though the good-naturedest
  • fellow alive, is not one to live long on good terms with a secret,
  • whether his own or another's."
  • "I am obliged to you," said Vivaldi, "for the hint; but my daughter and
  • I are like those messengers who, in time of war, learn to carry their
  • despatches beneath their tongues. You may trust us not to betray
  • ourselves; and your friend may, if he chooses, suppose me to be
  • travelling to Milan to act as governor to a young gentleman of quality."
  • The Professor's luggage had by this been put on Odo's carriage, and the
  • latter advanced to Fulvia. He had drawn a favourable inference from the
  • concern she had shown for his welfare; but to his mortification she
  • merely laid two reluctant finger tips in his hand and took her seat
  • without a word of thanks or so much as a glance at her rescuer. This
  • unmerited repulse, and the constraint occasioned by Cantapresto's
  • presence, made the remainder of the drive interminable. Even the
  • Professor's apposite reflections on rice-growing and the culture of the
  • mulberry did little to shorten the way; and when at length the
  • bell-towers of Vercelli rose in sight Odo felt the relief of a man who
  • has acquitted himself of a tedious duty. He had looked forward with the
  • most romantic anticipations to the outcome of this chance encounter with
  • Fulvia; but the unforgiving humour which had lent her a transitory charm
  • now became as disfiguring as some physical defect; and his heart swelled
  • with the defiance of youthful disappointment.
  • It was near the angelus when they entered the city. Just within the
  • gates Odo set down his companions, who took leave of him, the one with
  • the heartiest expressions of gratitude, the other with a hurried
  • inclination of her veiled head. Thence he drove on to the Three Crowns,
  • where he designed to lie. The streets were still crowded with
  • holiday-makers and decked out with festal hangings. Tapestries and
  • silken draperies adorned the balconies of the houses, innumerable tiny
  • lamps framed the doors and windows, and the street-shrines were dressed
  • with a profusion of flowers; while every square and open space in the
  • city was crowded with booths, with the tents of ambulant comedians and
  • dentists, and with the outspread carpets of snake-charmers,
  • posture-makers and jugglers. Among this mob of quacks and pedlars
  • circulated other fantastic figures, the camp-followers of the army of
  • hucksters: dwarfs and cripples, mendicant friars, gypsy fortune-tellers,
  • and the itinerant reciters of Ariosto and Tasso. With these mingled the
  • towns-people in holiday dress, the well-to-do farmers and their wives,
  • and a throng of nondescript idlers, ranging from the servants of the
  • nobility pushing their way insolently through the crowd, to those
  • sinister vagabonds who lurk, as it were, in the interstices of every
  • concourse of people.
  • It was not long before the noise and animation about him had dispelled
  • Odo's ill-humour. The world was too fair to be darkened by a girl's
  • disdain, and a reaction of feeling putting him in tune with the humours
  • of the market-place, he at once set forth on foot to view the city. It
  • was now near sunset and the day's decline irradiated the stately front
  • of the Cathedral, the walls of the ancient Hospital that faced it, and
  • the groups gathered about the stalls and platforms obstructing the
  • square. Even in his travelling-dress Odo was not a figure to pass
  • unnoticed, and he was soon assailed by laughing compliments on his looks
  • and invitations to visit the various shows concealed behind the flapping
  • curtains of the tents. There were enough pretty faces in the crowd to
  • justify such familiarities, and even so modest a success was not without
  • solace to his vanity. He lingered for some time in the square, answering
  • the banter of the blooming market-women, inspecting the
  • filigree-ornaments from Genoa, and watching a little yellow bitch in a
  • hooped petticoat and lappets dance the furlana to the music of an
  • armless fiddler who held the bow in his teeth. As he turned from this
  • show Odo's eye was caught by a handsome girl who, on the arm of a
  • dashing cavalier in somewhat shabby velvet, was cheapening a pair of
  • gloves at a neighbouring stall. The girl, who was masked, shot a dark
  • glance at Odo from under her three-cornered Venetian hat; then, tossing
  • down a coin, she gathered up the gloves and drew her companion away. The
  • manoeuvre was almost a challenge, and Odo was about to take it up when a
  • pretty boy in a Scaramouch habit, waylaying him with various graceful
  • antics, thrust a play-bill in his hand; and on looking round he found
  • the girl and her gallant had disappeared. The play-bill, with a wealth
  • of theatrical rhetoric, invited Odo to attend the Performance to be
  • given that evening at the Philodramatic Academy by the celebrated Capo
  • Comico Tartaglia of Rimini and his world-renowned company of Comedians,
  • who, in the presence of the aristocracy of Vercelli, were to present a
  • new comedy entitled "Le Gelosie di Milord Zambo," with an Intermezzo of
  • singing and dancing by the best Performers of their kind.
  • Dusk was already falling, and Odo, who had brought no letters to the
  • gentry of Vercelli, where he intended to stay but a night, began to
  • wonder how he should employ his evening. He had hoped to spend it in
  • Vivaldi's company, but the Professor not having invited him, he saw no
  • prospect but to return to the inn and sup alone with Cantapresto. In the
  • doorway of the Three Crowns he found the soprano awaiting him.
  • Cantapresto, who had been as mute as a fish during the afternoon's
  • drive, now bustled forward with a great show of eagerness.
  • "What poet was it," he cried, "that paragoned youth to the Easter
  • sunshine, which, wherever it touches, causes a flower to spring up? Here
  • we are scarce alit in a strange city, and already a messenger finds the
  • way to our inn with a most particular word from his lady to the
  • Cavaliere Odo Valsecca." And he held out a perfumed billet sealed with a
  • flaming dart.
  • Odo's heart gave a leap at the thought that the letter might be from
  • Fulvia; but on breaking the seal he read these words, scrawled in an
  • unformed hand:--
  • "Will the Cavaliere Valsecca accept from an old friend, who desires to
  • renew her acquaintance with him, the trifling gift of a side-box at Don
  • Tartaglia's entertainment this evening?"
  • Vexed at his credulity, Odo tossed the invitation to Cantapresto; but a
  • moment later, recalling the glance of the pretty girl in the
  • market-place, he began to wonder if the billet might not be the prelude
  • to a sufficiently diverting adventure. It at least offered a way of
  • passing the evening; and after a hurried supper he set out with
  • Cantapresto for the Philodramatic Academy. It was late when they entered
  • their box, and several masks were already capering before the
  • footlights, exchanging lazzi with the townsfolk in the pit, and
  • addressing burlesque compliments to the quality in the boxes. The
  • theatre seemed small and shabby after those of Turin, and there was
  • little in the old-fashioned fopperies of a provincial audience to
  • interest a young gentleman fresh from the capital. Odo looked about for
  • any one resembling the masked beauty of the market-place; but he beheld
  • only ill-dressed dowagers and matrons, or ladies of the town more
  • conspicuous for their effrontery than for their charms.
  • The main diversion of the evening was by this begun. It was a comedy in
  • the style of Goldoni's early pieces, representing the actual life of the
  • day, but interspersed with the antics of the masks, to whose improvised
  • drolleries the people still clung. A terrific Don Spavento in cloak and
  • sword played the jealous English nobleman, Milord Zambo, and the part of
  • Tartaglia was taken by the manager, one of the best-known interpreters
  • of the character in Italy. Tartaglia was the guardian of the prima
  • amorosa, whom the enamoured Briton pursued; and in the Columbine, when
  • she sprang upon the stage with a pirouette that showed her slender
  • ankles and embroidered clocks, Odo instantly recognised the graceful
  • figure and killing glance of his masked beauty. Her face, which was now
  • uncovered, more than fulfilled the promise of her eyes, being indeed as
  • arch and engaging a countenance as ever flashed distraction across the
  • foot-lights. She was greeted with an outburst of delight that cost her a
  • sour glance from the prima amorosa, and presently the theatre was
  • ringing with her improvised sallies, uttered in the gay staccato of the
  • Venetian dialect. There was to Odo something perplexingly familiar in
  • this accent and in the light darting movements of her little head framed
  • in a Columbine's ruff, with a red rose thrust behind one ear; but after
  • a rapid glance about the house she appeared to take no notice of him and
  • he began to think it must be to some one else he owed his invitation.
  • From this question he was soon diverted by his increasing enjoyment of
  • the play. It was not indeed a remarkable example of its kind, being
  • crudely enough put together, and turning on a series of ridiculous and
  • disconnected incidents; but to a taste formed on the frigid elegancies
  • of Metastasio and the French stage there was something refreshing in
  • this plunge into the coarse homely atmosphere of the old popular
  • theatre. Extemporaneous comedies were no longer played in the great
  • cities, and Odo listened with surprise to the swift thrust and parry,
  • the inexhaustible flow of jest and repartee, the readiness with which
  • the comedians caught up each other's leads, like dancers whirling
  • without a false step through the mazes of some rapid contradance.
  • So engaged was he that he no longer observed the Columbine save as a
  • figure in this flying reel; but presently a burst of laughter fixed his
  • attention and he saw that she was darting across the stage pursued by
  • Milord Zambo, who, furious at the coquetries of his betrothed, was
  • avenging himself by his attentions to the Columbine. Half way across,
  • her foot caught and she fell on one knee. Zambo rushed to the rescue;
  • but springing up instantly, and feigning to treat his advance as a part
  • of the play, she cried out with a delicious assumption of outraged
  • dignity:--
  • "Not a step farther, villain! Know that it is sacrilege for a common
  • mortal to embrace one who has been kissed by his most illustrious
  • Highness the Heir-presumptive of Pianura!"
  • "Mirandolina of Chioggia!" sprang to Odo's lips. At the same instant the
  • Columbine turned about and swept him a deep curtsey, to the delight of
  • the audience, who had no notion of what was going forward, but were in
  • the humour to clap any whim of their favourite's; then she turned and
  • darted off the stage, and the curtain fell on a tumult of applause.
  • Odo had hardly recovered from his confusion when the door of the box
  • opened and the young Scaramouch he had seen in the market-place peeped
  • in and beckoned to Cantapresto. The soprano rose with alacrity, leaving
  • Odo alone in the dimly-lit box, his mind agrope in a labyrinth of
  • memories. A moment later Cantapresto returned with that air of furtive
  • relish that always proclaimed him the bearer of a tender message. The
  • one he now brought was to the effect that the Signorina Miranda
  • Malmocco, justly renowned as one of the first Columbines of Italy, had
  • charged him to lay at the Cavaliere Valsecca's feet her excuses for the
  • liberty she had taken with his illustrious name, and to entreat that he
  • would show his magnanimity by supping with her after the play in her
  • room at the Three Crowns--a request she was emboldened to make by the
  • fact that she was lately from Pianura, and could give him the last news
  • of the court.
  • The message chimed with Odo's mood, and the play over he hastened back
  • to the inn with Cantapresto, and bid the landlord send to the Signorina
  • Miranda's room whatever delicacies the town could provide. Odo on
  • arriving that afternoon had himself given orders that his carriage
  • should be at the door the next morning an hour before sunrise; and he
  • now repeated these instructions to Cantapresto, charging him on his life
  • to see that nothing interfered with their fulfilment. The soprano
  • objected that the hour was already late, and that they could easily
  • perform the day's journey without curtailing their rest; but on Odo's
  • reiteration of the order he resigned himself, with the remark that it
  • was a pity old age had no savings-bank for the sleep that youth
  • squandered.
  • 2.8.
  • It was something of a disappointment to Odo, on entering the Signorina
  • Miranda's room, to find that she was not alone. Engaged in feeding her
  • pet monkey with sugar-plums was the young man who had given her his arm
  • in the Piazza. This gentleman, whom she introduced to Odo as her cousin
  • and travelling companion, the Count of Castelrovinato, had the same air
  • of tarnished elegance as his richly-laced coat and discoloured ruffles.
  • He seemed, however, of a lively and obliging humour, and Mirandolina
  • observed with a smile that she could give no better notion of his
  • amiability than by mentioning that he was known among her friends as the
  • Cavaliere Frattanto. This praise, Odo thought, seemed scarcely to the
  • cousin's liking; but he carried it off with the philosophic remark that
  • it is the mortar between the bricks that holds the building together.
  • "At present," said Mirandolina laughing, "he is engaged in propping up a
  • ruin; for he has fallen desperately in love with our prima amorosa, a
  • lady who lost her virtue under the Pharaohs, but whom, for his sake, I
  • have been obliged to include in our little supper."
  • This, it was clear, was merely a way of palliating the Count's
  • infatuation for herself; but he took the second thrust as good-naturedly
  • as the first, remarking that he had been bred for an archeologist and
  • had never lost his taste for the antique.
  • Odo's servants now appearing with a pasty of beccafichi, some bottles of
  • old Malaga and a tray of ices and fruits, the three seated themselves at
  • the table, which Mirandolina had decorated with a number of wax candles
  • stuck in the cut-glass bottles of the Count's dressing-case. Here they
  • were speedily joined by the actress's monkey and parrot, who had soon
  • spread devastation among the dishes. While Miranda was restoring order
  • by boxing the monkey's ears and feeding the shrieking bird from her
  • lips, the door opened to admit the prima amorosa, a lady whose mature
  • charms and mellifluous manner suggested a fine fruit preserved in syrup.
  • The newcomer was clearly engrossed in captivating the Count, and the
  • latter amply justified his nick-name by the cynical complaisance with
  • which he cleared the way for Odo by responding to her advances.
  • The tete-a-tete thus established, Miranda at once began to excuse
  • herself for the means she had taken to attract Odo's attention at the
  • theatre. She had heard from the innkeeper that the Duke of Pianura's
  • cousin, the Cavaliere Valsecca, was expected that day in Vercelli; and
  • seeing in the Piazza a young gentleman in travelling-dress and French
  • toupet, had at once guessed him to be the distinguished stranger from
  • Turin. At the theatre she had been much amused by the air of
  • apprehension with which Odo had appeared to seek, among the dowdy or
  • vulgar inmates of the boxes, the sender of the mysterious billet; and
  • the contrast between the elegant gentleman in embroidered coat and
  • gold-hilted sword, and the sleepy bewildered little boy of the midnight
  • feast at Chivasso, had seized her with such comic effect that she could
  • not resist a playful allusion to their former meeting. All this was set
  • forth with so sprightly an air of mock-contrition that, had Odo felt the
  • least resentment, it must instantly have vanished. He was, however, in
  • the humour to be pleased by whatever took his mind off his own affairs,
  • and none could be more skilled than Mirandolina in profiting by such a
  • mood.
  • He pressed her to tell him something of what had befallen her since they
  • had met, but she replied by questioning him about his own experiences,
  • and on learning that he had been called to Pianura on account of the
  • heir's ill-health she declared it was notorious that the little prince
  • had not long to live, and that the Duke could not hope for another son.
  • "The Duke's life, however," said Odo, "is as good as mine, and in truth
  • I am far less moved by my remote hopes of the succession than by the
  • near prospect of visiting so many famous cities and seeing so much that
  • is novel and entertaining."
  • Miranda shrugged her pretty shoulders. "Why, as to the Duke's life,"
  • said she, "there are some that would not give a counterfeit penny for
  • it; but indeed his Highness lives so secluded from the world, and is
  • surrounded by persons so jealous to conceal his true condition even from
  • the court, that the reports of his health are no more to be trusted than
  • the other strange rumours about him. I was told in Pianura that but four
  • persons are admitted to his familiarity: his confessor, his mistress,
  • Count Trescorre, who is already comptroller of finance and will soon be
  • prime-minister, and a strange German doctor or astrologer that is lately
  • come to the court. As to the Duchess, she never sees him; and were it
  • not for Trescorre, who has had the wit to stand well with both sides, I
  • doubt if she would know more of what goes on about her husband than any
  • scullion in the ducal kitchens."
  • She spoke with the air of one well-acquainted with the subject, and Odo,
  • curious to learn more, asked her how she came to have such an insight
  • into the intrigues of the court.
  • "Why," said she, "in the oddest way imaginable--by being the guest of
  • his lordship the Bishop of Pianura; and since you asked me just now to
  • tell you something of my adventures, I will, if you please, begin by
  • relating the occurrences that procured me this extraordinary honour. But
  • first," she added with a smile, "would it not be well to open another
  • bottle of Malaga?"
  • MIRANDOLINA'S STORY.
  • You must know, she continued, when Odo had complied with her request,
  • that soon after our parting at Chivasso the company with which I was
  • travelling came to grief through the dishonesty of the Harlequin, who
  • ran away with the Capo Comico's wife, carrying with him, besides the
  • lady, the far more irretrievable treasure of our modest earnings. This
  • brought us to destitution, and the troop was disbanded. I had nothing
  • but the spangled frock on my back, and thinking to make some use of my
  • sole possession I set out as a dancer with the flute-player of the
  • company, a good-natured fellow that had a performing marmozet from the
  • Indies. We three wandered from one town to another, spreading our carpet
  • wherever there was a fair or a cattle-market, going hungry in bad
  • seasons, and in our luckier days attaching ourselves to some band of
  • strolling posture-makers or comedians.
  • One day, after about a year of this life, I had the good fortune, in the
  • market-place of Parma, to attract the notice of a rich English nobleman
  • who was engaged in writing a book on the dances of the ancients. This
  • gentleman, though no longer young, and afflicted with that strange
  • English malady that obliges a man to wrap his feet in swaddling-clothes
  • like a new-born infant, was of a generous and paternal disposition, and
  • offered, if I would accompany him to Florence, to give me a home and a
  • genteel education. I remained with him about two years, during which
  • time he had me carefully instructed in music, French and the art of the
  • needle. In return for this, my principal duties were to perform in
  • antique dances before the friends of my benefactor--whose name I could
  • never learn to pronounce--and to read aloud to him the works of the
  • modern historians and philosophers.
  • We lived in a large palace with exceedingly high-ceilinged rooms, which
  • my friend would never have warmed on account of his plethoric habit, and
  • as I had to dance at all seasons in the light draperies worn by the
  • classical goddesses, I suffered terribly from chilblains and contracted
  • a cruel cough. To this, however, I might have resigned myself; but when
  • I learned from a young abate who frequented the house that the books I
  • was compelled to read were condemned by the Church, and could not be
  • perused without deadly peril to the soul, I at once resolved to fly from
  • such contaminating influences. Knowing that his lordship would not
  • consent to my leaving him, I took the matter out of his hands by
  • slipping out one day during the carnival, carrying with me from that
  • accursed house nothing but the few jewels that my benefactor had
  • expressed the intention of leaving me in his will. At the nearest church
  • I confessed my involuntary sin in reading the prohibited books, and
  • having received absolution and the sacrament, I joined my friend the
  • abate at Cafaggiolo, whence we travelled to Modena, where he was
  • acquainted with a theatrical manager just then in search of a Columbine.
  • My dancing and posturing at Florence had given me something of a name
  • among the dilettanti, and I was at once engaged by the manager, who took
  • me to Venice, where I subsequently joined the company of the excellent
  • Tartaglia with whom I am now acting. Since then I have been attended by
  • continued success, which I cannot but ascribe to my virtuous resolve to
  • face poverty and distress rather than profit a moment longer by the
  • beneficence of an atheist.
  • All this I have related to show you how the poor ignorant girl you met
  • at Chivasso was able to acquire something of the arts and usages of good
  • company; but I will now pass on to the incident of my visit to Pianura.
  • Our manager, then, had engaged some time since to give a series of
  • performances at Pianura during the last carnival. The Bishop's nephew,
  • Don Serafino, who has a pronounced taste for the theatre, had been
  • instrumental in making the arrangement; but at the last moment he wrote
  • us that, owing to the influence of the Duke's confessor, the Bishop had
  • been obliged to prohibit the appearance of women on the stage of
  • Pianura. This was a cruel blow, as we had prepared a number of comedies
  • in which I was to act the leading part; and Don Serafino was equally
  • vexed, since he did me the honour of regarding me as the chief ornament
  • of the company. At length it was agreed that, to overcome the
  • difficulty, it should be given out that the celebrated Tartaglia of
  • Rimini would present himself at Pianura with his company of comedians,
  • among whom was the popular favourite, Mirandolino of Chioggia, twin
  • brother of the Signorina Miranda Malmocco, and trained by that actress
  • to play in all her principal parts.
  • This satisfied the scruples and interests of all concerned, and soon
  • afterward I made my first appearance in Pianura. My success was greater
  • than we had foreseen; for I threw myself into the part with such zest
  • that every one was taken in, and even Don Serafino required the most
  • categorical demonstration to convince him that I was not my own brother.
  • The illusion I produced was, however, not without its inconveniences;
  • for, among the ladies who thronged to see the young Mirandolino, were
  • several who desired a closer acquaintance with him; and one of these, as
  • it happened, was the Duke's mistress, the Countess Belverde. You will
  • see the embarrassment of my situation. If I failed to respond to her
  • advances, her influence was sufficient to drive us from the town at the
  • opening of a prosperous season; if I discovered my sex to her, she might
  • more cruelly avenge herself by throwing the whole company into prison,
  • to be dealt with by the Holy Office. Under these circumstances, I
  • decided to appeal to the Bishop, but without, of course, revealing to
  • him that I was, so to speak, my own sister. His lordship, who is never
  • sorry to do the Belverde a bad turn, received me with the utmost
  • indulgence, and declared that, to protect my innocence from the designs
  • of this new Potiphar's wife, he would not only give me a lodging in the
  • Episcopal palace, but confer on me the additional protection of the
  • minor orders. This was rather more than I had bargained for, but he that
  • wants the melon is a fool to refuse the rind, and I thanked the Bishop
  • for his kindness and allowed him to give out that, my heart having been
  • touched by grace, I had resolved, at the end of the season, to withdraw
  • from the stage and prepare to enter the Church.
  • I now fancied myself safe; for I knew the Countess could not attempt my
  • removal without risk of having her passion denounced to the Duke. I
  • spent several days very agreeably in the Episcopal palace, entertained
  • at his lordship's own table, and favoured with private conversations
  • during which he told me many curious and interesting things about the
  • Duke and the court, and delicately abstained from all allusion to my
  • coming change of vocation. The Countess, however, had not been idle. One
  • day I received notice that the Holy Office disapproved of the appearance
  • on the stage of a young man about to enter the Church, and requested me
  • to withdraw at once to the Barnabite monastery, where I was to remain
  • till I received the minor orders. Now the Abbot of the Barnabites was
  • the Belverde's brother, and I saw at once that to obey his order would
  • place me in that lady's power. I again addressed myself to the Bishop,
  • but to my despair he declared himself unable to aid me farther, saying
  • that he dared not offend the Holy Office, and that he had already run
  • considerable risk in protecting me from the Countess.
  • I was accordingly transferred to the monastery, in spite of my own
  • entreaties and those of the good Tartaglia, who moved heaven and earth
  • to save his Columbine from sequestration. You may imagine my despair. My
  • fear of doing Tartaglia an injury kept me from revealing my sex, and for
  • twenty-four hours I languished in my cell, refusing food and air, and
  • resisting the repeated attempts of the good monks to alleviate my
  • distress. At length however I bethought me that the Countess would soon
  • appear; and it flashed across me that the one person who could protect
  • me from her was her brother. I at once sought an interview with the
  • Abbot, who received me with great indulgence. I explained to him that
  • the distress I suffered was occasioned by the loss that my sequestration
  • was causing my excellent manager, and begged him to use his influence to
  • have me released from the monastery. The Abbot listened attentively, and
  • after a pause replied that there was but one person who could arrange
  • the matter, and that was his sister the Countess Belverde, whose
  • well-known piety gave her considerable influence in such matters. I now
  • saw that no alternative remained but to confess the truth; and with
  • tears of agitation I avowed my sex, and threw myself on his mercy.
  • I was not disappointed in the result. The Abbot listened with the
  • greatest benevolence to all the details of my adventure. He laughed
  • heartily at his sister's delusion, but said I had done right in not
  • undeceiving her, as her dread of ridicule might have led to unpleasant
  • reprisals. He declared that for the present he could not on any account
  • consent to let me out of his protection; but he promised if I submitted
  • myself implicitly to his guidance, not only to preserve me from the
  • Belverde's machinations, but to ensure my reappearing on the stage
  • within two days at the latest. Knowing him to be a very powerful
  • personage I thought it best to accept these conditions, which in any
  • case it would have been difficult to resist; and the next day he
  • informed me that the Holy Office had consented to the Signorina Miranda
  • Malmocco's appearing on the stage of Pianura during the remainder of the
  • season, in consideration of the financial injury caused to the manager
  • of the company by the edifying conversion of her twin-brother.
  • "In this way," the Abbot was pleased to explain, "you will be quite safe
  • from my sister, who is a woman of the most unexceptionable morals, and
  • at the same time you will not expose our excellent Bishop to the charge
  • of having been a party to a grave infraction of ecclesiastical
  • discipline.--My only condition," he added with a truly paternal smile,
  • "is that, after the Signorina Miranda's performance at the theatre her
  • twin-brother the Signor Mirandolino shall return every evening to the
  • monastery: a condition which seems necessary to the preservation of our
  • secret, and which I trust you will not regard as too onerous, in view of
  • the service I have been happy enough to render you."
  • It would have ill become me to dispute the excellent ecclesiastic's
  • wishes, and Tartaglia and the rest of the company having been sworn to
  • secrecy, I reappeared that very evening in one of my favourite parts,
  • and was afterward carried back to the monastery in the most private
  • manner. The Signorina Malmocco's successes soon repaired the loss
  • occasioned by her brother's withdrawal, and if any suspected their
  • identity all were interested to conceal their suspicions.
  • Thus it came about that my visit to Pianura, having begun under the roof
  • of a Bishop, ended in a monastery of Barnabites--nor have I any cause to
  • complain of the hospitality of either of my hosts...
  • * * * * *
  • Odo, charmed by the vivacity with which this artless narrative was
  • related, pressed Miranda to continue the history of her adventures. The
  • actress laughingly protested that she must first refresh herself with
  • one of the ices he had so handsomely provided; and meanwhile she begged
  • the Count to favour them with a song.
  • This gentleman, who seemed glad of any pretext for detaching himself
  • from his elderly flame, rescued Mirandolina's lute from the inquisitive
  • fingering of the monkey, and striking a few melancholy chords, sang the
  • following words, which he said he had learned from a peasant of the
  • Abruzzi:--
  • Flower of the thyme!
  • She draws me as your fragrance draws the bees,
  • She draws me as the cold moon draws the seas,
  • And summer winter-time.
  • Flower of the broom!
  • Like you she blossoms over dark abysses,
  • And close to ruin bloom her sweetest kisses,
  • And on the brink of doom.
  • Flower of the rue!
  • She wore you on her breast when first we met.
  • I begged your blossom and I wear it yet--
  • Flower of regret!
  • The song ended, the prima amorosa, overcome by what she visibly deemed
  • an appeal to her feelings, declared with some agitation that the hour
  • was late and she must withdraw. Miranda wished the actress an
  • affectionate goodnight and asked the Count to light her to her room,
  • which was on the farther side of the gallery surrounding the courtyard
  • of the inn. Castelrovinato complied with his usual air of resignation,
  • and the door closing on the couple, Odo and Miranda found themselves
  • alone.
  • "And now," said the good-natured girl, placing herself on the sofa and
  • turning to her guest with a smile, "if you will take a seat at my side I
  • will gladly continue the history of my adventures"...
  • 2.9.
  • Odo woke with a start. He had been trying to break down a great
  • gold-barred gate, behind which Fulvia, pale and disordered, struggled in
  • the clutch of the blind beggar of the Corpus Domini...
  • He sat up and looked about him. The gate was still there; but as he
  • gazed it resolved itself into his shuttered window, barred with wide
  • lines of sunlight. It was day, then! He sprang out of bed and flung open
  • the shutters. Beneath him lay the piazza of Vercelli, bathed in the
  • vertical brightness of a summer noon; and as he stared out on this
  • inexorable scene, the clock over the Hospital struck twelve.
  • Twelve o'clock! And he had promised to meet Vivaldi at dawn behind the
  • Umiliati! As the truth forced itself on Odo he dropped into a chair and
  • hid his face with a groan. He had failed them again, then--and this time
  • how cruelly and basely! He felt himself the victim of a conspiracy which
  • in some occult manner was forever forcing him to outrage and betray the
  • two beings he most longed to serve. The idea of a conspiracy flashed a
  • sudden light on his evening's diversion, and he sprang up with a cry.
  • Yes! It was a plot, and any but a dolt must have traced the soprano's
  • hand in this vulgar assault upon his senses. He choked with anger at the
  • thought of having played the dupe when two lives he cherished were
  • staked upon his vigilance...
  • To his furious summons Cantapresto presented a blank wall of ignorance.
  • Yes, the Cavaliere had given orders that the carriage should be ready
  • before daybreak; but who was authorised to wake the cavaliere? After
  • keeping the carriage two hours at the door Cantapresto had ventured to
  • send it back to the stable; but the horses should instantly be put to,
  • and within an hour they would be well forward on their journey.
  • Meanwhile, should the barber be summoned at once? Or would the cavaliere
  • first refresh himself with an excellent cup of chocolate, prepared under
  • Cantapresto's own supervision?
  • Odo turned on him savagely. "Traitor--spy! In whose pay--?"
  • But the words roused him to a fresh sense of peril. Cantapresto, though
  • he might have guessed Odo's intention, was not privy to his plan of
  • rejoining Vivaldi and Fulvia; and it flashed across the young man that
  • his self-betrayal must confirm the others' suspicions. His one hope of
  • protecting his friends was to affect indifference to what had happened;
  • and this was made easier, by the reflection that Cantapresto was after
  • all but a tool in more powerful hands. To be spied on was so natural to
  • an Italian of that day that the victim's instinct was rather to
  • circumvent the spy than to denounce him.
  • Odo dismissed Cantapresto with the reply that he would give orders about
  • the carriage later; desiring that meanwhile the soprano should purchase
  • the handsomest set of filigree ornaments to be found in Vercelli, and
  • carry them with the Cavaliere Valsecca's compliments to the Signorina
  • Malmocco.
  • Having thus rid himself of observation he dressed as rapidly as
  • possible, trying the while to devise some means of tracing Vivaldi. But
  • the longer he pondered the attempt the more plainly he saw its futility.
  • Vivaldi, doubtless from motives of prudence, had not named the friend
  • with whom he and Fulvia were to take shelter; nor did Odo even know in
  • what quarter of the city to seek them. To question the police was to
  • risk their last chance of safety; and for the same reason he dared not
  • enquire of the posting-master whether any travellers had set out that
  • morning for Lombardy. His natural activity of mind was hampered by a
  • leaden sense of remissness. With what anguish of spirit must Vivaldi and
  • Fulvia have awaited him in that hour of dawn behind the convent! What
  • thoughts must have visited the girl's mind as day broadened, the city
  • woke, and peril pressed on them with every voice and eye! And when at
  • length they saw that he had failed them, which way did their hunted
  • footsteps turn? Perhaps they dared not go back to the friend who had
  • taken them in for the night. Perhaps even now they wandered through the
  • streets, fearing arrest if they revealed themselves by venturing to
  • engage a carriage, at every turn of his thoughts Odo was mocked by some
  • vision of disaster; and an hour of perplexity yielded no happier
  • expedient than that of repairing to the meeting-place behind the
  • Umiliati. It was a deserted lane with few passers; and after vainly
  • questioning the blank wall of the convent and the gates of a
  • sinister-looking alms-house that faced it, he retraced his steps to the
  • inn.
  • He spent a day of futile research and bitter thoughts, now straying
  • forth in the hope of meeting Vivaldi, now hastening back to the Three
  • Crowns on the chance that some message might await him. He dared not let
  • his mind rest on what might have befallen his friends; yet the
  • alternative of contemplating his own course was scarcely more endurable.
  • Nightfall brought the conviction that the Professor and Fulvia had
  • passed beyond his reach. It was clear that if they were still in
  • Vercelli they did not mean to make their presence known to him, while in
  • the event of their escape he was without means of tracing them farther.
  • He knew indeed that their destination was Milan, but, should they reach
  • there safely, what hope was there of finding them in a city of
  • strangers? By a stroke of folly he had cut himself off from all
  • communication with them, and his misery was enhanced by the discovery of
  • his weakness. He who had fed his fancy on high visions, cherishing in
  • himself the latent patriot and hero, had been driven by a girl's caprice
  • to break the first law of manliness and honour! The event had already
  • justified her; and in a flash of self-contempt he saw himself as she no
  • doubt beheld him--the fribble preying like a summer insect on the slow
  • growths of difficult years...
  • In bitterness of spirit he set out the next morning for Pianura. A
  • half-melancholy interest drew him back to the scene of his lonely
  • childhood, and he had started early in order to push on that night to
  • Pontesordo. At Valsecca, the regular posting-station between Vercelli
  • and Pianura, he sent Cantapresto forward to the capital, and in a stormy
  • yellow twilight drove alone across the waste land that dipped to the
  • marshes. On his right the woods of the ducal chase hung black against
  • the sky; and presently he saw ahead of him the old square keep, with a
  • flight of swallows circling low about its walls.
  • In the muddy farm-yard a young man was belabouring a donkey laden with
  • mulberry-shoots. He stared for a moment at Odo's approach and then
  • sullenly returned to his task.
  • Odo sprang out into the mud. "Why do you beat the brute?" said he
  • indignantly. The other turned a dull face on him and he recognised his
  • old enemy Giannozzo.
  • "Giannozzo," he cried, "don't you know me? I am the Cavaliere Valsecca,
  • whose ears you used to box when you were a lad. Must you always be
  • pummelling something, that you can't let that poor brute alone at the
  • end of its day's work?"
  • Giannozzo, dropping his staff, stammered out that he craved his
  • excellency's pardon for not knowing him, but that as for the ass it was
  • a stubborn devil that would not have carried Jesus Christ without
  • gibbing.
  • "The beast is tired and hungry," cried Odo, his old compassion for the
  • sufferings of the farm-animals suddenly reviving. "How many hours have
  • you worked it without rest or food?"
  • "No more than I have worked myself," said Giannozzo sulkily; "and as for
  • its being hungry, why should it fare better than its masters?"
  • Their words had called out of the house a lean bent woman, whose
  • shrivelled skin showed through the rents in her unbleached shift. At
  • sight of Odo she pushed Giannozzo aside and hurried forward to ask how
  • she might serve the gentleman.
  • "With supper and a bed, my good Filomena," said Odo; and she flung
  • herself at his feet with a cry.
  • "Saints of heaven, that I should not have known his excellency! But I am
  • half blind with the fever, and who could have dreamed of such an
  • honour?" She clung to his knees in the mud, kissing his hands and
  • calling down blessings on him. "And as for you, Giannozzo, you
  • curd-faced fool, quick, see that his excellency's horses are stabled and
  • go call your father from the cow-house while I prepare his excellency's
  • supper. And fetch me in a faggot to light the fire in the bailiff's
  • parlour."
  • Odo followed her into the kitchen, where he had so often crouched in a
  • corner to eat his polenta out of reach of her vigorous arm. The roof
  • seemed lower and more smoke-blackened than ever, but the hearth was
  • cold, and he noticed that no supper was laid. Filomena led him into the
  • bailiff's parlour, where a mortal chill seized him. Cobwebs hung from
  • the walls, the window-panes were broken and caked with grime, and the
  • few green twigs which Giannozzo presently threw on the hearth poured a
  • cloud of smoke into the cold heavy air.
  • There was a long delay while supper was preparing, and when at length
  • Filomena appeared, it was only to produce, with many excuses, a loaf of
  • vetch-bread, a bit of cheese and some dried quinces. There was nothing
  • else in the house, she declared: not so much as a bit of lard to make
  • soup with, a handful of pasti or a flask of wine. In the old days, as
  • his excellency might remember, they had eaten a bit of meat on Sundays,
  • and drunk aquarolle with their supper; but since the new taxes it was as
  • much as the farmers could do to feed their cattle, without having a
  • scrap to spare for themselves. Jacopone, she continued, was bent double
  • with the rheumatism, and had not been able to drive a plough or to work
  • in the mulberries for over two years. He and the farm-lads sat in the
  • cow-stables when their work was over, for the sake of the heat, and she
  • carried their black bread out there to them: a cold supper tasted better
  • in a warm place, and as his excellency knew, all the windows in the
  • house were unglazed save in the bailiff's parlour. Her man would be in
  • presently to pay his duty to his excellency; but he had grown
  • dull-witted since the rheumatism took him, and his excellency must not
  • take it ill if his talk was a little childish.
  • Thereupon Filomena excused herself, that she might put a clean shirt on
  • Jacopone, and Odo was left to his melancholy musings. His mind had of
  • late run much on economic abuses; but what was any philandering with
  • reform to this close contact with misery? It was as though white hungry
  • faces had suddenly stared in at the windows of his brightly-lit life.
  • What did these people care for education, enlightenment, the religion of
  • humanity? What they wanted was fodder for their cattle, a bit of meat on
  • Sundays and a faggot on the hearth.
  • Filomena presently returned with her husband; but Jacopone had shrunk
  • into a crippled tremulous old man, who pulled a vague forelock at Odo
  • without sign of recognition. Filomena, it was clear, was master at
  • Pontesordo; for though Giannozzo was a man grown, and did a man's work,
  • he still danced to the tune of his mother's tongue. It was from her that
  • Odo, shivering over the smoky hearth, gathered the details of their
  • wretched state. Pontesordo being a part of the ducal domain, they had
  • led in their old days an easier life than their neighbours; but the new
  • taxes had stripped them as bare as a mulberry-tree in June.
  • "How is a Christian to live, excellency, with the salt-tax doubled, so
  • that the cows go dry for want of it; with half a zecchin on every pair
  • of oxen, a stajo of wheat and two fowls to the parish, and not so much
  • as a bite of grass allowed on the Duke's lands? In his late Highness's
  • day the poor folk were allowed to graze their cattle on the borders of
  • the chase; but now a man dare not pluck a handful of weeds there, or so
  • much as pick up a fallen twig; though the deer may trample his young
  • wheat, and feed off the patch of beans at his very door. They do say the
  • Duchess has a kind heart, and gives away money to the towns-folk; but we
  • country-people who spend our lives raising fodder for her game never
  • hear of her Highness but when one of her game-keepers comes down on us
  • for poaching or stealing wood.--Yes, by the saints, and it was her
  • Highness who sent a neighbour's lad to the galleys last year for felling
  • a tree in the chase; a good lad as ever dug furrow, but he lacked wood
  • for a new plough-share, and how in God's name was he to plough his field
  • without it?"
  • So she went on, like a torrent after the spring rains; but when he named
  • Momola she fell silent, and Giannozzo, looking sideways, drummed with
  • his heel on the floor.
  • Odo glanced from one to the other. "She's dead, then?" he cried.
  • Filomena opened deprecating palms. "Can one tell, excellency? It may be
  • she is off with the gypsies."
  • "The gypsies? How long since?"
  • "Giannozzo," cried his mother, as he stood glowering, "go see that the
  • stable is locked and his excellency's horses bedded down." He slunk out
  • and she began to gather up the remains of Odo's meagre supper.
  • "But you must remember when this happened."
  • "Holy Mother! It was the year we had frost in April and lost our
  • hatching for want of leaves. But as for that child of ingratitude, one
  • day she was here, the next she was gone--clean gone, as a nut drops from
  • the tree--and I that had given the blood of my veins to nourish her!
  • Since then, God is my witness, we have had nothing but misfortune. The
  • next year it was the weevils in the wheat; and so it goes."
  • Odo was silent, seeing it was vain to press her. He fancied that the
  • girl must have died--of neglect perhaps, or ill usage--and that they
  • feared to own it. His heart swelled, but not against them: they seemed
  • to him no more accountable than cowed hunger-driven animals.
  • He tossed impatiently on the hard bed Filomena had made up for him in
  • the bailiff's parlour, and was afoot again with the first light.
  • Stepping out into the farm-yard he looked abroad over the flat grey face
  • of the land. Around the keep stretched the new-ploughed fields and the
  • pollarded mulberry orchards; but these, with the clustered hovels of the
  • village, formed a mere islet in the surrounding waste of marsh and
  • woodland. The scene symbolised fitly enough of social conditions of the
  • country: the over-crowded peasantry huddled on their scant patches of
  • arable ground, while miles of barren land represented the feudal rights
  • that hemmed them in on every side.
  • Odo walked across the yard to the chapel. On the threshold he stumbled
  • over a heap of mulberry-shoots and a broken plough-share. Twilight held
  • the place; but as he stood there the frescoes started out in the slant
  • of the sunrise like dead faces floating to the surface of a river. Dead
  • faces, yes: plaintive spectres of his childish fears and longings, lost
  • in the harsh daylight of experience. He had forgotten the very dreams
  • they stood for: Lethe flowed between and only one voice reached across
  • the torrent. It was that of Saint Francis, lover of the poor...
  • The morning was hot as Odo drove toward Pianura, and limping ahead of
  • him in the midday glare he presently saw the figure of a hump-backed man
  • in a decent black dress and three-cornered hat. There was something
  • familiar in the man's gait, and in the shape of his large head, poised
  • on narrow stooping shoulders, and as the carriage drew abreast of him,
  • Odo, leaning from the window, cried out, "Brutus--this must be Brutus!"
  • "Your excellency has the advantage of me," said the hunchback, turning
  • on him a thin face lit by the keen eyes that had once searched his
  • childish soul.
  • Odo met the rebuff with a smile. "Does that," said he, "prevent my
  • suggesting that you might continue your way more comfortably in my
  • carriage? The road is hot and dusty, and, as you see, I am in want of
  • company."
  • The pedestrian, who seemed unprepared for this affable rejoinder, had
  • the sheepish air of a man whose rudeness has missed the mark.
  • "Why, sir," said he, recovering himself, "comfort is all a matter of
  • habit, and I daresay the jolting of your carriage might seem to me more
  • unpleasant than the heat and dust of the road, to which necessity has
  • long since accustomed me."
  • "In that case," returned Odo with increasing amusement, "you will have
  • the additional merit of sacrificing your pleasure to add to mine."
  • The hunchback stared. "And what have you or yours ever done for me," he
  • retorted, "that I should sacrifice to your pleasure even the wretched
  • privilege of being dusted by the wheels of your coach?"
  • "Why, that," replied Odo, "is a question I can scarce answer till you
  • give me the opportunity of naming myself.--If you are indeed Carlo
  • Gamba," he continued, "I am your old friend and companion Odo Valsecca."
  • The hunchback started. "The Cavaliere Valsecca!" he cried. "I had heard
  • that you were expected." He stood gazing at Odo. "Our next Duke!" he
  • muttered.
  • Odo smiled. "I had rather," he said, "that my past commended me than my
  • future. It is more than doubtful if I am ever able to offer you a seat
  • in the Duke's carriage; but Odo Valsecca's is very much at your
  • service."
  • Gamba bowed with a kind of awkward dignity. "I am grateful for a
  • friend's kindness," he said, "but I do not ride in a nobleman's
  • carriage."
  • "There," returned Odo with perfect good-humour, "you have had advantage
  • of ME; for I can no more escape doing so than you can escape spending
  • your life in the company of an ill-tempered man." And courteously
  • lifting his hat he called to the postillion to drive on.
  • The hunchback at this, flushing red, laid a hand on the carriage door.
  • "Sir," said he, "I freely own myself in the wrong; but a smooth temper
  • was not one of the blessings my unknown parents bequeathed to me; and I
  • confess I had heard of you as one little concerned with your inferiors
  • except as they might chance to serve your pleasure."
  • It was Odo's turn to colour. "Look," said he, "at the fallibility of
  • rumour; for I had heard of you as something of a philosopher, and here I
  • find you not only taking a man's character on hearsay but denying him
  • the chance to prove you mistaken!"
  • "I deny it no longer," said Gamba stepping into the coach; "but as to
  • philosophy, the only claim I can make to it is that of being by birth a
  • peripatetic."
  • His dignity appeased, the hunchback proved himself a most engaging
  • companion, and as the carriage lumbered slowly toward Pianura he had
  • time not only to recount his own history but to satisfy Odo as to many
  • points of the life awaiting him.
  • Gamba, it appeared, owed his early schooling to a Jesuit priest who,
  • visiting the foundling asylum, had been struck by the child's quickness,
  • and had taken him home and bred him to be a clerk. The priest's death
  • left his charge adrift, with a smattering of scholarship above his
  • station, and none to whom he could turn for protection. For a while he
  • had lived, as he said, like a street-cat, picking up a meal where he
  • could, and sleeping in church porches and under street-arcades, till one
  • of the Duke's servants took pity on him and he was suffered to hang
  • about the palace and earn his keep by doing the lacquey's errands. The
  • Duke's attention having been called to him as a lad of parts, his
  • Highness had given him to the Marquess of Cerveno, in whose service he
  • remained till shortly before that young nobleman's death. The hunchback
  • passed hastily over this period; but his reticence was lit by the angry
  • flash of his eyes. After the Marquess's death he had lived for a while
  • from hand to mouth, copying music, writing poetry for weddings and
  • funerals, doing pen-and-ink portraits at a scudo apiece, and putting his
  • hand to any honest job that came his way. Count Trescorre, who now and
  • then showed a fitful recognition of the tie that was supposed to connect
  • them, at length heard of the case to which he was come and offered him a
  • trifling pension. This the hunchback refused, asking instead to be given
  • some fixed employment. Trescorre then obtained his appointment as
  • assistant to the Duke's librarian, a good old priest engrossed in
  • compiling the early history of Pianura from the ducal archives; and this
  • post Gamba had now filled for two years.
  • "It must," said Odo, "be one singularly congenial to you, if, as I have
  • heard, you are of a studious habit. Though I suppose," he tentatively
  • added, "the library is not likely to be rich in works of the new
  • scientific and philosophic schools."
  • His companion received this observation in silence; and after a moment
  • Odo continued: "I have a motive in asking, since I have been somewhat
  • deeply engaged in the study of these writers, and my dearest wish is to
  • continue while in Pianura my examination of their theories, and if
  • possible to become acquainted with any who share their views."
  • He was not insensible of the risk of thus opening himself to a stranger;
  • but the sense of peril made him the more eager to proclaim himself on
  • the side of the cause he seemed to have deserted.
  • Gamba turned as he spoke, and their eyes met in one of those revealing
  • glances that lay the foundations of friendship.
  • "I fear, Cavaliere," said the hunchback with a smile, "that you will
  • find both branches of investigation somewhat difficult to pursue in
  • Pianura; for the Church takes care that neither the philosophers nor
  • their books shall gain a footing in our most Christian state. Indeed,"
  • he added, "not only must the library be free from heretical works, but
  • the librarian clear of heretical leanings; and since you have honoured
  • me with your confidence I will own that, the court having got wind of my
  • supposed tendency to liberalism, I live in daily expectation of
  • dismissal. For the moment they are content to keep their spies on me;
  • but were it not for the protection of the good abate, my superior, I
  • should long since have been turned out."
  • "And why," asked Odo, "do you speak of the court and the Church as one?"
  • "Because, sir, in our virtuous duchy the terms are interchangeable. The
  • Duke is in fact so zealous a son of the Church that if the latter showed
  • any leniency to sinners the secular arm would promptly repair her
  • negligence. His Highness, as you may have heard, is ruled by his
  • confessor, an adroit Dominican. The confessor, it is true, has two
  • rivals, the Countess Belverde, a lady distinguished for her piety, and a
  • German astrologer or alchemist, lately come to Pianura, and calling
  • himself a descendant of the Egyptian priesthood and an adept of the
  • higher or secret doctrines of Neoplatonism. These three, however, though
  • ostensibly rivals for the Duke's favour, live on such good terms with
  • one another that they are suspected of having entered into a secret
  • partnership; while some regard them all as the emissaries of the
  • Jesuits, who, since the suppression of the Society, are known to have
  • kept a footing in Pianura, as in most of the Italian states. As to the
  • Duke, the death of the Marquess of Cerveno, the failing health of the
  • little prince, and his own strange physical infirmities, have so preyed
  • on his mind that he is the victim of any who are unscrupulous enough to
  • trade on the fears of a diseased imagination. His counsellors, however
  • divided in doctrine, have at least one end in common; and that is, to
  • keep the light of reason out of the darkened chamber in which they have
  • confined him; and with such a ruler and such principles of government,
  • you may fancy that poor philosophy has not where to lay her head."
  • "And the people?" Odo pursued. "What of the fiscal administration? In
  • some states where liberty of thought is forbidden the material welfare
  • of the subject is nevertheless considered."
  • The hunchback shook his head. "It may be so," said he, "though I had
  • thought the principle of moral tyranny must infect every branch of
  • public administration. With us, at all events, where the Church party
  • rules, the privileges and exemptions of the clergy are the chief source
  • of suffering, and the state of passive ignorance in which they have kept
  • the people has bred in the latter a dull resignation that is the surest
  • obstacle to reform. Oh, sir," he cried, his eyes darkening with emotion,
  • "if you could see, as I do, the blind brute misery on which all the
  • magnificence of rank and all the refinements of luxury are built, you
  • would feel, as you drive along this road, that with every turn of the
  • wheels you are passing over the bodies of those who have toiled without
  • ceasing that you might ride in a gilt coach, and have gone hungry that
  • you might feast in Kings' palaces!"
  • The touch of rhetoric in this adjuration did not discredit it with Odo,
  • to whom the words were as caustic on an open wound. He turned to make
  • some impulsive answer; but as he did so he caught sight of the towers of
  • Pianura rising above the orchards and market-gardens of the suburbs. The
  • sight started a new train of feeling, and Gamba, perceiving it, said
  • quietly: "But this is no time to speak of such things."
  • A moment later the carriage had passed under the great battlemented
  • gates, with their Etruscan bas-reliefs, and the motto of the house of
  • Valsecca--Humilitas--surmounted by the ducal escutcheon.
  • Though the hour was close on noon the streets were as animated as at the
  • angelus, and the carriage could hardly proceed for the crowd obstructing
  • its passage. So unusual at that period was such a sight in one of the
  • lesser Italian cities that Odo turned to Gamba for an explanation. At
  • the same moment a roar rose from the crowd; and the coach turning into
  • the Corso which led to the ducal palace and the centre of the town, Odo
  • caught sight of a strange procession advancing from that direction. It
  • was headed by a clerk or usher with a black cap and staff, behind whom
  • marched two bare-foot friars escorting between them a middle-aged man in
  • the dress of an abate, his hands bound behind him and his head
  • surmounted by a paste-board mitre inscribed with the title: A Destroyer
  • of Female Chastity. This man, who was of a simple and decent aspect, was
  • so dazed by the buffeting of the crowd, so spattered by the mud and
  • filth hurled at him from a hundred taunting hands, and his countenance
  • distorted by so piteous a look of animal fear, that he seemed more like
  • a madman being haled to Bedlam than a penitent making public amends for
  • his offence.
  • "Are such failings always so severely punished in Pianura?" Odo asked,
  • turning ironically to Gamba as the mob and its victim passed out of
  • sight.
  • The hunchback smiled. "Not," said he, "if the offender be in a position
  • to benefit by the admirable doctrines of probabilism, the direction of
  • intention, or any one of the numerous expedients by which an indulgent
  • Church has smoothed the way of the sinner; but as God does not give the
  • crop unless man sows the seed, so His ministers bestow grace only when
  • the penitent has enriched the treasury. The fellow," he added, "is a man
  • of some learning and of a retired and orderly way of living, and the
  • charge was brought against him by a jeweller and his wife, who owed him
  • a sum of money and are said to have chosen this way of evading payment.
  • The priests are always glad to find a scape-goat of the sort, especially
  • when there are murmurs against the private conduct of those in high
  • places, and the woman, having denounced him, was immediately assured by
  • her confessor that any debt incurred to a seducer was null and void, and
  • that she was entitled to a hundred scudi of damages for having been led
  • into sin."
  • 2.10.
  • At the Duke's express wish, Odo was to lodge in the palace; and when he
  • entered the courtyard he found Cantapresto waiting to lead him to his
  • apartment.
  • The rooms assigned to him lay at the end of one of the wings overlooking
  • the gardens; and as he mounted the great stairway and walked down the
  • corridors with their frescoed walls and busts of Roman emperors he
  • recalled the far-off night when he had passed through the same scenes as
  • a frightened awe-struck child. Where he had then beheld a supernatural
  • fabric, peopled with divinities of bronze and marble, and glowing with
  • light and colour, he now saw a many-corridored palace, stately indeed,
  • and full of a faded splendour, but dull and antiquated in comparison
  • with the new-fangled elegance of the Sardinian court. Yet at every turn
  • some object thrilled the fibres of old association or pride of race.
  • Here he traversed a gallery hung with the portraits of his line; there
  • caught a glimpse of the pages' antechamber through which he and his
  • mother had been led when they waited on the Duke; and from the windows
  • of his closet he overlooked the alleys and terraces where he had
  • wandered with the hunchback.
  • One of the Duke's pages came to say that his Highness would receive the
  • cavaliere when the court rose from dinner; and finding himself with two
  • hours on his hands, Odo determined to await his kinsman's summons in the
  • garden. Thither he presently repaired; and was soon, with a mournful
  • pleasure, retracing the paths he had first explored in such an ecstasy
  • of wonder. The pleached walks and parterres were in all the freshness of
  • June. Roses and jasmine mingled on the terrace-walls, citron-trees
  • ingeniously grafted with red and white carnations stood in Faenza jars
  • before the lemon-house, and marble nymphs and fauns peeped from thickets
  • of flowering camellias. A noise of childish voices presently attracted
  • Odo, and following a tunnel of clipped limes he came out on a theatre
  • cut in the turf and set about with statues of Apollo and the Muses. A
  • handful of boys in military dress were performing a series of evolutions
  • in the centre of this space; and facing them stood a child of about ten
  • years, in a Colonel's uniform covered with orders, his hair curled and
  • powdered, a paste-board sword in his hand, and his frail body supported
  • on one side by a turbaned dwarf, and on the other by an ecclesiastic who
  • was evidently his governor. The child, as Odo approached, was calling
  • out his orders to his regiment in a weak shrill voice, moving now here,
  • now there on his booted tottering legs, as his two supporters guided
  • him, and painfully trying to flourish the paper weapon that was too
  • heavy for his nerveless wrist. Behind this strange group stood another
  • figure, that of a tall heavy man, richly dressed, with a curious
  • Oriental-looking order on his breast and a veiled somnolent eye which he
  • kept fixed on the little prince.
  • Odo had been about to advance and do homage to his cousin; but a sign
  • from the man in the background arrested him. The manoeuvres were soon
  • over, the heir was lifted into a little gilded chariot drawn by white
  • goats, his regiment formed in line and saluted him, and he disappeared
  • down one of the alleys with his attendants.
  • This ceremony over, the tall man advanced to Odo with a bow and asked
  • pardon for the liberty he had taken.
  • "You are doubtless," said he, "his Highness's cousin, the Cavaliere
  • Valsecca; and my excuse for intruding between yourself and the prince is
  • that I am the Duke's physician, Count Heiligenstern, and that the heir
  • is at present undergoing a course of treatment under my care. His
  • health, as you probably know, has long been a cause of anxiety to his
  • illustrious parents, and when I was summoned to Pianura the College of
  • Physicians had given up all hope of saving him. Since my coming,
  • however, I flatter myself that a marked change is perceptible. My method
  • is that of invigorating the blood by exciting the passions most likely
  • to produce a generous vital ardour. Thus, by organising these juvenile
  • manoeuvres, I arouse the prince's martial zeal; by encouraging him to
  • study the history of his ancestors, I evoke his political ambition; by
  • causing him to be led about the gardens on a pony, accompanied by a
  • miniature pack of Maltese dogs in pursuit of a tame doe, I stimulate the
  • passion of the chase; but it is essential to my system that one emotion
  • should not violently counteract another, and I am therefore obliged to
  • protect my noble patient from the sudden intrusion of new impressions."
  • This explanation, delivered in a sententious tone, and with a strong
  • German accent, seemed to Odo no more than a learned travesty of the
  • familiar and pathetic expedient of distracting a sick child by the
  • pretence of manly diversions. He was struck, however, by the physician's
  • aspect, and would have engaged him in talk had not one of the Duke's
  • gentlemen appeared with the announcement that his Highness would be
  • pleased to receive the Cavaliere Valsecca.
  • Like most dwellings of its kind in Italy, the palace of Pianura
  • resembled one of those shells which reveal by their outer convolutions
  • the gradual development of the creature housed within. For two or three
  • generations after Bracciaforte, the terrible founder of the line, had
  • made himself master of the republic, his descendants had clung to the
  • old brick fortress or rocca which the great condottiere had held
  • successfully against the burghers' arquebuses and the battering-rams of
  • rival adventurers, and which still glassed its battlements in the slow
  • waters of the Piana beside the city wall. It was Ascanio, the first
  • Duke, the correspondent of Politian and Castiglione, who, finding the
  • ancestral lair too cramped for the court of a humanist prince, had
  • summoned Luciano da Laurana to build a palace better fitted to his
  • state. Duke Ascanio, in bronze by Verocchio, still looked up with pride
  • from the palace-square at the brick and terra-cotta facade with its
  • fruit-wreathed arches crowned by imperial profiles; but a later prince
  • found the small rooms and intricate passages of Laurana's structure
  • inadequate to the pomp of an ally of Leo X., and Vignola added the state
  • apartments, the sculpture gallery and the libraries.
  • The palace now passed for one of the wonders of Italy. The Duke's guest,
  • the witty and learned Aretino, celebrated it in verse, his friend
  • Cardinal Bembo in prose; Correggio painted the walls of one room, Guilio
  • Romano the ceiling of another. It seemed that magnificence could go no
  • farther, till the seventeenth century brought to the throne a Duke who
  • asked himself how a self-respecting prince could live without a theatre,
  • a riding-school and an additional wing to lodge the ever-growing train
  • of court officials who had by this time replaced the feudal men-at-arms.
  • He answered the question by laying an extra tax on his people and
  • inviting to Pianura the great Roman architect Carlo Borromini, who
  • regretfully admitted that his illustrious patron was on the whole less
  • royally housed than their Highnesses of Mantua and Parma. Within five
  • years the "cavallerizza," the theatre and the gardens flung defiance at
  • these aspiring potentates; and again Pianura took precedence of her
  • rivals. The present Duke's father had expressed the most recent tendency
  • of the race by the erection of a chapel in the florid Jesuit style; and
  • the group of buildings thus chronicled in rich durable lines the varying
  • passions and ambitions of three hundred years of power.
  • As Odo followed his guide toward the Duke's apartments he remarked a
  • change in the aspect of the palace. Where formerly the corridors had
  • been thronged with pages, lacqueys and gaily-dressed cavaliers and
  • ladies, only a few ecclesiastics now glided by: here a Monsignore in
  • ermine and lace rochet, attended by his chaplain and secretaries, there
  • a cowled Dominican or a sober-looking secular priest. The Duke was
  • lodged in the oldest portion of the palace, and Odo, who had never
  • visited these apartments, looked with interest at the projecting
  • sculptured chimney and vaulted ceiling of the pages' ante-chamber, which
  • had formerly been the guardroom and was still hung with panoplies.
  • Thence he was led into a gallery lined with scriptural tapestries and
  • furnished in the heavy style of the seventeenth century. Here he waited
  • a few moments, hearing the sound of conversation in the room beyond;
  • then the door of this apartment opened, and a handsome Dominican passed
  • out, followed by a page who invited Odo to step into the Duke's cabinet.
  • This was a very small room, completely panelled in delicate wood-carving
  • touched with gold. Over this panelling, regardless of the beauty of its
  • design, had been hung a mass of reliquaries and small devotional
  • bas-reliefs and paintings, making the room appear more like the chapel
  • of a wonder-working saint than a prince's closet. Here again Odo found
  • himself alone; but the page presently returned to say that his Highness
  • was not well and begged the cavaliere to wait on him in his bed-chamber.
  • The most conspicuous object in this room was a great bedstead raised on
  • a dais. The plumed posts and sumptuous hangings of the bed gave it an
  • altar-like air, and the Duke himself, who lay between the curtains, his
  • wig replaced by a nightcap, a scapular about his neck, and his
  • shrivelled body wrapped in a brocaded dressing-gown, looked more like a
  • relic than a man. His heavy under-lip trembled slightly as he offered
  • his hand to Odo's salute.
  • "You find me, cousin," said he after a brief greeting, "much troubled by
  • a question that has of late incessantly disturbed my rest--can the soul,
  • after full intuition of God, be polluted by the sins of the body?" he
  • clutched Odo's hand in his burning grasp. "Is it possible that there are
  • human beings so heedless of their doom that they can go about their
  • earthly pleasures with this awful problem unsolved? Oh, why has not some
  • Pope decided it? Why has God left this hideous uncertainty hanging over
  • us? You know the doctrine of Plotinus--'he who has access to God leaves
  • the virtues behind him as the images of the gods are left in the outer
  • temple.' Many of the fathers believed that the Neoplatonists were
  • permitted to foreshadow in their teachings the revelation of Christ; but
  • on these occult points much doubt remains, and though certain of the
  • great theologians have inclined to this interpretation, there are others
  • who hold that it leans to the heresy of Quietism."
  • Odo, who had inferred in the Duke's opening words an allusion to the
  • little prince's ill-health, or to some political anxiety, was at a loss
  • how to reply to this strange appeal; but after a moment he said, "I have
  • heard that your Highness's director is a man of great learning and
  • discrimination. Can he not help your Highness to some decision on this
  • point?"
  • The Duke glanced at him suspiciously. "Father Ignazio," said he, "is in
  • fact well-versed in theology; but there are certain doctrines
  • inaccessible to all but a few who have received the direct illumination
  • of heaven, and on this point I cannot feel that his judgment is final."
  • He wiped the dampness from his sallow forehead and pressed the scapular
  • to his lips. "May you never know," he cried, "the agony of a father
  • whose child is dying, of a sovereign who longs to labour for the welfare
  • of his people, but who is racked by the thought that in giving his mind
  • to temporal duties and domestic affections while such spiritual
  • difficulties are still unsolved, he may be preparing for himself an
  • eternity of torture such as that--" and he pointed to an old and
  • blackened picture of the Last Judgment that hung on the opposite wall.
  • Odo tried to frame a soothing rejoinder; but the Duke passionately
  • interrupted him. "Alas, cousin, no rest is possible for one who has
  • attained the rapture of the Beatific Vision, yet who trembles lest the
  • mere mechanical indulgence of the senses may still subject him to the
  • common penalty of sin! As a man who has devoted himself to the study of
  • theology is privileged to argue on questions forbidden to the vulgar, so
  • surely fasting, maceration and ecstasy must liberate the body from the
  • bondage of prescribed morality. Shall no distinction be recognised
  • between my conduct and that of the common sot or debauchee whose soul
  • lies in blind subjection to his lower instincts? I, who have laboured
  • early and late to remove temptation from my people--who have punished
  • offences against conduct as unsparingly as spiritual error--I, who have
  • not scrupled to destroy every picture in my galleries that contained a
  • nude figure or a wanton attitude--I, who have been blessed from
  • childhood by tokens of divine favour and miraculous intervention--can I
  • doubt that I have earned the privileges of that higher state in which
  • the soul is no longer responsible for the failings of the body? And
  • yet--and yet--what if I were mistaken?" he moaned. "What if my advisors
  • have deceived me? Si autem et sic impius sum, quare frustra laboravi?"
  • And he sank back on his pillows limp as an empty glove.
  • Alarmed at his disorder, Odo stood irresolute whether to call for help;
  • but as he hesitated the Duke feebly drew from his bosom a gold key
  • attached to a slender Venetian chain.
  • "This," said he, "unlocks the small tortoise-shell cabinet yonder. In it
  • you will find a phial of clear liquor, a few drops of which will restore
  • me. 'Tis an essence distilled by the Benedictine nuns of the Perpetual
  • Adoration and peculiarly effective in accesses of spiritual
  • disturbance."
  • Odo complied, and having poured the liquor into a glass, held it to his
  • cousin's lips. In a moment the Duke's eye revived and he began to speak
  • in a weak but composed voice, with an air of dignity in singular
  • contrast to his previous self-abandonment. "I am," said he, "unhappily
  • subject to such seizures after any prolonged exertion, and a
  • conversation I have just had with my director has left me in no fit
  • state to receive you. The cares of government sit heavy on one who has
  • scarce health enough for the duties of a private station; and were it
  • not for my son I should long since have withdrawn to the shelter of the
  • monastic life." He paused and looked at Odo with a melancholy kindness.
  • "In you," said he, "the native weakness of our complexion appears to
  • have been tempered by the blood of your mother's house, and your
  • countenance gives every promise of health and vivacity."
  • He broke off with a sigh and continued in a more authoritative tone:
  • "You have learned from Count Trescorre my motive in summoning you to
  • Pianura. My son's health causes me the liveliest concern, my own is
  • subject to such seizures as you have just witnessed. I cannot think
  • that, in this age of infidelity and disorder, God can design to deprive
  • a Christian state of a line of sovereigns uniformly zealous in the
  • defence of truth; but the purposes of Heaven are inscrutable, as the
  • recent suppression of the Society of Jesus has most strangely proved;
  • and should our dynasty be extinguished I am consoled by the thought that
  • the rule will pass to one of our house. Of this I shall have more to say
  • to you in future. Meanwhile your first business is to acquaint yourself
  • with your new surroundings. The Duchess holds a circle this evening,
  • where you will meet the court; but I must advise you that the persons
  • her Highness favours with her intimacy are not those best qualified to
  • guide and instruct a young man in your position. These you will meet at
  • the house of the Countess Belverde, one of the Duchess's ladies, a woman
  • of sound judgment and scrupulous piety, who gathers about her all our
  • most learned and saintly ecclesiastics. Count Trescorre will instruct
  • you in all that becomes your position at court, and my director, Father
  • Ignazio, will aid you in the selection of a confessor. As to the Bishop,
  • a most worthy and conversable prelate, to whom I would have you show all
  • due regard, his zeal in spiritual matters is not as great as I could
  • wish, and in private talk he indulges in a laxity of opinion against
  • which I cannot too emphatically warn you. Happily, however, Pianura
  • offers other opportunities of edification. Father Ignazio is a man of
  • wide learning and inflexible doctrine, and in several of our
  • monasteries, notably that of the Barnabites, you will find examples of
  • sanctity and wisdom such as a young man may well devoutly consider. Our
  • convents also are distinguished for the severity of their rule and the
  • spiritual privileges accorded them. The Carmelites have every reason to
  • hope for the beatification of their aged Prioress, and among the nuns of
  • the Perpetual Adoration is one who has recently received the ineffable
  • grace of the vulnus divinum. In the conversation of these saintly nuns,
  • and of the holy Abbot of the Barnabites, you will find the surest
  • safeguard against those errors and temptations that beset your age." He
  • leaned back with a gesture of dismissal; but added, reddening slightly,
  • as Odo prepared to withdraw: "You will oblige me, cousin, when you meet
  • my physician, Count Heiligenstern, by not touching on the matter of the
  • restorative you have seen me take."
  • Odo left his cousin's presence with a feeling of deep discouragement. To
  • a spirit aware of the new influences abroad, and fresh from contact with
  • evils rooted in the very foundations of the existing system, there was a
  • peculiar irony in being advised to seek guidance and instruction in the
  • society of ecstatic nuns and cloistered theologians. The Duke, with his
  • sickly soul agrope in a maze of Neoplatonism and probabilism, while his
  • people groaned under unjust taxes, while knowledge and intellectual
  • liberty languished in a kind of moral pest-house, seemed to Odo like a
  • ruler who, in time of famine, should keep the royal granaries locked and
  • spend his days praying for the succour that his own hand might have
  • dispensed.
  • In the tapestry room one of his Highness's gentlemen waited to reconduct
  • Odo. Their way lay through the portrait gallery of which he had
  • previously caught a glimpse, and here he begged his guide to leave him.
  • He felt a sudden desire to meet his unknown ancestors face to face, and
  • to trace the tendencies which, from the grim Bracciaforte and the
  • stately sceptical humanist of Leo's age, had mysteriously forced the
  • race into its ever-narrowing mould. The dusky canvases, hung high in
  • tarnished escutcheoned frames, presented a continuous chronicle of the
  • line, from Bracciaforte himself, with his predatory profile outlined by
  • some early Tuscan hand against the turrets of his impregnable fortress.
  • Odo lingered long on this image, but it was not till he stood beneath
  • Piero della Francesca's portrait of the first Duke that he felt the
  • thrill of kindred instincts. In this grave face, with its sensuous mouth
  • and melancholy speculative eyes, he recognised the mingled strain of
  • impressionability and unrest that had reached such diverse issues in his
  • cousin and himself. The great Duke of the "Golden Age," in his
  • Titianesque brocade, the statuette of a naked faun at his elbow, and a
  • faun-like smile on his own ruddy lips, represented another aspect of the
  • ancestral spirit: the rounded temperament of an age of Cyrenaicism, in
  • which every moment was a ripe fruit sunned on all sides. A little
  • farther on, the shadow of the Council of Trent began to fall on the
  • ducal faces, as the uniform blackness of the Spanish habit replaced the
  • sumptuous colours of the Renaissance. Here was the persecuting Bishop,
  • Paul IV.'s ally against the Spaniards, painted by Caravaggio in hauberk
  • and mailed gloves, with his motto--Etiam cum gladio--surmounting the
  • episcopal chair; there the Duke who, after a life of hard warfare and
  • stern piety, had resigned his office to his son and died in the
  • "angelica vestis" of the tertiary order; and the "beatified" Duchess who
  • had sold her jewels to buy corn for the poor during the famine of 1670,
  • and had worn a hair-shirt under a corset that seemed stiff enough to
  • serve all the purposes of bodily mortification. So the file descended,
  • the colours fading, the shadows deepening, till it reached a baby
  • porporato of the last century, who had donned the cardinal's habit at
  • four, and stood rigid and a little pale in his red robes and lace, with
  • a crucifix and a skull on the table to which the top of his berretta
  • hardly reached.
  • It seemed to Odo as he gazed on the long line of faces as though their
  • owners had entered one by one into a narrowing defile, where the sun
  • rose later and set earlier on each successive traveller; and in every
  • countenance, from that of the first Duke to that of his own peruked and
  • cuirassed grandfather, he discerned the same symptom of decadency: that
  • duality of will which, in a delicately-tempered race, is the fatal fruit
  • of an undisturbed pre-eminence. They had ruled too long and enjoyed too
  • much; and the poor creature he had just left to his dismal scruples and
  • forebodings seemed the mere empty husk of long-exhausted passions.
  • 2.11.
  • The Duchess was lodged in the Borromini wing of the palace, and thither
  • Odo was conducted that evening.
  • To eyes accustomed to such ceremonial there was no great novelty in the
  • troop of powdered servants, the major-domo in his short cloak and chain,
  • and the florid splendour of the long suite of rooms, decorated in a
  • style that already appeared over-charged to the more fastidious taste of
  • the day. Odo's curiosity centred chiefly in the persons peopling this
  • scene, whose conflicting interests and passions formed, as it were, the
  • framework of the social structure of Pianura, so that there was not a
  • labourer in the mulberry-orchards or a weaver in the silk-looms but
  • depended for his crust of black bread and the leaking roof over his head
  • on the private whim of some member of that brilliant company.
  • The Duchess, who soon entered, received Odo with the flighty good-nature
  • of a roving mind; but as her deep-blue gaze met his her colour rose, her
  • eyes lingered on his face, and she invited him to a seat at her side.
  • Maria Clementina was of Austrian descent, and something in her free and
  • noble port and the smiling arrogance of her manner recalled the aspect
  • of her distant kinswoman, the young Queen of France. She plied Odo with
  • a hundred questions, interrupting his answers with a playful abruptness,
  • and to all appearances more engaged by his person than his discourse.
  • "Have you seen my son?" she asked. "I remember you a little boy scarce
  • bigger than Ferrante, whom your mother brought to kiss my hand in the
  • very year of my marriage. Yes--and you pinched my toy spaniel, sir, and
  • I was so angry with you that I got up and turned my back on the
  • company--do you remember? But how should you, being such a child at the
  • time? Ah, cousin how old you make me feel! I would to God my son looked
  • as you did then; but the Duke is killing him with his nostrums. The
  • child was healthy enough when he was born; but what with novenas and
  • touching of relics and animal magnetism and electrical treatment,
  • there's not a bone in his little body but the saints and the surgeons
  • are fighting over its possession. Have you read 'Emile,' cousin, by the
  • new French author--I forget his name? Well, I would have the child
  • brought up like 'Emile,' allowed to run wild in the country and grow up
  • sturdy and hard as a little peasant. But what heresies am I talking! The
  • book is on the Index, I believe, and if my director knew I had it in my
  • library I should be set up in the stocks in the market-place and all my
  • court-gowns burnt at the Church door as a warning against the danger of
  • importing the new fashions from France!--I hope you hunt, cousin?" she
  • cried suddenly. "'Tis my chief diversion and one I would have my friends
  • enjoy with me. His Highness has lately seen fit to cut down my stables,
  • so that I have scarce forty saddle-horses to my name, and the greater
  • part but sorry nags at that; yet I can still find a mount for any friend
  • that will ride with me and I hope to see you among the number if the
  • Duke can spare you now and then from mass and benediction. His Highness
  • complains that I am always surrounded by the same company; but is it my
  • fault if there are not twenty persons at court that can survive a day in
  • the saddle and a night at cards? Have you seen the Belverde, my mistress
  • of the robes? She follows the hunt in a litter, cousin, and tells her
  • beads at the death! I hope you like cards too, cousin, for I would have
  • all my weaknesses shared by my friends, that they may be the less
  • disposed to criticise them."
  • The impression produced on the Duchess by the cavaliere Valsecca was
  • closely observed by several members of the group surrounding her
  • Highness. One of these was Count Trescorre, who moved among the
  • courtiers with an air of ease that seemed to establish without
  • proclaiming the tie between himself and the Duchess. When Maria
  • Clementina sat down at play, Trescorre joined Odo and with his usual
  • friendliness pointed out the most conspicuous figures in the circle. The
  • Duchess's society, as the Duke had implied, was composed of the livelier
  • members of the court, chief among whom was the same Don Serafino who had
  • figured so vividly in the reminiscences of Mirandolina and Cantapresto.
  • This gentleman, a notorious loose-liver and gamester, with some remains
  • of good looks and a gay boisterous manner, played the leader of revels
  • to her Highness's following; and at his heels came the flock of pretty
  • women and dashing spendthrifts who compose the train of a young and
  • pleasure-loving princess. On such occasions as the present, however, all
  • the members of the court were obliged to pay their duty to her Highness;
  • and conspicuous among these less frequent visitors was the Duke's
  • director, the suave and handsome Dominican whom Odo had seen leaving his
  • Highness's closet that afternoon. This ecclesiastic was engaged in
  • conversation with the Prime Minister, Count Pievepelago, a small feeble
  • mannikin covered with gold lace and orders. The deference with which the
  • latter followed the Dominican's discourse excited Odo's attention; but
  • it was soon diverted by the approach of a lady who joined herself to the
  • group with an air of discreet familiarity. Though no longer young, she
  • was still slender and graceful, and her languid eye and vapourish manner
  • seemed to Odo to veil an uncommon alertness of perception. The rich
  • sobriety of her dress, the jewelled rosary about her wrist, and most of
  • all, perhaps, the murderous sweetness of the smile with which the
  • Duchess addressed her, told him that here was the Countess Belverde; an
  • inference which Trescorre confirmed.
  • "The Countess," said he, "or I should rather say the Marchioness of
  • Boscofolto, since the Duke has just bestowed on her the fief of that
  • name, is impatient to make your acquaintance; and since you doubtless
  • remember the saying of the Marquis de Montesquieu, that to know a ruler
  • one must know his confessor and his mistress, you will perhaps be glad
  • to seize both opportunities in one."
  • The Countess greeted Odo with a flattering deference and at once drew
  • him into conversation with Pievepelago and the Dominican.
  • "We are discussing," said she, "the details of Prince Ferrante's
  • approaching visit to the shrine of our Lady of the Mountain. This shrine
  • lies about half an hour's ride beyond my villa of Boscofolto, where I
  • hope to have the honour of receiving their Highnesses on their return
  • from the pilgrimage. The Madonna del Monte, as you doubtless know, has
  • often preserved the ducal house in seasons of peril, notably during the
  • great plague of 1630 and during the famine in the Duchess Polixena's
  • time, when her Highness, of blessed memory, met our Lady in the streets
  • distributing bread, in the dress of a peasant-woman from the hills, but
  • with a necklace made of blood-drops instead of garnets. Father Ignazio
  • has lately counselled the little prince's visiting in state the
  • protectress of his line, and his Highness's physician, Count
  • Heiligenstern, does not disapprove the plan. In fact," she added, "I
  • understand that he thinks all special acts of piety beneficial, as
  • symbolising the inward act by which the soul incessantly strives to
  • reunite itself to the One."
  • The Dominican glanced at Odo with a smile. "The Count's dialectics,"
  • said he, "might be dangerous were they a little clearer; but we must
  • hope he distinguishes more accurately between his drugs than his
  • dogmas."
  • "But I am told," the Prime Minister here interposed in a creaking rusty
  • voice, "that her Highness is set against the pilgrimage and will put
  • every obstacle in the way of its being performed."
  • The Countess sighed and cast down her eyes, the Dominican remained
  • silent, and Trescorre said quietly to Odo, "Her Highness would be
  • pleased to have you join her in a game at basset." As they crossed the
  • room he added in a low tone: "The Duchess, in spite of her remarkable
  • strength of character, is still of an age to be readily open to new
  • influences. I observed she was much taken by your conversation, and you
  • would be doing her a service by engaging her not to oppose this
  • pilgrimage to Boscofolto. We have Heiligenstern's word that it cannot
  • harm the prince, it will produce a good impression on the people, and it
  • is of vital importance to her Highness not to side against the Duke in
  • such matters." And he withdrew with a smile as Odo approached the
  • card-table.
  • Odo left the Duchess's circle with an increased desire to penetrate more
  • deeply into the organisation of the little world about him, to trace the
  • operation of its various parts, and to put his hand on the mainspring
  • about which they revolved; and he wondered whether Gamba, whose
  • connection with the ducal library must give him some insight into the
  • affairs of the court, might not prove as instructive a guide through
  • this labyrinth as through the mazes of the ducal garden.
  • The Duke's library filled a series of rooms designed in the classical
  • style of the cinque-cento. On the very threshold Odo was conscious of
  • leaving behind the trivial activities of the palace, with the fantastic
  • architecture which seemed their natural setting. Here all was based on a
  • noble permanence of taste, a convergence of accumulated effort toward a
  • chosen end; and the door was fittingly surmounted by Seneca's definition
  • of the wise man's state: "Omnia illi secula ut deo serviunt."
  • Odo would gladly have lingered among the books which filled the rooms
  • with an incense-like aroma of old leather. His imagination caressed in
  • passing the yellowish vellum backs, the worn tooling of Aldine folios,
  • the heavy silver clasps of ancient chronicles and psalters; but his
  • first object was to find Gamba and renew the conversation of the
  • previous day. In this he was disappointed. The only occupant of the
  • library was the hunchback's friend and protector, the abate Crescenti, a
  • tall white-haired priest with the roseate gravity and benevolent air of
  • a donator in some Flemish triptych. The abate, courteously welcoming
  • Odo, explained that he had despatched his assistant to the Benedictine
  • monastery to copy certain ancient records of transactions between that
  • order and the Lords of Valsecca, and added that Gamba, on his return,
  • should at once be apprised of the cavaliere's wish to see him.
  • The abate himself had been engaged, when his visitor entered, in
  • collating manuscripts, but on Odo's begging him to return to his work,
  • he said with a smile: "I do not suffer from an excess of interruptions,
  • for the library is the least visited portion of the palace, and I am
  • glad to welcome any who are disposed to inspect its treasures. I know
  • not, cavaliere," he added, "if the report of my humble labours has ever
  • reached you;" and on Odo's affirmative gesture he went on, with the
  • eagerness of a shy man who gathers assurance from the intelligence of
  • his listener: "Such researches into the rude and uncivilised past seem
  • to me as essential to the comprehension of the present as the mastering
  • of the major premiss to the understanding of a syllogism; and to those
  • who reproach me for wasting my life over the chronicles of barbarian
  • invasions and the records of monkish litigations, instead of
  • contemplating the illustrious deeds of Greek sages and Roman heroes, I
  • confidently reply that it is more useful to a man to know his own
  • father's character than that of a remote ancestor. Even in this quiet
  • retreat," he went on, "I hear much talk of abuses and of the need for
  • reform; and I often think that if they who rail so loudly against
  • existing institutions would take the trouble to trace them to their
  • source, and would, for instance, compare this state as it is today with
  • its condition five hundred or a thousand years ago, instead of measuring
  • it by the standard of some imaginary Platonic republic, they would find,
  • if not less subject for complaint, yet fuller means of understanding and
  • remedying the abuses they discover."
  • This view of history was one so new in the abate Crescenti's day that it
  • surprised Odo with the revelation of unsuspected possibilities. How was
  • it that among the philosophers whose works he had studied, none had
  • thought of tracing in the social and political tendencies of the race
  • the germ of wrongs so confidently ascribed to the cunning of priests and
  • the rapacity of princes? Odo listened with growing interest while
  • Crescenti, encouraged by his questions, pointed out how the abuses of
  • feudalism had arisen from the small land-owner's need of protection
  • against the northern invader, as the concentration of royal prerogative
  • had been the outcome of the king's intervention between his great
  • vassals and the communes. The discouragement which had obscured Odo's
  • outlook since his visit to Pontesordo was cleared away by the discovery
  • that in a sympathetic study of the past might lie the secret of dealing
  • with present evils. His imagination, taking the intervening obstacles at
  • a bound, arrived at once at the general axiom to which such inductions
  • pointed; and if he afterward learned that human development follows no
  • such direct line of advance, but must painfully stumble across the
  • wastes of error, prejudice and ignorance, while the theoriser traverses
  • the same distance with a stroke of his speculative pinions; yet the
  • influence of these teachings tempered his judgments with charity and
  • dignified his very failures by a tragic sense of their inevitableness.
  • Crescenti suggested that Gamba should wait on Odo that evening; but the
  • latter, being uncertain how far he might dispose of his time, enquired
  • where the hunchback lodged, with a view of sending for him at a
  • convenient moment. Having dined at the Duchess's table, and soon
  • wearying of the vapid company of her associates, he yielded to the
  • desire for contrast that so often guided his course, and set out toward
  • sunset in search of Gamba's lodging.
  • It was his first opportunity of inspecting the town at leisure, and for
  • a while he let his curiosity lead him as it would. The streets near the
  • palace were full of noble residences, recording, in their sculptured
  • doorways, in the wrought-iron work of torch-holders and window-grilles,
  • and in every architectural detail, the gradual change of taste that had
  • transformed the machicolations of the mediaeval fighter into the open
  • cortiles and airy balconies of his descendant. Here and there, amid
  • these inveterate records of dominion, rose the monuments of a mightier
  • and more ancient power. Of these churches and monasteries the greater
  • number, dating only from the ascendancy of the Valseccas, showed an
  • ordered and sumptuous architecture; but one or two buildings surviving
  • from the period of the free city stood out among them with the austerity
  • of desert saints in a throng of court ecclesiastics. The columns of the
  • Cathedral porch were still supported on featureless porphyry lions worn
  • smooth by generations of loungers; and above the octagonal baptistery
  • ran a fantastic basrelief wherein the spirals of the vine framed an
  • allegory of men and monsters symbolising, in their mysterious conflicts,
  • the ever-recurring Manicheism of the middle ages. Fresh from his talk
  • with Crescenti, Odo lingered curiously on these sculptures, which but
  • the day before he might have passed by as the efforts of ignorant
  • workmen, but which now seemed full of the significance that belongs to
  • any incomplete expression of human thought or feeling. Of their relation
  • to the growth of art he had as yet no clear notion; but as evidence of
  • sensations that his forefathers had struggled to record, they touched
  • him like the inarticulate stammerings in which childhood strives to
  • convey its meaning.
  • He found Gamba's lodging on the upper floor of a decayed palace in one
  • of the by-lanes near the Cathedral. The pointed arcades of this ancient
  • building enclosed the remains of floriated mouldings, and the walls of
  • the court showed traces of fresco-painting; but clothes-lines now hung
  • between the arches, and about the well-head in the centre of the court
  • sat a group of tattered women with half-naked children playing in the
  • dirt at their feet. One of these women directed Odo to the staircase
  • which ascended between damp stone walls to Gamba's door. This was opened
  • by the hunchback himself, who, with an astonished exclamation, admitted
  • his visitor to a scantily furnished room littered with books and papers.
  • A child sprawled on the floor, and a young woman, who had been sewing in
  • the fading light of the attic window, snatched him up as Odo entered.
  • Her back being turned to the light, he caught only a slender youthful
  • outline; but something in the turn of the head, the shrinking curve of
  • the shoulders, carried him back to the little barefoot figure cowering
  • in a corner of the kitchen at Pontesordo, while the farm-yard rang with
  • Filomena's call--"Where are you then, child of iniquity?"
  • "Momola--don't you know me?" he exclaimed.
  • She hung back trembling, as though the sound of his voice roused an echo
  • of fear; but Gamba, reddening slightly, took her hand and led her
  • forward.
  • "It is, indeed," said he, "your excellency's old playmate, the Momola of
  • Pontesordo, who consents to share my poverty and who makes me forget it
  • by the tenderness of her devotion."
  • But Momola, at this, found voice. "Oh, sir," she cried, "it is he who
  • took me in when I was half-dead and starving, who many a time went
  • hungry to feed me, and who cares for the child as if it were his own!"
  • As she stood there, in her half-wild hollowed-eyed beauty, which seemed
  • a sickly efflorescence of the marshes, pressing to her breast another
  • "child of iniquity" as pale and elfish as her former self, she seemed to
  • Odo the embodiment of ancient wrongs, risen from the wasted soil to
  • haunt the dreams of its oppressors.
  • Gamba shrugged his shoulders. "Why," said he, "a child of my own is a
  • luxury I am never likely to possess as long as I have wit to remember
  • the fundamental axiom of philosophy: entia non sunt multiplicanda
  • praeter necessitatum; so it is natural enough fate should single me out
  • to repair the negligence of those who have failed to observe that
  • admirable principle. And now," he added, turning gently to Momola, "it
  • is time to put the boy to bed."
  • When the door had closed on her Odo turned to Gamba. "I could learn
  • nothing at Pontesordo," he said. "They seemed unwilling to speak of her.
  • What is her story and where did you first know her?"
  • Gamba's face darkened. "You will remember, cavaliere," he said, "that
  • some time after your departure from Pianura I passed into the service of
  • the Marquess of Cerveno, then a youth of about twenty, who combined with
  • graceful manners and a fair exterior a nature so corrupt and cowardly
  • that he seemed like some such noble edifice as this, designed to house
  • great hopes and high ambitions, but fallen to base uses and become the
  • shelter of thieves and prostitutes. Prince Ferrante being sickly from
  • his birth, the Marquess was always looked on as the Duke's successor,
  • and to Trescorre, who even then, as Master of the Horse, cherished the
  • ambitions he has since realised, no prospect could have been more
  • distasteful. My noble brother, to do him justice, has always hated the
  • Jesuits, who, as you doubtless know, were all-powerful here before the
  • recent suppression of the Order. The Marquess of Cerveno was as
  • completely under their control as the Duke is under that of the
  • Dominicans, and Trescorre knew that with the Marquess's accession his
  • own rule must end. He did his best to gain an influence over his future
  • ruler, but failing in this resolved to ruin him.
  • "Cerveno, like all your house, was passionately addicted to the chase,
  • and spent much time hunting in the forest of Pontesordo. One day the
  • stag was brought to bay in the farm-yard of the old manor, and there
  • Cerveno saw Momola, then a girl of sixteen, of a singular wild beauty
  • which sickness and trouble have since effaced. The young Marquess was
  • instantly taken; and though hitherto indifferent to women, yielded so
  • completely to his infatuation that Trescorre, ever on the alert, saw in
  • it an unexpected means to his end. He instantly married Momola to
  • Giannozzo, whom she feared and hated; he schooled Giannozzo in the part
  • of the jealous and vindictive husband, and by the liberal use of money
  • contrived that Momola, while suffered to encourage the Marquess's
  • addresses, should be kept so close that Cerveno could not see her save
  • by coming to Pontesordo. This was the first step in the plan; the next
  • was to arrange that Momola should lure her lover to the hunting-lodge on
  • the edge of the chase. This lodge, as your excellency may remember, lies
  • level with the marsh, and so open to noxious exhalations that a night's
  • sojourn there may be fatal. The infernal scheme was carried out with the
  • connivance of the scoundrels at the farm, who had no scruples about
  • selling the girl for a few ducats; and as to Momola, can you wonder that
  • her loathing of Giannozzo and of her wretched life at Pontesordo threw
  • her defenceless into Trescorre's toils? All was cunningly planned to
  • exasperate Cerveno's passion and Momola's longing to escape; and at
  • length, pressed by his entreaties and innocently carrying out the
  • designs of his foe, the poor girl promised to meet him after night-fall
  • at the hunting-lodge. The secrecy of the adventure, and the peril to
  • which it exposed him (for Trescorre had taken care to paint Giannozzo
  • and his father in the darkest colours) were fuel to Cerveno's passion,
  • and he went night after night to Pontesordo. The time was August, when
  • the marsh breathes death, and the Duke, apprised of his favourite's
  • imprudence, forbade his returning to the chase.
  • "Nothing could better have served Trescorre; for opposition spurred the
  • Marquess's languid temper, and he had now the incredible folly to take
  • up his residence in the lodge. Within three weeks the fever held him. He
  • was at once taken to Pianura, and on recovering from his seizure was
  • sent to take the mountain air at the baths of Lucca. But the poison was
  • in his blood. He never regained more than a semblance of health, and his
  • madness having run its course, his passion for Momola turned to hate of
  • the poor girl to whom he ascribed his destruction. Giannozzo, meanwhile,
  • terrified by the report that the Duke had winded the intrigue, and
  • fearing to be charged with connivance, thought to prove his innocence by
  • casting off his wife and disowning her child.
  • "What part I played in this grim business I leave your excellency to
  • conceive. As the Marquess's creature I was forced to assist at the
  • spectacle without power to stay its consequences; but when the child was
  • born I carried the news to my master and begged him to come to the
  • mother's aid. For answer, he had me beaten by his lacqueys and flung out
  • of his house. I stomached the beating and addressed myself to Trescorre.
  • My noble brother, whose insight is seldom at fault, saw that I knew
  • enough to imperil him. The Marquess was dying and his enemy could afford
  • to be generous. He gave me a little money and the following year
  • obtained from the Duke my appointment as assistant librarian. In this
  • way I was able to give Momola a home, and to save her child from the
  • Innocenti. She and I, cavaliere, are the misshapen offspring of that
  • cruel foster-parent, who rears more than half the malefactors in the
  • state; but please heaven the boy shall have a better start in life, and
  • perhaps grow up to destroy some of the evils on which that cursed
  • charity thrives."
  • This narrative, and the sight of Momola and her child, followed so
  • strangely on the spectacle of sordid misery he had witnessed at
  • Pontesordo, that an inarticulate pity held Odo by the throat. Gamba's
  • anger against the people at the farm seemed as senseless as their own
  • cruelty to their animals. What were they all--Momola, her child, and her
  • persecutors--but a sickly growth of the decaying social order? He felt
  • an almost physical longing for fresh air, light, the rush of a purifying
  • wind through the atmosphere of moral darkness that surrounded him.
  • 2.12.
  • To relieve the tension of his thoughts he set forth to Gamba the purpose
  • of his visit.
  • "I am," said he, "much like a stranger at a masked ball, where all the
  • masks are acquainted with each other's disguises and concerted to
  • mystify the visitor. Among the persons I have met at court several have
  • shown themselves ready to guide me through this labyrinth; but, till
  • they themselves unmask and declare their true characters, I am doubtful
  • whither they may lead me; nor do I know of any so well fitted as
  • yourself to give me a clue to my surroundings. As for my own disguise,"
  • he added with a smile, "I believe I removed it sufficiently on our first
  • meeting to leave you no doubt as to the use to which your information
  • will be put."
  • Gamba, who seemed touched by this appeal, nevertheless hesitated before
  • replying. At length he said: "I have the fullest trust in your
  • excellency's honour; but I must remind you that during your stay here
  • you will be under the closest observation and that any opinions you
  • express will at once be attributed to the persons you are known to
  • frequent. I would not," he continued hastily, "say this for myself
  • alone, but I have two mouths to feed and my views are already under
  • suspicion."
  • Reassured by Odo's protestations, or rather, perhaps, by the more
  • convincing warrant of his look and manner, Gamba proceeded to give him a
  • detailed description of the little world in which chance had placed
  • them.
  • "If you have seen the Duke," said he, "I need not tell you that it is
  • not he who governs the duchy. We are ruled at present by a triumvirate
  • consisting of the Belverde, the Dominican and Trescorre. Pievepelago,
  • the Prime Minister, is a dummy put in place by the Jesuits and kept
  • there by the rivalries of the other three; but he is in his dotage and
  • the courtiers are already laying wagers as to his successor. Many think
  • Father Ignazio will replace him, but I stake my faith on Trescorre. The
  • Duke dislikes him, but he is popular with the middle class, who, since
  • they have shaken off the yoke of the Jesuits, would not willingly see an
  • ecclesiastic at the head of the state. The duchess's influence is also
  • against the Dominican, for her Highness, being, as you know, connected
  • with the Austrian court, is by tradition unfavourable to the Church
  • party. The Duchess's preferences would weigh little with the Duke were
  • it not that she is sole heiress to the old Duke of Monte Alloro, and
  • that any attempt to bring that principality under the control of the
  • Holy See might provoke the interference of Austria.
  • "In so ticklish a situation I see none but Trescorre to maintain the
  • political balance. He has been adroit enough to make himself necessary
  • to the Duchess without alienating the Duke; he has introduced one or two
  • trifling reforms that have given him a name for liberality in spite of
  • the heavy taxes with which he has loaded the peasantry; and has in short
  • so played his cards as to profit by the foibles of both parties. Her
  • Highness," he continued, in reply to a question of Odo's, "was much
  • taken by him when she first came to Pianura; and before her feeling had
  • cooled he had contrived to make himself indispensable to her. The
  • Duchess is always in debt; and Trescorre, as Comptroller of Finance,
  • holds her by her besetting weakness. Before his appointment her
  • extravagance was the scandal of the town. She borrowed from her ladies,
  • her pages, her very lacqueys; when she went on a visit to her uncle of
  • Monte Alloro she pocketed the money he bestowed on her servants; nay,
  • she was even accused of robbing the Marchioness of Pievepelago, who,
  • having worn one evening a diamond necklace which excited her Highness's
  • admiration, was waylaid on the way home and the jewels torn from her
  • neck by a crowd of masked ruffians among whom she is said to have
  • recognised one of the ducal servants. These are doubtless idle reports;
  • but it is certain that Trescorre's appointment engaged him still more to
  • the Duchess by enabling him to protect her from such calumnies; while by
  • increasing the land taxes he has discharged the worst of her debts and
  • thus made himself popular with the tradesmen she had ruined. Your
  • excellency must excuse my attempting to paint the private character of
  • her Highness. Such facts as I have reported are of public notoriety, but
  • to exceed them would be an unwarranted presumption. I know she has the
  • name of being affable to her dependents, capable of a fitful generosity,
  • and easily moved by distress; and it is certain that her domestic
  • situation has been one to excite pity and disarm criticism.
  • "With regard to his Highness, it is difficult either to detect his
  • motives or to divine his preferences. His youth was spent in pious
  • practices; and a curious reason is given for the origin of this habit.
  • He was educated, as your excellency is doubtless aware, by a French
  • philosopher of the school of Hobbes; and it is said that in the interval
  • of his tasks the poor Duke, bewildered by his governor's distinctions
  • between conception and cognition, and the object and the sentient, used
  • to spend his time praying the saints to assist him in his atheistical
  • studies; indeed a satire of the day ascribes him as making a novena to
  • the Virgin to obtain a clearer understanding of the universality of
  • matter. Others with more likelihood aver that he frequented the churches
  • to escape from the tyranny of his pedagogue; and it is certain that from
  • one cause or another his education threw him into the opposite extreme
  • of a superstitious and mechanical piety. His marriage, his differences
  • with the Duchess, and the evil influence of Cerveno, exposed him to new
  • temptations, and for a time he led a life which seemed to justify the
  • worst charges of the enemies of materialism. Recent events have flung
  • him back on the exaggerated devotion of his youth, and now, when his
  • health permits, he spends his time serving mass, singing in the choir at
  • benediction and making pilgrimages to the relics of the saints in the
  • different churches of the duchy.
  • "A few years since, at the instigation of his confessor, he destroyed
  • every picture in the ducal gallery that contained any naked figure or
  • represented any subject offensive to religion. Among them was Titian's
  • famous portrait of Duke Ascanio's mistress, known as the Goldsmith's
  • Daughter, and a Venus by the Venetian painter Giorgione, so highly
  • esteemed in its day that Pope Leo X. is said to have offered in exchange
  • for it the gift of a papal benefice, and a Cardinal's hat for Duke
  • Guidobaldo's younger son. His Highness, moreover, impedes the
  • administration of justice by resisting all attempts to restrict the
  • Church's right of sanctuary, and upholds the decree forbidding his
  • subjects to study at the University of Pavia, where, as you know, the
  • natural sciences are professed by the ablest scholars of Italy. He
  • allows no public duties to interfere with his private devotions, and
  • whatever the urgency of affairs, gives no audience to his ministers on
  • holydays; and a Cardinal a latere recently passing through the duchy on
  • his return to Rome was not received at the Duke's table because he
  • chanced to arrive on a Friday.
  • "His Highness's fears for Prince Ferrante's health have drawn a swarm of
  • quacks to Pianura, and the influence of the Church is sometimes
  • counteracted by that of the physicians with whom the Duke surrounds
  • himself. The latest of these, the famous Count Heiligenstern, who is
  • said to have performed some remarkable cures by means of the electrical
  • fluid and of animal magnetism, has gained such an ascendancy over the
  • Duke that some suspect him of being an agent of the Austrian court,
  • while others declare that he is a Jesuit en robe courte. But just at
  • present the people scent a Jesuit under every habit, and it is even
  • rumoured that the Belverde is secretly affiliated to a female branch of
  • the Society. With such a sovereign and such ministers, your excellency
  • need not be told how the state is governed. Trescorre, heaven save the
  • mark! represents the liberal party; but his liberalism is like the
  • generosity of the unarmed traveller who throws his purse to a foot-pad;
  • and Father Ignazio is at hand to see that the people are not bettered at
  • the expense of the Church.
  • "As to the Duke, having no settled policy, and being governed only
  • through his fears, he leans first to one influence and then to another;
  • but since the suppression of the Jesuits nothing can induce him to
  • attack any ecclesiastical privileges. The diocese of Pianura holds a
  • fief known as the Caccia del Vescovo, long noted as the most lawless
  • district of the duchy. Before the death of the late Pope, Trescorre had
  • prevailed on the Duke to annex it to the principality; but the dreadful
  • fate of Ganganelli has checked bolder sovereigns than his Highness in
  • their attempts on the immunities of the Church, and one of the fairest
  • regions of our unhappy state remains a barren waste, the lair of outlaws
  • and assassins, and a menace to the surrounding country. His Highness is
  • not incapable of generous impulses and his occasional acts of humanity
  • might endear him to his people were it not that they despise him for
  • being the creature of his favourites. Thus, the gift of Boscofolto to
  • the Belverde has excited the bitterest discontent; for the Countess is
  • notorious for her cruel exactions, and it is certain that at her death
  • this rich fief will revert to the Church. And now," Gamba ended with a
  • smile, "I have made known to your excellency the chief characters in the
  • masque, as rumour depicts them to the vulgar. As to the court, like the
  • government, it is divided into two parties: the Duke's, headed by the
  • Belverde, and containing the staider and more conservative members of
  • the Church and nobility; and the Duchess's, composed of every fribble
  • and flatterer, every gamester and rake, every intriguing woman and
  • vulgar parvenu that can worm a way into her favour. In such an
  • atmosphere you may fancy how knowledge thrives. The Duke's library
  • consists of a few volumes of theological casuistry, and her Highness
  • never opens a book unless it be to scandalise her husband by reading
  • some prohibited pamphlet from France. The University, since the fall of
  • the Jesuits, has been in charge of the Barnabite order, and, for aught I
  • know, the Ptolemaic system is still taught there, together with the
  • dialectic of Aristotle. As to science, it is anathema; and the press
  • being subject to the restrictions of the Holy Office, and the University
  • closed to modern thought, but few scholars are to be found in the duchy,
  • save those who occupy themselves with belles-lettres, or, like the abate
  • Crescenti, are engaged in historical research. Pianura, even in the late
  • Duke's day, had its circle of lettered noblemen who patronised the arts
  • and founded the local Arcadia; but such pursuits are out of fashion, the
  • Arcadia languishes, and the Bishop of Pianura is the only dignitary that
  • still plays the Mecaenas. His lordship, whose theological laxity and
  • coolness toward the Holy Office have put him out of favour with the
  • Duke, has, I am told, a fine cabinet of paintings (some of them, it is
  • rumoured, the very pictures that his Highness ordered to be burnt) and
  • the episcopal palace swarms with rhyming abatini, fashionable
  • playwrights and musicians, and the travelling archeologists who hawk
  • their antiques about from one court to another. Here you may assist at
  • interminable disputes as to the relative merits of Tasso and Ariosto, or
  • listen to a learned dissertation on the verse engraved on a carnelian
  • stone; but as to the questions now agitating the world, they are held of
  • less account than a problem in counterpoint or the construction of a
  • doubtful line in Ovid. As long as Truth goes naked she can scarce hope
  • to be received in good company; and her appearance would probably cause
  • as much confusion among the Bishop's literati as in the councils of the
  • Holy Office."
  • The old analogy likening the human mind to an imperfect mirror, which
  • modifies the images it reflects, occurred more than once to Odo during
  • the hunchback's lively delineation. It was impossible not to remember
  • that the speaker owed his education to the charity of the order he
  • denounced; and this fact suggested to Odo that the other lights and
  • shadows in the picture might be disposed with more art than accuracy.
  • Still, they doubtless embodied a negative truth, and Odo thought it
  • probable that such intellectual diversion as he could hope for must be
  • sought in the Bishop's circle.
  • It was two days later that he first beheld that prelate, heading the
  • ducal pilgrimage to the shrine of the mountain Virgin. The day had
  • opened with a confused flight of chimes from every bell-tower in
  • Pianura, as though a migratory flock of notes had settled for a moment
  • on the roofs and steeples of the city. The ducal party set forth early
  • from the palace, but the streets were already spanned with arches and
  • garlands of foliage, tapestries and religious paintings decked the
  • facades of the wealthier houses, and at every street-shrine a cluster of
  • candle-flames hovered like yellow butterflies above the freshly-gathered
  • flowers. The windows were packed with spectators, and the crowds who
  • intended to accompany the pilgrimage were already gathering, with their
  • painted and gilt candles, from every corner of the town. Each church and
  • monastery door poured forth its priests or friars to swell the line, and
  • the various lay confraternities, issuing in their distinctive dress from
  • their "lodges" or assembly-rooms, formed a link between the secular and
  • religious divisions of the procession. The market-place was strewn with
  • sand and sweet herbs; and here, on the doorsteps of the Cathedral,
  • between the featureless porphyry lions, the Bishop waited with his
  • red-robed chapter, and the deacons carrying the painted banners of the
  • diocese. Seen thus, with the cloth-of-gold dalmatic above his pontifical
  • tunic, the mitre surmounting his clear-cut impassive face, and the
  • crozier held aloft in his jewelled gloves, he might have stood for a
  • chryselephantine divinity in the porch of some pagan temple.
  • Odo, riding beside the Duke's litter, had leisure to note not only the
  • diverse features of the procession but their varying effect on the
  • spectators. It was plain that, as Trescorre had said, the pilgrimage was
  • popular with the people. That imaginative sensuousness which has
  • perpetually renewed the Latin Church by giving form and colour to her
  • dogmatic abstractions, by transforming every successive phase of her
  • belief into something to be seen and handled, found an irresistible
  • outlet in a ceremony that seemed to combine with its devotional intent a
  • secret element of expiation. The little prince was dimly felt to be
  • paying for the prodigality of his fathers, to be in some way a link of
  • suffering between the tongue-tied misery of the fields and the insolent
  • splendour of the court; and a vague faith in the vicarious efficacy of
  • his devotion drew the crowd into momentary sympathy with its rulers. Yet
  • this was but an underlying element in the instinctive delight of the
  • people in the outward forms of their religion. Odo's late experiences
  • had wakened him to the influences acting on that obscure substratum of
  • human life that still seemed, to most men of his rank, of no more
  • account than the brick lining of their marble-coated palaces. As he
  • watched the mounting excitement of the throng, and pictured to himself
  • the lives suddenly lit up by this pledge of unseen promises, he wondered
  • that the enemies of the Church should ascribe her predominance to any
  • cause but the natural needs of the heart. The people lived in unlit
  • hovels, for there was a tax on mental as well as on material windows;
  • but here was a light that could pierce the narrowest crevice and scatter
  • the darkness with a single ray.
  • Odo noted with equal interest the impression produced by the various
  • members of the court and the Church dignitaries. The Duke's litter was
  • coldly received, but a pitying murmur widened about the gilt chair in
  • which Prince Ferrante was seated at his governor's side, and the
  • approach of Trescorre, mounted on a fine horse and dressed with his
  • usual sober elegance, woke a shout that made him for a moment the
  • central figure of the procession. The Bishop was none too warmly
  • welcomed; but when Crescenti appeared, white-haired and erect among the
  • parish priests, the crowd swayed toward him like grasses in the suction
  • of a current; and one of the Duke's gentlemen, seeing Odo's surprise,
  • said with a smile: "No one does more good in Pianura than our learned
  • librarian."
  • A different and still more striking welcome awaited the Duchess, who
  • presently appeared on her favourite white hackney, surrounded by the
  • members of her household. Her reluctance to take part in the pilgrimage
  • had been overcome by the exhilaration of showing herself to the public,
  • and as she rode along in her gold-embroidered habit and plumed hat she
  • was just such an image of radiant and indulgent sovereignty as turns
  • enforced submission into a romantic allegiance. Her flushing cheek and
  • kindled eye showed the reaction of the effect she produced, and if her
  • subjects forgot her debts, her violences and follies, she was perhaps
  • momentarily transformed into the being their enthusiasm created. She was
  • at any rate keenly alive to the admiration she excited and eager to
  • enhance it by those showy impulses of benevolence that catch the public
  • eye; as when, at the city gates, she stopped her horse to intervene in
  • behalf of a soldier who had been put under arrest for some slight
  • infraction of duty, and then rode on enveloped in the passionate
  • shouting of the crowd.
  • The shrine at which the young prince was to pay his devotions stood just
  • beyond the city, on the summit of one of the low knolls which pass for
  • hills in the level landscape of Pianura. The white-columned church with
  • its classical dome and portico had been erected as a thank-offering
  • after the plague of 1630, and the nave was lined with life-sized votive
  • figures of Dukes and Duchesses clad in the actual wigs and robes that
  • had dressed their transient grandeur. As the procession wound into the
  • church, to the ringing of bells and the chanting of the choir, Odo was
  • struck by the spectacle of that line of witnesses, watching in
  • glassy-eyed irony the pomp and display to which their moldering robes
  • and tarnished insignia seemed to fix so brief a term. Once or twice
  • already he had felt the shows of human power as no more than vanishing
  • reflections on the tide of being; and now, as he knelt near the shrine,
  • with its central glitter of jewels and its nimbus of wavering lights,
  • and listened to the reiterated ancient wail:
  • "Mater inviolata, ora pro nobis!
  • Virgo veneranda, ora pro nobis!
  • Speculum justitiae, ora pro nobis!"
  • it seemed to him as though the bounds of life and death were merged, and
  • the sumptuous group of which he formed a part already dusted over with
  • oblivion.
  • 2.13.
  • Spite of the Mountain Madonna's much-vaunted powers, the first effect of
  • the pilgrimage was to provoke a serious indisposition in the Duke.
  • Exhausted by fasting and emotion, he withdrew to his apartments and for
  • several days denied himself to all but Heiligenstern, who was suspected
  • by some of suffering his patient's disorder to run its course with a
  • view to proving the futility of such remedies. This break in his
  • intercourse with his kinsman left Odo free to take the measure of his
  • new surroundings. The company most naturally engaging him was that which
  • surrounded the Duchess; but he soon wearied of the trivial diversions it
  • offered. It had ever been necessary to him that his pleasures should
  • touch the imagination as well as the senses; and with such refinement of
  • enjoyment the gallants of Pianura were unacquainted. Odo indeed
  • perceived with a touch of amusement that, in a society where Don
  • Serafino set the pace, he must needs lag behind his own lacquey.
  • Cantapresto had, in fact, been hailed by the Bishop's nephew with a
  • cordiality that proclaimed them old associates in folly; and the
  • soprano's manner seemed to declare that, if ever he had held the candle
  • for Don Serafino, he did not grudge the grease that might have dropped
  • on his cassock. He was soon prime favourite and court buffoon in the
  • Duchess's circle, organising pleasure-parties, composing scenarios for
  • her Highness's private theatre, and producing at court any comedian or
  • juggler the report of whose ability reached him from the market-place.
  • Indefatigable in the contriving of such diversions, he soon virtually
  • passed out of Odo's service into that of her Highness: a circumstance
  • which the young man the less regretted as it left him freer to cultivate
  • the acquaintance of Gamba and his friends without exposing them to
  • Cantapresto's espionage.
  • Odo had felt himself specially drawn toward the abate Crescenti; and the
  • afternoon after their first meeting he had repaired to the librarian's
  • dwelling. Crescenti was the priest of an ancient parish lying near the
  • fortress; and his tiny house was wedged in an angle of the city walls,
  • like a bird's nest in the mouth of a disused canon. A long flight of
  • steps led up to his study, which on the farther side opened level with a
  • vine-shaded patch of herbs and damask roses in the projection of a
  • ruined bastion. This interior, the home of studious peace, was as
  • cheerful and well-ordered as its inmate's mind; and Odo, seated under
  • the vine pergola in the late summer light, and tasting the abate's Val
  • Pulicella while he turned over the warped pages of old codes and
  • chronicles, felt the stealing charm of a sequestered life.
  • He had learned from Gamba that Crescenti was a faithful parish priest as
  • well as an assiduous scholar, but he saw that the librarian's
  • beneficence took that purely personal form which may coexist with a
  • serene acceptance of the general evils underlying particular hardships.
  • His charities were performed in the old unquestioning spirit of the
  • Roman distribution of corn; and doubtless the good man who carries his
  • loaf of bread and his word of hope into his neighbour's hovel reaps a
  • more tangible return than the lonely thinker who schemes to undermine
  • the strongholds of injustice. Still there was a perplexing contrast
  • between the superficiality of Crescenti's moral judgments and the
  • breadth and penetration of his historic conceptions. Odo was too
  • inexperienced to reflect that a man's sense of the urgency of
  • improvement lies mainly in the line of his talent: as the merchant is
  • persuaded that the roads most in need of mending are those on which his
  • business makes him travel. Odo himself was already conscious of living
  • in a many-windowed house, with outlooks diverse enough to justify more
  • than one view of the universe; but he had no conception of that
  • concentration of purpose that may make the mind's flight to its goal as
  • direct and unvarying as the course of a homing bird. The talk turning on
  • Gamba, Crescenti spoke of the help which the hunchback gave him in his
  • work among the poor.
  • "His early hardships," said he, "have given him an insight into
  • character that my happier circumstances have denied me; and he has more
  • than once been the means of reclaiming some wretch that I despaired of.
  • Unhappily, his parts and learning are beyond his station, and will not
  • let him rest in the performance of his duties. His mind, I often tell
  • him, is like one of those inn parlours hung with elaborate maps of the
  • three Heretical Cities; whereas the only topography with which the
  • virtuous traveller need be acquainted is that of the Heavenly City to
  • which all our journeyings should tend. The soundness of his heart
  • reassures me as to this distemper of the reason; but others are less
  • familiar with his good qualities and I tremble for the risks to which
  • his rashness may expose him."
  • The librarian went on to say that Gamba had a pretty poetical gift which
  • he was suspected of employing in the composition of anonymous satires on
  • the court, the government and the Church. At that period every Italian
  • town was as full of lampoons as a marsh of mosquitoes, and it was as
  • difficult in the one case as the other for the sufferer to detect the
  • specific cause of his sting. The moment in Italy was a strange one. The
  • tide of reform had been turned back by the very act devised to hasten
  • it: the suppression of the Society of Jesus. The shout of liberation
  • that rose over the downfall of the order had sunk to a guarded whisper.
  • The dark legend already forming around Ganganelli's death, the hint of
  • that secret liquor distilled for the order's use in a certain convent of
  • Perugia, hung like a menace on the political horizon; and the disbanded
  • Society seemed to have tightened its hold on the public conscience as a
  • dying man's clutch closes on his victorious enemy.
  • So profoundly had the Jesuits impressed the world with the sense of
  • their mysterious power that they were felt to be like one of those
  • animal organisms which, when torn apart, carry on a separate existence
  • in every fragment. Ganganelli's bull had provided against their exerting
  • any political influence, or controlling opinion as confessors or as
  • public educators; but they were known to be everywhere in Italy, either
  • hidden in other orders, or acting as lay agents of foreign powers, as
  • tutors in private families, or simply as secular priests. Even the
  • confiscation of their wealth did not seem to diminish the popular sense
  • of their strength. Perhaps because that strength had never been
  • completely explained, even by their immense temporal advantages, it was
  • felt to be latent in themselves, and somehow capable of withstanding
  • every kind of external assault. They had moreover benefited by the
  • reaction which always follows on the breaking up of any great
  • organisation. Their detractors were already beginning to forget their
  • faults and remember their merits. The people had been taught to hate the
  • Society as the possessor of wealth and privileges which should have been
  • theirs; but when the Society fell its possessions were absorbed by the
  • other powers, and in many cases the people suffered from abuses and
  • maladministration which they had not known under their Jesuit landlords.
  • The aristocracy had always been in sympathy with the order, and in many
  • states the Jesuits had been banished simply as a measure of political
  • expediency, a sop to the restless masses. In these cases the latent
  • power of the order was concealed rather than diminished by the pretence
  • of a more liberal government, and everywhere, in one form or another,
  • the unseen influence was felt to be on the watch for those who dared to
  • triumph over it too soon.
  • Such conditions fostered the growth of social satire. Constructive
  • ambition was forced back into its old disguises, and ridicule of
  • individual weaknesses replaced the general attack on beliefs and
  • institutions. Satirical poems in manuscript passed from hand to hand in
  • coffee-houses, casinos and drawing-rooms, and every conspicuous incident
  • in social or political life was borne on a biting quatrain to the
  • confines of the state. The Duke's gift of Boscofolto to the Countess
  • Belverde had stirred up a swarm of epigrams, and the most malignant
  • among them, Crescenti averred, were openly ascribed to Gamba.
  • "A few more imprudences," he added, "must cost him his post; and if your
  • excellency has any influence with him I would urge its being used to
  • restrain him from such excesses."
  • Odo, on taking his leave of the librarian, ran across Gamba at the first
  • street-corner; and they had not proceeded a dozen yards together when
  • the eye of the Duke's kinsman fell on a snatch of doggerel scrawled in
  • chalk on an adjacent wall.
  • "Beware (the quatrain ran) O virtuous wife or maid,
  • Our ruler's fondness for the shade,
  • Lest first he woo thee to the leafy glade
  • And then into the deeper wood persuade."
  • This crude play on the Belverde's former title and the one she had
  • recently acquired was signed "Carlo Gamba."
  • Odo glanced curiously at the hunchback, who met the look with a composed
  • smile. "My enemies don't do me justice," said he; "I could do better
  • than that if I tried;" and he effaced the words with a sweep of his
  • shabby sleeve.
  • Other lampoons of the same quality were continually cropping up on the
  • walls of Pianura, and the ducal police were kept as busy rubbing them
  • out as a band of weeders digging docks out of a garden. The Duchess's
  • debts, the Duke's devotions, the Belverde's extortions, Heiligenstern's
  • mummery, and the political rivalry between Trescorre and the Dominican,
  • were sauce to the citizen's daily bread; but there was nothing in these
  • popular satires to suggest the hunchback's trenchant irony.
  • It was in the Bishop's palace that Odo read the first lampoon in which
  • he recognised his friend's touch. In this society of polished dilettanti
  • such documents were valued rather for their literary merits than for
  • their political significance; and the pungent lines in which the Duke's
  • panaceas were hit off (the Belverde figuring among them as a Lenten
  • diet, a dinner of herbs, and a wonder-working bone) caused a flutter of
  • professional envy in the episcopal circle.
  • The Bishop received company every evening; and Odo soon found that, as
  • Gamba had said, it was the best company in Pianura. His lordship lived
  • in great state in the Gothic palace adjoining the Cathedral. The gloomy
  • vaulted rooms of the original structure had been abandoned to the small
  • fry of the episcopal retinue. In the chambers around the courtyard his
  • lordship drove a thriving trade in wines from his vineyards, while his
  • clients awaited his pleasure in the armoury, where the panoplies of his
  • fighting predecessors still rusted on the walls. Behind this facade a
  • later prelate had built a vast wing overlooking a garden which descended
  • by easy terraces to the Piana. In the high-studded apartments of this
  • wing the Bishop held his court and lived the life of a wealthy secular
  • nobleman. His days were agreeably divided between hunting, inspecting
  • his estates, receiving the visits of antiquarians, artists and literati,
  • and superintending the embellishments of his gardens, then the most
  • famous in North Italy; while his evenings were given to the more private
  • diversions which his age and looks still justified. In religious
  • ceremonies or in formal intercourse with his clergy he was the most
  • imposing and sacerdotal of bishops; but in private life none knew better
  • how to disguise his cloth. He was moreover a man of parts, and from the
  • construction of a Latin hexameter to the growing of a Holland bulb, had
  • a word worth hearing on all subjects likely to engage the dilettante. A
  • liking soon sprang up between Odo and this versatile prelate; and in the
  • retirement of his lordship's cabinet, or pacing with him the
  • garden-alleys set with ancient marbles, the young man gathered many
  • precepts of that philosophy of pleasure which the great churchmen of the
  • eighteenth century practised with such rare completeness.
  • The Bishop had not, indeed, given much thought to the problems which
  • most deeply engaged his companion. His theory of life took no account of
  • the future and concerned itself little with social conditions outside
  • his own class; but he was acquainted with the classical schools of
  • thought, and, having once acted as the late Duke's envoy to the French
  • court, had frequented the Baron d'Holbach's drawing-room and
  • familiarised himself with the views of the Encyclopaedists; though it
  • was clear that he valued their teachings chiefly as an argument against
  • asceticism.
  • "Life," said he to Odo, as they sat one afternoon in a garden-pavilion
  • above the river, a marble Mercury confronting them at the end of a vista
  • of clipped myrtle, "life, cavaliere, is a stock on which we may graft
  • what fruit or flower we choose. See the orange-tree in that Capo di
  • Monte jar: in a week or two it will be covered with red roses. Here
  • again is a citron set with carnations; and but yesterday my gardener
  • sent me word that he had at last succeeded in flowering a pomegranate
  • with jasmine. In such cases the gardener chooses as his graft the flower
  • which, by its colour and fragrance, shall most agreeably contrast with
  • the original stock; and he who orders his life on the same principle,
  • grafting it with pleasures that form a refreshing off-set to the
  • obligations of his rank and calling, may regard himself as justified by
  • Nature, who, as you see, smiles on such abnormal unions among her
  • children.--Not long ago," he went on, with a reminiscent smile, "I had
  • here under my roof a young person who practised to perfection this art
  • of engrafting life with the unexpected. Though she was only a player in
  • a strolling company--a sweetheart of my wild nephew's, as you may
  • guess--I have met few of her sex whose conversation was so instructive
  • or who so completely justified the Scriptural adage, "the sweetness of
  • the lips increaseth learning..." He broke off to sip his chocolate. "But
  • why," he continued, "do I talk thus to a young man whose path is lined
  • with such opportunities? The secret of happiness is to say with the
  • great Emperor, 'Everything is fruit to me which thy seasons bring, O
  • Nature.'"
  • "Such a creed, monsignore," Odo ventured to return, "is as flattering to
  • the intelligence as to the senses; for surely it better becomes a
  • reasoning being to face fate as an equal than to cower before it like a
  • slave; but, since you have opened yourself so freely on the subject, may
  • I carry your argument a point farther and ask how you reconcile your
  • conception of man's destiny with the authorised teachings of the
  • Church?"
  • The Bishop raised his head with a guarded glance.
  • "Cavaliere," said he, "the ancients did not admit the rabble to their
  • sacred mysteries; nor dare we permit the unlettered to enter the
  • hollowed precincts of the temple of Reason."
  • "True," Odo acquiesced; "but if the teachings of Christianity are the
  • best safeguard of the people, should not those teachings at least be
  • stripped of the grotesque excrescences with which the superstitions of
  • the people and--perhaps--the greed and craft of the priesthood have
  • smothered the simple precepts of Jesus?"
  • The Bishop shrugged his shoulders. "As long," said he, "as the people
  • need the restraint of a dogmatic religion so long must we do our utmost
  • to maintain its outward forms. In our market-place on feast-days there
  • appears the strange figure of a man who carries a banner painted with an
  • image of Saint Paul surrounded by a mass of writhing serpents. This man
  • calls himself a descendant of the apostle and sells to our peasants the
  • miraculous powder with which he killed the great serpent at Malta. If it
  • were not for the banner, the legend, the descent from Saint Paul, how
  • much efficacy do you think those powders would have? And how long do you
  • think the precepts of an invisible divinity would restrain the evil
  • passions of an ignorant peasant? It is because he is afraid of the
  • plaster God in his parish church, and of the priest who represents that
  • God, that he still pays his tithes and forfeitures and keeps his hands
  • from our throats. By Diana," cried the Bishop, taking snuff, "I have no
  • patience with those of my calling who go about whining for apostolic
  • simplicity, and would rob the churches of their ornaments and the
  • faithful of their ceremonies.
  • "For my part," he added, glancing with a smile about the
  • delicately-stuccoed walls of the pavilion, through the windows of which
  • climbing roses shed their petals on the rich mosaics transferred from a
  • Roman bath, "for my part, when I remember that 'tis to Jesus of Nazareth
  • I owe the good roof over my head and the good nags in my stable; nay,
  • the very venison and pheasants from my preserves, with the gold plate I
  • eat them off, and above all the leisure to enjoy as they deserve these
  • excellent gifts of the Creator--when I consider this, I say, I stand
  • amazed at those who would rob so beneficent a deity of the least of his
  • privileges.--But why," he continued again after a moment, as Odo
  • remained silent, "should we vex ourselves with such questions, when
  • Providence has given us so fair a world to enjoy and such varied
  • faculties with which to apprehend its beauties? I think you have not
  • seen the Venus Callipyge in bronze that I have lately received from
  • Rome?" And he rose and led the way to the house.
  • This conversation revealed to Odo a third conception of the religious
  • idea. In Piedmont religion imposed itself as a military discipline, the
  • enforced duty of the Christian citizen to the heavenly state; to the
  • Duke it was a means of purchasing spiritual immunity from the
  • consequences of bodily weakness; to the Bishop, it replaced the panem et
  • circenses of ancient Rome. Where, in all this, was the share of those
  • whom Christ had come to save? Where was Saint Francis's devotion to his
  • heavenly bride, the Lady Poverty? Though here and there a good parish
  • priest like Crescenti ministered to the temporal wants of the peasantry,
  • it was only the free-thinker and the atheist who, at the risk of life
  • and fortune, laboured for their moral liberation. Odo listened with a
  • saddened heart, thinking, as he followed his host through the perfumed
  • shade of the gardens, and down the long saloon at the end of which the
  • Venus stood, of those who for the love of man had denied themselves such
  • delicate emotions and gone forth cheerfully to exile or imprisonment.
  • These were the true lovers of the Lady Poverty, the band in which he
  • longed to be enrolled; yet how restrain a thrill of delight as the
  • slender dusky goddess detached herself against the cool marble of her
  • niche, looking, in the sun-rippled green penumbra of the saloon, with a
  • sound of water falling somewhere out of sight, as though she had just
  • stepped dripping from the wave?
  • In the Duchess's company life struck another gait. Here was no waiting
  • on subtle pleasures, but a headlong gallop after the cruder sort.
  • Hunting, gaming and masquerading filled her Highness's days; and Odo had
  • felt small inclination to keep pace with the cavalcade, but for the
  • flying huntress at its head. To the Duchess's "view halloo" every drop
  • of blood in him responded; but a vigilant image kept his bosom barred.
  • So they rode, danced, diced together, but like strangers who cross hands
  • at a veglione. Once or twice he fancied the Duchess was for unmasking;
  • but her impulses came and went like fireflies in the dusk, and it suited
  • his humour to remain a looker-on.
  • So life piped to him during his first days at Pianura: a merry tune in
  • the Bishop's company, a mad one in the Duchess's; but always with the
  • same sad undertone, like the cry of the wind on a warm threshold.
  • 2.14.
  • Trescorre too kept open house, and here Odo found a warmer welcome than
  • he had expected. Though Trescorre was still the Duchess's accredited
  • lover, it was clear that the tie between them was no longer such as to
  • make him resent her kindness to her young kinsman. He seemed indeed
  • anxious to draw Odo into her Highness's circle, and surprised him by a
  • frankness and affability of which his demeanour at Turin had given no
  • promise. As leader of the anti-clericals he stood for such liberalism as
  • dared show its head in Pianura; and he seemed disposed to invite Odo's
  • confidence in political matters. The latter was, however, too much the
  • child of his race not to hang back from such an invitation. He did not
  • distrust Trescorre more than the other courtiers; but it was a time when
  • every ear was alert for the foot-fall of treachery, and the rashest man
  • did not care to taste first of any cup that was offered him.
  • These scruples Trescorre made it his business to dispel. He was the only
  • person at court who was willing to discuss politics, and his clear view
  • of affairs excited Odo's admiration if not his concurrence. Odo's was in
  • fact one of those dual visions which instinctively see both sides of a
  • case and take the defence of the less popular. Gamba's principles were
  • dear to him; but he did not therefore believe in the personal baseness
  • of every opponent of the cause. He had refrained from mentioning the
  • hunchback to his supposed brother; but the latter, in one of their
  • talks, brought forward Gamba's name, without reference to the
  • relationship, but with high praise for the young librarian's parts.
  • This, at the moment, put Odo on his guard; but Trescorre having one day
  • begged him to give Gamba warning of some petty danger that threatened
  • him from the clerical side, it became difficult not to believe in an
  • interest so attested; the more so as Trescorre let it be seen that
  • Gamba's political views were not such as to distract from his sympathy.
  • "The fellow's brains," said he, "would be of infinite use to me; but
  • perhaps he serves us best at a distance. All I ask is that he shall not
  • risk himself too near Father Ignazio's talons, for he would be a pretty
  • morsel to throw to the Holy Office, and the weak point of such a man's
  • position is that, however dangerous in life, he can threaten no one from
  • the grave."
  • Odo reported this to Gamba, who heard with a two-edged smile. "Yes," was
  • his comment, "he fears me enough to want to see me safe in his fold."
  • Odo flushed at the implication. "And why not?" said he. "Could you not
  • serve the cause better by attaching yourself openly to the liberals than
  • by lurking in the ditch to throw mud at both parties?"
  • "The liberals!" sneered Gamba. "Where are they? And what have they done?
  • It was they who drove out the Jesuits; but to whom did the Society's
  • lands go? To the Duke, every acre of them! And the peasantry suffered
  • far less under the fathers, who were good agriculturists, than under the
  • Duke, who is too busy with monks and astrologers to give his mind to
  • irrigation or the reclaiming of waste land. As to the University, who
  • replaced the Jesuits there? Professors from Padua or Pavia? Heaven
  • forbid! But holy Barnabites that have scarce Latin enough to spell out
  • the Lives of the Saints! The Jesuits at least gave a good education to
  • the upper classes; but now the young noblemen are as ignorant as
  • peasants."
  • Trescorre received at his house, besides the court functionaries, all
  • the liberal faction and the Duchess's personal friends. He kept a lavish
  • state, but lacking the Bishop's social gifts, was less successful in
  • fusing the different elements of his circle. The Duke, for the first few
  • weeks after his kinsman's arrival, received no company; and did not even
  • appear in the Belverde's drawing-rooms; but Odo deemed it none the less
  • politic to show himself there without delay.
  • The new Marchioness of Boscofolto lived in one of the finest palaces of
  • Pianura, but prodigality was the least of her failings, and the
  • meagreness of her hospitality was an unfailing source of epigram to the
  • drawing-rooms of the opposition. True, she kept open table for half the
  • clergy in the town (omitting, of course, those worldly ecclesiastics who
  • frequented the episcopal palace), but it was whispered that she had
  • persuaded her cook to take half wages in return for the privilege of
  • victualling such holy men, and that the same argument enabled her to
  • obtain her provisions below the market price. In her outer ante-chamber
  • the servants yawned dismally over a cold brazier, without so much as a
  • game of cards to divert them, and the long enfilade of saloons leading
  • to her drawing-room was so scantily lit that her guests could scarce
  • recognise each other in passing. In the room where she sat, a tall
  • crucifix of ebony and gold stood at her elbow and a holy-water cup
  • encrusted with jewels hung on the wall at her side. A dozen or more
  • ecclesiastics were always gathered in stiff seats about the hearth; and
  • the aspect of the apartment, and the Marchioness's semi-monastic
  • costume, justified the nickname of "the sacristy," which the Duchess had
  • bestowed on her rival's drawing-room.
  • Around the small fire on this cheerless hearth the fortunes of the state
  • were discussed and directed, benefices disposed of, court appointments
  • debated, and reputations made and unmade in tones that suggested the low
  • drone of a group of canons intoning the psalter in an empty cathedral.
  • The Marchioness, who appeared as eager as the others to win Odo to her
  • party, received him with every mark of consideration and pressed him to
  • accompany her on a visit to her brother, the Abbot of the Barnabites; an
  • invitation which he accepted with the more readiness as he had not
  • forgotten the part played by that religious in the adventure of
  • Mirandolina of Chioggia.
  • He found the Abbot a man with a bland intriguing eye and centuries of
  • pious leisure in his voice. He received his visitors in a room hung with
  • smoky pictures of the Spanish school, showing Saint Jerome in the
  • wilderness, the death of Saint Peter Martyr, and other sanguinary
  • passages in the lives of the saints; and Odo, seated among such
  • surroundings, and hearing the Abbot deplore the loose lives and
  • religious negligence of certain members of the court, could scarce
  • repress a smile as the thought of Mirandolina flitted through his mind.
  • "She must," he reflected, "have found this a sad change from the
  • Bishop's palace;" and admired with what philosophy she had passed from
  • one protector to the other.
  • Life in Pianura, after the first few weeks, seemed on the whole a tame
  • business to a youth of his appetite; and he secretly longed for a
  • pretext to resume his travels. None, however, seemed likely to offer;
  • for it was clear that the Duke, in the interval of more pressing
  • concerns, wished to study and observe his kinsman. When sufficiently
  • recovered from the effects of the pilgrimage, he sent for Odo and
  • questioned him closely as to the way in which he had spent his time
  • since coming to Pianura, the acquaintances he had formed and the
  • churches he had frequented. Odo prudently dwelt on the lofty tone of the
  • Belverde's circle, and on the privilege he had enjoyed in attending her
  • on a visit to the holy Abbot of the Barnabites; touching more lightly on
  • his connection with the Bishop, and omitting all mention of Gamba and
  • Crescenti. The Duke assumed a listening air, but it was clear that he
  • could not put off his private thoughts long enough to give an open mind
  • to other matters; and Odo felt that he was nowhere so secure as in his
  • cousin's company. He remembered, however, that the Duke had plenty of
  • eyes to replace his own, and that a secret which was safe in his actual
  • presence might be in mortal danger on his threshold.
  • His Highness on this occasion was pleased to inform his kinsman that he
  • had ordered Count Trescorre to place at the young man's disposal an
  • income enabling him to keep a carriage and pair, four saddle-horses and
  • five servants. It was scant measure for an heir-presumptive, and Odo
  • wondered if the Belverde had had a hand in the apportionment; but his
  • indifference to such matters (for though personally fastidious he cared
  • little for display) enabled him to show such gratitude that the Duke,
  • fancying he might have been content with less, had nearly withdrawn two
  • of the saddle-horses. This becoming behaviour greatly advanced the young
  • man in the esteem of his Highness, who accorded him on the spot the
  • petites entrees of the ducal apartments. It was a privilege Odo had no
  • mind to abuse; for if life moved slowly in the Belverde's circle it was
  • at a standstill in the Duke's. His Highness never went abroad but to
  • serve mass in some church (his almost daily practice) or to visit one of
  • the numerous monasteries within the city. From Ash Wednesday to Easter
  • Monday it was his custom to transact no public or private business.
  • During this time he received none of his ministers, and saw his son but
  • for a few moments once a day; while in Holy Week he made a retreat with
  • the Barnabites, the Belverde withdrawing for the same period to the
  • convent of the Perpetual Adoration.
  • Odo, as his new life took shape, found his chief interest in the society
  • of Crescenti and Gamba. In the Duchess's company he might have lost all
  • taste for soberer pleasures, but that his political sympathies wore a
  • girl's reproachful shape. Ever at his side, more vividly than in the
  • body, Fulvia Vivaldi became the symbol of his best aims and deepest
  • failure. Sometimes, indeed, her look drove him forth in the Duchess's
  • train, but more often, drawing him from the crowd of pleasure-seekers,
  • beckoned the way to solitude and study. Under Crescenti's tuition he
  • began the reading of Dante, who just then, after generations of neglect,
  • was once more lifting his voice above the crowd of minor singers. The
  • mighty verse swept Odo out to open seas of thought, and from his vision
  • of that earlier Italy, hapless, bleeding, but alive and breast to breast
  • with the foe, he drew the presage of his country's resurrection.
  • Passing from this high music to the company of Gamba and his friends was
  • like leaving a church where the penitential psalms are being sung for
  • the market-place where mud and eggs are flying. The change was not
  • agreeable to a fastidious taste; but, as Gamba said, you cannot clean
  • out a stable by waving incense over it. After some hesitation, he had
  • agreed to make Odo acquainted with those who, like himself, were
  • secretly working in the cause of progress. These were mostly of the
  • middle class, physicians, lawyers, and such men of letters as could
  • subsist on the scant wants of an unliterary town. Ablest among them was
  • the bookseller, Andreoni, whose shop was the meeting place of all the
  • literati of Pianura. Andreoni, famous throughout Italy for his editions
  • of the classics, was a man of liberal views and considerable learning,
  • and in his private room were to be found many prohibited volumes, such
  • as Beccaria's Crime and Punishment, Gravina's Hydra Mystica, Concini's
  • History of Probabilism and the Amsterdam editions of the French
  • philosophical works.
  • The reformers met at various places, and their meetings were conducted
  • with as much secrecy as those of the Honey-Bees. Odo was at first
  • surprised that they should admit him to their conferences; but he soon
  • divined that the gatherings he attended were not those at which the
  • private designs of the party were discussed. It was plain that they
  • belonged to some kind of secret association; and before he had been long
  • in Pianura he learned that the society of the Illuminati, that bugbear
  • of priests and princes, was supposed to have agents at work in the
  • duchy. Odo had heard little of this execrated league, but that it was
  • said to preach atheism, tyrannicide and the complete abolition of
  • territorial rights; but this, being the report of the enemy, was to be
  • received with a measure of doubt. He tried to learn from Gamba whether
  • the Illuminati had a lodge in the city; but on this point he could
  • extract no information. Meanwhile he listened with interest to
  • discussions on taxation, irrigation, and such economic problems as might
  • safely be aired in his presence.
  • These talks brought vividly before him the political corruption of the
  • state and the misery of the unprivileged classes. All the land in the
  • duchy was farmed on the metayer system, and with such ill results that
  • the peasants were always in debt to their landlords. The weight of the
  • evil lay chiefly on the country-people, who had to pay on every pig they
  • killed, on all the produce they carried to market, on their farm
  • implements, their mulberry-orchards and their silk-worms, to say nothing
  • of the tithes to the parish. So oppressive were these obligations that
  • many of the peasants, forsaking their farms, enrolled themselves in the
  • mendicant orders, thus actually strengthening the hand of their
  • oppressors. Of legislative redress there was no hope, and the Duke was
  • inaccessible to all but his favourites. The previous year, as Odo
  • learned, eight hundred poor labourers, exasperated by want, had
  • petitioned his Highness to relieve them of the corvee; but though they
  • had raised fifteen hundred scudi to bribe the court official who was to
  • present their address, no reply had ever been received. In the city
  • itself, the monopoly of corn and tobacco weighed heavily on the
  • merchants, and the strict censorship of the press made the open
  • ventilation of wrongs impossible, while the Duke's sbirri and the agents
  • of the Holy Office could drag a man's thoughts from his bosom and search
  • his midnight dreams. The Church party, in the interest of their order,
  • fostered the Duke's fears of sedition and branded every innovator as an
  • atheist; the Holy Office having even cast grave doubts on the orthodoxy
  • of a nobleman who had tried to introduce the English system of ploughing
  • on his estates. It was evident to Odo that the secret hopes of the
  • reformers centred in him, and the consciousness of their belief was
  • sweeter than love in his bosom. It diverted him from the follies of his
  • class, fixed his thoughts at an age when they are apt to range, and thus
  • slowly shaped and tempered him for high uses.
  • In this fashion the weeks passed and summer came. It was the Duchess's
  • habit to escape the August heats by retiring to the dower-house on the
  • Piana, a league beyond the gates; but the little prince being still
  • under the care of the German physician, who would not consent to his
  • removal, her Highness reluctantly lingered in Pianura. With the first
  • leafing of the oaks Odo's old love for the budding earth awoke, and he
  • rode out daily in the forest toward Pontesordo. It was but a flat
  • stretch of shade, lacking the voice of streams and the cold breath of
  • mountain-gorges: a wood without humours or surprises; but the mere
  • spring of the turf was delightful as he cantered down the grass alleys
  • roofed with level boughs, the outer sunlight just gilding the lip of the
  • long green tunnel.
  • Sometimes he attended the Duchess, but oftener chose to ride alone,
  • setting forth early after a night at cards or a late vigil in
  • Crescenti's study. One of these solitary rides brought him without
  • premeditation to a low building on the fenny edge of the wood. It was a
  • small house, added, it appeared, to an ancient brick front adorned with
  • pilasters, perhaps a fragment of some woodland temple. The door-step was
  • overgrown with a stealthy green moss and tufted with giant fennel; and a
  • shutter swinging loose on its hinge gave a glimpse of inner dimness. Odo
  • guessed at once that this was the hunting lodge where Cerveno had found
  • his death; and as he stood looking out across the oozy secrets of the
  • marsh, the fever seemed to hang on his steps. He turned away with a
  • shiver; but whether it were the sullen aspect of the house, or the close
  • way in which the wood embraced it, the place suddenly laid a detaining
  • hand upon him. It was as though he had reached the heart of solitude.
  • Even the faint woodland noises seemed to recede from that dense circle
  • of shade, and the marsh turned a dead eye to heaven.
  • Odo tethered his horse to a bough and seated himself on the doorstep;
  • but presently his musings were disturbed by the sound of voices, and the
  • Duchess, attended by her gentlemen, swept by at the end of a long glade.
  • He fancied she waved her hand to him; but being in no humour to join the
  • cavalcade, he remained seated, and the riders soon passed out of sight.
  • As he sat there sombre thoughts came to him, stealing up like
  • exhalations from the fen. He saw his life stretched out before him, full
  • of broken purposes and ineffectual effort. Public affairs were in so
  • perplexed a case that consistent action seemed impossible to either
  • party, and their chief efforts were bent toward directing the choice of
  • a regent. It was this, rather than the possibility of his accession,
  • which fixed the general attention on Odo, and pledged him to
  • circumspection. While not concealing that in economic questions his
  • sympathies were with the liberals, he had carefully abstained from
  • political action, and had hoped, by the strict observance of his
  • religious duties, to avoid the enmity of the Church party. Trescorre's
  • undisguised sympathy seemed the pledge of liberal support, and it could
  • hardly be doubted that the choice of a regent in the Church party would
  • be unpopular enough to imperil the dynasty. With Austria hovering on the
  • horizon the Church herself was not likely to take such risks; and thus
  • all interests seemed to centre in Odo's appointment.
  • New elements of uncertainty were, however, perpetually disturbing the
  • prospect. Among these was Heiligenstern's growing influence over the
  • Duke. Odo had seen little of the German physician since their first
  • meeting. Hearsay had it that he was close-pressed by the spies of the
  • Holy Office, and perhaps for this reason he remained withdrawn in the
  • Duke's private apartments and rarely showed himself abroad. The little
  • prince, his patient, was as seldom seen, and the accounts of the
  • German's treatment were as conflicting as the other rumours of the
  • court. It was noised on all sides, however, that the Duke was
  • ill-satisfied with the results of the pilgrimage, and resolved upon less
  • hallowed measures to assure his heir's recovery. Hitherto, it was
  • believed, the German had conformed to the ordinary medical treatment;
  • but the clergy now diligently spread among the people the report that
  • supernatural agencies were to be employed. This rumour caused such
  • general agitation that it was said both parties had made secret advances
  • to the Duchess in the hope of inducing her to stay the scandal. Though
  • Maria Clementina felt little real concern for the public welfare, her
  • stirring temper had more than once roused her to active opposition of
  • the government, and her kinship with the old Duke of Monte Alloro made
  • her a strong factor in the political game. Of late, however, she seemed
  • to have wearied of this sport, throwing herself entirely into the
  • private diversions of her station, and alluding with laughing
  • indifference to her husband's necromantic researches.
  • Such was the conflicting gossip of the hour; but it was in fact idle to
  • forecast the fortunes of a state dependent on a valetudinary's whims;
  • and rumour was driven to feed upon her own conjectures. To Odo the state
  • of affairs seemed a satire on his secret aspirations. In a private
  • station or as a ruling prince he might have served his fellows: as a
  • princeling on the edge of power he was no more than the cardboard sword
  • in a toy armoury.
  • Suddenly he heard his name pronounced and starting up saw Maria
  • Clementina at his side. She rode alone, and held out her hand as he
  • approached.
  • "I have had an accident," said she, breathing quickly. "My girth is
  • broke and I have lost the rest of my company."
  • She was glowing with her quick ride, and as Odo lifted her from the
  • saddle her loosened hair brushed his face like a kiss. For a moment she
  • seemed like life's answer to the dreary riddle of his fate.
  • "Ah," she sighed, leaning on him, "I am glad I found you, cousin; I
  • hardly knew how weary I was;" and she dropped languidly to the doorstep.
  • Odo's heart was beating hard. He knew it was only the stir of the spring
  • sap in his veins, but Maria Clementina wore a look of morning brightness
  • that might have made a soberer judgment blink. He turned away to examine
  • her saddle. As he did so, he observed that her girth was not torn, but
  • clean cut, as with sharp scissors. He glanced up in surprise, but she
  • sat with drooping lids, her head thrown back against the lintel; and
  • repressing the question on his lips he busied himself with the
  • adjustment of the saddle. When it was in place he turned to give her a
  • hand; but she only smiled up at him through her lashes.
  • "What!" said she with an air of lovely lassitude, "are you so impatient
  • to be rid of me? I should have been so glad to linger here a little."
  • She put her hand in his and let him lift her to her feet. "How cool and
  • still it is! Look at that little spring bubbling through the moss. Could
  • you not fetch me a drink from it?"
  • She tossed aside her riding-hat and pushed back the hair from her warm
  • forehead.
  • "Your Highness must not drink of the water here," said Odo, releasing
  • her hand.
  • She gave him a quick derisive glance. "Ah, true," she cried; "this is
  • the house to which that abandoned wretch used to lure poor Cerveno." She
  • drew back to look at the lodge. "Were you ever in it?" she asked
  • curiously. "I should like to see how the place looks."
  • She laid her hand on the door-latch, and to Odo's surprise it yielded to
  • her touch. "We're in luck, I vow," she declared with a laugh. "Come
  • cousin, let us visit the temple of romance together."
  • The allusion to Cerveno jarred on Odo, and he followed her in silence.
  • Within doors, the lodge was seen to consist of a single room, gaily
  • painted with hunting-scenes framed in garlands of stucco. In the dusk
  • they could just discern the outlines of carved and gilded furniture, and
  • a Venice mirror gave back their faces like phantoms in a magic crystal.
  • "This is stifling," said Odo impatiently. "Would your Highness not be
  • better in the open?"
  • "No, no," she persisted. "Unbar the shutters and we shall have air
  • enough. I love a deserted house: I have always fancied that if one came
  • in noiselessly enough one might catch the ghosts of the people who used
  • to live in it."
  • He obeyed in silence, and the green-filtered forest noon filled the room
  • with a quiver of light. A chill stole upon Odo as he looked at the
  • dust-shrouded furniture, the painted harpsichord with green mould
  • creeping over its keyboard, the consoles set with empty wine flagons and
  • goblets of Venice glass. The place was like the abandoned corpse of
  • pleasure.
  • But Maria Clementina laughed and clapped her hands. "This is
  • enchanting," she cried, throwing herself into an arm-chair of threadbare
  • damask, "and I shall rest here while you refresh me with a glass of
  • Lacrima Christi from one of those dusty flagons. They are empty, you
  • say? Never mind, for I have a flask of cordial in my saddle-bag. Fetch
  • it, cousin, and wash these two glasses in the spring, that we may toast
  • all the dead lovers that have drunk out of them."
  • When Odo returned with the flask and glasses, she had brushed the dust
  • from a slender table of inlaid wood, and drawn a seat near her own. She
  • filled the two goblets with cordial and signed to Odo to seat himself
  • beside her.
  • "Why do you pull such a glum face?" she cried, leaning over to touch his
  • glass before she emptied hers. "Is it that you are thinking of poor
  • Cerveno? On my soul, I question if he needs your pity! He had his hour
  • of folly, and was too gallant a gentleman not to pay the shot. For my
  • part I would rather drink a poisoned draught than die of thirst."
  • The wine was rising in waves of colour over her throat and brow, and
  • setting her glass down she suddenly laid her ungloved hand on Odo's.
  • "Cousin," she said in a low voice, "I could help you if you would let
  • me."
  • "Help me?" he said, only half-aware of her words in the warm surprise of
  • her touch.
  • She drew back, but with a look that seemed to leave her hand in his.
  • "Are you mad," she murmured, "or do you despise your danger?"
  • "Am I in danger?" he echoed smiling. He was thinking how easily a man
  • might go under in that deep blue gaze of hers. She dropped her lids as
  • though aware of his thought.
  • "Why do you concern yourself with politics?" she went on with a new note
  • in her voice. "Can you find no diversion more suited to your rank and
  • age? Our court is a dull one, I own--but surely even here a man might
  • find a better use for his time."
  • Odo's self-possession returned in a flash. "I am not," cried he gaily,
  • "in a position to dispute it at this moment;" and he leaned over to
  • recapture her hand. To his surprise she freed herself with an affronted
  • air.
  • "Ah," she said, "you think this a device to provoke a gallant
  • conversation." She faced him nobly now. "Look," said she, drawing a
  • folded paper from the breast of her riding-coat. "Have you not
  • frequented these houses?"
  • Suddenly sobered, he ran his eye over the paper. It contained the dates
  • of the meetings he had attended at the houses of Gamba's friends, with
  • the designation of each house. He turned pale.
  • "I had no notion," said he, with a smile, "that my movements were of
  • interest in such high places; but why does your Highness speak of danger
  • in this connection?"
  • "Because it is rumoured that the lodge of the Illuminati, which is known
  • to exist in Pianura, meets secretly at the houses on this list."
  • Odo hesitated a moment. "Of that," said he, "I have no report. I am
  • acquainted with the houses only as the residences of certain learned and
  • reputable men, who devote their leisure to scientific studies."
  • "Oh," she interrupted, "call them by what name you please! It is all one
  • to your enemies."
  • "My enemies?" said he lightly. "And who are they?"
  • "Who are they?" she repeated impatiently. "Who are they not? Who is
  • there at court that has such cause to love you? The Holy Office? The
  • Duke's party?"
  • Odo smiled. "I am perhaps not in the best odour with the Church party,"
  • said he, "but Count Trescorre has shown himself my friend, and I think
  • my character is safe in his keeping. Nor will it be any news to him that
  • I frequent the company you name."
  • She threw back her head with a laugh. "Boy," she cried, "you are blinder
  • even than I fancied! Do you know why it was that the Duke summoned you
  • to Pianura? Because he wished his party to mould you to their shape, in
  • case the regency should fall into your hands. And what has Trescorre
  • done? Shown himself your friend, as you say--won your confidence,
  • encouraged you to air your liberal views, allowed you to show yourself
  • continually in the Bishop's company, and to frequent the secret
  • assemblies of free thinkers and conspirators--and all that the Duke may
  • turn against you and perhaps name him regent in your stead! Believe me,
  • cousin," she cried with a mounting urgency, "you never stood in greater
  • need of a friend than now. If you continue on your present course you
  • are undone. The Church party is resolved to hunt down the Illuminati,
  • and both sides would rejoice to see you made the scapegoat of the Holy
  • Office." She sprung up and laid her hand on his arm. "What can I do to
  • convince you?" she said passionately. "Will you believe me if I ask you
  • to go away--to leave Pianura on the instant?"
  • Odo had risen also, and they faced each other in silence. There was an
  • unmistakable meaning in her tone: a self-revelation so simple and
  • ennobling that she seemed to give herself as hostage for her words.
  • "Ask me to stay, cousin--not to go," he whispered, her yielding hand in
  • his.
  • "Ah, madman," she cried, "not to believe me NOW! But it is not too late
  • if you will still be guided."
  • "I will be guided--but not away from you."
  • She broke away, but with a glance that drew him after. "It is late now
  • and we must set forward," she said abruptly. "Come to me tomorrow early.
  • I have much more to say to you."
  • The words seemed to be driven out on her quick breathing, and the blood
  • came and went in her cheek like a hurried messenger. She caught up her
  • riding-hat and turned to put it on before the Venice mirror.
  • Odo, stepping up behind her, looked over her shoulder to catch the
  • reflection of her blush. Their eyes met for a laughing instant; then he
  • drew back deadly pale, for in the depths of the dim mirror he had seen
  • another face.
  • The Duchess cried out and glanced behind her. "Who was it? Did you see
  • her?" she said trembling.
  • Odo mastered himself instantly.
  • "I saw nothing," he returned quietly. "What can your Highness mean?"
  • She covered her eyes with her hands. "A girl's face," she
  • shuddered--"there in the mirror--behind mine--a pale face with a black
  • travelling hood over it--"
  • He gathered up her gloves and riding-whip and threw open the door of the
  • pavilion.
  • "Your Highness is weary and the air here insalubrious. Shall we not
  • ride?" he said.
  • Maria Clementina heard him with a blank stare. Suddenly she roused
  • herself and made as though to pass out; but on the threshold she
  • snatched her whip from him and, turning, flung it full at the mirror.
  • Her aim was good and the chiselled handle of the whip shattered the
  • glass to fragments.
  • She caught up her long skirt and stepped into the open.
  • "I brook no rivals!" said she with a white-lipped smile. "And now,
  • cousin," she added gaily, "to horse!"
  • 2.15.
  • Odo, as in duty bound, waited the next morning on the Duchess; but word
  • was brought that her Highness was indisposed, and could not receive him
  • till evening.
  • He passed a drifting and distracted day. The fear lay much upon him that
  • danger threatened Gamba and his associates; yet to seek them out in the
  • present conjuncture might be to play the stalking-horse to their
  • enemies. Moreover, he fancied the Duchess not incapable of using
  • political rumours to further her private caprice; and scenting no
  • immediate danger he resolved to wait upon events.
  • On rising from dinner he was surprised by a summons from the Duke. The
  • message, an unusual one at that hour, was brought by a slender pale lad,
  • not in his Highness's service, but in that of the German physician
  • Heiligenstern. The boy, who was said to be a Georgian rescued from the
  • Grand Signior's galleys, and whose small oval face was as smooth as a
  • girl's, accosted Odo in one of the remoter garden alleys with the
  • request to follow him at once to the Duke's apartment. Odo complied, and
  • his guide loitered ahead with an air of unconcern, as though not wishing
  • to have his errand guessed. As they passed through the tapestry gallery
  • preceding the gentlemen's antechamber, footsteps and voices were heard
  • within. Instantly the boy was by Odo's side and had drawn him into the
  • embrasure of a window. A moment later Trescorre left the antechamber and
  • walked rapidly past their hiding-place. As soon as he was out of sight
  • the Georgian led Odo from his concealment and introduced him by a
  • private way to the Duke's closet.
  • His Highness was in his bed-chamber; and Odo, on being admitted, found
  • him, still in dressing-gown and night-cap, kneeling with a disordered
  • countenance before the ancient picture of the Last Judgment that hung on
  • the wall facing his bed. He seemed to have forgotten that he had asked
  • for his kinsman; for on the latter's entrance he started up with a
  • suspicious glance and hastily closed the panels of the picture, which
  • (as Odo now noticed) appeared to conceal an inner painting. Then,
  • gathering his dressing-gown about him, he led the way to his closet and
  • bade his visitor be seated.
  • "I have," said he, speaking in a low voice, and glancing apprehensively
  • about him, "summoned you hither privately to speak on a subject which
  • concerns none but ourselves.--You met no one on your way?" he broke off
  • to enquire.
  • Odo told him that Count Trescorre had passed, but without perceiving
  • him.
  • The Duke seemed relieved. "My private actions," said he querulously,
  • "are too jealously spied upon by my ministers. Such surveillance is an
  • offence to my authority, and my subjects shall learn that it will not
  • frighten me from my course." He straightened his bent shoulders and
  • tried to put on the majestic look of his official effigy. "It appears,"
  • he continued, with one of his sudden changes of manner, "that the
  • Duchess's uncle, the Duke of Monte Alloro, has heard favourable reports
  • of your wit and accomplishments, and is desirous of receiving you at his
  • court." He paused, and Odo concealed his surprise behind a profound bow.
  • "I own," the Duke went on, "that the invitation comes unseasonably,
  • since I should have preferred to keep you at my side; but his Highness's
  • great age, and his close kinship to my wife, through whom the request is
  • conveyed, make it impossible for me to refuse." The Duke again paused,
  • as though uncertain how to proceed. At length he resumed:--"I will not
  • conceal from you that his Highness is subject to the fantastical humours
  • of his age. He makes it a condition that the length of your stay shall
  • not be limited; but should you fail to suit his mood you may find
  • yourself out of favour in a week. He writes of wishing to send you on a
  • private mission to the court of Naples; but this may be no more than a
  • passing whim. I see no way, however, but to let you go, and to hope for
  • a favourable welcome for you. The Duchess is determined upon giving her
  • uncle this pleasure, and in fact has consented in return to oblige me in
  • an important matter." He flushed and averted his eyes. "I name this," he
  • added with an effort, "only that her Highness may be aware that it
  • depends on herself whether I hold to my side of the bargain. Your papers
  • are already prepared and you have my permission to set out at your
  • convenience. Meanwhile it were well that you should keep your
  • preparations private, at least till you are ready to take leave." And
  • with the air of dignity he could still assume on occasion, he rose and
  • handed Odo his passport.
  • Odo left the closet with a beating heart. It was clear that his
  • departure from Pianura was as strongly opposed by some one in high
  • authority as it was favoured by the Duchess; and why opposed and by whom
  • he could not so much as hazard a guess. In the web of court intrigues it
  • was difficult for the wariest to grope his way; and Odo was still new to
  • such entanglements. His first sensation was one of release, of a future
  • suddenly enlarged and cleared. The door was open again to opportunity,
  • and he was of an age to greet the unexpected like a bride. Only one
  • thought disturbed him. It was clear that Maria Clementina had paid high
  • for his security; and did not her sacrifice, whatever its nature,
  • constitute a claim upon his future? In sending him to her uncle, whose
  • known favourite she was, she did not let him out of her hand. If he
  • accepted this chance of escape he must hereafter come and go as she
  • bade. At the thought, his bounding fancy slunk back humbled. He saw
  • himself as Trescorre's successor, his sovereign's official lover, taking
  • up again, under more difficult circumstances, and without the zest of
  • inexperience, the dull routine of his former bondage. No, a thousand
  • times no; he would fetter himself to no woman's fancy! Better find a
  • pretext for staying in Pianura, affront the Duchess by refusing her aid,
  • risk his prospects, his life even, than bow his neck twice to the same
  • yoke. All her charm vanished in this vision of unwilling
  • subjection...Disturbed by these considerations, and anxious to compose
  • his spirits, Odo bethought himself of taking refuge in the Bishop's
  • company. Here at least the atmosphere was clear of mystery: the Bishop
  • held aloof from political intrigue and breathed an air untainted by the
  • odium theologicum. Odo found his lordship seated in the cool tessellated
  • saloon which contained his chiefest treasures--marble busts ranged on
  • pedestals between the windows, the bronze Venus Callipyge, and various
  • tables of pietra commessa set out with vases and tazzas of antique
  • pattern. A knot of virtuosi gathered about one of these tables were
  • engaged in examining a collection of engraved gems displayed by a
  • lapidary of Florence; while others inspected a Greek manuscript which
  • the Bishop had lately received from Syria. Beyond the windows, a
  • cedrario or orange-walk stretched its sunlit vista to the terrace above
  • the river; and the black cassocks of one or two priests who were
  • strolling in the clear green shade of a pleached alley made pleasant
  • spots of dimness in the scene.
  • Even here, however, Odo was aware of a certain disquietude. The Bishop's
  • visitors, instead of engaging in animated disputations over his
  • lordship's treasures, showed a disposition to walk apart, conversing in
  • low tones; and he himself, presently complaining of the heat, invited
  • Odo to accompany him to the grot beneath the terrace. In this shaded
  • retreat, studded with shells and coral and cooled by an artificial wind
  • forced through the conchs of marble Tritons, his lordship at once began
  • to speak of the rumours of public disaffection.
  • "As you know," said he, "my duties and tastes alike seclude me from
  • political intrigue, and the scandal of the day seldom travels beyond my
  • kitchens. But as creaking signboards announce a storm, the hints and
  • whispers of my household tell me there is mischief abroad. My position
  • protects me from personal risk, and my lack of ambition from political
  • enmity; for it is notorious I would barter the highest honours in the
  • state for a Greek vase or a bronze of Herculanaeum--not to mention the
  • famous Venus of Giorgione, which, if report be true, his Highness has
  • burned at Father Ignazio's instigation. But yours, cavaliere, is a less
  • sheltered walk, and perhaps a friendly warning may be of service. Yet,"
  • he added after a pause, "a warning I can scarce call it, since I know
  • not from what quarter the danger impends. Proximus ardet Ucalegon; but
  • there is no telling which way the flames may spread. I can only advise
  • you that the Duke's growing infatuation for his German magician has bred
  • the most violent discontent among his subjects, and that both parties
  • appear resolved to use this disaffection to their advantage. It is said
  • his Highness intends to subject the little prince to some mysterious
  • treatment connected with the rites of the Egyptian priesthood, of whose
  • secret doctrine Heiligenstern pretends to be an adept. Yesterday it was
  • bruited that the Duchess loudly opposed the experiment; this afternoon
  • it is given out that she has yielded. What the result may be, none can
  • foresee; but whichever way the storm blows, the chief danger probably
  • threatens those who have had any connection with the secret societies
  • known to exist in the duchy."
  • Odo listened attentively, but without betraying any great surprise; and
  • the Bishop, evidently reassured by his composure, suggested that, the
  • heat of the day having declined, they should visit the new Indian
  • pheasants in his volary.
  • The Bishop's hints had not helped his listener to a decision. Odo indeed
  • gave Cantapresto orders to prepare as privately as possible for their
  • departure; but rather to appear to be carrying out the Duke's
  • instructions than with any fixed intention of so doing. How to find a
  • pretext for remaining he was yet uncertain. To disobey the Duke was
  • impossible; but in the general state of tension it seemed likely enough
  • that both his Highness and the Duchess might change their minds within
  • the next twenty-four hours. He was reluctant to appear that evening in
  • the Duchess's circle; but the command was not to be evaded, and he went
  • thither resolved to excuse himself early.
  • He found her Highness surrounded by the usual rout that attended her.
  • She was herself in a mood of wild mirth, occasioned by the drolleries of
  • an automatic female figure which a travelling showman introduced by
  • Cantapresto had obtained leave to display at court. This lively puppet
  • performed with surprising skill on the harpsichord, giving the company,
  • among other novelties, selections from the maestro Piccini's latest
  • opera and a concerto of the German composer Gluck.
  • Maria Clementina seemed at first unaware of her kinsman's presence, and
  • he began to hope he might avoid any private talk with her; but when the
  • automaton had been dismissed and the card-tables were preparing, one of
  • her gentlemen summoned him to her side. As usual, she was highly rouged
  • in the French fashion, and her cold blue eyes had a light which set off
  • the extraordinary fairness of her skin.
  • "Cousin," said she at once, "have you your papers?" Her tone was haughty
  • and yet eager, as though she scorned to show herself concerned, yet
  • would not have had him believe in her indifference. Odo bowed without
  • speaking.
  • "And when do you set out?" she continued. "My good uncle is impatient to
  • receive you."
  • "At the earliest moment, madam," he replied with some hesitation.
  • The hesitation was not lost on her and he saw her flush through her
  • rouge.
  • "Ah," said she in a low voice, "the earliest moment is none too
  • early!--Do you go tomorrow?" she persisted; but just then Trescorre
  • advanced toward them, and under a burst of assumed merriment she
  • privately signed to Odo to withdraw.
  • He was glad to make his escape, for the sense of walking among hidden
  • pitfalls was growing on him. That he had acquitted himself awkwardly
  • with the Duchess he was well aware; but Trescorre's interruption had at
  • least enabled him to gain time. An increasing unwillingness to leave
  • Pianura had replaced his former impatience to be gone. The reluctance to
  • desert his friends was coupled with a boyish desire to stay and see the
  • game out; and behind all his other impulses lurked the instinctive
  • resistance to any feminine influence save one.
  • The next morning he half-expected another message from the Duchess; but
  • none came, and he judged her to be gravely offended. Cantapresto
  • appeared early with the rumour that some kind of magical ceremony was to
  • be performed that evening in the palace; and toward noon the Georgian
  • boy again came privately to Odo and requested him to wait on the Duke
  • when his Highness rose from supper. This increased Odo's fears for
  • Gamba, Andreoni and the other reformers; yet he dared neither seek them
  • out in person nor entrust a message to Cantapresto. As the day passed,
  • however, he began to throw off his apprehensions. It was not the first
  • time since he had come to Pianura that there had been ominous talk of
  • political disturbances, and he knew that Gamba and his friends were not
  • without means of getting under shelter. As to his own risk, he did not
  • give it a thought. He was not of an age or a temper to weigh personal
  • danger against the excitement of conflict; and as evening drew on he
  • found himself wondering with some impatience if after all nothing
  • unusual would happen.
  • He supped alone, and at the appointed hour proceeded to the Duke's
  • apartments, taking no farther precaution than to carry his passport
  • about him. The palace seemed deserted. Everywhere an air of apprehension
  • and mystery hung over the long corridors and dimly-lit antechambers. The
  • day had been sultry, with a low sky foreboding great heat, and not a
  • breath of air entered at the windows. There were few persons about, but
  • one or two beggars lurked as usual on the landings of the great
  • staircase, and Odo, in passing, felt his sleeve touched by a woman
  • cowering under the marble ramp in the shadow thrown by a colossal
  • Caesar. Looking down, he heard a voice beg for alms, and as he gave it
  • the woman pressed a paper into his hand and slipped away through the
  • darkness.
  • Odo hastened on till he could assure himself of being unobserved; then
  • he unfolded the paper and read these words in Gamba's hand: "Have no
  • fear for any one's safety but your own." With a sense of relief he hid
  • the message and entered the Duke's antechamber.
  • Here he was received by Heiligenstern's Oriental servant, who, with a
  • mute salutation, led him into a large room where the Duke's pages
  • usually waited. The walls of this apartment had been concealed under
  • hangings of black silk worked with cabalistic devices. Oil-lamps set on
  • tripods of antique design shed a faint light over the company seated at
  • one end of the room, among whom Odo recognised the chief dignitaries of
  • the court. The ladies looked pale but curious, the men for the most part
  • indifferent or disapproving. Intense quietness prevailed, broken only by
  • the soft opening and closing of the door through which the guests were
  • admitted. Presently the Duke and Duchess emerged from his Highness's
  • closet. They were followed by Prince Ferrante, supported by his governor
  • and his dwarf, and robed in a silken dressing-gown which hung in
  • voluminous folds about his little shrunken body. Their Highnesses seated
  • themselves in two armchairs in front of the court, and the little prince
  • reclined beside his mother.
  • No sooner had they taken their places than Heiligenstern stepped forth,
  • wearing a doctor's gown and a quaintly-shaped bonnet or mitre. In his
  • long robes and strange headdress he looked extraordinarily tall and
  • pale, and his features had the glassy-eyed fixity of an ancient mask. He
  • was followed by his two attendants, the Oriental carrying a frame-work
  • of polished metal, not unlike a low narrow bed, which he set down in the
  • middle of the room; while the Georgian lad, who had exchanged his
  • fustanella and embroidered jacket for a flowing white robe, bore in his
  • hands a crystal globe set in a gold stand. Having reverently placed it
  • on a small table, the boy, at a signal from his master, drew forth a
  • phial and dropped its contents into a bronze vat or brazier which stood
  • at the far end of the room. Instantly clouds of perfumed vapour filled
  • the air, and as these dispersed it was seen that the black hangings of
  • the walls had vanished with them, and the spectators found themselves
  • seated in a kind of open temple through which the eye travelled down
  • colonnaded vistas set with statues and fountains. This magical prospect
  • was bathed in sunlight, and Odo observed that, though the lamps had gone
  • out, the same brightness suffused the room and illuminated the wondering
  • faces of the audience. The little prince uttered a cry of delight, and
  • the magician stepped forward, raising a long white wand in his hand.
  • "This," said he, in measured accents, "is an evocation of the Temple of
  • Health, into whose blissful precincts the wisdom of the ancients was
  • able to lead the sufferer who put his trust in them. This deceptio
  • visus, or product of rhabdomancy, easily effected by an adept of the
  • Egyptian mysteries, is designed but to prefigure the reality which
  • awaits those who seek health through the ministry of the disciples of
  • Iamblichus. It is no longer denied among men of learning that those who
  • have been instructed in the secret doctrine of the ancients are able, by
  • certain correspondences of nature, revealed only to the initiated, to
  • act on the inanimate world about them, and on the animal economy, by
  • means beyond the common capabilities of man." He paused a moment, and
  • then, turning with a low bow to the Duke, enquired whether his Highness
  • desired the rites to proceed.
  • The Duke signed his assent, and Heiligenstern, raising his wand, evoked
  • another volume of mist. This time it was shot through with green flames,
  • and as the wild light subsided the room was once more revealed with its
  • black hangings, and the lamps flickered into life again.
  • After another pause, doubtless intended to increase the tension of the
  • spectators, the magician bade his servant place the crystal before him.
  • He then raised his hands as if in prayer, speaking in a strange chanting
  • jargon, in which Odo detected fragments of Greek and Latin, and the
  • recurring names of the Judaic demons and angels. As this ceased
  • Heiligenstern beckoned to the Georgian boy, who approached him with
  • bowed head and reverently folded hands.
  • "Your Highness," said Heiligenstern, "and this distinguished company,
  • are doubtless familiar with the magic crystal of the ancients, in which
  • the future may be deciphered by the pure in heart. This lad, whom I
  • rescued from slavery and have bred to my service in the solemn rites of
  • the priesthood of Isis, is as clear in spirit as the crystal which
  • stands before you. The future lies open to him in this translucent
  • sphere and he is prepared to disclose it at your bidding."
  • There was a moment's silence; but on the magician's repeating his
  • enquiry the Duke said: "Let the boy tell me what he sees."
  • Heiligenstern at once laid his hands on his acolyte's head and murmured
  • a few words over him; then the boy advanced and bent devoutly above the
  • crystal. Almost immediately the globe was seen to cloud, as though
  • suffused with milk; the cloud gradually faded and the boy began to speak
  • in a low hesitating tone.
  • "I see," he said, "I see a face...a fair face..." He faltered and
  • glanced up almost apprehensively at Heiligenstern, whose gaze remained
  • impenetrable. The boy began to tremble. "I see nothing," he said in a
  • whisper. "There is one here purer than I...the crystal will not speak
  • for me in that other's presence..."
  • "Who is that other?" Heiligenstern asked.
  • The boy fixed his eyes on the little prince. An excited murmur ran
  • through the company and Heiligenstern again advanced to the Duke. "Will
  • your Highness," he asked, "permit the prince to look into the sacred
  • sphere?"
  • Odo saw the Duchess extend her hand impulsively toward the child; but at
  • a signal from the Duke the little prince's chair was carried to the
  • table on which the crystal stood. Instantly the former phenomenon was
  • repeated, the globe clouding and then clearing itself like a pool after
  • rain.
  • "Speak, my son," said the Duke. "Tell us what the heavenly powers reveal
  • to you."
  • The little prince continued to pore over the globe without speaking.
  • Suddenly his thin face reddened and he clung more closely to his
  • companion's arm.
  • "I see a beautiful place," he began, his small fluting voice rising like
  • a bird's pipe in the stillness, "a place a thousand times more beautiful
  • than this...like a garden...full of golden-haired children...with
  • beautiful strange toys in their hands...they have wings like
  • birds...they ARE birds...ah! they are flying away from me...I see them
  • no more...they vanish through the trees..." He broke off sadly.
  • Heiligenstern smiled. "That, your Highness, is a vision of the prince's
  • own future, when, restored to health, he is able to disport himself with
  • his playmates in the gardens of the palace."
  • "But they were not the gardens of the palace!" the little boy exclaimed.
  • "They were much more beautiful than our gardens."
  • Heiligenstern bowed. "They appeared so to your Highness," he
  • deferentially suggested, "because all the world seems more beautiful to
  • those who have regained their health."
  • "Enough, my son!" exclaimed the Duchess with a shaken voice. "Why will
  • you weary the child?" she continued, turning to the Duke; and the
  • latter, with evident reluctance, signed to Heiligenstern to cover the
  • crystal. To the general surprise, however, Prince Ferrante pushed back
  • the black velvet covering which the Georgian boy was preparing to throw
  • over it.
  • "No, no," he exclaimed, in the high obstinate voice of the spoiled
  • child, "let me look again...let me see some more beautiful things...I
  • have never seen anything so beautiful, even in my sleep!" It was the
  • plaintive cry of the child whose happiest hours are those spent in
  • unconsciousness.
  • "Look again, then," said the Duke, "and ask the heavenly powers what
  • more they have to show you."
  • The boy gazed in silence; then he broke out: "Ah, now we are in the
  • palace...I see your Highness's cabinet...no, it is the bedchamber...it
  • is night...and I see your Highness lying asleep...very still...very
  • still...your Highness wears the scapular received last Easter from his
  • Holiness...It is very dark...Oh, now a light begins to shine...where
  • does it come from? Through the door? No, there is no door on that side
  • of the room...It shines through the wall at the foot of the bed...ah! I
  • see"--his voice mounted to a cry--"The old picture at the foot of the
  • bed...the picture with the wicked people burning in it...has opened like
  • a door...the light is shining through it...and now a lady steps out from
  • the wall behind the picture...oh, so beautiful...she has yellow hair, as
  • yellow as my mother's...but longer...oh, much longer...she carries a
  • rose in her hand...and there are white doves flying about her
  • shoulders...she is naked, quite naked, poor lady! but she does not seem
  • to mind...she seems to be laughing about it...and your Highness..."
  • The Duke started up violently. "Enough--enough!" he stammered. "The
  • fever is on the child...this agitation is...most pernicious...Cover the
  • crystal, I say!"
  • He sank back, his forehead damp with perspiration. In an instant the
  • crystal had been removed, and Prince Ferrante carried back to his
  • mother's side. The boy seemed in nowise affected by his father's
  • commotion. His eyes burned with excitement, and he sat up eagerly, as
  • though not to miss a detail of what was going forward. Maria Clementina
  • leaned over and clasped his hand, but he hardly noticed her. "I want to
  • see some more beautiful things!" he insisted.
  • The Duke sat speechless, a fallen heap in his chair, and the courtiers
  • looked at each other, their faces shifting spectrally in the faint
  • light, like phantom travellers waiting to be ferried across some
  • mysterious river. At length Heiligenstern advanced and with every mark
  • of deference addressed himself to the Duke.
  • "Your Highness," said he quietly, "need be under no apprehension as to
  • the effect produced upon the prince. The magic crystal, as your Highness
  • is aware, is under the protection of the blessed spirits, and its
  • revelations cannot harm those who are pure-minded enough to receive
  • them. But the chief purpose of this assemblage was to witness the
  • communication of vital force to the prince, by means of the electrical
  • current. The crystal, by revealing its secrets to the prince, has
  • testified to his perfect purity of mind, and thus declared him to be in
  • a peculiarly fit state to receive what may be designated as the
  • Sacrament of the new faith."
  • A murmur ran through the room, but Heiligenstern continued without
  • wavering: "I mean thereby to describe that natural religion which, by
  • instructing its adepts in the use of the hidden potencies of earth and
  • air, testifies afresh to the power of the unseen Maker of the Universe."
  • The murmur subsided, and the Duke, regaining his voice, said with an
  • assumption of authority: "Let the treatment begin."
  • Heiligenstern immediately spoke a word to the Oriental, who bent over
  • the metal bed which had been set up in the middle of the room. As he did
  • so the air again darkened and the figures of the magician and his
  • assistants were discernible only as flitting shades in the obscurity.
  • Suddenly a soft pure light overflowed the room, the perfume of flowers
  • filled the air, and music seemed to steal out of the very walls.
  • Heiligenstern whispered to the governor and between them they lifted the
  • little prince from his chair and laid him gently on the bed. The
  • magician then leaned over the boy with a slow weaving motion of the
  • hands.
  • "If your Highness will be pleased to sleep," he said, "I promise your
  • Highness the most beautiful dreams."
  • The boy smiled back at him and he continued to bend above the bed with
  • flitting hands. Suddenly the little prince began to laugh.
  • "What does your Highness feel?" the magician asked.
  • "A prickling...such a soft warm prickling...as if my blood were sunshine
  • with motes dancing in it...or as if that sparkling wine of France were
  • running all over my body."
  • "It is an agreeable sensation, your Highness?"
  • The boy nodded.
  • "It is well with your Highness?"
  • "Very well."
  • Heiligenstern began a loud rhythmic chant, and gradually the air
  • darkened, but with the mild dimness of a summer twilight, through which
  • sparks could be seen flickering like fire-flies about the reclining
  • prince. The hush grew deeper; but in the stillness Odo became aware of
  • some unseen influence that seemed to envelope him in waves of exquisite
  • sensation. It was as though the vast silence of the night had poured
  • into the room and, like a dark tepid sea, was lapping about his body and
  • rising to his lips. His thoughts, dissolved into emotion, seemed to
  • waver and float on the stillness like sea-weed on the lift of the tide.
  • He stood spell-bound, lulled, yielding himself to a blissful
  • dissolution.
  • Suddenly he became aware that the hush was too intense, too complete;
  • and a moment later, as though stretched to the cracking-point, it burst
  • terrifically into sound. A huge uproar shook the room, crashing through
  • it like a tangible mass. The sparks whirled in a menacing dance round
  • the little prince's body, and, abruptly blotted, left a deeper darkness,
  • in which the confused herding movements of startled figures were
  • indistinguishably merged. A flash of silence followed; then the
  • liberated forces of the night broke in rain and thunder on the rocking
  • walls of the room.
  • "Light--light!" some one stammered; and at the same moment a door was
  • flung open, admitting a burst of candle-light and a group of figures in
  • ecclesiastical dress, against which the white gown and black hood of
  • Father Ignazio detached themselves. The Dominican stepped toward the
  • Duke.
  • "Your Highness," said he in a tone of quiet resolution, "must pardon
  • this interruption; I act at the bidding of the Holy Office."
  • Even in that moment of profound disarray the name sent a deeper shudder
  • through his hearers. The Duke, who stood grasping the arms of his chair,
  • raised his head and tried to stare down the intruders; but no one heeded
  • his look. At a signal from the Dominican a servant had brought in a pair
  • of candelabra, and in their commonplace light the cabalistic hangings,
  • the magician's appliances and his fantastically-dressed attendants
  • looked as tawdry as the paraphernalia of a village quack. Heiligenstern
  • alone survived the test. Erect, at bay as it were, his black robe
  • falling in hieratic folds, the white wand raised in his hands, he might
  • have personified the Prince of Darkness drawn up undaunted against the
  • hosts of the Lord. Some one had snatched the little prince from his
  • stretcher, and Maria Clementina, holding him to her breast, sat palely
  • confronting the sorcerer. She alone seemed to measure her strength
  • against his in some mysterious conflict of the will. But meanwhile the
  • Duke had regained his voice.
  • "My father," said he, "on what information does the Holy Office act?"
  • The Dominican drew a parchment from his breast. "On that of the
  • Inquisitor General, your Highness," he replied, handing the paper to the
  • Duke, who unfolded it with trembling hands but was plainly unable to
  • master its contents. Father Ignazio beckoned to an ecclesiastic who had
  • entered the room in his train.
  • "This, your Highness," said he, "is the abate de Crucis of Innsbruck,
  • who was lately commissioned by the Holy Office to enquire into the
  • practises and doctrine of the order of the Illuminati, that corrupt and
  • atheistical sect which has been the cause of so much scandal among the
  • German principalities. In the course of his investigations he became
  • aware that the order had secretly established a lodge in Pianura; and
  • hastening hither from Rome to advise your Highness of the fact, has
  • discovered in the so-called Count Heiligenstern one of the most
  • notorious apostles of the order." He turned to the priest. "Signor
  • abate," he said, "you confirm these facts?"
  • The abate de Crucis quietly advanced. He was a slight pale man of about
  • thirty, with a thoughtful and indulgent cast of countenance.
  • "In every particular," said he, bowing profoundly to the Duke, and
  • speaking in a low voice of singular sweetness. "It has been my duty to
  • track this man's career from its ignoble beginning to its infamous
  • culmination, and I have been able to place in the hands of the Holy
  • Office the most complete proofs of his guilt. The so-called Count
  • Heiligenstern is the son of a tailor in a small village of Pomerania.
  • After passing through various vicissitudes with which I need not trouble
  • your Highness, he obtained the confidence of the notorious Dr.
  • Weishaupt, the founder of the German order of the Illuminati, and
  • together this precious couple have indefatigably propagated their
  • obscene and blasphemous doctrines. That they preach atheism and
  • tyrannicide I need not tell your Highness; but it is less generally
  • known that they have made these infamous doctrines the cloak of private
  • vices from which even paganism would have recoiled. The man now before
  • me, among other open offences against society, is known to have seduced
  • a young girl of noble family in Ratisbon and to have murdered her child.
  • His own wife and children he long since abandoned and disowned; and the
  • youth yonder, whom he describes as a Georgian slave rescued from the
  • Grand Signior's galleys, is in fact the wife of a Greek juggler of
  • Ravenna, and has forsaken her husband to live in criminal intercourse
  • with an atheist and assassin."
  • This indictment, pronounced with an absence of emotion which made each
  • word cut the air like the separate stroke of a lash, was followed by a
  • prolonged silence; then one of the Duchess's ladies cried out suddenly
  • and burst into tears. This was the signal for a general outbreak. The
  • room was filled with a confusion of voices, and among the groups surging
  • about him Odo noticed a number of the Duke's sbirri making their way
  • quietly through the crowd. The notary of the Holy Office advanced toward
  • Heiligenstern, who had placed himself against the wall, with one arm
  • flung about his trembling acolyte. The Duchess, her boy still clasped
  • against her, remained proudly seated; but her eyes met Odo's in a glance
  • of terrified entreaty, and at the same instant he felt a clutch on his
  • sleeve and heard Cantapresto's whisper.
  • "Cavaliere, a boat waits at the landing below the tanners' lane. The
  • shortest way to it is through the gardens and your excellency will find
  • the gate beyond the Chinese pavilion unlocked."
  • He had vanished before Odo could look round. The latter still wavered;
  • but as he did so he caught Trescorre's face through the crowd. The
  • minister's eye was fixed on him; and the discovery was enough to make
  • him plunge through the narrow wake left by Cantapresto's retreat.
  • Odo made his way unhindered to the ante-room, which was also thronged,
  • ecclesiastics, servants and even beggars from the courtyard jostling
  • each other in their struggle to see what was going forward. The
  • confusion favoured his escape, and a moment later he was hastening down
  • the tapestry gallery and through the vacant corridors of the palace. He
  • was familiar with half-a-dozen short-cuts across this network of
  • passages; but in his bewilderment he pressed on down the great stairs
  • and across the echoing guard-room that opened on the terrace. A drowsy
  • sentinel challenged him; and on Odo's explaining that he sought to
  • leave, and not to enter, the palace, replied that he had his Highness's
  • orders to let no one out that night. For a moment Odo was at a loss;
  • then he remembered his passport. It seemed to him an interminable time
  • before the sentinel had scrutinised it by the light of a guttering
  • candle, and to his surprise he found himself in a cold sweat of fear.
  • The rattle of the storm simulated footsteps at his heels and he felt the
  • blind rage of a man within shot of invisible foes.
  • The passport restored, he plunged out into the night. It was pitch-black
  • in the gardens and the rain drove down with the guttural rush of a
  • midsummer storm. So fierce was its fall that it seemed to suck up the
  • earth in its black eddies, and he felt himself swept along over a
  • heaving hissing surface, with wet boughs lashing out at him as he fled.
  • From one terrace to another he dropped to lower depths of buffeting
  • dripping darkness, till he found his hand on the gate-latch and swung to
  • the black lane below the wall. Thence on a run he wound to the tanners'
  • quarter by the river: a district commonly as foul-tongued as it was
  • ill-favoured, but tonight clean-purged of both evils by the vehement
  • sweep of the storm. Here he groped his way among slippery places and
  • past huddled out-buildings to the piles of the wharf. The rain was now
  • subdued to a noiseless vertical descent, through which he could hear the
  • tap of the river against the piles. Scarce knowing what he fled or
  • whither he was flying, he let himself down the steps and found the flat
  • of a boat's bottom underfoot. A boatman, distinguishable only as a black
  • bulk in the stern, steadied his descent with outstretched hand; then the
  • bow swung round, and after a labouring stroke or two they caught the
  • current and were swept down through the rushing darkness.
  • BOOK III.
  • THE CHOICE.
  • The Vision touched him on the lips and said:
  • Hereafter thou shalt eat me in thy bread,
  • Drink me in all thy kisses, feel my hand
  • Steal 'twixt thy palm and Joy's, and see me stand
  • Watchful at every crossing of the ways,
  • The insatiate lover of thy nights and days.
  • 3.1.
  • It was at Naples, some two years later, that the circumstances of his
  • flight were recalled to Odo Valsecca by the sound of a voice which at
  • once mysteriously connected itself with the incidents of that wild
  • night.
  • He was seated with a party of gentlemen in the saloon of Sir William
  • Hamilton's famous villa of Posilipo, where they were sipping the
  • ambassador's iced sherbet and examining certain engraved gems and
  • burial-urns recently taken from the excavations. The scene was such as
  • always appealed to Odo's fancy: the spacious room, luxuriously fitted
  • with carpets and curtains in the English style, and opening on a
  • prospect of classical beauty and antique renown; in his hands the rarest
  • specimens of that buried art which, like some belated golden harvest,
  • was now everywhere thrusting itself through the Neapolitan soil; and
  • about him men of taste and understanding, discussing the historic or
  • mythological meaning of the objects before them, and quoting Homer or
  • Horace in corroboration of their guesses.
  • Several visitors had joined the party since Odo's entrance; and it was
  • from a group of these later arrivals that the voice had reached him. He
  • looked round and saw a man of refined and scholarly appearance, dressed
  • en abbe, as was the general habit in Rome and Naples, and holding in one
  • hand the celebrated blue vase cut in cameo which Sir William had
  • recently purchased from the Barberini family.
  • "These reliefs," the stranger was saying, "whether cut in the substance
  • itself, or afterward affixed to the glass, certainly belong to the
  • Grecian period of cameo-work, and recall by the purity of their design
  • the finest carvings of Dioskorides." His beautifully-modulated Italian
  • was tinged by a slight foreign accent, which seemed to connect him still
  • more definitely with the episode his voice recalled. Odo turned to a
  • gentleman at his side and asked the speaker's name.
  • "That," was the reply, "is the abate de Crucis, a scholar and
  • cognoscente, as you perceive, and at present attached to the household
  • of the Papal Nuncio."
  • Instantly Odo beheld the tumultuous scene in the Duke's apartments, and
  • heard the indictment of Heiligenstern falling in tranquil accents from
  • the very lips which were now, in the same tone, discussing the date of a
  • Greek cameo vase. Even in that moment of disorder he had been struck by
  • the voice and aspect of the agent of the Holy Office, and by a singular
  • distinction that seemed to set the man himself above the coil of
  • passions in which his action was involved. To Odo's spontaneous yet
  • reflective temper there was something peculiarly impressive in the kind
  • of detachment which implies, not obtuseness or indifference, but a
  • higher sensitiveness disciplined by choice. Now he felt a renewed pang
  • of regret that such qualities should be found in the service of the
  • opposition; but the feeling was not incompatible with a wish to be more
  • nearly acquainted with their possessor.
  • The two years elapsing since Odo's departure from Pianura had widened if
  • they had not lifted his outlook. If he had lost something of his early
  • enthusiasm he had exchanged it for a larger experience of cities and
  • men, and for the self-command born of varied intercourse. He had reached
  • a point where he was able to survey his past dispassionately and to
  • disentangle the threads of the intrigue in which he had so nearly lost
  • his footing. The actual circumstances of his escape were still wrapped
  • in mystery: he could only conjecture that the Duchess, foreseeing the
  • course events would take, had planned with Cantapresto to save him in
  • spite of himself. His nocturnal flight down the river had carried him to
  • Ponte di Po, the point where the Piana flows into the Po, the latter
  • river forming for a few miles the southern frontier of the duchy. Here
  • his passport had taken him safely past the customs-officer, and
  • following the indications of the boatman, he had found, outside the
  • miserable village clustered about the customs, a travelling-chaise which
  • brought him before the next night-fall to Monte Alloro.
  • Of the real danger from which this timely retreat had removed him,
  • Gamba's subsequent letters had brought ample proof. It was indeed mainly
  • against himself that both parties, perhaps jointly, had directed their
  • attack; designing to take him in the toils ostensibly prepared for the
  • Illuminati. His evasion known, the Holy Office had contented itself with
  • imprisoning Heiligenstern in one of the Papal fortresses near the
  • Adriatic, while his mistress, though bred in the Greek confession, was
  • confined in a convent of the Sepolte Vive and his Oriental servant sent
  • to the Duke's galleys. As to those suspected of affiliations with the
  • forbidden sect, fines and penances were imposed on a few of the least
  • conspicuous, while the chief offenders, either from motives of policy or
  • thanks to their superior adroitness, were suffered to escape without a
  • reprimand. After this, Gamba's letters reported, the duchy had lapsed
  • into its former state of quiescence. Prince Ferrante had been seriously
  • ailing since the night of the electrical treatment, but the Pope having
  • sent his private physician to Pianura, the boy had rallied under the
  • latter's care. The Duke, as was natural, had suffered an acute relapse
  • of piety, spending his time in expiatory pilgrimages to the various
  • votive churches of the duchy, and declining to transact any public
  • business till he should have compiled with his own hand a calendar of
  • the lives of the saints, with the initial letters painted in miniature,
  • which he designed to present to his Holiness at Easter.
  • Meanwhile Odo, at Monte Alloro, found himself in surroundings so
  • different from those he had left that it seemed incredible they should
  • exist in the same world. The Duke of Monte Alloro was that rare survival
  • of a stronger age, a cynic. In a period of sentimental optimism, of
  • fervid enthusiasms and tearful philanthropy, he represented the
  • pleasure-loving prince of the Renaissance, crushing his people with
  • taxes but dazzling them with festivities; infuriating them by his
  • disregard of the public welfare, but fascinating them by his good looks,
  • his tolerance of old abuses, his ridicule of the monks, and by the
  • careless libertinage which had founded the fortunes of more than one
  • middle-class husband and father--for the Duke always paid well for what
  • he appropriated. He had grown old in his pleasant sins, and these, as
  • such raiment will, had grown old and dingy with him; but if no longer
  • splendid he was still splendour-loving, and drew to his court the most
  • brilliant adventurers of Italy. Spite of his preference for such
  • company, he had a nobler side, the ruins of a fine but uncultivated
  • intelligence, and a taste for all that was young, generous and high in
  • looks and courage. He was at once drawn to Odo, who instinctively
  • addressed himself to these qualities, and whose conversation and manners
  • threw into relief the vulgarity of the old Duke's cronies. The latter
  • was the shrewd enough to enjoy the contrast at the expense of his
  • sycophants' vanity; and the cavaliere Valsecca was for a while the
  • reigning favourite. It would have been hard to say whether his patron
  • was most tickled by his zeal for economic reforms, or by his faith in
  • the perfectibility of man. Both these articles of Odo's creed drew tears
  • of enjoyment from the old Duke's puffy eyes; and he was never tired of
  • declaring that only his hatred for his nephew of Pianura induced him to
  • accord his protection to so dangerous an enemy of society.
  • Odo at first fancied that it was in response to a mere whim of the
  • Duke's that he had been despatched to Monte Alloro; but he soon
  • perceived that the invitation had been inspired by Maria Clementina's
  • wish. Some three months after Odo's arrival, Cantapresto suddenly
  • appeared with a packet of letters from the Duchess. Among them her
  • Highness had included a few lines to Odo, whom she briefly adjured not
  • to return to Pianura, but to comply in all things with her uncle's
  • desires. Soon after this the old Duke sent for Odo, and asked him how
  • his present mode of life agreed with his tastes. Odo, who had learned
  • that frankness was the surest way to the Duke's favour, replied that,
  • while nothing could be more agreeable than the circumstances of his
  • sojourn at Monte Alloro, he must own to a wish to travel when the
  • occasion offered.
  • "Why, this is as I fancied," replied the Duke, who held in his hand an
  • open letter on which Odo recognised Maria Clementina's seal. "We have
  • always," he continued, "spoken plainly with each other, and I will not
  • conceal from you that it is for your best interests that you should
  • remain away from Pianura for the present. The Duke, as you doubtless
  • divine, is anxious for your return, and her Highness, for that very
  • reason, is urgent that you should prolong your absence. It is notorious
  • that the Duke soon wearies of those about him, and that your best chance
  • of regaining his favour is to keep out of his reach and let your enemies
  • hang themselves in the noose they have prepared for you. For my part, I
  • am always glad to do an ill-turn to that snivelling friar, my nephew,
  • and the more so when I can seriously oblige a friend; and, as you have
  • perhaps guessed, the Duke dares not ask for your return while I show a
  • fancy for your company. But this," added he with an ironical twinkle,
  • "is a tame place for a young man of your missionary temper, and I have a
  • mind to send you on a visit to that arch-tyrant Ferdinand of Naples, in
  • whose dominions a man may yet burn for heresy or be drawn and quartered
  • for poaching on a nobleman's preserves. I am advised that some rare
  • treasures have lately been taken from the excavations there and I should
  • be glad if you would oblige me by acquiring a few for my gallery. I will
  • give you letters to a cognoscente of my acquaintance, who will put his
  • experience at the disposal of your excellent taste, and the funds at
  • your service will, I hope, enable you to outbid the English brigands
  • who, as the Romans say, would carry off the Colosseum if it were
  • portable."
  • In all this Odo discerned Maria Clementina's hand, and an instinctive
  • resistance made him hang back upon his patron's proposal. But the only
  • alternative was to return to Pianura; and every letter from Gamba urged
  • on him (for the very reasons the Duke had given) the duty of keeping out
  • of reach as the surest means of saving himself and the cause to which he
  • was pledged. Nothing remained but a graceful acquiescence; and early the
  • next spring he started for Naples.
  • His first impulse had been to send Cantapresto back to the Duchess. He
  • knew that he owed his escape me grave difficulties to the soprano's
  • prompt action on the night of Heiligenstern's arrest; but he was equally
  • sure that such action might not always be as favourable to his plans. It
  • was plain that Cantapresto was paid to spy on him, and that whenever
  • Odo's intentions clashed with those of his would-be protectors the
  • soprano would side with the latter. But there was something in the air
  • of Monte Alloro which dispelled such considerations, or at least
  • weakened the impulse to act on them. Cantapresto as usual had attracted
  • notice at court. His glibness and versatility amused the Duke, and to
  • Odo he was as difficult to put off as a bad habit. He had become so
  • accomplished a servant that he seemed a sixth sense of his master's; and
  • when the latter prepared to start on his travels Cantapresto took his
  • usual seat in the chaise.
  • To a traveller of Odo's temper there could be few more agreeable
  • journeys than the one on which he was setting out, and the Duke being in
  • no haste to have his commission executed, his messenger had full leisure
  • to enjoy every stage of the way. He profited by this to visit several of
  • the small principalities north of the Apennines before turning toward
  • Genoa, whence he was to take ship for the South. When he left Monte
  • Alloro the land had worn the bleached face of February, and it was
  • amazing to his northern-bred eyes to find himself, on the sea-coast, in
  • the full exuberance of summer. Seated by this halcyon shore, Genoa, in
  • its carved and frescoed splendour, just then celebrating with the
  • customary gorgeous ritual the accession of a new Doge, seemed to Odo
  • like the richly-inlaid frame of some Renaissance "triumph." But the
  • splendid houses with their marble peristyles, and the painted villas in
  • their orange-groves along the shore, housed a dull and narrow-minded
  • society, content to amass wealth and play biribi under the eyes of their
  • ancestral Vandykes, without any concern as to the questions agitating
  • the world. A kind of fat commercial dulness, a lack of that personal
  • distinction which justifies magnificence, seemed to Odo the prevailing
  • note of the place; nor was he sorry when his packet set sail for Naples.
  • Here indeed he found all the vivacity that Genoa lacked. Few cities
  • could at first acquaintance be more engaging to the stranger. Dull and
  • brown as it appeared after the rich tints of Genoa, yet so gloriously
  • did sea and land embrace it, so lavishly the sun gild and the moon
  • silver it, that it seemed steeped in the surrounding hues of nature. And
  • what a nature to eyes subdued to the sober tints of the north! Its
  • spectacular quality--that studied sequence of effects ranging from the
  • translucent outline of Capri and the fantastically blue mountains of the
  • coast, to Vesuvius lifting its torch above the plain--this prodigal
  • response to fancy's claims suggested the boundless invention of some
  • great scenic artist, some Olympian Veronese with sea and sky for a
  • palette. And then the city itself, huddled between bay and mountains,
  • and seething and bubbling like a Titan's cauldron! Here was life at its
  • source, not checked, directed, utilised, but gushing forth
  • uncontrollably through every fissure of the brown walls and reeking
  • streets--love and hatred, mirth and folly, impudence and greed, going
  • naked and unashamed as the lazzaroni on the quays. The variegated
  • surface of it all was fascinating to Odo. It set free his powers of
  • purely physical enjoyment, keeping all deeper sensations in abeyance.
  • These, however, presently found satisfaction in that other hidden beauty
  • of which city and plain were but the sumptuous drapery. It is hardly too
  • much to say that to the trained eyes of the day the visible Naples
  • hardly existed, so absorbed were they in the perusal of her buried past.
  • The fever of excavation was on every one. No social or political problem
  • could find a hearing while the subject of the last coin or bas-relief
  • from Pompeii or Herculanaeum remained undecided. Odo, at first an amused
  • spectator, gradually found himself engrossed in the fierce quarrels
  • raging over the date of an intaglio or the myth represented on an
  • amphora. The intrinsic beauty of the objects, and the light they shed on
  • one of the most brilliant phases of human history, were in fact
  • sufficient to justify the prevailing ardour; and the reconstructive
  • habit he had acquired from Crescenti lent a living interest to the
  • driest discussion between rival collectors.
  • Gradually other influences reasserted themselves. At the house of Sir
  • William Hamilton, then the centre of the most polished society in
  • Naples, he met not only artists and archeologists, but men of letters
  • and of affairs. Among these, he was peculiarly drawn to the two
  • distinguished economists, the abate Galiani and the cavaliere
  • Filangieri, in whose company he enjoyed for the first time sound
  • learning unhampered by pedantry. The lively Galiani proved that social
  • tastes and a broad wit are not incompatible with more serious interests;
  • and Filangieri threw the charm of a graceful personality over any topic
  • he discussed. In the latter, indeed, courtly, young and romantic, a
  • thinker whose intellectual acuteness was steeped in moral emotion, Odo
  • beheld the type of the new chivalry, an ideal leader of the campaign
  • against social injustice. Filangieri represented the extremest optimism
  • of the day. His sense of existing abuses was only equalled by his faith
  • in their speedy amendment. Love was to cure all evils: the love of man
  • for man, the effusive all-embracing sympathy of the school of the
  • Vicaire Savoyard, was to purge the emotions by tenderness and pity. In
  • Gamba, the victim of the conditions he denounced, the sense of present
  • hardship prevailed over the faith in future improvement; while
  • Filangieri's social superiority mitigated his view of the evils and
  • magnified the efficacy of the proposed remedies. Odo's days passed
  • agreeably in such intercourse, or in the excitement of excursions to the
  • ruined cities; and as the court and the higher society of Naples offered
  • little to engage him, he gradually restricted himself to the small
  • circle of chosen spirits gathered at the villa Hamilton. To these he
  • fancied the abate de Crucis might prove an interesting addition; and the
  • desire to learn something of this problematic person induced him to quit
  • the villa at the moment when the abate took leave.
  • They found themselves together on the threshold; and Odo, recalling to
  • the other the circumstances of their first meeting, proposed that they
  • should dismiss their carriages and regain the city on foot. De Crucis
  • readily consented; and they were soon descending the hill of Posilipo.
  • Here and there a turn in the road brought them to an open space whence
  • they commanded the bay from Procida to Sorrento, with Capri afloat in
  • liquid gold and the long blue shadow of Vesuvius stretching like a
  • menace toward the city. The spectacle was one of which Odo never
  • wearied; but today it barely diverted him from the charms of his
  • companion's talk. The abate de Crucis had that quality of repressed
  • enthusiasm, of an intellectual sensibility tempered by self-possession,
  • which exercises the strongest attraction over a mind not yet master of
  • itself. Though all he said had a personal note he seemed to withhold
  • himself even in the moment of greatest expansion: like some prince who
  • should enrich his favourites from the public treasury but keep his
  • private fortune unimpaired. In the course of their conversation Odo
  • learned that though of Austrian birth his companion was of mingled
  • English and Florentine parentage: a fact perhaps explaining the mixture
  • of urbanity and reserve that lent such charm to his manner. He told Odo
  • that his connection with the Holy Office had been only temporary, and
  • that, having contracted a severe cold the previous winter in Germany, he
  • had accepted a secretaryship in the service of the Papal Nuncio in order
  • to enjoy the benefits of a mild climate. "By profession," he added, "I
  • am a pedagogue, and shall soon travel to Rome, where I have been called
  • by Prince Bracciano to act as governor to his son; and meanwhile I am
  • taking advantage of my residence here to indulge my taste for
  • antiquarian studies."
  • He went on to praise the company they had just left, declaring that he
  • knew no better way for a young man to form his mind than by frequenting
  • the society of men of conflicting views and equal capacity. "Nothing,"
  • said he, "is more injurious to the growth of character than to be
  • secluded from argument and opposition; as nothing is healthier than to
  • be obliged to find good reasons for one's beliefs on pain of
  • surrendering them."
  • "But," said Odo, struck with this declaration, "to a man of your cloth
  • there is one belief which never surrenders to reason."
  • The other smiled. "True," he agreed; "but I often marvel to see how
  • little our opponents know of that belief. The wisest of them seem in the
  • case of those children at our country fairs who gape at the incredible
  • things depicted on the curtains of the booths, without asking themselves
  • whether the reality matches its presentment. The weakness of human
  • nature has compelled us to paint the outer curtain of the sanctuary in
  • gaudy colours, and the malicious fancy of our enemies has given a
  • monstrous outline to these pictures; but what are such vanities to one
  • who has passed beyond, and beheld the beauty of the King's daughter, all
  • glorious within?"
  • As though unwilling to linger on such grave topics, he turned the talk
  • to the scene at their feet, questioning Odo as to the impression Naples
  • had made on him. He listened courteously to the young man's comments on
  • the wretched state of the peasantry, the extravagances of the court and
  • nobility and the judicial corruption which made the lower classes submit
  • to any injustice rather than seek redress through the courts. De Crucis
  • agreed with him in the main, admitting that the monopoly of corn, the
  • maintenance of feudal rights and the King's indifference to the graver
  • duties of his rank placed the kingdom of Naples far below such states as
  • Tuscany or Venetia; "though," he added, "I think our economists, in
  • praising one state at the expense of another, too often overlook those
  • differences of character and climate that must ever make it impossible
  • to govern different races in the same manner. Our peasants have a blunt
  • saying: Cut off the dog's tail and he is still a dog; and so I suspect
  • the most enlightened rule would hardly bring this prompt and choleric
  • people, living on a volcanic soil amid a teeming vegetation, into any
  • resemblance with the clear-headed Tuscan or the gentle and dignified
  • Roman."
  • As he spoke they emerged upon the Chiaia, where at that hour the quality
  • took the air in their carriages, while the lower classes thronged the
  • footway. A more vivacious scene no city of Europe could present. The
  • gilt coaches drawn by six or eight of the lively Neapolitan horses,
  • decked with plumes and artificial flowers and preceded by running
  • footmen who beat the foot-passengers aside with long staves; the
  • richly-dressed ladies seated in this never-ending file of carriages,
  • bejewelled like miraculous images and languidly bowing to their friends;
  • the throngs of citizens and their wives in holiday dress; the sellers of
  • sherbet, ices and pastry bearing their trays and barrels through the
  • crowd with strange cries and the jingling of bells; the friars of every
  • order in their various habits, the street-musicians, the half-naked
  • lazzaroni, cripples and beggars, who fringed the throng like the line of
  • scum edging a fair lake;--this medley of sound and colour, which in fact
  • resembled some sudden growth of the fiery soil, was an expressive
  • comment on the abate's words.
  • "Look," he continued, as he and Odo drew aside to escape the mud from an
  • emblazoned chariot, "at the gold-leaf on the panels of that coach and
  • the gold-lace on the liveries of those lacqueys. Is there any other city
  • in the world where gold is so prodigally used? Where the monks gild
  • their relics, the nobility their servants, the apothecaries their pills,
  • the very butchers their mutton? One might fancy their bright sun had set
  • them the example! And how cold and grey all soberer tints must seem to
  • these children of Apollo! Well--so it is with their religion and their
  • daily life. I wager half those naked wretches yonder would rather attend
  • a fine religious service, with abundance of gilt candles, music from
  • gilt organ-pipes, and incense from gilt censers, than eat a good meal or
  • sleep in a decent bed; as they would rather starve under a handsome
  • merry King that has the name of being the best billiard-player in Europe
  • than go full under one of your solemn reforming Austrian Archdukes!"
  • The words recalled to Odo Crescenti's theory of the influence of
  • character and climate on the course of history; and this subject soon
  • engrossing both speakers, they wandered on, inattentive to their
  • surroundings, till they found themselves in the thickest concourse of
  • the Toledo. Here for a moment the dense crowd hemmed them in; and as
  • they stood observing the humours of the scene, Odo's eye fell on the
  • thick-set figure of a man in doctor's dress, who was being led through
  • the press by two agents of the Inquisition. The sight was too common to
  • have fixed his attention, had he not recognised with a start the
  • irascible red-faced professor who, on his first visit to Vivaldi, had
  • defended the Diluvial theory of creation. The sight raised a host of
  • memories from which Odo would gladly have beaten a retreat; but the
  • crowd held him in check and a moment later he saw that the doctor's eyes
  • were fixed on him with an air of recognition. A movement of pity
  • succeeded his first impulse, and turning to de Crucis he exclaimed:--"I
  • see yonder an old acquaintance who seems in an unlucky plight and with
  • whom I should be glad to speak."
  • The other, following his glance, beckoned to one of the sbirri, who made
  • his way through the throng with the alacrity of one summoned by a
  • superior. De Crucis exchanged a few words with him, and then signed to
  • him to return to his charge, who presently vanished in some fresh
  • shifting of the crowd.
  • "Your friend," said de Crucis, "has been summoned before the Holy Office
  • to answer a charge of heresy preferred by the authorities. He has lately
  • been appointed to the chair of physical sciences in the University here,
  • and has doubtless allowed himself to publish openly views that were
  • better expounded in the closet. His offence, however, appears to be a
  • mild one, and I make no doubt he will be set free in a few days."
  • This, however, did not satisfy Odo; and he asked de Crucis if there were
  • no way of speaking with the doctor at once.
  • His companion hesitated. "It can easily be arranged," said he;
  • "but--pardon me, cavaliere--are you well-advised in mixing yourself in
  • such matters?"
  • "I am well-advised in seeking to serve a friend!" Odo somewhat hotly
  • returned; and de Crucis, with a faint smile of approval, replied
  • quietly: "In that case I will obtain permission for you to visit your
  • friend in the morning."
  • He was true to his word; and the next forenoon Odo, accompanied by an
  • officer of police, was taken to the prison of the Inquisition. Here he
  • found his old acquaintance seated in a clean commodious room and reading
  • Aristotle's "History of Animals," the only volume of his library that he
  • had been permitted to carry with him. He welcomed Odo heartily, and on
  • the latter's enquiring what had brought him to this plight, replied with
  • some dignity that he had been led there in the fulfilment of his duty.
  • "Some months ago," he continued, "I was summoned hither to profess the
  • natural sciences in the University; a summons I readily accepted, since
  • I hoped, by the study of a volcanic soil, to enlarge my knowledge of the
  • globe's formation. Such in fact was the case, but to my surprise my
  • researches led me to adopt the views I had formerly combated, and I now
  • find myself in the ranks of the Vulcanists, or believers in the
  • secondary origin of the earth: a view you may remember I once opposed
  • with all the zeal of inexperience. Having firmly established every point
  • in my argument according to the Baconian method of investigation, I felt
  • it my duty to enlighten my scholars; and in the course of my last
  • lecture I announced the result of my investigations. I was of course
  • aware of the inevitable result; but the servants of Truth have no choice
  • but to follow where she calls, and many have joyfully traversed stonier
  • places than I am likely to travel."
  • Nothing could exceed the respect with which Odo heard this simple
  • confession of faith. It was as though the speaker had unconsciously
  • convicted him of remissness, of cowardice even; so vain and windy his
  • theorising seemed, judged by the other's deliberate act! Yet placed as
  • he was, what could he do, how advance their common end, but by passively
  • waiting on events? At least, he reflected, he could perform the trivial
  • service of trying to better his friend's case; and this he eagerly
  • offered to attempt. The doctor thanked him, but without any great
  • appearance of emotion: Odo was struck by the change which had
  • transformed a heady and intemperate speaker into a model of philosophic
  • calm. The doctor, indeed, seemed far more concerned for the safety of
  • his library and his cabinet of minerals than for his own. "Happily,"
  • said he, "I am not a man of family, and can therefore sacrifice my
  • liberty with a clear conscience: a fact I am the more thankful for when
  • I recall the moral distress of our poor friend Vivaldi, when compelled
  • to desert his post rather than be separated from his daughter."
  • The name brought the colour to Odo's brow, and with an embarrassed air
  • he asked what news the doctor had of their friend.
  • "Alas," said the other, "the last was of his death, which happened two
  • years since in Pavia. The Sardinian government had, as you probably
  • know, confiscated his small property on his leaving the state, and I am
  • told he died in great poverty, and in sore anxiety for his daughter's
  • future." He added that these events had taken place before his own
  • departure from Turin, and that since then he had learned nothing of
  • Fulvia's fate, save that she was said to have made her home with an aunt
  • who lived in a town of the Veneto.
  • Odo listened in silence. The lapse of time, and the absence of any links
  • of association, had dimmed the girl's image in his breast; but at the
  • mere sound of her name it lived again, and he felt her interwoven with
  • his deepest fibres. The picture of her father's death and of her own
  • need filled him with an ineffectual pity, and for a moment he thought of
  • seeking her out; but the other could recall neither the name of the town
  • she had removed to nor that of the relative who had given her a home.
  • To aid the good doctor was a simpler business. The intervention of de
  • Crucis and Odo's own influence sufficed to effect his release, and on
  • the payment of a heavy fine (in which Odo privately assisted him) he was
  • reinstated in his chair. The only promise exacted by the Holy Office was
  • that he should in future avoid propounding his own views on questions
  • already decided by Scripture, and to this he readily agreed, since, as
  • he shrewdly remarked to Odo, his opinions were now well-known, and any
  • who wished farther instruction had only to apply to him privately.
  • The old Duke having invited Odo to return to Monte Alloro with such
  • treasures as he had collected for the ducal galleries, the young man
  • resolved to visit Rome on his way to the North. His acquaintance with de
  • Crucis had grown into something like friendship since their joint effort
  • in behalf of the imprisoned sage, and the abate preparing to set out
  • about the same time, the two agreed to travel together. The road leading
  • from Naples to Rome was at that time one of the worst in Italy, and was
  • besides so ill-provided with inns that there was no inducement to linger
  • on the way. De Crucis, however, succeeded in enlivening even this
  • tedious journey. He was a good linguist and a sound classical scholar,
  • besides having, as he had told Odo, a pronounced taste for antiquarian
  • research. In addition to this, he performed agreeably on the violin, and
  • was well-acquainted with the history of music. His chief distinction,
  • however, lay in the ease with which he wore his accomplishments, and in
  • a breadth of view that made it possible to discuss with him many
  • subjects distasteful to most men of his cloth. The sceptical or
  • licentious ecclesiastic was common enough; but Odo had never before met
  • a priest who united serious piety with this indulgent temper, or who had
  • learning enough to do justice to the arguments of his opponents.
  • On his venturing one evening to compliment de Crucis on these qualities,
  • the latter replied with a smile: "Whatever has been lately advanced
  • against the Jesuits, it can hardly be denied that they were good
  • school-masters; and it is to them I owe the talents you have been
  • pleased to admire. Indeed," he continued, quietly fingering his violin,
  • "I was myself bred in the order: a fact I do not often make known in the
  • present heated state of public opinion, but which I never conceal when
  • commended for any quality that I owe to the Society rather than to my
  • own merit."
  • Surprise for the moment silenced Odo; for though it was known that Italy
  • was full of former Jesuits who had been permitted to remain in the
  • country as secular priests, and even to act as tutors or professors in
  • private families, he had never thought of de Crucis in this connection.
  • The latter, seeing his surprise, went on: "Once a Jesuit, always a
  • Jesuit, I suppose. I at least owe the Society too much not to own my
  • debt when the occasion offers. Nor could I ever see the force of the
  • charge so often brought against us: that we sacrifice everything to the
  • glory of the order. For what is the glory of the order? Our own motto
  • has declared it: Ad majorem Dei gloriam--who works for the Society works
  • for its Master. If our zeal has been sometimes misdirected, our blood
  • has a thousand times witnessed to its sincerity. In the Indies, in
  • America, in England during the great persecution, and lately on our own
  • unnatural coasts, the Jesuits have died for Christ as joyfully as His
  • first disciples died for Him. Yet these are but a small number in
  • comparison with the countless servants of the order who, labouring in
  • far countries among savage peoples, or surrounded by the heretical
  • enemies of our faith, have died the far bitterer death of moral
  • isolation: setting themselves to their task with the knowledge that
  • their lives were but so much indistinguishable dust to be added to the
  • sum of human effort. What association founded on human interests has
  • ever commanded such devotion? And what merely human authority could
  • count on such unquestioning obedience, not in a mob of poor illiterate
  • monks, but in men chosen for their capacity and trained to the exercise
  • of their highest faculties? Yet there have never lacked such men to
  • serve the Order; and as one of our enemies has said--our noblest enemy,
  • the great Pascal--'je crois volontiers aux histoires dont les temoins se
  • font egorger.'"
  • He did not again revert to his connection with the Jesuits; but in the
  • farther course of their acquaintance Odo was often struck by the
  • firmness with which he testified to the faith that was in him, without
  • using the jargon of piety, or seeming, by his own attitude, to cast a
  • reflection on that of others. He was indeed master of that worldly
  • science which the Jesuits excelled in imparting, and which, though it
  • might sink to hypocrisy in smaller natures, became in a finely-tempered
  • spirit, the very flower of Christian courtesy.
  • Odo had often spoken to de Crucis of the luxurious lives led by many of
  • the monastic orders in Naples. It might be true enough that the monks
  • themselves, and even their abbots, fared on fish and vegetables, and
  • gave their time to charitable and educational work; but it was
  • impossible to visit the famous monastery of San Martino, or that of the
  • Carthusians at Camaldoli, without observing that the anchoret's cell had
  • expanded into a delightful apartment, with bedchamber, library and
  • private chapel, and his cabbage-plot into a princely garden. De Crucis
  • admitted the truth of the charge, explaining it in part by the character
  • of the Neapolitan people, and by the tendency of the northern traveller
  • to forget that such apparent luxuries as spacious rooms, shady groves
  • and the like are regarded as necessities in a hot climate. He urged,
  • moreover, that the monastic life should not be judged by a few isolated
  • instances; and on the way to Rome he proposed that Odo, by way of seeing
  • the other side of the question, should visit the ancient foundation of
  • the Benedictines on Monte Cassino.
  • The venerable monastery, raised on its height over the busy vale of
  • Garigliano, like some contemplative spirit above the conflicting
  • problems of life, might well be held to represent the nobler side of
  • Christian celibacy. For nearly a thousand years its fortified walls had
  • been the stronghold of the humanities, and generations of students had
  • cherished and added to the treasures of the famous library. But the
  • Benedictine rule was as famous for good works as for learning, and its
  • comparative abstention from dogmatic controversy and from the mechanical
  • devotion of some of the other orders had drawn to it men of superior
  • mind, who sought in the monastic life the free exercise of the noblest
  • activities rather than a sanctified refuge from action. This was
  • especially true of the monastery of Monte Cassino, whither many scholars
  • had been attracted and where the fathers had long had the highest name
  • for learning and beneficence. The monastery, moreover, in addition to
  • its charitable and educational work among the poor, maintained a school
  • of theology to which students came from all parts of Italy; and their
  • presence lent an unwonted life to the great labyrinth of courts and
  • cloisters.
  • The abbot, with whom de Crucis was well-acquainted, welcomed the
  • travellers warmly, making them free of the library and the archives and
  • pressing them to prolong their visit. Under the spell of these
  • influences they lingered on from day to day; and to Odo they were the
  • pleasantest days he had known. To be waked before dawn by the bell
  • ringing for lauds--to rise from the narrow bed in his white-washed cell,
  • and opening his casement look forth over the haze-enveloped valley, the
  • dark hills of the Abruzzi and the remote gleam of sea touched into being
  • by the sunrise--to hasten through hushed echoing corridors to the
  • church, where in a grey resurrection-light the fathers were intoning the
  • solemn office of renewal--this morning ablution of the spirit, so like
  • the bodily plunge into clear cold water, seemed to attune the mind to
  • the fullest enjoyment of what was to follow: the hours of study, the
  • talks with the monks, the strolls through cloister or garden, all
  • punctuated by the recurring summons to devotion. Yet for all its latent
  • significance it remained to him a purely sensuous impression, the vision
  • of a golden leisure: not a solution of life's perplexities, but at best
  • an honourable escape from them.
  • 3.2.
  • "To know Rome is to have assisted at the councils of destiny!" This cry
  • of a more famous traveller must have struggled for expression in Odo's
  • breast as the great city, the city of cities, laid her irresistible hold
  • upon him. His first impression, as he drove in the clear evening light
  • from the Porta del Popolo to his lodgings in the Via Sistina, was of a
  • prodigious accumulation of architectural effects, a crowding of century
  • on century, all fused in the crucible of the Roman sun, so that each
  • style seemed linked to the other by some subtle affinity of colour.
  • Nowhere else, surely, is the traveller's first sight so crowded with
  • surprises, with conflicting challenges to eye and brain. Here, as he
  • passed, was a fragment of the ancient Servian wall, there a new stucco
  • shrine embedded in the bricks of a medieval palace; on one hand a lofty
  • terrace crowned by a row of mouldering busts, on the other a tower with
  • machicolated parapet, its flanks encrusted with bits of Roman sculpture
  • and the escutcheons of seventeenth-century Popes. Opposite, perhaps, one
  • of Fuga's golden-brown churches, with windy saints blowing out of their
  • niches, overlooked the nereids of a barocco fountain, or an old house
  • propped itself like a palsied beggar against a row of Corinthian
  • columns; while everywhere flights of steps led up and down to hanging
  • gardens or under archways, and each turn revealed some distant glimpse
  • of convent-walls on the slope of a vineyard or of red-brown ruins
  • profiled against the dim sea-like reaches of the Campagna.
  • Afterward, as order was born out of chaos, and he began to thread his
  • way among the centuries, this first vision lost something of its
  • intensity; yet it was always, to the last, through the eye that Rome
  • possessed him. Her life, indeed, as though in obedience to such a
  • setting, was an external, a spectacular business, from the wild
  • animation of the cattle-market in the Forum or the hucksters' traffic
  • among the fountains of the Piazza Navona, to the pompous entertainments
  • in the cardinals' palaces and the ever-recurring religious ceremonies
  • and processions. Pius VI., in the reaction from Ganganelli's democratic
  • ways, had restored the pomp and ceremonial of the Vatican with the
  • religious discipline of the Holy Office; and never perhaps had Rome been
  • more splendid on the surface or more silent and empty within. Odo, at
  • times, as he moved through some assemblage of cardinals and nobles, had
  • the sensation of walking through a huge reverberating palace, decked out
  • with all the splendours of art but long since abandoned of men. The
  • superficial animation, the taste for music and antiquities, all the
  • dilettantisms of an idle and irresponsible society, seemed to him to
  • shrivel to dust in the glare of that great past that lit up every corner
  • of the present.
  • Through his own connections, and the influence of de Crucis, he saw all
  • that was best not only among the nobility, but in that ecclesiastical
  • life now more than ever predominant in Rome. Here at last he was face to
  • face with the mighty Sphinx, and with the bleaching bones of those who
  • had tried to guess her riddle. Wherever he went these "lost adventurers"
  • walked the streets with him, gliding between the Princes of the Church
  • in the ceremonies of Saint Peter's and the Lateran, or mingling in the
  • company that ascended the state staircase at some cardinal's levee.
  • He met indeed many accomplished and amiable ecclesiastics, but it seemed
  • to him that the more thoughtful among them had either acquired their
  • peace of mind at the cost of a certain sensitiveness, or had taken
  • refuge in a study of the past, as the early hermits fled to the desert
  • from the disorders of Antioch and Alexandria. None seemed disposed to
  • face the actual problems of life, and this attitude of caution or
  • indifference had produced a stagnation of thought that contrasted
  • strongly with the animation of Sir William Hamilton's circle in Naples.
  • The result in Odo's case was a reaction toward the pleasures of his age;
  • and of these Rome had but few to offer. He spent some months in the
  • study of the antique, purchasing a few good examples of sculpture for
  • the Duke, and then, without great reluctance, set out for Monte Alloro.
  • Here he found a changed atmosphere. The Duke welcomed him handsomely,
  • and bestowed the highest praise on the rarities he had collected; but
  • for the moment the court was ruled by a new favourite, to whom Odo's
  • coming was obviously unwelcome. This adroit adventurer, whose name was
  • soon to become notorious throughout Europe, had taken the old prince by
  • his darling weaknesses, and Odo, having no mind to share in the excesses
  • of the precious couple, seized the first occasion to set out again on
  • his travels.
  • His course had now become one of aimless wandering; for prudence still
  • forbade his return to Pianura, and his patron's indifference left him
  • free to come and go as he chose. He had brought from Rome--that albergo
  • d'ira--a settled melancholy of spirit, which sought refuge in such
  • distractions as the moment offered. In such a mood change of scene was a
  • necessity, and he resolved to employ the next months in visiting several
  • of the mid-Italian cities. Toward Florence he was specially drawn by the
  • fact that Alfieri now lived there; but, as often happens after such
  • separations, the reunion was a disappointment. Alfieri, indeed, warmly
  • welcomed his friend; but he was engrossed in his dawning passion for the
  • Countess of Albany, and that lady's pitiable situation excluded all
  • other interests from his mind. To Odo, to whom the years had brought an
  • increasing detachment, this self-absorption seemed an arrest in growth;
  • for Alfieri's early worship of liberty had not yet found its destined
  • channel of expression, and for the moment his enthusiasms had shrunk to
  • the compass of a romantic adventure. The friends parted after a few days
  • of unsatisfying intercourse; and it was under the influence of this
  • final disenchantment that Odo set out for Venice.
  • It was the vintage season, and the travellers descended from the
  • Apennines on a landscape diversified by the picturesque incidents of the
  • grape-gathering. On every slope stood some villa with awnings spread,
  • and merry parties were picnicking among the vines or watching the
  • peasants at their work. Cantapresto, who had shown great reluctance at
  • leaving Monte Alloro, where, as he declared, he found himself as snug as
  • an eel in a pasty, was now all eagerness to press forward; and Odo was
  • in the mood to allow any influence to decide his course. He had an
  • invaluable courier in Cantapresto, whose enormous pretensions generally
  • assured him the best lodging and the fastest conveyance to be obtained,
  • and who was never happier than when outwitting a rival emissary, or
  • bribing a landlord to serve up on Odo's table the repast ordered in
  • advance for some distinguished traveller. His impatience to reach
  • Venice, which he described as the scene of all conceivable delights, had
  • on this occasion tripled his zeal, and they travelled rapidly to Padua,
  • where he had engaged a burchiello for the passage down the Brenta. Here,
  • however, he found he had been outdone at his own game; for the servant
  • of an English Duke had captured the burchiello and embarked his noble
  • party before Cantapresto reached the wharf. This being the season of the
  • villeggiatura, when the Venetian nobility were exchanging visits on the
  • mainland, every conveyance was in motion and no other boat to be had for
  • a week; while as for the "bucentaur" or public bark, which was just then
  • getting under way, it was already packed to the gunwale with Jews,
  • pedlars and such vermin, and the captain swore by the three thousand
  • relics of Saint Justina that he had no room on board for so much as a
  • hungry flea.
  • Odo, who had accompanied Cantapresto to the water-side, was listening to
  • these assurances and to the soprano's vain invectives, when a
  • well-dressed young man stepped up to the group. This gentleman, whose
  • accent and dress showed him to be a Frenchman of quality, told Odo that
  • he was come from Vicenza, whither he had gone to engage a company of
  • actors for his friend the Procuratore Bra, who was entertaining a
  • distinguished company at his villa on the Brenta; that he was now
  • returning with his players, and that he would be glad to convey Odo so
  • far on his road to Venice. His friend's seat, he added, was near Oriago,
  • but a few miles above Fusina, where a public conveyance might always be
  • found; so that Odo would doubtless be able to proceed the same night to
  • Venice.
  • This civil offer Odo at once accepted, and the Frenchman thereupon
  • suggested that, as the party was to set out the next day at sunrise, the
  • two should sup together and pass the intervening hours in such
  • diversions as the city offered. They returned to the inn, where the
  • actors were also lodged, and Odo's host having ordered a handsome
  • supper, proposed, with his guest's permission, to invite the leading
  • members of the company to partake of it. He departed on this errand; and
  • great was Odo's wonder, when the door reopened, to discover, among the
  • party it admitted, his old acquaintance of Vercelli, the Count of
  • Castelrovinato. The latter, whose dress and person had been refurbished,
  • and who now wore an air of rakish prosperity, greeted him with evident
  • pleasure, and, while their entertainer was engaged in seating the ladies
  • of the company, gave him a brief account of the situation.
  • The young French gentleman (whom he named as the Marquis de
  • Coeur-Volant) had come to Italy some months previously on the grand
  • tour, and having fallen a victim to the charms of Venice, had declared
  • that, instead of continuing on his travels, he meant to complete his
  • education in that famous school of pleasure. Being master of his own
  • fortune, he had hired a palace on the Grand Canal, had dispatched his
  • governor (a simple archaeologist) on a mission of exploration to Sicily
  • and Greece, and had devoted himself to an assiduous study of Venetian
  • manners. Among those contributing to his instruction was Mirandolina of
  • Chioggia, who had just completed a successful engagement at the theatre
  • of San Moise in Venice. Wishing to detain her in the neighbourhood, her
  • adorer had prevailed on his friend the Procuratore to give a series of
  • comedies at his villa of Bellocchio and had engaged to provide him with
  • a good company of performers. Miranda was of course selected as prima
  • amorosa; and the Marquess, under Castelrovinato's guidance, had then set
  • out to collect the rest of the company. This he had succeeded in doing,
  • and was now returning to Bellocchio, where Miranda was to meet them. Odo
  • was the more diverted at the hazard which had brought him into such
  • company, as the Procuratore Bra was one of the noblemen to whom the old
  • Duke had specially recommended him. On learning this, the Marquess urged
  • him to present his letter of introduction on arriving at Bellocchio,
  • where the Procuratore, who was noted for hospitality to strangers, would
  • doubtless insist on his joining the assembled party. This Odo declined
  • to do; but his curiosity to see Mirandolina made him hope that chance
  • would soon throw him in the Procuratore's way.
  • Meanwhile supper was succeeded by music and dancing, and the company
  • broke up only in time to proceed to the landing-place where their barge
  • awaited them. This was a private burchiello of the Procuratore's with a
  • commodious antechamber for the servants, and a cabin cushioned in
  • damask. Into this agreeable retreat the actresses were packed with all
  • their bags and band-boxes; and their travelling-cloaks being rolled into
  • pillows, they were soon asleep in a huddle of tumbled finery.
  • Odo and his host preferred to take the air on deck. The sun was rising
  • above the willow-clad banks of the Brenta, and it was pleasant to glide
  • in the clear early light past sleeping gardens and villas, and vineyards
  • where the peasants were already at work. The wind setting from the sea,
  • they travelled slowly and had full leisure to view the succession of
  • splendid seats interspersed with gardens, the thriving villages, and the
  • poplar-groves festooned with vines. Coeur-Volant spoke eloquently of the
  • pleasures to be enjoyed in this delightful season of the villeggiatura.
  • "Nowhere," said he, "do people take their pleasures so easily and
  • naturally as in Venice. My countrymen claim a superiority in this art,
  • and it may be they possessed it a generation ago. But what a morose
  • place is France become since philosophy has dethroned enjoyment! If you
  • go on a visit to one of our noblemen's seats, what do you find there, I
  • ask? Cards, comedies, music, the opportunity for an agreeable intrigue
  • in the society of your equals? No--but a hostess engaged in suckling and
  • bathing her brats, or in studying chemistry and optics with some dirty
  • school-master, who is given the seat of honour at table and a pavilion
  • in the park to which he may retire when weary of the homage of the
  • great; while as for the host, he is busy discussing education or
  • political economy with his unfortunate guests, if, indeed, he is not
  • dragging them through leagues of mud and dust to inspect his latest
  • experiments in forestry and agriculture, or to hear a pack of snuffling
  • school-children singing hymns to the God of Nature! And what," he
  • continued, "is the result of it all? The peasants are starving, the
  • taxes are increasing, the virtuous landlords are ruining themselves in
  • farming on scientific principles, the tradespeople are grumbling because
  • the nobility do not spend their money in Paris, the court is dull, the
  • clergy are furious, the Queen mopes, the King is frightened, and the
  • whole French people are yawning themselves to death from Normandy to
  • Provence."
  • "Yes," said Castelrovinato with his melancholy smile, "the test of
  • success is to have had one's money's worth; but experience, which is
  • dried pleasure, is at best a dusty diet, as we know. Yonder, in a fold
  • of those hills," he added, pointing to the cluster of Euganean mountains
  • just faintly pencilled above the plain, "lies the little fief from which
  • I take my name. Acre by acre, tree by tree, it has gone to pay for my
  • experiments, not in agriculture but in pleasure; and whenever I look
  • over at it from Venice and reflect on what each rood of ground or trunk
  • of tree has purchased, I wonder to see my life as bare as ever for all
  • that I have spent on it."
  • The young Marquess shrugged his shoulders. "And would your life," he
  • exclaimed, "have been a whit less bare had you passed it in your
  • ancestral keep among those windy hills, in the company of swineherds and
  • charcoal-burners, with a milk-maid for your mistress and the village
  • priest for your partner at picquet?"
  • "Perhaps not," the other agreed. "There is a tale of a man who spent his
  • life in wishing he had lived differently; and when he died he was
  • surrounded by a throng of spectral shapes, each one exactly like the
  • other, who, on his asking what they were, replied: 'We are all the
  • different lives you might have lived.'"
  • "If you are going to tell ghost-stories," cried Coeur-Volant, "I will
  • call for a bottle of Canary!"
  • "And I," rejoined the Count good-humouredly, "will try to coax the
  • ladies forth with a song;" and picking up his lute, which always lay
  • within reach, he began to sing in the Venetian dialect:--
  • There's a villa on the Brenta
  • Where the statues, white as snow,
  • All along the water-terrace
  • Perch like sea-gulls in a row.
  • There's a garden on the Brenta
  • Where the fairest ladies meet,
  • Picking roses from the trellis
  • For the gallants at their feet.
  • There's an arbour on the Brenta
  • Made of yews that screen the light,
  • Where I kiss my girl at midday
  • Close as lovers kiss at night.
  • The players soon emerged at this call and presently the deck resounded
  • with song and laughter. All the company were familiar with the Venetian
  • bacaroles, and Castelrovinato's lute was passed from hand to hand, as
  • one after another, incited by the Marquess's Canary, tried to recall
  • some favourite measure--"La biondina in gondoleta" or "Guarda, che bella
  • luna."
  • Meanwhile life was stirring in the villages and gardens, and groups of
  • people appearing on the terraces overhanging the water. Never had Odo
  • beheld a livelier scene. The pillared houses with their rows of statues
  • and vases, the flights of marble steps descending to the gilded
  • river-gates, where boats bobbed against the landings and boatmen gasped
  • in the shade of their awnings; the marble trellises hung with grapes,
  • the gardens where parterres of flowers and parti-coloured gravel
  • alternated with the dusk of tunnelled yew-walks; the company playing at
  • bowls in the long alleys, or drinking chocolate in gazebos above the
  • river; the boats darting hither and thither on the stream itself, the
  • travelling-chaises, market-waggons and pannier-asses crowding the
  • causeway along the bank--all were unrolled before him with as little
  • effect of reality as the episodes woven in some gaily-tinted tapestry.
  • Even the peasants in the vineyards seemed as merry and thoughtless as
  • the quality in their gardens. The vintage-time is the holiday of the
  • rural year and the day's work was interspersed with frequent intervals
  • of relaxation. At the villages where the burchiello touched for
  • refreshments, handsome young women in scarlet bodices came on board with
  • baskets of melons, grapes, figs and peaches; and under the trellises on
  • the landings, lads and girls with flowers in their hair were dancing the
  • monferrina to the rattle of tambourines or the chant of some wandering
  • ballad-singer. These scenes were so engaging to the comedians that they
  • could not be restrained from going ashore and mingling in the village
  • diversions; and the Marquess, though impatient to rejoin his divinity,
  • was too volatile not to be drawn into the adventure. The whole party
  • accordingly disembarked, and were presently giving an exhibition of
  • their talents to the assembled idlers, the Pantaloon, Harlequin and
  • Doctor enacting a comical intermezzo which Cantapresto had that morning
  • composed for them, while Scaramouch and Columbine joined the dancers,
  • and the rest of the company, seizing on a train of donkeys laden with
  • vegetables for the Venetian market, stripped these patient animals of
  • their panniers, and mounting them bareback started a Corso around the
  • village square amid the invectives of the drivers and the applause of
  • the crowd.
  • Day was declining when the Marquess at last succeeded in driving his
  • flock to their fold, and the moon sent a quiver of brightness across the
  • water as the burchiello touched at the landing of a villa set amid
  • close-massed foliage high above the river. Gardens peopled with statues
  • descended from the portico of the villa to the marble platform on the
  • water's edge, where a throng of boatmen in the Procuratore's livery
  • hurried forward to receive the Marquess and his companions. The
  • comedians, sobered by the magnificence of their surroundings, followed
  • their leader like awe-struck children. Light and music streamed from the
  • long facade overhead, but the lower gardens lay hushed and dark, the air
  • fragrant with unseen flowers, the late moon just burnishing the edges of
  • the laurel-thickets from which, now and again, a nightingale's song
  • gushed in a fountain of sound. Odo, spellbound, followed the others
  • without a thought of his own share in the adventure. Never before had
  • beauty so ministered to every sense. He felt himself lost in his
  • surroundings, absorbed in the scent and murmur of the night.
  • 3.3.
  • On the upper terrace a dozen lacqueys with wax lights hastened out to
  • receive the travellers. A laughing group followed, headed by a tall
  • vivacious woman covered with jewels, whom Odo guessed to be the
  • Procuratessa Bra. The Marquess, hastening forward, kissed the lady's
  • hand, and turned to summon the actors, who hung back at the farther end
  • of the terrace. The light from the windows and from the lacquey's tapers
  • fell full on the motley band, and Odo, roused to the singularity of his
  • position, was about to seek shelter behind the Pantaloon when he heard a
  • cry of recognition, and Mirandolina, darting out of the Procuratessa's
  • circle, fell at that lady's feet with a whispered word.
  • The Procuratessa at once advanced with a smile of surprise and bade the
  • Cavaliere Valsecca welcome. Seeing Odo's embarrassment, she added that
  • his Highness of Monte Alloro had already apprised her of the cavaliere's
  • coming, and that she and her husband had the day before despatched a
  • messenger to Venice to enquire if he were already there to invite him to
  • the villa. At the same moment a middle-aged man with an air of careless
  • kindly strength emerged from the house and greeted Odo.
  • "I am happy," said he bowing, "to receive at Bellocchio a member of the
  • princely house of Pianura; and your excellency will no doubt be as
  • well-pleased as ourselves that accident enables us to make acquaintance
  • without the formalities of an introduction."
  • This, then, was the famous Procuratore Bra, whose house had given three
  • Doges to Venice, and who was himself regarded as the most powerful if
  • not the most scrupulous noble of his day. Odo had heard many tales of
  • his singularities, for in a generation of elegant triflers his figure
  • stood out with the ruggedness of a granite boulder in a clipped and
  • gravelled garden. To hereditary wealth and influence he added a love of
  • power seconded by great political sagacity and an inflexible will. If
  • his means were not always above suspicion they at least tended to
  • statesmanlike ends, and in his public capacity he was faithful to the
  • highest interests of the state. Reports differed as to his private use
  • of his authority. He was noted for his lavish way of living, and for a
  • hospitality which distinguished him from the majority of his class, who,
  • however showy in their establishments, seldom received strangers, and
  • entertained each other only on the most ceremonious occasions. The
  • Procuratore kept open house both in Venice and on the Brenta, and in his
  • drawing-rooms the foreign traveller was welcomed as freely as in Paris
  • or London. Here, too, were to be met the wits, musicians and literati
  • whom a traditional morgue still excluded from many aristocratic houses.
  • Yet in spite of his hospitality (or perhaps because of it) the
  • Procuratore, as Odo knew, was the butt of the very poets he entertained,
  • and the worst satirised man in Venice. It was his misfortune to be in
  • love with his wife; and this state of mind (in itself sufficiently
  • ridiculous) and the shifts and compromises to which it reduced him, were
  • a source of endless amusement to the humorists. Nor were graver rumours
  • wanting; for it was known that the Procuratore, so proof against other
  • persuasions, was helpless in his wife's hands, and that honest men had
  • been undone and scoundrels exalted at a nod of the beautiful
  • Procuratessa. That lady, as famous in her way as her husband, was noted
  • for quite different qualities; so that, according to one satirist, her
  • hospitality began where his ended, and the Albergo Bra (the nickname
  • their palace went by) was advertised in the lampoons of the day as
  • furnishing both bed and board. In some respects, however, the tastes of
  • the noble couple agreed, both delighting in music, wit, good company,
  • and all the adornments of life; while, with regard to their private
  • conduct, it doubtless suffered by being viewed through the eyes of a
  • narrow and trivial nobility, apt to look with suspicion on any deviation
  • from the customs of their class. Such was the household in which Odo
  • found himself unexpectedly included. He learned that his hosts were in
  • the act of entertaining the English Duke who had captured his burchiello
  • that morning; and having exchanged his travelling-dress for a more
  • suitable toilet he was presently conducted to the private theatre where
  • the company had gathered to witness an improvised performance by
  • Mirandolina and the newly-arrived actors.
  • The Procuratessa at once beckoned him to the row of gilt armchairs where
  • she sat with the noble Duke and several ladies of distinction. The
  • little theatre sparkled with wax-lights reflected in the facets of glass
  • chandeliers and in the jewels of the richly-habited company, and Odo was
  • struck by the refined brilliancy of the scene. Before he had time to
  • look about him the curtains of the stage were drawn back, and
  • Mirandolina flashed into view, daring and radiant as ever, and dressed
  • with an elegance which spoke well for the liberality of her new
  • protector. She was as much at her ease as before the vulgar audience of
  • Vercelli, and spite of the distinguished eyes fixed upon her, her smiles
  • and sallies were pointedly addressed to Odo. This made him the object of
  • the Procuratessa's banter, but had an opposite effect on the Marquess,
  • who fixed him with an irritated eye and fidgeted restlessly in his seat
  • as the performance went on.
  • When the curtain fell the Procuratessa led the company to the circular
  • saloon which, as in most villas of the Venetian mainland, formed the
  • central point of the house. If Odo had been charmed by the graceful
  • decorations of the theatre, he was dazzled by the airy splendour of this
  • apartment. Dance-music was pouring from the arched recesses above the
  • doorways, and chandeliers of coloured Murano glass diffused a soft
  • brightness over the pilasters of the stuccoed walls, and the floor of
  • inlaid marbles on which couples were rapidly forming for the
  • contradance. His eye, however, was soon drawn from these to the ceiling
  • which overarched the dancers with what seemed like an Olympian revel
  • reflected in sunset clouds. Over the gilt balustrade surmounting the
  • cornice lolled the figures of fauns, bacchantes, nereids and tritons,
  • hovered over by a cloud of amorini blown like rose-leaves across a rosy
  • sky, while in the centre of the dome Apollo burst in his chariot through
  • the mists of dawn, escorted by a fantastic procession of the human
  • races. These alien subjects of the sun--a fur-clad Laplander, a turbaned
  • figure on a dromedary, a blackamoor and a plumed American Indian--were
  • in turn surrounded by a rout of Maenads and Silenuses, whose flushed
  • advance was checked by the breaking of cool green waves, through which
  • boys wreathed with coral and seaweed disported themselves among shoals
  • of flashing dolphins. It was as though the genius of Pleasure had poured
  • all the riches of his inexhaustible realm on the heads of the revellers
  • below.
  • The Procuratessa brought Odo to earth by remarking that it was a
  • master-piece of the divine Tiepolo he was admiring. She added that at
  • Bellocchio all formalities were dispensed with, and begged him to
  • observe that, in the rooms opening into the saloon, recreations were
  • provided for every taste. In one of these apartments silver trays were
  • set out with sherbets, cakes, and fruit cooled in snow, while in another
  • stood gaming-tables around which the greater number of the company were
  • already gathering for tresette. A third room was devoted to music; and
  • hither Mirandolina, who was evidently allowed a familiarity of
  • intercourse not accorded to the other comedians, had withdrawn with the
  • pacified Marquess, and perched on the arm of a high gilt chair was
  • pinching the strings of a guitar and humming the first notes of a
  • boatman's song...
  • After completing the circuit of the rooms Odo stepped out on the
  • terrace, which was now bathed in the whiteness of a soaring moon. The
  • colonnades detached against silver-misted foliage, the gardens
  • spectrally outspread, seemed to enclose him in a magic circle of
  • loveliness which the first ray of daylight must dispel. He wandered on,
  • drawn to the depths of shade on the lower terraces. The hush grew
  • deeper, the murmur of the river more mysterious. A yew-arbour invited
  • him and he seated himself on the bench niched in its inmost dusk. Seen
  • through the black arch of the arbour the moonlight lay like snow on
  • parterres and statues. He thought of Maria Clementina, and of the
  • delight she would have felt in such a scene as he had just left. Then
  • the remembrance of Mirandolina's blandishments stole over him and spite
  • of himself he smiled at the Marquess's discomfiture. Though he was in no
  • humour for an intrigue his fancy was not proof against the romance of
  • his surroundings, and it seemed to him that Miranda's eyes had never
  • been so bright or her smile so full of provocation. No wonder Frattanto
  • followed her like a lost soul and the Marquess abandoned Rome and
  • Baalbec to sit at the feet of such a teacher! Had not that light
  • philosopher after all chosen the true way and guessed the Sphinx's
  • riddle? Why should today always be jilted for tomorrow, sensation
  • sacrificed to thought?
  • As he sat revolving these questions the yew-branches seemed to stir, and
  • from some deeper recess of shade a figure stole to his side. He started,
  • but a hand was laid on his lips and he was gently forced back into his
  • seat. Dazzled by the outer moonlight he could just guess the outline of
  • the figure pressed against his own. He sat speechless, yielding to the
  • charm of the moment, till suddenly he felt a rapid kiss and the visitor
  • vanished as mysteriously as she had come. He sprang up to follow, but
  • inclination failed with his first step. Let the spell of mystery remain
  • unbroken! He sank down on the seat again lulled by dreamy musings...
  • When he looked up the moonlight had faded and he felt a chill in the
  • air. He walked out on the terrace. The moon hung low and the tree-tops
  • were beginning to tremble. The villa-front was grey, with oblongs of
  • yellow light marking the windows of the ball-room. As he looked up at
  • it, the dance-music ceased and not a sound was heard but the stir of the
  • foliage and the murmur of the river against its banks. Then, from a
  • loggia above the central portico, a woman's clear contralto notes took
  • flight:
  • Before the yellow dawn is up,
  • With pomp of shield and shaft,
  • Drink we of Night's fast-ebbing cup
  • One last delicious draught.
  • The shadowy wine of Night is sweet,
  • With subtle slumbrous fumes
  • Crushed by the Hours' melodious feet
  • From bloodless elder-blooms...
  • The days at Bellocchio passed in a series of festivities. The mornings
  • were spent in drinking chocolate, strolling in the gardens and visiting
  • the fish-ponds, meanders and other wonders of the villa; thence the
  • greater number of guests were soon drawn to the card-tables, from which
  • they rose only to dine; and after an elaborate dinner prepared by a
  • French cook the whole company set out to explore the country or to
  • exchange visits with the hosts of the adjoining villas. Each evening
  • brought some fresh diversion: a comedy or an operetta in the miniature
  • theatre, an al fresco banquet on the terrace or a ball attended by the
  • principal families of the neighbourhood. Odo soon contrived to reassure
  • the Marquess as to his designs upon Miranda, and when Coeur-Volant was
  • not at cards the two young men spent much of their time together. The
  • Marquess was never tired of extolling the taste and ingenuity with which
  • the Venetians planned and carried out their recreations. "Nature
  • herself," said he, "seems the accomplice of their merry-making, and in
  • no other surroundings could man's natural craving for diversion find so
  • graceful and poetic an expression."
  • The scene on which they looked out seemed to confirm his words. It was
  • the last evening of their stay at Bellocchio, and the Procuratessa had
  • planned a musical festival on the river. Festoons of coloured lanterns
  • wound from the portico to the water; and opposite the landing lay the
  • Procuratore's Bucentaur, a great barge hung with crimson velvet. In the
  • prow were stationed the comedians, in airy mythological dress, and as
  • the guests stepped on board they were received by Miranda, a rosy Venus
  • who, escorted by Mars and Adonis, recited an ode composed by Cantapresto
  • in the Procuratessa's honour. A banquet was spread in the deck-house,
  • which was hung with silk arras and Venetian mirrors, and, while the
  • guests feasted, dozens of little boats hung with lights and filled with
  • musicians flitted about the Bucentaur like a swarm of musical
  • fireflies...
  • The next day Odo accompanied the Procuratessa to Venice. Had he been a
  • traveller from beyond the Alps he could hardly have been more unprepared
  • for the spectacle that awaited him. In aspect and customs Venice
  • differed almost as much from other Italian cities as from those of the
  • rest of Europe. From the fanciful stone embroidery of her churches and
  • palaces to a hundred singularities in dress and manners--the
  • full-bottomed wigs and long gowns of the nobles, the black mantles and
  • head-draperies of the ladies, the white masks worn abroad by both sexes,
  • the publicity of social life under the arcades of the Piazza, the
  • extraordinary freedom of intercourse in the casini, gaming-rooms and
  • theatres--the city proclaimed, in every detail of life and architecture,
  • her independence of any tradition but her own. This was the more
  • singular as Saint Mark's square had for centuries been the meeting-place
  • of East and West, and the goal of artists, scholars and pleasure-seekers
  • from all parts of the world. Indeed, as Coeur-Volant pointed out, the
  • Venetian customs almost appeared to have been devised for the
  • convenience of strangers. The privilege of going masked at almost all
  • seasons and the enforced uniformity of dress, which in itself provided a
  • kind of incognito, made the place singularly favourable to every kind of
  • intrigue and amusement; while the mild temper of the people and the
  • watchfulness of the police prevented the public disorders that such
  • license might have occasioned. These seeming anomalies abounded on every
  • side. From the gaming-table where a tinker might set a ducat against a
  • prince it was but a few steps to the Broglio, or arcade under the ducal
  • palace, into which no plebeian might intrude while the nobility walked
  • there. The great ladies, who were subject to strict sumptuary laws, and
  • might not display their jewels or try the new French fashions but on the
  • sly, were yet privileged at all hours to go abroad alone in their
  • gondolas. No society was more haughty and exclusive in its traditions,
  • yet the mask leveled all classes and permitted, during the greater part
  • of the year, an equality of intercourse undreamed of in other cities;
  • while the nobles, though more magnificently housed than in any other
  • capital of Europe, generally sought amusement at the public casini or
  • assembly-rooms instead of receiving company in their own palaces. Such
  • were but a few of the contradictions in a city where the theatres were
  • named after the neighbouring churches, where there were innumerable
  • religious foundations but scarce an ecclesiastic to be met in company,
  • and where the ladies of the laity dressed like nuns, while the nuns in
  • the aristocratic convents went in gala habits and with uncovered heads.
  • No wonder that to the bewildered stranger the Venetians seemed to keep
  • perpetual carnival and Venice herself to be as it were the mere stage of
  • some huge comic interlude.
  • To Odo the setting was even more astonishing than the performance. Never
  • had he seen pleasure and grace so happily allied, all the arts of life
  • so combined in the single effort after enjoyment. Here was not a mere
  • tendency to linger on the surface, but the essence of superficiality
  • itself; not an ignoring of what lies beneath, but an elimination of it;
  • as though all human experience should be beaten thin and spread out
  • before the eye like some brilliant tenuous plaque of Etruscan gold. And
  • in this science of pleasure--mere jeweller's work though it were--the
  • greatest artists had collaborated, each contributing his page to the
  • philosophy of enjoyment in the form of some radiant allegory flowering
  • from palace wall or ceiling like the enlarged reflection of the life
  • beneath it. Nowhere was the mind arrested by a question or an idea.
  • Thought slunk away like an unmasked guest at the ridotto. Sensation
  • ruled supreme, and each moment was an iridescent bubble fresh-blown from
  • the lips of fancy.
  • Odo brought to the spectacle the humour best fitted for its enjoyment.
  • His weariness and discouragement sought refuge in the emotional
  • satisfaction of the hour. Here at least the old problem of living had
  • been solved, and from the patrician taking the air in his gondola to the
  • gondolier himself, gambling and singing on the water-steps of his
  • master's palace, all seemed equally satisfied with the solution. Now if
  • ever was the time to cry "halt!" to the present, to forget the travelled
  • road and take no thought for the morrow...
  • The months passed rapidly and agreeably. The Procuratessa was the most
  • amiable of guides, and in her company Odo enjoyed the best that Venice
  • had to offer, from the matchless music of the churches and hospitals to
  • the petits soupers in the private casini of the nobility; while
  • Coeur-Volant and Castelrovinato introduced him to scenes where even a
  • lady of the Procuratessa's intrepidity might not venture.
  • Such a life left little time for thoughtful pleasures; nor did Odo find
  • in the society about him any sympathy with his more personal tastes. At
  • first he yielded willingly enough to the pressure of his surroundings,
  • glad to escape from thoughts of the past and speculations about the
  • future; but it was impossible for him to lose his footing in such an
  • element, and at times he felt the lack of such companionship as de
  • Crucis had given him. There was no society in Venice corresponding with
  • the polished circles of Milan or Naples, or with the academic class in
  • such University towns as Padua and Pavia. The few Venetians destined to
  • be remembered among those who had contributed to the intellectual
  • advancement of Italy vegetated in obscurity, suffering not so much from
  • religious persecution--for the Inquisition had little power in
  • Venice--as from the incorrigible indifference of a society which ignored
  • all who did not contribute to its amusement. Odo indeed might have
  • sought out these unhonoured prophets, but that all the influences about
  • him set the other way, and that he was falling more and more into the
  • habit of running with the tide. Now and then, however, a vague ennui
  • drove him to one of the bookshops which, throughout Italy were the chief
  • meeting-places of students and authors. On one of these occasions the
  • dealer invited him into a private room where he kept some rare volumes,
  • and here Odo was surprised to meet Andreoni, the liberal bookseller of
  • Pianura.
  • Andreoni at first seemed somewhat disconcerted by the meeting; but
  • presently recovering his confidence, he told Odo that he had been
  • recently banished from Pianura, the cause of his banishment being the
  • publication of a book on taxation that was supposed to reflect on the
  • fiscal system of the duchy. Though he did not name the author, Odo at
  • once suspected Gamba; but on his enquiring if the latter had also been
  • banished, Andreoni merely replied that he had been dismissed from his
  • post, and had left Pianura. The bookseller went on to say that he had
  • come to Venice with the idea of setting up his press either there or in
  • Padua, where his wife's family lived. Odo was eager to hear more; but
  • Andreoni courteously declined to wait on him at his lodgings, on the
  • plea that it might harm them both to be seen together. They agreed,
  • however, to meet in San Zaccaria after low mass the next morning, and
  • here Andreoni gave Odo a fuller report of recent events in the duchy.
  • It appeared that in the incessant see-saw of party influences the Church
  • had once more gained on the liberals. Trescorre was out of favour, the
  • Dominican had begun to show his hand more openly, and the Duke, more
  • than ever apprehensive about his health, was seeking to conciliate
  • heaven by his renewed persecution of the reformers. In the general
  • upheaval even Crescenti had nearly lost his place; and it was rumoured
  • that he kept it only through the intervention of the Pope, who had
  • represented to the Duke that the persecution of a scholar already famous
  • throughout Europe would reflect little credit on the Church.
  • As for Gamba, Andreoni, though unwilling to admit a knowledge of his
  • exact whereabouts, assured Odo that he was well and had not lost
  • courage. At court matters remained much as usual. The Duchess,
  • surrounded by her familiars, had entered on a new phase of mad
  • expenditure, draining the exchequer to indulge her private whims,
  • filling her apartments with mountebanks and players, and borrowing from
  • courtiers and servants to keep her creditors from the door. Trescorre
  • was no longer able to check her extravagance, and his influence with the
  • Duke being on the wane, the court was once more the scene of unseemly
  • scandals and disorders.
  • The only new figure to appear there since Odo's departure was that of
  • the little prince's governor, who had come from Rome a few months
  • previously to superintend the heir's education, which was found to have
  • been grievously neglected under his former masters. This was an
  • ecclesiastic, an ex-Jesuit as some said, but without doubt a man of
  • parts, and apparently of more tolerant views than the other churchmen
  • about the court.
  • "But," Andreoni added, "your excellency may chance to recall him; for he
  • is the same abate de Crucis who was sent to Pianura by the Holy Office
  • to arrest the German astrologer."
  • Odo heard him with surprise. He had had no news of de Crucis since their
  • parting in Rome, where, as he supposed, the latter was to remain for
  • some years in the service of Prince Bracciano. Odo was at a loss to
  • conceive how or why the Jesuit had come to Pianura; but, whatever his
  • reasons for being there, it was certain that his influence must make
  • itself felt far beyond the range of his immediate duties. Whether this
  • influence would be exerted for good or ill it was impossible to
  • forecast; but much as Odo admired de Crucis, he could not forget that
  • the Jesuit, by his own avowal, was still the servant of the greatest
  • organised opposition to moral and intellectual freedom that the world
  • had ever known. That this opposition was not always actively manifested
  • Odo was well aware. He knew that the Jesuit spirit moved in many
  • directions and that its action was often more beneficial than that of
  • its opponents; but it remained an incalculable element in the
  • composition of human affairs, and one the more to be feared since, in
  • ceasing to have a material existence, it had acquired the dread
  • pervasiveness of an idea.
  • With the Epiphany the wild carnival-season set in. Nothing could surpass
  • the excesses of this mad time. All classes seemed bitten by the
  • tarantula of mirth, every gondola hid an intrigue, the patrician's
  • tabarro concealed a noble lady, the feminine hood and cloak a young
  • spark bent on mystification, the friar's habit a man of pleasure and the
  • nun's veil a lady of the town. The Piazza swarmed with merry-makers of
  • all degrees. The square itself was taken up by the booths of hucksters,
  • rope-dancers and astrologers, while promenaders in travesty thronged the
  • arcades, and the ladies of the nobility, in their white masks and black
  • zendaletti, surveyed the scene from the windows of the assembly-rooms in
  • the Procuratie, or, threading the crowd on the arms of their gallants,
  • visited the various peep-shows and flocked about the rhinoceros
  • exhibited in a great canvas tent in the Piazzetta. The characteristic
  • contrasts of Venetian life seemed to be emphasised by the vagaries of
  • the carnival, and Odo never ceased to be diverted by the sight of a long
  • line of masqueraders in every kind of comic disguise kneeling devoutly
  • before the brilliantly-lit shrine of the Virgin under the arches of the
  • Procuratie, while the friar who led their devotions interrupted his
  • litany whenever the quack on an adjoining platform began to bawl through
  • a tin trumpet the praise of his miraculous pills.
  • The mounting madness culminated on Giovedi Grasso, the last Thursday
  • before Lent, when the Piazzetta became the scene of ceremonies in which
  • the Doge himself took part. These opened with the decapitation of three
  • bulls: a rite said to commemorate some long-forgotten dispute between
  • the inveterate enemies, Venice and Aquileia. The bulls, preceded by
  • halberdiers and trumpeters, and surrounded by armed attendants, were led
  • in state before the ducal palace, and the executioner, practised in his
  • bloody work, struck off each head with a single stroke of his huge
  • sword. This slaughter was succeeded by pleasanter sights, such as the
  • famous Vola, or flight of a boy from the bell-tower of Saint Mark's to a
  • window of the palace, where he presented a nosegay to his Serenity and
  • was caught up again to his airy vaulting-ground. After this ingenious
  • feat came another called the "Force of Hercules," given by a band of
  • youths who, building themselves into a kind of pyramid, shifted their
  • postures with inexhaustible agility, while bursts of fireworks wove
  • yellow arches through the midday light. Meanwhile the crowds in the
  • streets fled this way and that as a throng of uproarious young fellows
  • drove before them the bulls that were to be baited in the open squares;
  • and wherever a recessed doorway or the angle of a building afforded
  • shelter from the rout, some posture-maker or ballad-singer had gathered
  • a crowd about his carpet.
  • Ash Wednesday brought about a dramatic transformation. Every travesty
  • laid aside, every tent and stall swept away, the people again gathered
  • in the Piazza to receive the ashes of penitence on their heads, the
  • churches now became the chief centres of interest. Venice was noted for
  • her sacred music and for the lavish illumination of her favourite
  • shrines and chapels; and few religious spectacles were more impressive
  • than the Forty Hours' devotion in the wealthier churches of the city.
  • All the magic of music, painting and sculpture were combined in the
  • service of religion, and Odo's sense of the dramatic quality of the
  • Catholic rites found gratification in the moving scenes where, amid the
  • imperishable splendours of his own creation, man owned himself but dust.
  • Never before had he been so alive to the symbolism of the penitential
  • season, so awed by the beauty and symmetry of that great structure of
  • the Liturgical Year that leads the soul up, step by step, to the awful
  • heights of Calvary. The very carelessness of those about him seemed to
  • deepen the solemnity of the scenes enacted--as though the Church, after
  • all her centuries of dominion, were still, as in those early days, but a
  • voice crying in the wilderness.
  • The Easter bells ushered in the reign of another spirit. If the carnival
  • folly was spent, the joy of returning life replaced it. After the winter
  • diversions of cards, concerts and theatres, came the excursions to the
  • island-gardens of the lagoon and the evening promenade of the fresca on
  • the Grand Canal. Now the palace-windows were hung with awnings, the
  • oleanders in the balconies grew rosy against the sea-worn marble, and
  • yellow snap-dragons blossomed from the crumbling walls. The market-boats
  • brought early fruits and vegetables from the Brenta and roses and
  • gilly-flowers from the Paduan gardens; and when the wind set from shore
  • it carried with it the scent of lime-blossoms and flowering fields. Now
  • also was the season when the great civic and religious processions took
  • place, dyeing the water with sunset hues as they swept from the steps of
  • the Piazzetta to San Giorgio, the Redentore or the Salute. In the
  • fashionable convents the nuns celebrated the festivals of their patron
  • saints with musical and dramatic entertainments to which secular
  • visitors were invited. These entertainments were a noted feature of
  • Venetian life, and the subject of much scandalous comment among visitors
  • from beyond the Alps. The nuns of the stricter orders were as closely
  • cloistered as elsewhere; but in the convents of Santa Croce, Santa
  • Chiara, and a few others, mostly filled by the daughters of the
  • nobility, an unusual liberty prevailed. It was known that the inmates
  • had taken the veil for family reasons, and to the indulgent Venetian
  • temper it seemed natural that their seclusion should be made as little
  • irksome as possible. As a rule the privileges accorded to the nuns
  • consisted merely in their being allowed to receive visits in the
  • presence of a lay-sister, and to perform in concerts on the feast-days
  • of the order; but some few convents had a name for far greater license,
  • and it was a common thing for the noble libertine returned from Italy to
  • boast of his intrigue with a Venetian nun.
  • Odo, in the Procuratessa's train, had of course visited many of the
  • principal convents. Whether it were owing to the malicious pleasure of
  • contrasting their own state with that of their cloistered sisters, or to
  • the discreet shelter which the parlour afforded to their private
  • intrigues, the Venetian ladies were exceedingly partial to these visits.
  • The Procuratessa was no exception to the rule, and as was natural to one
  • of her complexion, she preferred the convents where the greatest freedom
  • prevailed. Odo, however, had hitherto found little to tempt him in these
  • glimpses of forbidden fruit. The nuns, though often young and pretty,
  • had the insipidity of women secluded from the passions and sorrows of
  • life without being raised above them; and he preferred the frank
  • coarseness of the Procuratessa's circle to the simpering graces of the
  • cloister.
  • Even Coeur-Volant's mysterious boast of a conquest he had made among the
  • sisters failed to excite his friend's curiosity. The Marquess, though
  • still devoted to Miranda, was too much the child of his race not to seek
  • variety in his emotions; indeed he often declared that the one fault of
  • the Italian character was its unimaginative fidelity in love-affairs.
  • "Does a man," he asked, "dine off one dish at a gourmet's banquet? And
  • why should I restrict myself to one course at the most richly-spread
  • table in Europe? One must love at least two women to appreciate either;
  • and, did the silly creatures but know it, a rival becomes them like a
  • patch."
  • Sister Mary of the Crucifix, he went on to explain, possessed the very
  • qualities that Miranda lacked. The daughter of a rich nobleman of
  • Treviso, she was skilled in music, drawing and all the operations of the
  • needle, and was early promised in marriage to a young man whose estates
  • adjoined her father's. The jealousy of a younger sister, who was
  • secretly in love with the suitor, caused her to accuse Coeur-Volant's
  • mistress of misconduct and thus broke off the marriage; and the unhappy
  • girl, repudiated by her bridegroom, was at once despatched to a convent
  • in Venice. Enraged at her fate, she had repeatedly appealed to the
  • authorities to release her; but her father's wealth and influence
  • prevailed against all her efforts. The abbess, however, felt such pity
  • for her that she was allowed more freedom than the other nuns, with whom
  • her wit and beauty made her a favourite in spite of her exceptional
  • privileges. These, as Coeur-Volant hinted, included the liberty of
  • leaving the convent after night-fall to visit her friends; and he
  • professed to be one of those whom she had thus honoured. Always eager to
  • have his good taste ratified by the envy of his friends, he was urgent
  • with Odo to make the lady's acquaintance, and it was agreed that, on the
  • first favourable occasion, a meeting should take place at Coeur-Volant's
  • casino. The weeks elapsed, however, without Odo's hearing further of the
  • matter, and it had nearly passed from his mind when one August day he
  • received word that the Marquess hoped for his company that evening.
  • He was in that mood of careless acquiescence when any novelty invites,
  • and the heavy warmth of the summer night seemed the accomplice of his
  • humour. Cloaked and masked, he stepped into his gondola and was swept
  • rapidly along the Grand Canal and through winding channels to the
  • Giudecca. It was close on midnight and all Venice was abroad. Gondolas
  • laden with musicians and hung with coloured lamps lay beneath the palace
  • windows or drifted out on the oily reaches of the lagoon. There was no
  • moon, and the side-canals were dark and noiseless but for the hundreds
  • of caged nightingales that made every byway musical. As his prow slipped
  • past garden walls and under the blackness of low-ached bridges Odo felt
  • the fathomless mystery of the Venetian night: not the open night of the
  • lagoons, but the secret dusk of nameless waterways between blind windows
  • and complaisant gates.
  • At one of these his gondola presently touched. The gate was cautiously
  • unbarred and Odo found himself in a strip of garden preceding a low
  • pavilion in which not a light was visible. A woman-servant led him
  • indoors and the Marquess greeted him on the threshold.
  • "You are late!" he exclaimed. "I began to fear you would not be here to
  • receive our guests with me."
  • "Your guests?" Odo repeated. "I had fancied there was but one."
  • The Marquess smiled. "My dear Mary of the Crucifix," he said, "is too
  • well-born to venture out alone at this late hour, and has prevailed on
  • her bosom friend to accompany her.--Besides," he added with his
  • deprecating shrug, "I own I have had too recent an experience of your
  • success to trust you alone with my enchantress; and she has promised to
  • bring the most fascinating nun in the convent to protect her from your
  • wiles."
  • As he spoke he led Odo into a room furnished in the luxurious style of a
  • French boudoir. A Savonnerie carpet covered the floor, the lounges and
  • easy-chairs were heaped with cushions, and the panels hung with pastel
  • drawings of a lively or sentimental character. The windows toward the
  • garden were close-shuttered, but those on the farther side of the room
  • stood open on a starlit terrace whence the eye looked out over the
  • lagoon to the outer line of islands.
  • "Confess," cried Coeur-Volant, pointing to a table set with delicacies
  • and flanked by silver wine-coolers, "that I have spared no pains to do
  • my goddess honour and that this interior must present an agreeable
  • contrast to the whitewashed cells and dismal refectory of her convent!
  • No passion," he continued, with his quaint didactic air, "is so
  • susceptible as love to the influence of its surroundings; and principles
  • which might have held out against a horse-hair sofa and soupe a l'oignon
  • have before now been known to succumb to silk cushions and champagne."
  • He received with perfect good-humour the retort that if he failed in his
  • designs his cook and his upholsterer would not be to blame; and the
  • young men were still engaged in such banter when the servant returned to
  • say that a gondola was at the water-gate. The Marquess hastened out and
  • presently reappeared with two masked and hooded figures. The first of
  • these, whom he led by the hand, entered with the air of one not
  • unaccustomed to her surroundings; but the other hung back, and on the
  • Marquess's inviting them to unmask, hurriedly signed to her friend to
  • refuse.
  • "Very well, fair strangers," said Coeur-Volant with a laugh; "if you
  • insist on prolonging our suspense we shall avenge ourselves by
  • prolonging yours, and neither my friend nor I will unmask till you are
  • pleased to set us the example."
  • The first lady echoed his laugh. "Shall I own," she cried, "that I
  • suspect in this unflattering compliance a pretext to conceal your
  • friend's features from me as long as possible? For my part," she
  • continued, throwing back her hood, "the mask of hypocrisy I am compelled
  • to wear in the convent makes me hate every form of disguise, and with
  • all my defects I prefer to be known as I am." And with that she detached
  • her mask and dropped the cloak from her shoulders.
  • The gesture revealed a beauty of the laughing sensuous type best suited
  • to such surroundings. Sister Mary of the Crucifix, in her sumptuous gown
  • of shot-silk, with pearls wound through her reddish hair and hanging on
  • her bare shoulders, might have stepped from some festal canvas of
  • Bonifazio's. She had laid aside even the light gauze veil worn by the
  • nuns in gala habit, and no vestige of her calling showed itself in dress
  • or bearing.
  • "Do you accept my challenge, cavaliere?" she exclaimed, turning on Odo a
  • glance confident of victory.
  • The Marquess meanwhile had approached the other nun with the intention
  • of inducing her to unmask; but as Sister Mary of the Crucifix advanced
  • to perform the same service for his friend, his irrepressible jealousy
  • made him step hastily between them.
  • "Come cavaliere," he cried, drawing Odo gaily toward the unknown nun,
  • "since you have induced one of our fair guests to unmask perhaps you may
  • be equally successful with the other, who appears provokingly
  • indifferent to my advances."
  • The masked nun had in fact retreated to a corner of the room and stood
  • there, drawing her cloak about her, rather in the attitude of a
  • frightened child than in that of a lady bent on a gallant adventure.
  • Sister Mary of the Crucifix approached her playfully. "My dear Sister
  • Veronica," said she, throwing her arm about the other's neck, "hesitates
  • to reveal charms which she knows must cast mine in the shade; but I am
  • not to be outdone in generosity, and if the Marquess will unmask his
  • friend I will do the same by mine."
  • As she spoke she deftly pinioned the nun's hands and snatched off her
  • mask with a malicious laugh. The Marquess, entering into her humour,
  • removed Odo's at the same instant, and the latter, turning with a laugh,
  • found himself face to face with Fulvia Vivaldi. He grew white, and Mary
  • of the Crucifix sprang forward to catch her friend.
  • "Good God! What is this?" gasped the Marquess, staring from one to the
  • other.
  • A glance of entreaty from Fulvia checked the answer on Odo's lips, and
  • for a moment there was silence in the room; then Fulvia, breaking away
  • from her companion, fled out on the terrace. The other was about to
  • follow; but Odo, controlling himself, stepped between them.
  • "Madam," said he in a low voice, "I recognise in your companion a friend
  • of whom I have long had no word. Will you pardon me if I speak with her
  • alone?"
  • Sister Mary drew back with a meaning sparkle in her handsome eyes. "Why,
  • this," she cried, not without a touch of resentment, "is the prettiest
  • ending imaginable; but what a sly creature, to be sure, to make me think
  • it was her first assignation!"
  • Odo, without answering, hastened out on the terrace. It was so dark
  • after the brightly lit room that for a moment he did not distinguish the
  • figure which had sprung to the low parapet above the water; and he
  • stumbled forward just in time to snatch Fulvia back to safety.
  • "This is madness!" he cried, as she hung upon him trembling.
  • "The boat," she stammered in a strange sobbing voice--"the boat should
  • be somewhere below--"
  • "The boat lies at the water-gate on the other side," he answered.
  • She drew away from him with a gesture of despair. The struggle with
  • Sister Mary had disordered her hair and it fell on her white neck in
  • loosened strands. "My cloak--my mask--" she faltered vaguely, clasping
  • her hands across her bosom; then suddenly dropped to a seat and burst
  • into tears. Once before--but in how different a case!--he had seen her
  • thus thrilled with weeping. Then fate had thrown him humbled at her
  • feet, now it was she who cried him mercy in every line of her bowed head
  • and shaken breast; and the thought of that other meeting flooded his
  • heart with pity.
  • He knelt before her, seeking her hands. "Fulvia, why do you shrink from
  • me?" he whispered. But she shook her head and wept on.
  • At last her sobs subsided and she rose to her feet. "I must go back,"
  • said she in a low tone, and would have passed him.
  • "Back? To the convent?"
  • "To the convent," she said after him; but she made no farther effort to
  • move.
  • The question that tortured him sprang forth. "You have taken the vows?"
  • "A month since," she answered.
  • He hid his face in his hands and for a moment both were silent. "And you
  • have no other word for me--none?" he faltered at last.
  • She fixed him with a hard bright stare. "Yes--one," she cried; "keep a
  • place for me among your gallant recollections."
  • "Fulvia!" he said with sudden strength, and caught her by the arm.
  • "Let me pass!" she cried.
  • "No, by heaven!" he retorted; "not till you listen to me--not till you
  • tell me how it is that I come upon you here!--Ah, child," he broke out,
  • "do you fancy I don't see how little you belong in such scenes? That I
  • don't know you are here through some dreadful error? Fulvia," he
  • pleaded, "will you never trust me?" And at the word he burned with
  • blushes in the darkness.
  • His voice, perhaps, rather than what he said, seemed to have struck a
  • yielding fibre. He felt her arm tremble in his hold; but after a moment
  • she said with cruel distinctness: "There was no error. I came knowingly.
  • It was the company and not the place I was deceived in."
  • Odo drew back with a start; then, as if in spite of himself, he broke
  • into a laugh. "By the saints," said he, almost joyously, "I am sorry to
  • be where I am not wanted; but since no better company offers, will you
  • not make the best of mine and suffer me to hand you in to supper with
  • our friends?" And with a low bow he offered her his arm.
  • The effect was instantaneous. He saw her catch at the balustrade for
  • support.
  • "Sancta simplicitas!" he exulted, "and did you think to play the part at
  • such short notice?" He fell at her feet and covered her hands with
  • kisses. "My Fulvia! My poor child! come with me, come away from here,"
  • he entreated. "I know not what mad hazard has brought us thus together,
  • but I thank God on my knees for the encounter. You shall tell me all or
  • nothing, as you please--you shall presently dismiss me at your
  • convent-gate, and never see me again if you so will it--but till then, I
  • swear, you are in my charge, and no human power shall come between us!"
  • As he ended the Marquess's voice called gaily through the open window:
  • "Friends, the burgundy is uncorked! Will you not join us in a glass of
  • good French wine?"
  • Fulvia flung herself upon Odo. "Yes--yes; away--take me away from here!"
  • she cried, clinging to him. She had gathered her cloak about her and
  • drawn the hood over her disordered hair. "Away! Away!" she repeated. "I
  • cannot see them again. Good God, is there no other way out?"
  • With a gesture he warned her to be silent and drew her along the terrace
  • in the shadow of the house. The gravel creaked beneath their feet, and
  • she shook at the least sound; but her hand lay in his like a child's and
  • he felt himself her master. At the farther end of the terrace a flight
  • of steps led to a narrow strip of shore. He helped her down and after
  • listening a moment gave a whistle. Presently they heard a low plash of
  • oars and saw the prow of a gondola cautiously rounding the angle of the
  • terrace. The water was shallow and the boatmen proceeded slowly and at
  • length paused a few yards from the land.
  • "We can come no nearer," one of them called; "what is it?"
  • "Your mistress is unwell and wishes to return," Odo answered; and
  • catching Fulvia in his arms he waded out with her to the gondola and
  • lifted her over the side. "To Santa Chiara!" he ordered, as he laid her
  • on the cushions beneath the felze; and the boatmen, recognising her as
  • one of their late fares, without more ado began to row rapidly toward
  • the city.
  • 3.4.
  • In the pitying darkness of the gondola she lay beyond speech, her hand
  • in his, her breath coming fitfully. Odo waited in suspense, not daring
  • to question her, yet sure that if she did not speak then she would never
  • do so. All doubt and perplexity of spirit had vanished in the simple
  • sense of her nearness. The throb of her hand in his was like the
  • heart-beat of hope. He felt himself no longer a drifting spectator of
  • life but a sharer in its gifts and renunciations. Which this meeting
  • would bring he dared not yet surmise: it was enough that he was with
  • Fulvia and that love had freed his spirit.
  • At length she began to speak. Her agitation was so great that he had
  • difficulty in piecing together the fragments of her story; but for the
  • moment he was more concerned in regaining her confidence than in seeking
  • to obtain a clear picture of the past. Before she could end, the gondola
  • rounded the corner of the narrow canal skirting the garden-wall of Santa
  • Chiara. Alarmed lest he should lose her again he passionately urged her
  • to receive him on the morrow; and after some hesitation she consented. A
  • moment later their prow touched the postern and the boatman gave a low
  • call which proved him no novice at the business. Fulvia signed to Odo
  • not to speak or move; and they sat listening intently for the opening of
  • the gate. As soon as it was unbarred she sprang ashore and vanished in
  • the darkness of the garden; and with a cold sense of failure Odo heard
  • the bolt slipping back and the stealthy fall of the oars as the gondola
  • slid away under the shadow of the convent-wall. Whither was he being
  • carried and would that bolt ever be drawn for him again? In the sultry
  • dawn the convent loomed forbiddingly as a prison, and he could hardly
  • believe that a few hours earlier the very doors now closed against him
  • had stood open to all the world. They would open again; but whether to
  • him, who could conjecture? He was resolved to see Fulvia again, but he
  • shrank from the thought of forcing himself upon her. She had promised to
  • receive him; but what revulsion of feeling might not the morrow bring?
  • Unable to sleep, he bade the boatmen carry him to the Lido. The sun was
  • just rising above the Friulian Alps and the lagoon lay dull and smooth
  • as a breathed-on mirror. As he paced the lonely sands he tried to
  • reconstruct Fulvia's broken story, supplementing it with such details as
  • his experience of Venetian life suggested. It appeared that after her
  • father's death she had found herself possessed of a small sum of money
  • which he had painfully accumulated for her during the two years they had
  • spent in Pavia. Her only thought was to employ this inheritance in
  • publishing the great work on the origin of civilisation which Vivaldi
  • had completed a few days before his last seizure. Through one of the
  • professors of the University, who had been her father's friend, she
  • negotiated with a printer of Amsterdam for the production of the book,
  • and the terms being agreed on, despatched the money and the manuscript
  • thither by a sure hand. Both were duly delivered and the publisher had
  • advanced so far in his work as to send Fulvia the proof-sheets of the
  • first chapters, when he took alarm at the renewed activity of the Holy
  • Office in France and Italy, declared there would be no market for the
  • book in the present state of affairs, and refused either to continue
  • printing it, or to restore the money, which he said had barely covered
  • the setting-up of the type. Fulvia then attempted to recover the
  • manuscript; but the publisher refusing to surrender it, she found
  • herself doubly beggared at a stroke.
  • In this extremity she turned to a sister of her father's, who lived near
  • Treviso; and this excellent woman, though persuaded that her brother's
  • heretical views had doomed him to everlasting torment, did not scruple
  • to offer his child a home. Here Fulvia had lived for two years when her
  • aunt's sudden death left her destitute; for the good lady, to atone for
  • having given shelter to a niece of doubtful orthodoxy, had left the
  • whole of her small property to the Church.
  • Fulvia's only other relations were certain distant cousins of her
  • mother's, members of the Venetian nobility, but of the indigent class
  • called Barnabotti, who lived on the bounty of the state. While in
  • Treviso she had made the acquaintance of one of these cousins, a
  • stirring noisy fellow involved in all the political agitations of the
  • state. It was among the Barnabotti, the class most indebted to the
  • government, that these seditious movements generally arose; and Fulvia's
  • cousin was one of the most notorious malcontents of his order. She had
  • mistaken his revolutionary bluster for philosophic enlightenment; and,
  • persuaded that he shared in her views, she rashly appealed to him for
  • help. With the most eloquent expressions of sympathy he offered her a
  • home under his own roof; but on reaching Venice she was but ill-received
  • by his wife and family, who made no scruple of declaring that, being but
  • pensioners themselves, they were in no state to nourish their pauper
  • relatives. Fulvia could not but own that they were right; for they lived
  • in the garret of a half-ruined house, pawning their very beds to pay for
  • ices in the Piazza and sitting at home all the week in dirty shifts and
  • night-caps that they might go to mass in silk and powder on a Sunday.
  • After two months of wretchedness with these unfriendly hosts, whom she
  • vainly tried to conciliate by a hundred little services and attentions
  • the poor girl resolved to return to Milan, where she hoped to obtain
  • some menial position in the household of one of her father's friends.
  • Her cousins, at this, made a great outcry, protesting that none of their
  • blood should so demean herself, and that they would spare no efforts to
  • find some better way of providing for her. Their noble connections gave
  • Fulvia the hope that they might obtain a small pension for her, and she
  • unsuspiciously yielded to their wishes; but to her dismay she learned a
  • few weeks later, that, thanks to their exertions, she was to be admitted
  • as a novice to the convent of Santa Chiara. Though it was the common way
  • of disposing of portionless girls, the liberal views of her cousins had
  • reassured Fulvia, and she woke to her fate too late to escape it. She
  • was to enter on her novitiate on the morrow; but even had delay been
  • possible she knew that both the civil and religious authorities would
  • sustain her family in their course.
  • Her cousins, knowing her independent spirit, and perhaps fearing an
  • outcry if they sequestered her too closely, had thought to soften her
  • resistance by placing her in a convent noted for its leniencies; but to
  • Fulvia such surroundings were more repugnant than the strictest monastic
  • discipline. The corruption of the religious orders was a favourite topic
  • with her father's friends, and the Venetian nuns were noted throughout
  • Italy for their frivolous and dissipated lives; but nothing that Fulvia
  • had heard or imagined approached the realities that awaited her. At
  • first the mere sense of imprisonment, of being cut off forever from the
  • world of free thought and action which had been her native element,
  • overwhelmed every other feeling, and she lay numb in the clutch of fate.
  • But she was too young for this merciful torpor to last, and with the
  • returning consciousness of her situation came the instinctive effort to
  • amend it. How she longed then to have been buried in some strict order,
  • where she might have spent her days in solitary work and meditation! How
  • she loathed the petty gossip of the nuns, their furtive reaching after
  • forbidden pleasures! The blindest bigotry would have been less
  • insufferable than this clandestine commerce with the world, the
  • strictest sequestration than this open parody of the monastic calling.
  • She sought in vain among her companions for an answering mind. Many,
  • like herself, were in open rebellion against their lot; but for reasons
  • so different that the feeling was an added estrangement. At last the
  • longing to escape over-mastered every other sensation. It became a fixed
  • idea, a devouring passion. She did not trust herself to think of what
  • must follow, but centred every faculty on the effort of evasion.
  • At this point in her story her growing distress had made it hard for Odo
  • to gather more than a general hint of her meaning. It was clear,
  • however, that she had found her sole hope of escape lay in gaining the
  • friendship of one of the more favoured nuns. Her own position in the
  • community was of the humblest, for she had neither rank nor wealth to
  • commend her; but her skill on the harpsichord had attracted the notice
  • of the music-mistress and she had been enrolled in the convent orchestra
  • before her novitiate was over. This had brought her into contact with a
  • few of the more favoured sisters, and among them she had recognised in
  • Sister Mary of the Crucifix the daughter of the nobleman who had been
  • her aunt's landlord at Treviso. Fulvia's name was not unknown to the
  • handsome nun, and the coincidence was enough to draw them together in a
  • community where such trivial affinities must replace the ties of nature.
  • Fulvia soon learned that Mary of the Crucifix was the spoiled darling of
  • the convent. Her beauty and spirit, as much perhaps as her family
  • connections, had given her this predominance; and no scruples interfered
  • with her use of it. Finding herself, as she declared, on the wrong side
  • of the grate, she determined to gather in all the pleasures she could
  • reach through it; and her reach was certainly prodigious. Here Odo had
  • been obliged to fall back on his knowledge of Venetian customs to
  • conjecture the incidents leading up to the scene of the previous night.
  • He divined that Fulvia, maddened by having had to pronounce the
  • irrevocable vows, had resolved to fly at all hazards; that Sister Mary,
  • unconscious of her designs, had proposed to take her on a party of
  • pleasure, and that the rash girl, blind to every risk but that of delay,
  • had seized on this desperate means of escape. What must have followed
  • had she not chanced on Odo, she had clearly neither the courage nor the
  • experience to picture; but she seemed to have had some confused idea of
  • throwing herself on the mercy of the foreign nobleman she believed she
  • was to meet.
  • So much Odo had gathered; and her voice, her gesture, the disorder of
  • her spirit, supplied what her words omitted. Not for a moment, either in
  • listening to her or in the soberer period of revision, did he question
  • the exact truth of her narrative. It was the second time that they had
  • met under strange circumstances; yet now as before the sense of her
  • candour was his ruling thought. He concluded that, whatever plight she
  • found herself in, she would be its immediate justification; and felt
  • sure he must have reached this conclusion though love had not had a
  • stake in the verdict. This perhaps but proved him the more deeply taken;
  • for it is when passion tightens the net that reason flaps her wings most
  • loudly.
  • Day was high when he returned to his lodgings, impatient for a word from
  • Fulvia. None had come; and as the hours passed he yielded to the most
  • disheartening fancies. His wretchedness was increased by the thought
  • that he had once inflicted on her such suspense he was now enduring; and
  • he went so far as to wonder if this were her revenge for Vercelli. But
  • if the past was intolerable to consider the future was all baffling
  • fears. His immediate study was how to see her; and this her continued
  • silence seemed to refuse him. The extremity of her plight was his best
  • ally; yet here again anxiety suggested that his having been the witness
  • of her humiliation must insensibly turn her against him. Never perhaps
  • does a man show less knowledge of human nature than in speculating on
  • the conduct of his beloved; and every step in the labyrinth of his
  • conjectures carried Odo farther from the truth. This rose on him at
  • nightfall, in the shape of a letter slipped in his hand by a lay-sister
  • as he crossed the square before his lodgings. He stepped to the light of
  • the nearest shrine and read the few words in a tumult. "This being
  • Friday, no visitors are admitted to the convent; but I entreat you to
  • come to me tomorrow an hour before benediction." A postcript added: "It
  • is the hour when visitors are most frequent."
  • He saw her meaning in a flash: his best chance of speaking with her was
  • in a crowd, and his heart bounded at the significance of her admission.
  • Now indeed he felt himself lord of the future. Nothing counted but that
  • he was to see her. His horizon was narrowed to the bars through which
  • her hand would greet him; yet never had the world appeared so vast.
  • Long before the hour appointed he was at the gate of Santa Chiara. He
  • asked to speak with Sister Veronica and the portress led him to the
  • parlour. Several nuns were already behind the grate, chatting with a
  • group of fashionable ladies and their gallants; but Fulvia was not among
  • them. In a few moments the portress returned and informed Odo that
  • Sister Veronica was indisposed and unable to leave her cell. His heart
  • sank, and he asked if she had sent no message. The portress answered in
  • the negative, but added that the abbess begged him to come to her
  • parlour; and at this his hopes took wing again.
  • The abbess's parlour was preceded by a handsome antechamber, where Odo
  • was bidden to wait. It was doubtless the Reverend Mother's hour for
  • receiving company, for through the door beyond he heard laughter and
  • music and the sound of lively talk. Presently this door opened and Mary
  • of the Crucifix entered. In her monastic habit she looked coarse and
  • overblown: the severe lines and sober tints of the dress did not become
  • her. Odo felt an insurmountable repugnance at seeing her. He could not
  • conceive why Fulvia had chosen such an intermediary, and for the first
  • time a stealing doubt tainted his thoughts of her.
  • Sister Mary seemed to read his mind. "You bear me a grudge," said she
  • gaily; "but I think you will live to own that I do not return it. Come
  • with me if you wish to speak with Sister Veronica."
  • Odo flushed with surprise. "She is not too unwell to receive me?"
  • Sister Mary raised her eyebrows in astonishment. "To receive her cousin?
  • Her nearest male relative, come from Treviso purposely to visit her? The
  • saints forbid!" she cried. "The poor child is indeed dying--but only to
  • see her cousin!" And with that she seized his hand and hurried him down
  • the corridor to a door on which she tapped three times. It opened at
  • once, and catching Odo by the shoulder she pushed him laughingly over
  • the threshold and cried out as she vanished: "Be careful not to agitate
  • the sufferer!"
  • Odo found himself in a neat plain cell; but he had no eyes for his
  • surroundings. All that he saw was Fulvia, dressed in her nun's habit and
  • seated near the window, through which the afternoon light fell softly on
  • her white coif and the austere folds of her dress. She rose and greeted
  • him with a smile.
  • "You are not ill, then?" he cried, stupidly, and the colour rose to her
  • pale face.
  • "No," she said, "I am not ill, and at first I was reluctant to make use
  • of such a subterfuge; but to feign an indisposition was the only way of
  • speaking with you privately, and, alas, in this school one soon becomes
  • a proficient in deceit." She paused a moment and then added with an
  • effort: "Even this favour I could not have obtained save through Sister
  • Mary of the Crucifix; but she now understands that you are an old friend
  • of my father's, and that my motive for wishing to see you is not what
  • she at first supposed."
  • This was said with such noble simplicity and so direct a glance, that
  • Odo, confused by the sense of his own doubts, could only murmur as he
  • bent over her hand: "Fuoco di quest' incendio non v' assale."
  • She drew back gently and signed him to a seat. "I trust not," she said,
  • answering his citation; "but I think the flame through which Beatrice
  • walked must have been less contaminating than this morass in which I
  • flounder."
  • She was silent a moment and he had leisure to steal a closer look at
  • her. It was the first time since their meeting that he had really seen
  • her face; and he was struck by the touch of awe that had come upon her
  • beauty. Perhaps her recent suffering had spiritualised a countenance
  • already pure and lofty; for as he looked at her it seemed to him that
  • she was transformed into a being beyond earthly contact, and his heart
  • sank with the sense of her remoteness. Presently she began to speak and
  • his consciousness of the distance between them was increased by the
  • composure of her manner. All signs of confusion and distress had
  • vanished. She faced him with the same innocent freedom as under her
  • father's roof, and all that had since passed between them seemed to have
  • slipped from her without a trace.
  • She began by thanking him for coming, and then at once reverted to her
  • desperate situation and to her determination to escape.
  • "I am alone and friendless," she said, "and though the length of our
  • past acquaintance" (and here indeed she blushed) "scarce warrants such a
  • presumption, yet I believe that in my father's name I may appeal to you.
  • It may be that with the best will to help me you can discover no way of
  • doing so, but at least I shall have the benefit of your advice. I now
  • see," she added, again deeply blushing, but keeping her eyes on his,
  • "the madness of my late attempt, and the depth of the abyss from which
  • you rescued me. Death were indeed preferable to such chances; but I do
  • not mean to die while life holds out a hope of liberation."
  • As she spoke there flashed on Odo the reason of her remoteness and
  • composure. He had come to her as a lover: she received him as a friend.
  • His longing to aid her was inspired by passion: she saw in it only the
  • natural impulse of benevolence. So mortifying was the discovery that he
  • hardly followed her words. All his thoughts were engaged in reviewing
  • the past; and he now saw that if, as she said, their acquaintance scarce
  • warranted her appealing to him as a friend, it still less justified his
  • addressing her as a lover. Only once before had he spoken to her of
  • love, and that under circumstances which almost forbade a return to the
  • subject, or at least compelled an added prudence in approaching it. Once
  • again he found himself the prisoner of his folly, and stood aghast at
  • the ingenuity of the punishment. To play the part she ascribed to him
  • was his only portion; and he resolved at least to play it like a man.
  • With what composure he might, he assured Fulvia of his desire to serve
  • her, and asked if she had no hope of obtaining her release from the Holy
  • See. She answered: none, since enquiry must reveal that she was the
  • daughter of a man who had been prosecuted for heresy, and that after his
  • death she had devoted the small sum he had left her to the publication
  • of his writings. She added that his Holiness, resolved to counteract the
  • effects of the late Pope's leniency, had greatly enlarged the powers of
  • the Inquisition, and had taken special measures to prevent those who
  • entered the religious life from renouncing their calling.
  • "Since I have been here," she said, "three nuns have tried to obtain
  • their release, and one has conclusively proved that she was forced to
  • take the vows by fraud; but their pleas have been rejected, and mine
  • would meet the same fate. Indeed, the only result would be to deprive me
  • of what little liberty I am allowed; for the three nuns I speak of are
  • now the most closely watched in the convent."
  • She went on to explain that, thanks to the connivance of Sister Mary of
  • the Crucifix, her actual escape might be effected without much
  • difficulty; but that she was now awake to the madness of taking so
  • desperate a step without knowing whither it would lead her.
  • "To be safe," she said, "I must cross the borders of Switzerland. If I
  • could reach Geneva I should be beyond the arm of the Holy Office, and at
  • the University there I should find friends of my father who would surely
  • take pity on my situation and help me to a living. But the journey is
  • long and difficult, and not to be safely attempted without some
  • assurance of shelter on the way."
  • It was on Odo's lips to declare that he would provide her with shelter
  • and escort; but at this moment three warning taps announced the return
  • of Sister Mary of the Crucifix.
  • She entered merrily and at once laid one hand on Fulvia's brow and
  • caught her wrist in the other. "The patient's pulse has risen," she
  • declared, "and rest and a lowering treatment are essential. I must ask
  • the cavaliere to withdraw."
  • Fulvia, with an air of constraint, held out her hand to Odo.
  • "I shall see you soon again?" he whispered; and Sister Mary, as though
  • she had guessed his words, cried out, "I think your excellency may count
  • on a recurrence of the seizure two days hence at the same hour!"
  • 3.5.
  • With this Odo was forced to be content; and he passed the intervening
  • time in devising the means of Fulvia's rescue. He was resolved to let no
  • rashness or negligence hinder the attempt, and to prove, by the
  • discretion of his course, that he was no longer the light fool who had
  • once hazarded her safety. He went about his preparations as one that had
  • no private stake in the venture; but he was therefore the more
  • punctilious to show himself worthy of her trust and sensible of the
  • charge it laid upon him.
  • At their next meeting he found her in the same open and friendly mood,
  • and she listened gratefully as he set forth his plan. This was that she
  • should first write to a doctor of the University in Geneva, who had been
  • her father's friend, stating her plight and asking if he could help her
  • to a living should she contrive to reach Geneva. Pending the reply, Odo
  • was to plan the stages of the journey in such fashion that she might
  • count on concealment in case of pursuit; and she was not to attempt her
  • escape till these details were decided. Fulvia was the more ready to
  • acquiesce in this postponement as she did not wish to involve Sister
  • Mary in her adventure, but hoped to escape unassisted during an
  • entertainment which was to take place in the convent on the feast of
  • Saint Michael, some six weeks later.
  • To Odo the delay was still more welcome; for it gave him what he must
  • needs regard as his last opportunity of being in the girl's company. She
  • had accepted his companionship on the journey with a readiness in which
  • he saw only the magnanimity of pardon; but in Geneva they must part, and
  • what hope had he of seeing her again? The first smart of vanity allayed,
  • he was glad she chose to treat him as a friend. It was in this character
  • that he could best prove his disinterestedness, his resolve to make
  • amends for the past; and in this character only--as he now felt--would
  • it be possible for him to part from her.
  • On his second visit he ventured to discharge his mind of its heaviest
  • burden by enquiring what had befallen her and her father after he had
  • lost trace of them at Vercelli. She told him quite simply that, failing
  • to meet him at the appointed place, they at once guessed that his plan
  • had been winded by the abate who travelled with him; and that after a
  • few hours' delay her father had succeeded in securing a chaise which had
  • taken them safely across the border. She went on to speak of the
  • hardships they had suffered after reaching Milan. Even under a
  • comparatively liberal government it was small advantage to be marked by
  • the Holy Office; and though he received much kindness, and even material
  • aid, from those of his way of thinking, Vivaldi was unable to obtain the
  • professorship he had hoped for.
  • From Milan they went to Pavia; but in this University, the most liberal
  • in Italy, the chairs were so sought after that there was no hope of his
  • receiving a charge worthy of his talents. Here, however, his spirit
  • breathed its natural air, and reluctant to lose the privileges of such
  • intercourse he decided to accept the post of librarian to an eccentric
  • nobleman of the town. If his pay was modest his duties left him leisure
  • for the work which was his chief concern; for his patron, who had houses
  • in Milan and Brescia, came seldom to Pavia, and Fulvia and her father
  • had the vast palace to themselves. They lodged in a corner adjoining the
  • library, spending their days in studious seclusion, their evenings in
  • conversation with some of the first scholars of Europe: the learned
  • botanist Scopoli, Spallanzani, Volta, and Father Fontana, the famous
  • mathematician. In such surroundings Vivaldi might have pursued his task
  • contentedly enough, but for the thought of Fulvia's future. This, his
  • daughter said, continually preyed on him, driving him to labours beyond
  • his strength; for he hoped by the publication of his book to make good,
  • at least in part, the loss of the small property which the Sardinian
  • government had confiscated. All her entreaties could not dissuade him
  • from over-exertion; and in addition to his regular duties he took on
  • himself (as she afterward learned) the tedious work of revising proofs
  • and copying manuscripts for the professors. This drudgery, combined with
  • severe intellectual effort, exceeded his flagging powers; and the book
  • was hardly completed when his patron, apprised of its contents, abruptly
  • removed him from his post. From that day Vivaldi sank in health; but he
  • ended as became a sage, content to have discharged the task for which he
  • had given up home and substance, and dying with the great Stoic's words
  • upon his lips:--
  • Lex non poena mors.
  • Vivaldi's friends in Milan came generously to Fulvia's aid, and she
  • would gladly have remained among them; but after the loss of her small
  • inheritance and of her father's manuscript she was without means of
  • repaying their kindness, and nothing remained but to turn to her own
  • kin.
  • As Odo sat in the quiet cell, listening to her story, and hearing again
  • the great names his youth had reverenced, he felt himself an exile
  • returning to his own, mounting the familiar heights and breathing the
  • air that was his birthright. Looking back from this recovered standpoint
  • he saw how far behind his early hopes had been left. Since his departure
  • from Naples there had been nothing to remind him of that vast noiseless
  • labour of the spirit going on everywhere beneath the social surface:
  • that baffled but undiscouraged endeavour in which he had once so
  • impatiently claimed his share. Now every word of Fulvia's smote the
  • bones of some dead purpose, till his bosom seemed a very valley of
  • Ezekiel. Her own trials had fanned her love of freedom, and the near
  • hope of release lent an exaltation to her words. Of bitterness, of
  • resentment she gave no sign; and he was awed by the same serenity of
  • spirit which had struck him in the imprisoned doctor. But perhaps the
  • strongest impression she produced was that of increasing his points of
  • contact with life. His other sentimental ties had been a barrier between
  • himself and the outer world; but the feeling which drew him to Fulvia
  • had the effect of levelling the bounds of egoism, of letting into the
  • circle of his nearest emotions that great tide of human longing and
  • effort that had always faintly sounded on the shores of self. Perhaps it
  • was her power of evoking this wider life that gave a sense of
  • permanence, of security almost, to the stolen moments of their
  • intercourse, lulling the lover's impatience of actual conditions with
  • the sense of something that must survive the accidents of fortune. Only
  • in some such way could he explain, in looking back, the completeness of
  • each moment spent with her. He was conscious even at the time of a
  • suspension of the emotional laws, a charmed surrender to the limitations
  • of his fate. When he was away his impatience reasserted itself; but her
  • presence was like a soothing hand on his spirit, and he knew that his
  • quiet hours with her would count among those intervals between the
  • crises of life that flower in memory when the crises themselves have
  • faded.
  • It was natural that in the course of these visits she in turn should
  • question him; and as his past rearranged itself beneath her scrutiny he
  • seemed once more to trace the thread of purpose on which its fragments
  • hung. He told her of his connection with the liberals of Pianura, of the
  • situation at court, and of the reason for his prolonged travels. As he
  • talked her eyes conveyed the exquisite sense of her complete
  • comprehension. She saw, before he could justify himself, how the
  • uncertainty of his future, and his inability to act, had cast him adrift
  • upon a life of superficial enjoyment; and how his latent dissatisfaction
  • with this life had inevitably resulted in self-distrust and vacillation.
  • "You wait your hour," she said of him; and he seized on the phrase as a
  • justification of his inactivity and, when chance should offer, a spur to
  • fresh endeavour. Her interest in the liberal cause had been intensified
  • and exalted by her father's death--his martyrdom, as she described it.
  • Like most women possessed of an abstract idea she had unconsciously
  • personified the idea and made a religion of it; but it was a religion of
  • charity and not of vindictiveness. "I should like my father's death
  • avenged by love and not by hate," she said; "I would have it bring
  • peace, not a sword."
  • On one point only she remained, if not hostile yet unresponsive. This
  • was when he spoke of de Crucis. Her manner hardened instantly, and he
  • perceived that, though he dwelt on the Jesuit's tolerant view and
  • cultivated tastes, she beheld only the priest and not the man. She had
  • been eager to hear of Crescenti, whom she knew by name as a student of
  • European repute, and to the praise of whose parochial charities she
  • listened with outspoken sympathy; but the Jesuits stood for the Holy
  • Office, and she had suffered too deeply at the hands of the Holy Office
  • to regard with an open mind any who might be supposed to represent its
  • principles. It was impossible for Odo to make her understand how
  • distinctly, in de Crucis's case, the man predominated over the order;
  • and conscious of the painfulness of the subject, he gave up the attempt
  • to interest her in his friend.
  • Three or four times he was permitted to visit her in her cell: after
  • that they met almost daily in the parlour, where, about the hour of
  • benediction, they could talk almost as privately under cover of the
  • general chatter. In due time Fulvia received an answer from the
  • Calvinist professor, who assured her of a welcome in Geneva and shelter
  • under his roof. Odo, meanwhile, had perfected the plan of their journey;
  • but as Michaelmas approached he began to fear Cantapresto's observation.
  • He now bitterly regretted that he had not held to his purpose of sending
  • the soprano back to Pianura; but to do so at this point would be to
  • challenge observation and he resolved instead on despatching him to
  • Monte Alloro with a letter to the old Duke. As the way to Geneva lay in
  • the opposite direction this would at least give the fugitives a three
  • days' lead; and they had little cause to fear pursuit from any other
  • quarter. The convent indeed might raise a hue and cry; but the nuns of
  • Santa Chiara had lately given the devout so much cause for scandal that
  • the abbess would probably be disposed to hush up any fresh delinquency.
  • The time too was well-chosen; for the sisters had prevailed on the
  • Reverend Mother to celebrate the saint's day by a masked ball, and the
  • whole convent was engrossed in the invention of whimsical disguises. The
  • nuns indeed were not to take part in the ball; but a number of them were
  • to appear in an allegorical entertainment with which the evening was to
  • open. The new Papal Nuncio, who was lately arrived in Venice, had
  • promised to be present; and as he was known to be a man of pleasure
  • there was scarce a sister in the convent but had an eye to his conquest.
  • These circumstances gave to Fulvia's plans the shelter of indifference;
  • for in the delightful effort of surpassing the other nuns even Mary of
  • the Crucifix lost interest in her friend's affairs.
  • Odo, to preserve the secrecy of his designs, had been obliged to keep up
  • a pretence of his former habits, showing himself abroad with
  • Coeur-Volant and Castelrovinato and frequenting the Procuratessa's routs
  • and card-parties. This lady, though lately returned to the Brenta, had
  • announced her intention of coming to Venice for the ball at Santa
  • Chiara; and Coeur-Volant was mightily preoccupied with the
  • entertainment, at which he purposed his mistress should outshine all her
  • companions.
  • The evening came at last, and Odo found himself entering the gates of
  • Santa Chiara with a throng of merry-makers. The convent was noted for
  • its splendid hospitality, and unwonted preparations had been made to
  • honour the saint. The brightly-illuminated bridge leading to the square
  • of Santa Chiara was decked with a colonnade of pasteboard and stiffened
  • linen cunningly painted, and a classical portico masked the entrance
  • gate. A flourish of trumpets and hautboys, and the firing of miniature
  • cannon, greeted the arrival of the guests, who were escorted to the
  • parlour, which was hung with tapestries and glowing with lights like a
  • Lady Chapel. Here they were received by the abbess, who, on the arrival
  • of the Nuncio, led the way to the garden, where a stage had been
  • erected.
  • The nuns who were not to take part in the play had been seated directly
  • under the stage, divided from the rest of the company by a low screen of
  • foliage. Ranged beneath the footlights, which shone on their bare
  • shoulders and white gowns, and on the gauze veils replacing their
  • monastic coifs, they seemed a choir of pagan virgins grouped in the
  • proscenium of an antique theatre. Everything indeed combined to produce
  • the impression of some classic festival: the setting of motionless
  • foliage, the mild autumnal sky in which the stars hung near and vivid,
  • and the foreground thronged with a motley company lit by the shifting
  • brightness of torches.
  • As Odo, in mask and travesty, stood observing the fantastically-dressed
  • audience, the pasteboard theatre adorned with statuary, and the nuns
  • flitting across the stage, his imagination, strung to the highest pitch
  • by his own impending venture, was thrilled by the contrast between the
  • outward appearance of the scene and its underlying reality. From where
  • he stood he looked directly at the abbess, who was seated with the
  • Nuncio and his suite under the tall crucifix in the centre of the
  • garden. As if to emphasise the irony of the situation, the torch fixed
  • behind this noble group cast an enlarged shadow of the cross over the
  • abbess's white gown and the splendid robes of her companions, who,
  • though they wore the mask, had not laid aside their clerical dress. To
  • Odo the juxtaposition had the effect of some supernatural warning, the
  • shadow of the divine wrath projected on its heedless ministers; an
  • impression heightened by the fact that, just opposite the cross, a
  • lively figure of Pan, surmounting the pediment of the theatre, seemed to
  • fling defiance at the Galilean intruder.
  • The nuns, like the rest of the company, were masked; and it had been
  • agreed between Odo and Fulvia that the latter should wear a wreath of
  • myrtle above her veil. As almost all her companions had chosen
  • brightly-coloured flowers this dark green chaplet was easily
  • distinguished among the clustered heads beneath the stage, and Odo had
  • no doubt of being able to rejoin Fulvia in the moment of dispersal that
  • should follow the conclusion of the play. He knew that the sisters were
  • to precede their guests and be locked behind the grate before the ball
  • began; but as they passed through the garden and cloisters the barrier
  • between nuns and visitors would probably not be too strictly maintained.
  • As he had foreseen, the company, attracted by the graceful procession,
  • pressed forward regardless of the assistant mistresses' protests, and
  • the shadowy arcades were full of laughter and whispered snatches of talk
  • as the white flock was driven back to its fold.
  • Odo had withdrawn to the darkest angle of the cloister, close to a door
  • leading to the pharmacy. It was here that Fulvia had told him to wait;
  • and though he had lost sight of her when the audience rose, he stood
  • confidently watching for the reappearance of the myrtle-wreath.
  • Presently he saw it close at hand; and just then the line of sisters
  • flowed toward him, driven forward by a group of lively masqueraders,
  • among whom he seemed to recognise Coeur-Volant's voice and figure.
  • Nothing could have been more opportune, for the pressure swept the
  • wearer of the myrtle-wreath almost into his arms; and as the intruders
  • were dispersed and the nuns laughingly reformed their lines, her hand
  • lingered in his and he felt himself drawn toward the door.
  • It yielded to her touch and Odo followed her down a dark passageway to
  • the empty room where rows of old Faenza jars and quaintly-shaped flagons
  • glimmered in the dusk. Beyond the pharmacy was another door, the key of
  • which hung on the wall with the portress's hood and cloak. Without a
  • word the girl wrapped herself in the cloak and, fitting the key to the
  • lock, softly opened the door. All this was done with a rapidity and
  • assurance for which Odo was unprepared; but, reflecting that Fulvia's
  • whole future hung on the promptness with which each detail of her plan
  • was executed, he concluded that her natural force of character enabled
  • her to assume an ease she could hardly feel.
  • The door opened on the kitchen-garden, and brushing the lavender-hedges
  • with her flying skirts she sped on ahead of Odo to the postern which the
  • nuns were accustomed to use for their nocturnal escapades. Only the
  • thickness of an oaken gate stood between Fulvia and the outer world. To
  • her the opening of the gate meant the first step toward freedom, but to
  • Odo the passing from their enchanted weeks of fellowship to the inner
  • loneliness of his former life. He hung back silent while she drew the
  • bolt.
  • A moment later they had crossed the threshold and his gondola was
  • slipping toward them out of the shadow of the wall. Fulvia sprang on
  • board and he followed her under the felze. The warm darkness enclosing
  • them stirred impulses which their daily intercourse had subdued, and in
  • the sense of her nearness he lost sight of the conditions which had
  • brought them together. The feeling seemed to communicate itself; for as
  • the gondola rounded the angle of the convent-wall and swung out on the
  • open, she drooped toward him with the turn of the boat and their lips
  • met under the loosened masks.
  • At the same instant the light of the Virgin's shrine in the corner of
  • the convent-wall fell through the window of the felze on the face lifted
  • to Odo's; and he found himself suddenly confronted by the tender eyes
  • and malicious smile of Sister Mary of the Crucifix.
  • "By Diana," she cried as he started back, "I did but claim my pay in
  • advance; nor do I think that, when she knows all, Sister Veronica will
  • grudge me my reward!"
  • He continued to stare at her in speechless bewilderment, and she went on
  • with a kind of tender impatience: "You simpleton, can you not guess that
  • you were watched, and that but for me your Veronica would at this moment
  • be lying under lock and key in her cell? Instead of which," she
  • continued, speaking more slowly, and leaning back as though to enjoy the
  • full savour of his suspense, "instead of which she now awaits you in a
  • safe nook of my choosing, where, within half an hour's time, you may
  • atone to her with interest for the infidelity into which I have betrayed
  • you."
  • "She knows, then?" Odo faltered, not daring to say more in his ignorance
  • of Sister Mary's share in the secret.
  • Sister Mary shook her head with a tantalising laugh. "That you are
  • coming? Alas, no, poor angel! She fancies that she has been sent from
  • the convent to avoid you--as indeed she was, and by the Reverend
  • Mother's own order, who, it seems, had wind of the intrigue this
  • morning. But, the saints be praised, the excellent sister who was
  • ordered to attend her is in my pay and instead of conducting her to her
  • relatives of San Barnado, who were to keep her locked up over night,
  • has, if I mistake not, taken her to a good woman of my acquaintance--an
  • old servant, in fact--who will guard her as jealously as the family
  • plate till you and I come to her release."
  • As she spoke she put out her head and gave a whispered order to the
  • gondolier; and at the word the boat swung round and headed for the city.
  • In the violent reaction which this strange encounter produced, Odo was
  • for the moment incapable of taking any clear note of his surroundings.
  • Uncertain if he were not once more the victim of some such mischance as
  • seemed to attend all his efforts to succour Fulvia, he sat in silent
  • apprehension as the gondola shot across the Grand Canal and entered the
  • labyrinth of water-ways behind San Moise. Sister Mary took his silence
  • philosophically.
  • "You dare not speak to me, for fear of betraying yourself," she said,
  • "and I scarce wonder at your distrust; for your plans were so well laid
  • that I had no notion of what was on foot, and must have remained in
  • ignorance if Veronica had not been put in Sister Martha's charge. But
  • you will both live to thank me, and I hope," she added, laughing, "to
  • own that you would have done better to take me into your confidence from
  • the first."
  • As she spoke the gondola touched at the head of a narrow passage which
  • lost itself in the blackness of the overhanging houses. Sister Mary
  • sprang out and drew Odo after her. A few yards down the alley she
  • entered a plain low-storied house somewhat withdrawn behind its
  • neighbours. Followed by Odo she groped her way up a dark flight of
  • stairs and knocked at a door on the upper landing. A vague flutter
  • within, indicative of whispers and uncertain movements, was followed by
  • the slipping of the bolt, and a middle-aged woman looked out. She drew
  • back with an exclamation of welcome, and Sister Mary, seizing Odo by the
  • shoulders, pushed him across the threshold of a small dimly-lit kitchen.
  • Fulvia, in her nun's habit, cowered in the darkest corner; but at sight
  • of Odo she sprang up, and ran toward him with a happy cry.
  • 3.6.
  • An hour later the two were well on their way toward Mestre, where a
  • travelling-chaise awaited them. Odo, having learned that Andreoni was
  • settled in Padua, had asked him to receive Fulvia in his house till the
  • next night-fall; and the bookseller, whom he had taken into his
  • confidence, was eager to welcome the daughter of the revered Vivaldi.
  • The extremes of hope and apprehension had left Fulvia too exhausted for
  • many words, and Odo, after she had confirmed every particular of Sister
  • Mary's story, refrained from questioning her farther. Thanks to her
  • friend's resources she had been able to exchange her nun's dress for the
  • plain gown and travelling-cloak of a young woman of the middle class;
  • and this dress painfully recalled to Odo the day when he had found her
  • standing beside the broken-down chaise on the road to Vercelli.
  • The recollection was not calculated to put him at his ease; and indeed
  • it was only now that he began to feel the peculiar constraint of his
  • position. To Andreoni his explanation of Fulvia's flight had seemed
  • natural enough; but on the subsequent stages of their journey she must
  • pass for his mistress or his wife, and he hardly knew in what spirit she
  • would take the misapprehensions that must inevitably arise.
  • At Mestre their carriage waited, and they drove rapidly toward Padua
  • through the waning night. Andreoni, in his concern for Fulvia's safety,
  • had prepared for her reception a little farm-house of his wife's, in a
  • vineyard beyond the town; and here at daybreak it was almost a relief to
  • Odo to commit his charge to the Signora Andreoni's care.
  • The day was spent indoors, and Andreoni having thought it more prudent
  • to bring no servant from Padua, his wife prepared the meals for their
  • guests and the bookseller drew a jar of his own wine from the cellar.
  • Fulvia kept to herself during the day; but at dusk she surprised Odo by
  • entering the room with a trayful of plates and glasses, and helping
  • their hostess to set out the supper-table. The few hours of rest had
  • restored to her not only the serenity of the convent, but a lightness of
  • step and glance that Odo had not seen in her since the early days of
  • their friendship. He marvelled to see how the first breath of freedom
  • had set her blood in motion and fanned her languid eye; but he could not
  • suppress the accompanying thought that his own presence had failed to
  • work such miracles.
  • They had planned to ride that night to a little village in the hills
  • beyond Vicenza, where Fulvia's foster-mother, a peasant of the
  • Vicentine, lived with her son, who was a vine-dresser; and supper was
  • hardly over when they were told that their horses waited. Their kind
  • hosts dared not urge them to linger; and after a hurried farewell they
  • rode forth into the fresh darkness of the September night.
  • The new moon was down and they had to thread their way slowly through
  • the stony lanes between the vineyards. At length they gained the open
  • country, and growing more accustomed to the darkness put their horses to
  • a trot. The change of pace, and the exhilaration of traversing an
  • unknown country in the hush and mystery of night, combined to free their
  • spirits, and Odo began to be aware that the barrier between them was
  • lifted. To the charm of their intercourse at Santa Chiara was added that
  • closer sympathy produced by the sense of isolation. They were enclosed
  • in their common risk as in some secret meeting-place where no
  • consciousness of the outer world intruded; and though their talk kept
  • the safe level of their immediate concerns he felt the change in every
  • inflection of Fulvia's voice and in the subtler emphasis of her
  • silences.
  • The way was long, and he had feared that she would be taxed beyond her
  • strength; but the miles seemed to fly beneath their horses' feet, and
  • they could scarcely believe that the dark hills which rose ahead of them
  • against a whitening sky marked the limit of their journey.
  • With some difficulty they found their way to the vine-dresser's house, a
  • mere hut in a remote fold of the hills. From motives of prudence they
  • had not warned the nurse of their coming; but they found the old woman
  • already at work in her melon-patch and learned from her that her son had
  • gone down to his day's labour in the valley. She received Fulvia with a
  • tender wonder, as at some supernatural presence descending into her
  • life, too much awed, till the first embraces were over, to risk any
  • conjecture as to Odo's presence. But with the returning sense of
  • familiarity--the fancied recovery of the nurseling's features in the
  • girl's definite outline--came the inevitable reaction of curiosity, and
  • the fugitives felt themselves coupled in the old woman's meaning smiles.
  • To Odo's surprise Fulvia received these innuendoes with baffling
  • composure, parrying the questions she seemed to answer, and finally
  • taking refuge in a plea for rest. But the accord of the previous night
  • was broken; and when the travellers set out again, starting a little
  • before sunset to avoid the vine-dresser's return, the constraint of the
  • day began to weigh upon them. In Fulvia's case physical weariness
  • perhaps had a share in the change; but whatever the cause, its effect
  • was to make this stage of the journey strangely tedious to both.
  • Their way lay through the country north of Vicenza, whence they hoped by
  • dawn to gain Peschiera on the lake of Garda, and hire a chaise which
  • should take them across the border. For the first hour or two they had
  • the new moon to light them; but as it set the sky clouded and drops of
  • rain began to fall. Fulvia had hitherto shown a gay indifference to the
  • discomforts of the journey; but she presently began to complain of the
  • cold and to question Odo anxiously as to the length of the way. The
  • hilliness of the country forced them to travel slowly, and it seemed to
  • Odo that hours had elapsed before they saw lights in the valley below
  • them. Their plan had been to avoid the towns on their way, and Fulvia,
  • the night before, had contented herself with a half-hour's rest by the
  • roadside; but a heavy rain was now falling, and she at once assented to
  • Odo's tentative proposal that they should take shelter till the storm
  • was over.
  • They dismounted at an inn on the outskirts of the village. The sleepy
  • landlord stared as he unbarred the door and led them into the kitchen;
  • but he offered no comment beyond remarking that it was a good night to
  • be under cover.
  • Fulvia sank down on the wooden settle near the chimney, where a fire had
  • been hastily kindled. She took no notice of Odo when he removed the
  • dripping cloak from her shoulders, but sat gazing before her in a kind
  • of apathy.
  • "I cannot eat," she said, as Odo pressed her to take her place at the
  • table.
  • The innkeeper turned to him with a confidential nod. "Your lady looks
  • fairly beaten," he said. "I've a notion that one of my good beds would
  • be more to her taste than the best supper in the land. Shall I have a
  • room made ready for your excellencies?"
  • "No, no," said Fulvia, starting up. "We must set out again as soon as we
  • have supped."
  • She approached the table and hastily emptied the glass of country wine
  • that Odo had poured out for her.
  • The innkeeper seemed a simple unsuspicious fellow, but at this he put
  • down the plate of cheese he was carrying and looked at her curiously.
  • "Start out again at this hour of the night?" he exclaimed. "By the
  • saints, your excellencies must be running a race with the sun! Or do you
  • doubt my being able to provide you with decent lodgings, that you prefer
  • mud and rain to my good sheets and pillows?"
  • "Indeed, no," Odo amicably interposed; "but we are hurrying to meet a
  • friend who is to rejoin us tomorrow at Peschiera."
  • "Ah--at Peschiera," said the other, as though the name had struck him.
  • He took a dish of eggs from the fire and set it before Fulvia. "Well,"
  • he went on with a shrug, "it is written that none of my beds shall be
  • slept in tonight. Not two hours since I had a gentleman here that gave
  • the very same excuse for hurrying forward; though his horses were so
  • spent that I had to provide him with another pair before he could
  • continue his journey." He laughed and uncorked a second bottle.
  • "That reminds me," he went on, pausing suddenly before Fulvia, "that the
  • other gentleman was travelling to meet a friend too; a lady, he said--a
  • young lady. He fancied she might have passed this way and questioned me
  • closely; but as it happened there had been no petticoat under my roof
  • for three days.--I wonder, now, if he could have been looking for your
  • excellencies?"
  • Fulvia flushed high at this, but a sign from Odo checked the denial on
  • her lips.
  • "Why," said he, "it is not unlikely, though I had fancied our friend
  • would come from another direction. What was this gentleman like?"
  • The landlord hesitated, evidently not so much from any reluctance to
  • impart what he knew as from the inability to express it. "Well," said
  • he, trying to supplement his words by a vaguely descriptive gesture, "he
  • was a handsome personable-looking man--smallish built, but with a fine
  • manner, and dressed not unlike your excellency."
  • "Ah," said Odo carelessly, "our friend is an ecclesiastic.--And which
  • way did this gentleman travel?" he went on, pouring himself another
  • glass.
  • The landlord assumed an air of country cunning. "There's the fishy part
  • of it," said he. "He gave orders to go toward Verona; but my boy, who
  • chased the carriage down the road, as lads will, says that at the
  • cross-ways below the old mill the driver took the turn for Peschiera."
  • Fulvia at this seemed no longer able to control herself. She came close
  • to Odo and said in a low urgent tone: "For heaven's sake, let us set
  • forward!"
  • Odo again signed to her to keep silent, and with an effort she resumed
  • her seat and made a pretence of eating. A moment later he despatched the
  • landlord to the stable, to see that the horses had been rubbed down; and
  • as soon as the door closed she broke out passionately.
  • "It is my fault," she cried, "it is all my fault for coming here. If I
  • had had the courage to keep on this would never have happened!"
  • "No," said Odo quietly, "and we should have gone straight to Peschiera
  • and landed in the arms of our pursuer--if this mysterious traveller is
  • in pursuit of us."
  • His tone seemed to steady her. "Oh," she said, and the colour flickered
  • out of her face.
  • "As it happens," he went on, "nothing could have been more fortunate
  • than our coming here."
  • "I see--I see--; but now we must go on at once," she persisted.
  • He looked at her gravely. "This is your wish?"
  • She seemed seized with a panic fear. "I cannot stay here!" she repeated.
  • "Which way shall we go, then? If we continue to Peschiera, and this man
  • is after us, we are lost."
  • "But if he does not find us he may return here--he will surely return
  • here!"
  • "He cannot return before morning. It is close on midnight already.
  • Meanwhile you can take a few hours' rest while I devise means of
  • reaching the lake by some mule-track across the mountain."
  • It cost him an effort to take this tone with her; but he saw that in her
  • high-strung mood any other would have been less effective. She rose
  • slowly, keeping her eyes on him with the look of a frightened child. "I
  • will do as you wish," she said.
  • "Let the landlord prepare a bed for you, then. I will keep watch down
  • here and the horses shall be saddled at daylight."
  • She stood silent while he went to the door to call the innkeeper; but
  • when the order was given, and the door closed again, she disconcerted
  • him by a sudden sob.
  • "What a burden I am!" she cried. "I had no right to accept this of you."
  • And she turned and fled up the dark stairs.
  • The night passed and toward dawn the rain ceased. Odo rose from his
  • dreary vigil in the kitchen, and called to the innkeeper to carry up
  • bread and wine to Fulvia's room. Then he went out to see that the horses
  • were fed and watered. He had not dared to question the landlord as to
  • the roads, lest his doing so should excite suspicion; but he hoped to
  • find an ostler who would give him the information he needed.
  • The stable was empty, however; and he prepared to bait the horses
  • himself. As he stooped to place his lantern on the floor he caught the
  • gleam of a small polished object at his feet. He picked it up and found
  • that it was a silver coat-of-arms, such as are attached to the blinders
  • and saddles of a carriage-harness. His curiosity was aroused, and
  • holding the light closer he recognised the ducal crown of Pianura
  • surmounting the "Humilitas" of the Valseccas.
  • The discovery was so startling that for some moments he stood gazing at
  • the small object in his hand without being able to steady his confused
  • ideas. Gradually they took shape, and he saw that, if the ornament had
  • fallen from the harness of the traveller who had just preceded them, it
  • was not Fulvia but he himself who was being pursued. But who was it who
  • sought him and to what purpose? One fact alone was clear: the traveller,
  • whoever he was, rode in one of the Duke's carriages, and therefore
  • presumably upon his sovereign's business.
  • Odo was still trying to thread a way through these conjectures when a
  • yawning ostler pushed open the stable-door.
  • "Your excellency is in a hurry to be gone," he said, with a surprised
  • glance.
  • Odo handed him the coat-of-arms. "Can you tell me what this is?" he
  • asked carelessly. "I picked it up here a moment ago."
  • The other turned it over and stared. "Why," said he, "that's off the
  • harness of the gentleman that supped here last night--the same that went
  • on later to Peschiera."
  • Odo proceeded to question him about the mule-tracks over Monte Baldo,
  • and having bidden him saddle the horses in half an hour, crossed the
  • courtyard and re-entered the inn. A grey light was already falling
  • through the windows, and he mounted the stairs and knocked on the door
  • which he thought must be Fulvia's. Her voice bade him enter and he found
  • her seated fully dressed beside the window. She rose with a smile and he
  • saw that she had regained her usual self-possession.
  • "Do we set out at once?" she asked.
  • "There is no great haste," he answered. "You must eat first, and by that
  • time the horses will be saddled."
  • "As you please," she returned, with a readiness in which he divined the
  • wish to make amends for her wilfulness the previous night. Her eyes and
  • cheeks glowed with an excitement which counterfeited the effects of a
  • night's rest, and he thought he had never seen her more radiant. She
  • approached the table on which the wine and bread had been placed, and
  • drew another chair beside her own.
  • "Will you not share with me?" she asked, filling a glass for him.
  • He took it from her with a smile. "I have good news for you," he said,
  • holding out the bit of silver which he had brought from the stable.
  • She examined it wonderingly. "What does this mean?" she asked, looking
  • up at him.
  • "That it is I who am being followed--and not you."
  • She started and the ornament slipped from her hand.
  • "You?" she faltered with a quick change of colour.
  • "This coat-of-arms," he explained, "dropped from the harness of the
  • traveller who left the inn just before our arrival last night."
  • "Well--" she said, still without understanding; "and do you know the
  • coat?"
  • Odo smiled. "It is mine," he answered; "and the crown is my cousin's.
  • The traveller must have been a messenger of the Duke's."
  • She stood leaning against the seat from which she had risen, one hand
  • still grasping it while the other hung inert. Her lips parted but she
  • did not speak. Her pallor troubled Odo and he went up to her and took
  • her hand.
  • "Do you not understand," he said gently, "that there is no farther cause
  • for alarm? I have no reason to think that the Duke's messenger is in
  • pursuit of me; but should he be so, and should he overtake us, he has no
  • authority over you and no reason for betraying you to your enemies."
  • The blood poured back to her face. "Me! My enemies!" she stammered. "It
  • is not of them I think." She raised her head and faced him in a glow.
  • For a moment he stood stupidly gazing at her; then the mist lifted and
  • through it he saw a great light.
  • * * * * *
  • The landlord's knock warned them that their horses waited, and they rode
  • out in the grey morning. The world about them still lay in shade, and as
  • they climbed the wooded defile above the valley Odo was reminded of the
  • days at Donnaz when he had ridden up the mountain in the same early
  • light. Never since then had he felt, as he did now, the boy's easy
  • kinship with the unexpected, the sense that no encounter could be too
  • wonderful to fit in with the mere wonder of living.
  • To avoid the road to Peschiera they had resolved to cross the Monte
  • Baldo by a mule-track which should bring them out at one of the villages
  • on the eastern shore of Garda; and the search for this path led them up
  • through steep rain-scented woods where they had to part the wet boughs
  • as they passed. From time to time they regained the highway and rode
  • abreast, almost silent at first with the weight of their new nearness,
  • and then breaking into talk that was the mere overflow of what they were
  • thinking. There was in truth more to be felt between them than to be
  • said; since, as each was aware, the new light that suffused the present
  • left the future as obscure as before. But what mattered, when the hour
  • was theirs? The narrow kingdom of today is better worth ruling over than
  • the widest past or future; but not more than once does a man hold its
  • fugitive sceptre. The past, however, was theirs also: a past so
  • transformed that he must revisit it with her, joyously confronting her
  • new self with the image of her that met them at each turn. Then he had
  • himself to trace in her memories, his transfigured likeness to linger
  • over in the Narcissus-mirror of her faith in him. This interchange of
  • recollections served them as well as any outspoken expression of
  • feeling, and the most commonplace allusion was charged with happy
  • meanings.
  • Arabia Petraea had been an Eden to such travellers; how much more the
  • happy slopes they were now descending! All the afternoon their path
  • wound down the western incline of Monte Baldo, first under huge olives,
  • then through thickets of laurel and acacia, to emerge on a lower level
  • of lemon and orange groves, with the blue lake showing through a diaper
  • of golden-fruited boughs. Fulvia, to whom this clear-cut southern
  • foliage was as new as the pure intensity of light that bathed it, seemed
  • to herself to be moving through the landscape of a dream. It was as
  • though nature had been remodelled, transformed almost, under the touch
  • of their love: as though they had found their way to the Hesperian
  • glades in which poets and painters placed the legendary lovers of
  • antiquity.
  • Such feelings were intensified by the strangeness of the situation. In
  • Italy the young girls of the middle class, though seemingly allowed a
  • greater freedom of intercourse than the daughters of noblemen, were in
  • reality as strictly guarded. Though, like Fulvia, they might converse
  • with the elderly merchants or scholars frequenting the family table,
  • they were never alone in the company of men, and the high standard of
  • conduct prevailing in the bourgeoisie forbade all thought of clandestine
  • intercourse. This was especially true of the families of men of letters,
  • where the liberal education of the young girls, and their habit of
  • associating as equals with men of serious and cultivated minds, gave
  • them a self-possession disconcerting to the young blood accustomed to
  • conquer with a glance. These girls as a rule, were married early to men
  • of their own standing, and though the cicisbeo was not unknown after
  • marriage he was not an authorised member of the household. Fulvia,
  • indeed, belonged to the class most inaccessible to men of Odo's rank:
  • the only class in Italy in which the wife's fidelity was as much
  • esteemed as the innocence of the girl. Such principles had long been
  • ridiculed by persons of quality and satirised by poets and playwrights.
  • From Aristophanes to Beaumarchais the cheated husband and the outwitted
  • guardian had been the figures on which the dramatist relied for his
  • comic effects. Even the miser tricked out of his savings was a shade
  • less ridiculous, less grotesquely deserving of his fate, than the
  • husband defrauded of his wife's affection. The plausible adulteress and
  • the adroit seducer had a recognised claim on the sympathy of the public.
  • But the inevitable reaction was at hand; and the new teachers to whom
  • Odo's contemporaries were beginning to listen had thrown a strangely
  • poetic light over the dull figures of the domestic virtues. Faithfulness
  • to the family sanctities, reverence for the marriage tie, courage to
  • sacrifice the loftiest passion to the most plodding duty: these were
  • qualities to touch the fancy of a generation sated with derision. If
  • love as a sentiment was the discovery of the medieval poets, love as a
  • moral emotion might be called that of the eighteenth-century
  • philosophers, who, for all their celebration of free unions and fatal
  • passions, were really on the side of the angels, were fighting the
  • battle of the spiritual against the sensual, of conscience against
  • appetite.
  • The imperceptible action of these new influences formed the real barrier
  • between Odo and Fulvia. The girl stood for the embodiment of the
  • purifying emotions that were to renew the world. Her candour, her
  • unapproachableness, her simple trust in him, were a part of the magic
  • light which the new idealism had shed over the old social structure. His
  • was, in short, a love large enough to include other emotions: a widening
  • rather than a contraction of the emotional range. Youth and propinquity
  • have before now broken down stronger defences; but Fulvia's situation
  • was an unspoken appeal to her lover's forbearance. The sense that her
  • safety depended on him kept his sentimental impulses in check and made
  • the happiness of the moment seem, in its exquisite unreality, a mere
  • dreamlike interlude between the facts of life.
  • Toward sunset they rested in an olive-orchard, tethering their horses to
  • the low boughs. Overhead, through the thin foliage of tarnished silver,
  • the sky, as the moon suffused it, melted from steel blue to a clearer
  • silver. A peasant-woman whose hut stood close by brought them a goat's
  • cheese on a vine-leaf and a jug of spring-water; and as they supped, a
  • little goat-herd, driving his flock down the hill, paused to watch them
  • with furtive woodland eyes.
  • Odo, questioning him, learned that at the village on the shore below
  • they could obtain a boat to carry them across the lake. Fulvia, for lack
  • of a passport, dared not set foot on Austrian soil; but the Swiss
  • authorities were less exacting and Odo had hopes of crossing the border
  • without difficulty. They set out again presently, descending through the
  • grey dusk of the olives till the path became too steep for riding; then
  • Odo lifted Fulvia from the saddle and led the two horses after her. Here
  • and there, between the trees, they caught a momentary glimpse of lights
  • on the shore and the pale gleam of the lake enclosed in black foliage.
  • From the village below came snatches of song and the shrill wail of a
  • pipe; and as the night deepened they saw, far out on the water, the wild
  • flare of the fish-spearers' torches, like comets in an inverted sky.
  • With nightfall the spirits of both had sunk. Fulvia walked ahead in
  • silence and Odo read a mute apprehension in her drooping outline. Every
  • step brought them nearer to the point they both feared to face, and
  • though each knew what lay in the other's thoughts neither dared break
  • the silence. Odo's mind turned anxiously to the incidents of the
  • morning, to the finding of the ducal coat-of-arms, and to all the
  • possibilities it suggested. What errand save one could have carried an
  • envoy from Pianura to that remote hamlet among the hills? He could
  • scarcely doubt that it was in pursuit of himself that the ducal
  • messenger travelled; but with what object was the journey undertaken?
  • Was he to be recalled in obedience to some new whim of the Duke's? Or
  • had some unforeseen change--he dared not let his thoughts define
  • it--suddenly made his presence needful in Pianura? It was more probable
  • that the possibility of his flight with Fulvia had been suggested to the
  • Duke by the ecclesiastical authorities, and that the same hand which had
  • parted them before was again secretly at work. In any case, it was Odo's
  • first business to see his companion safely across the border; and in
  • that endeavour he had now little fear of being thwarted. If the Duke's
  • messenger awaited them at Peschiera he waited in vain; and though their
  • flight across the lake might be known before dawn it would then be no
  • easy matter to overtake them.
  • In an hour's time, as Odo had hoped, they were putting off from the
  • shore in a blunt-nosed fishing-boat which was the lightest craft the
  • village could provide. The lake was stark calm, and the two boatmen,
  • silhouetted against the moonlight, drove the boat forward with even
  • vigorous strokes. Fulvia, shivering in the autumnal chill, had drawn her
  • hood close about her and sat silent, her face in shade. Measured by
  • their secret apprehensions the boat's progress seemed at first
  • indescribably slow; but gradually the sounds from the shore grew
  • fainter, and the fugitives felt themselves alone in a world enclosed by
  • the moonlit circle of the waters.
  • As they advanced this sense of isolation and security grew deeper and
  • more impressive. The motionless surface of the lake was enclosed in a
  • wall of mountains which the moonlight seemed to vein with marble. A sky
  • in which the stars were dissolved in white radiance curved high above
  • their heads; and not a sail flecked the lake or a cloud the sky. The
  • boat seemed suspended alone in some ethereal medium.
  • Presently one of the boatmen spoke to the other and glanced toward the
  • north. Then the second silently shipped his oar and hoisted the sail.
  • Hardly had he made it fast when a fresh of wind came down the lake and
  • they began to stretch across the bay with spreading canvas. The wind was
  • contrary, but Odo welcomed it, for he saw at once that it would be
  • quicker work to tack to the other shore than to depend on the oars. The
  • scene underwent a sudden change. The silver mirror over which they had
  • appeared to glide was shivered into sparkling fragments, and in the
  • enveloping rush and murmur of the night the boat woke to a creaking
  • straining activity.
  • The man at the rudder suddenly pointed to a huddle of lights to the
  • south. "Peschiera."
  • Odo laughed. "We shall soon show it our heels," said he.
  • The other boatman shrugged his shoulders. "Even an enemy's roof may
  • serve to keep out the storm," he observed philosophically.
  • "The storm? What storm?"
  • The man pointed to the north. Against the sky hung a little black cloud,
  • the merest flaw in the perfect curve of the night.
  • "The lake is shrewish at this season," the boatman continued. "Did your
  • excellencies burn a candle before starting?"
  • Odo sat silent, his eyes fixed on the cloud. It was growing visibly now.
  • With every moment its outline seemed to shift and spread, till its black
  • menace dilated to the zenith. The bright water still broke about them in
  • diamond spray; but as the shadow travelled the lake beneath it turned to
  • lead. Then the storm dropped on them. It fell suddenly out of
  • mid-heaven. Sky and water grew black and a long shudder ran through the
  • boat. For a moment she hung back, staggering under a white fury of
  • blows; then the gale seemed to lift and swing her about and she shot
  • forward through a long tunnel of glistening blackness, bows on for
  • Peschiera.
  • "The enemy's roof!" thought Odo. He reached for Fulvia's hand and found
  • it in the darkness. The rain was driving against them now and he drew
  • her close and wrapped his cloak about her. She lay still, without a
  • tremor, as though in that shelter no fears could reach her. The night
  • roared about them and the waters seemed to divide beneath their keel.
  • Through the tumult Odo shouted to the boatmen to try to make some
  • harbour north of Peschiera. They shouted back that they must go where
  • the wind willed and bless the saints if they made any harbour at all;
  • and Odo saw that Peschiera was their destiny.
  • It was past midnight when they set foot on shore. The rain still fell in
  • torrents and they could hardly grope their way up the steps of the
  • landing-stage. Odo's first concern was to avoid the inn; but the
  • boatmen, exhausted by their efforts and impatient to be under shelter,
  • could not be bribed to seek out at that hour another lodging for the
  • travellers. Odo dared not expose Fulvia longer to the storm, and
  • reluctantly they turned toward the inn, trusting that at that hour their
  • coming would attract little notice.
  • A travelling-carriage stood in the courtyard, and somewhat to Odo's
  • surprise the landlord was still afoot. He led them into the public
  • parlour, which was alight, with a good fire on the hearth. A gentleman
  • in travelling-dress sat near this fire, his back to the door, reading by
  • a shaded candle. He rose as the travellers entered, and Odo recognised
  • the abate de Crucis.
  • The latter advanced with a smile in which pleasure was more visible than
  • surprise. He bowed slightly to Fulvia, who had shrunk back into the
  • shadow of the doorway; then he turned to Odo and said: "Cavaliere, I
  • have travelled six days to overtake you. The Duke of Pianura is dying
  • and has named you regent."
  • 3.7.
  • Odo heard a slight movement behind him. He turned and saw that Fulvia
  • had vanished. He understood her wish for concealment, but its futility
  • was written in the glance with which de Crucis followed her flight.
  • The abate continued to speak in urgent tones. "I implore you," he said,
  • "to lose no time in accompanying me to Pianura. The situation there is
  • critical and before now his Highness's death may have placed the reins
  • in your hands." He glanced at his watch. "If your excellency is not too
  • tired to set out at once, my horses can be harnessed within the half
  • hour."
  • Odo's heart sank. To have let his thoughts dwell on such a possibility
  • seemed to have done little to prepare him for its realisation. He hardly
  • understood what de Crucis was saying: he knew only that an hour before
  • he had fancied himself master of his fate and that now he was again in
  • bonds. His first clear thought was that nothing should part him from
  • Fulvia.
  • De Crucis seemed to read the thought.
  • "Cavaliere," he said, "at a moment when time is so valuable you will
  • pardon my directness. You are accompanying to Switzerland a lady who has
  • placed herself in your charge--"
  • Odo made no reply, and the other went on in the same firm but courteous
  • tone: "Foreseeing that it would be difficult for you to leave her so
  • abruptly I provided myself, in Venice, with a passport which will take
  • her safely across the border." He drew a paper from his coat. "This,"
  • said he, handing it to Odo, "is the Papal Nuncio's authorisation to the
  • Signorina Fulvia Vivaldi, known in religion as Sister Veronica, to
  • absent herself from Italy for an indefinite period. With this passport
  • and a good escort your companion will have no difficulty in joining her
  • friends."
  • Excess of astonishment kept Odo silent for a moment; and in that moment
  • he had as it were a fugitive glimpse into the workings of the great
  • power which still strove for predominance in Italy. A safe-conduct from
  • the Papal Nuncio to Fulvia Vivaldi was equivalent to her release from
  • her vows; and this in turn implied that, for the moment, religious
  • discipline had been frankly sacrificed to the pressure of political
  • necessities. How the invisible hands made and unmade the destinies of
  • those who came in their way! How boldly the Church swept aside her own
  • defences when they obstructed her course! He was conscious, even at the
  • moment, of all that men like de Crucis had to say in defence of this
  • higher expediency, this avowed discrimination between the factors in
  • each fresh combination of circumstances. He had himself felt the complex
  • wonder of thoughtful minds before the Church's perpetual miracle of
  • change disguised in immutability; but now he saw only the meaner side of
  • the game, its elements of cruelty and falseness; and he felt himself no
  • more than a frail bark on the dark and tossing seas of ecclesiastical
  • intrigue. For a moment his heart shuddered back from its fate.
  • "No passport, no safe-conduct," he said at length, "can release me from
  • my duty to the lady who has placed herself in my care. I shall not leave
  • her till she has joined her friends."
  • De Crucis bowed. "This is the answer I expected," he said, not without
  • sadness.
  • Odo glanced at him in surprise. The two men, hitherto, had addressed
  • each other as strangers; but now something in the abate's tone recalled
  • to Odo the familiarity of their former intercourse, their deep community
  • of thought, the significance of the days they had spent together in the
  • monastery of Monte Cassino. The association of ideas brought before him
  • the profound sense of responsibility with which, at that time, he had
  • looked forward to such an hour as this.
  • The abate was watching him gravely.
  • "Cavaliere," he said, "every instant counts, all you had once hoped to
  • do for Pianura is now yours to accomplish. But in your absence your
  • enemies are not idle. His Highness may revoke your appointment at any
  • hour. Of late I have had his ear, but I have now been near a week
  • absent, and you know the Duke is not long constant to one
  • purpose.--Cavaliere," he exclaimed, "I appeal to you not in the name of
  • the God whom you have come to doubt, but in that of your fellow-men,
  • whom you have wished to serve."
  • Odo looked at him, not without a confused sense of the irony of such an
  • appeal on such lips, yet with the distinct consciousness that it was
  • uttered in all sincerity, and that, whatever their superficial diversity
  • of view, he and de Crucis were at one on those deeper questions that
  • gave the moment its real significance.
  • "It is impossible," he repeated, "that I should go with you."
  • De Crucis was again silent, and Odo was aware of the renewed intentness
  • of his scrutiny. "If the lady--" broke from him once; but he checked
  • himself and took a turn in the room.
  • Meanwhile a resolve was slowly forming itself in Odo. He would not be
  • false to the call which, since his boyhood, had so often made itself
  • heard before the voice of pleasure and self-interest; but he would at
  • least reserve the right to obey it in his own fashion and under
  • conditions which left his private inclination free.
  • "There may be more than one way of serving one's fellows," he said
  • quietly. "Go back without me, abate. Tell my cousin that I resign my
  • rights to the succession. I shall live my own life elsewhere, not
  • unworthily, I hope, but as a private person."
  • De Crucis had turned pale. For a moment his habitual self-command seemed
  • about to fail him; and Odo could not but see that a sincere personal
  • regret was mingled with the political agent's consciousness of failure.
  • He himself was chiefly aware of a sense of relief, of self-recovery, as
  • though he had at last solved a baffling enigma and found himself once
  • more at one with his fate.
  • Suddenly he heard a step behind him. Fulvia had re-entered the room. She
  • had put off her drenched cloak, but the hair lay in damp strands on her
  • forehead, deepening her pallor and the lines of weariness under her
  • eyes. She moved across the room, carrying her head high and advancing
  • tranquilly to Odo's side. Even in that moment of confused emotions he
  • was struck by the nobility of her gait and gesture.
  • She turned to de Crucis, and Odo had the immediate intuition that she
  • had recognised him.
  • "Will you let me speak a word privately to the cavaliere Valsecca?" she
  • said.
  • The other bowed silently and turned away. The door closed on him, and
  • Odo and Fulvia remained alone. For a moment neither spoke; then she
  • said: "That was the abate de Crucis?"
  • He assented.
  • She looked at him sadly. "You still believe him to be your friend?"
  • "Yes," he answered frankly, "I still believe him to be my friend, and,
  • spite of his cloth, the friend of justice and humanity. But he is here
  • simply as the Duke's agent. He has been for some time the governor of
  • Prince Ferrante."
  • "I knew," she murmured, "I knew--"
  • He went up to her and caught her hands. "Why do we waste our time upon
  • him?" he exclaimed impatiently. "Nothing matters but that I am free at
  • last."
  • She drew back, gently releasing herself. "Free--?"
  • "My choice is made. I have resigned my right to the succession. I shall
  • not return to Pianura."
  • She continued to stare at him, leaning against the chair from which de
  • Crucis had risen.
  • "Your choice is made! Your choice is made!" she repeated. "And you have
  • chosen--"
  • "You," he said simply. "Will you go to France with me, Fulvia? Will you
  • be my wife and work with me at a distance for the cause that, in Italy,
  • we may not serve together? I have never abandoned the aims your father
  • taught me to strive for; they are dearer, more sacred to me than ever;
  • but I cannot strive for them alone. I must feel your hand in mine, I
  • must know that your heart beats with mine, I must hear the voice of
  • liberty speak to me in your voice--" He broke off suddenly and went up
  • to her. "All this is nothing," he said. "I love you. I cannot give you
  • up. That is all."
  • For a moment, as he spoke, her face shone with an extraordinary light.
  • She looked at him intently, as one who seemed to gaze beyond and through
  • him, at some mystic vision that his words evoked. Then the brightness
  • faded.
  • "The picture you draw is a beautiful one," she said, speaking slowly, in
  • sweet deliberate tones, "but it is not for me to look on. What you said
  • last is not true. If you love me it is because we have thought the same
  • thoughts, dreamed the same dream, heard the same voice--in each other's
  • voices, perhaps, as you say, but none the less a real voice, apart from
  • us and above us, and one which would speak to us as loudly if we were
  • apart--one which both of us must follow to the end."
  • He gazed at her eagerly as she spoke; and while he gazed there came to
  • him, perversely enough, a vision of the life he was renouncing, not as
  • it concerned the public welfare but in its merely personal aspect: a
  • vision of the power, the luxury, the sumptuous background of traditional
  • state and prerogative in which his artistic and intellectual tastes, as
  • well as his easy impulses of benevolence, would find unchecked and
  • immediate gratification. It was the first time that he had been aware of
  • such lurking influences under his most generous aspirations; but even as
  • Fulvia ceased to speak the vision faded, leaving only an intenser
  • longing to bend her will to his.
  • "You are right," he rejoined; "we must follow that voice to the end; but
  • why not together? Your father himself often questioned whether the
  • patriot could not serve his people better at a distance than in their
  • midst. In France, where the new ideas are not only tolerated but put in
  • practice, we shall be able to study their effects and to learn how they
  • may best be applied to the relief of our own unhappy people; and as a
  • private person, independent of party and patronage, could I not do more
  • than as the nominal head of a narrow priest-ridden government, where
  • every act and word would be used by my enemies to injure me and the
  • cause I represent?"
  • The vigour and rapidity of the attack, and the promptness with which he
  • converted her argument to his own use, were not without visible effect.
  • Odo saw his words reflected in the wavering glow of Fulvia's cheek; but
  • almost at once she regained control of her pulses and faced him with
  • that serenity which seemed to come to her at such moments.
  • "What you say might be true," she answered, "were your opportunities
  • indeed restricted to the regency. But the little prince's life is known
  • to hang on a thread: at any moment you may be Duke. And you will not
  • deny that as Duke of Pianura you can serve your people better than as an
  • obscure pamphleteer in Paris."
  • Odo made an impatient gesture. "Are you so sure?" he said. "Even as Duke
  • I must be the puppet of powers greater than myself--of Austria, of Rome,
  • nay, of the wealthy nobles who will always league themselves with their
  • sovereign's enemies rather than suffer a hand upon their privileges. And
  • even if I were fortunate enough to outwit my masters and rule indeed,
  • over what a toy kingdom should I reign! How small a number would be
  • benefited! How little the cause would be helped by my example! As an
  • obscure pamphleteer I might reach the hearts of thousands and speak to
  • great kings on their thrones; as Duke of Pianura, fighting single-handed
  • to reform the laws of my little state, I should rank at best with the
  • other petty sovereigns who are amusing themselves all over Italy with
  • agricultural experiments and improved methods of cheese-making."
  • Again the brightness shone in Fulvia's face. "How you love me!" she said
  • as he paused; and went on, restraining him with a gesture of the
  • gentlest dignity: "For it is love that speaks thus in you and not
  • reason; and you know as I do that the duty to which a man is born comes
  • before any of his own choosing. You are called to serve liberty on a
  • throne, I in some obscure corner of the private life. We can no more
  • exchange our duties than our stations; but if our lives divide, our
  • purpose remains one, and as pious persons recall each other in the
  • mystery of the Sacrament, so we shall meet in spirit in the new religion
  • we profess."
  • Her voice gained strength and measure as she spoke, and Odo felt that
  • all that passion could urge must spend itself in vain against such high
  • security of spirit.
  • "Go, cavaliere," she continued, "I implore you to lose no time in
  • reaching Pianura. Occasion is short-lived, and an hour's lingering may
  • cost you the regency, and with it the chance of gaining a hold on your
  • people. I will not expatiate, as some might, on the power and dignities
  • that await you. You are no adventurer plotting to steal a throne, but a
  • soldier pledged to his post." She moved close to him and suddenly caught
  • his hand and raised it to her lips. "Your excellency," said she, "has
  • deigned to look for a moment on a poor girl that crossed your path. Now
  • your eyes must be on your people, who will yet have cause to love and
  • bless you as she does."
  • She shone on him with a weeping brightness that dissolved his very soul.
  • "Ah," he cried, "you have indeed learned your lesson well! I admire with
  • what stoic calmness you pronounce my doom, with what readiness you
  • dispose of my future!"
  • "It is not mine to dispose of," she caught him up, "nor yours; but
  • belongs, as much as any slave's to his master, to the people you are
  • called to rule. Think for how many generations their unheeded
  • sufferings, their unrewarded toil, have paid for the pomp and pleasure
  • of your house! That is the debt you are called on to acquit, the wrong
  • you are pledged to set right."
  • Odo was silent. She had found the unanswerable word. Yes, he was called
  • on to acquit the accumulated debt of that long unrighteous rule: it was
  • he who must pay, if need be with the last drop of his blood, for the
  • savage victories of Bracciaforte, the rapacity of Guidobaldo, the
  • magnificence of Ascanio, the religious terrors and secret vices of the
  • poor Duke now nearing his end. All these passions had preyed on the
  • people, on the tillers and weavers and vine-dressers, obscure servants
  • of a wasteful greatness: theirs had been the blood that renewed the
  • exhausted veins of their rulers, through generation after generation of
  • dumb labour and privation. And the noblest passions, as well as the
  • basest, had been nourished at the same cost. Every flower in the ducal
  • gardens, every picture on the palace walls, every honour in the ancient
  • annals of the house, had been planted, paid for, fought for by the
  • people. With mute inconscient irony the two powers had faced each other
  • for generations: the subjects never guessing that their sovereigns were
  • puppets of their own making, the Dukes that all their pomp and
  • circumstance were but a borrowed motley. Now the evil wrought in
  • ignorance remained to be undone in the light of the world's new
  • knowledge: the discovery of that universal brotherhood which Christ had
  • long ago proclaimed, and which, after so many centuries, those who
  • denied Christ were the first to put in practice. Hour by hour, day by
  • day, at the cost of every personal inclination, of all that endears life
  • and ennobles failure, Odo must set himself to redeem the credit of his
  • house. He saw his way straight before him; but in that hour of insight
  • his heart's instinct of self-preservation made one last effort against
  • fate.
  • He turned to Fulvia.
  • "You are right," he said; "I have no choice. You have shown me the way;
  • but must I travel it alone? You ask me to give up at a stroke all that
  • makes life desirable: to set forth, without a backward glance, on the
  • very road that leads me farthest from you! Yesterday I might have
  • obeyed; but how can I turn today from this near view of my happiness?"
  • He paused a moment and she seemed about to answer; but he hurried on
  • without giving her time. "Fulvia, if you ask this sacrifice of me, is
  • there none you will make in return? If you bid me go forth and work for
  • my people, will you not come with me and work for them too?" He
  • stretched out his hands, in a gesture that seemed to sum up his infinite
  • need of her, and for a moment they faced each other, silenced by the
  • nearness of great issues.
  • She knew well enough what he offered. According to the code of the day
  • there was no dishonour in the offer and it did not occur to her to
  • resent it. But she looked at him sadly and he read her refusal in the
  • look.
  • "The Regent's mistress?" she said slowly. "The key to the treasury, the
  • back-door to preferment, the secret trafficker in titles and
  • appointments? That is what I should stand for--and it is not to such
  • services that you must even appear to owe your power. I will not say
  • that I have my own work to do; for the dearest service I could perform
  • would be to help you in yours. But to do this I must stand aside. To be
  • near you I must go from you. To love you I must give you up."
  • She looked him full in the eyes as she spoke; then she went up to him
  • and kissed him. It was the first kiss she had given him since she had
  • thrown herself in his arms in her father's garden; but now he felt her
  • whole being on her lips.
  • He would have held her fast, forgetting everything in the sweetness of
  • her surrender; but she drew back quickly and, before he could guess her
  • intention, throw open the door of the room to which de Crucis had
  • withdrawn.
  • "Signor abate!" she said.
  • The Jesuit came forward. Odo was dimly aware that, for an instant, the
  • two measured each other; then Fulvia said quietly:
  • "His excellency goes with you to Pianura."
  • What more she said, or what de Crucis answered, he could never afterward
  • recall. He had a confused sense of having cried out a last unavailing
  • protest, faintly, inarticulately, like a man struggling to make himself
  • heard in a dream; then the room grew dark about him, and in its stead he
  • saw the old chapel at Donnaz, with its dimly-gleaming shrine, and heard
  • the voice of the chaplain, harsh and yet strangely shaken:--"My chief
  • prayer for you is that, should you be raised to this eminence, it may be
  • at a moment when such advancement seems to thrust you in the dust."
  • Odo lifted his head and saw de Crucis standing alone before him.
  • "I am ready," he said.
  • BOOK IV.
  • THE REWARD.
  • Where are the portraits of those who have perished in spite of their
  • vows?
  • 4.1.
  • One bright March day in the year 1783 the bells of Pianura began to ring
  • at sunrise, and with their first peal the townsfolk were abroad.
  • The city was already dressed for a festival. A canopy of crimson velvet,
  • surmounted by the ducal crown and by the "Humilitas" of the Valseccas,
  • concealed the columns of the Cathedral porch and fell in royal folds
  • about the featureless porphyry lions who had seen so many successive
  • rulers ascend the steps between their outstretched paws. The frieze of
  • ramping and running animals around the ancient baptistery was concealed
  • by heavy green garlands alternating with religious banners; and every
  • church and chapel had draped its doorway with crimson and placed above
  • the image of its patron saint the ducal crown of Pianura.
  • No less sumptuous was the adornment of the private dwellings. The great
  • families--the Trescorri, the Belverdi, the Pievepelaghi--had outdone
  • each other in the display of golden-threaded tapestries and Genoese
  • velvets emblazoned with armorial bearings; and even the sombre facade of
  • the Boscofolto palace showed a rich drapery surmounted by the
  • quarterings of the new Marchioness.
  • But it was not only the palace-fronts that had put on a holiday dress.
  • The contagion had spread to the poorer quarters, and in many a narrow
  • street and crooked lane, where surely no part of the coming pageant
  • might be expected to pass, the crazy balconies and unglazed windows were
  • decked out with scraps of finery: a yard or two of velvet filched from
  • the state hangings of some noble house, a torn and discoloured church
  • banner, even a cast-off sacque of brocade or a peasant's holiday
  • kerchief, skilfully draped about the rusty iron and held in place by
  • pots of clove-pink and sweet basil. The half-ruined palace which had
  • once housed Gamba and Momola showed a few shreds of colour on its sullen
  • front, and the abate Crescenti's modest house, wedged in a corner of the
  • city walls, was dressed like the altar of a Lady Chapel; while even the
  • tanners' quarter by the river displayed its festoons of coloured paper
  • and tinsel, ingeniously twisted into the semblance of a crown.
  • For the new Duke, who was about to enter his capital in state, was
  • extraordinarily popular with all classes. His popularity, as yet, was
  • mainly due to a general detestation of the rule he had replaced; but
  • such a sentiment gives to a new sovereign an impetus which, if he knows
  • how to use it, will carry him a long way toward success; and among those
  • in the Duke's confidence it was rumoured that he was qualified not only
  • to profit by the expectations he had raised but to fulfil them. The last
  • months of the late Duke's life had plunged the duchy into such political
  • and financial disorder that all parties were agreed in welcoming a
  • change. Even those that had most to lose by the accession of the new
  • sovereign, or most to fear from the policy he was known to favour,
  • preferred the possibility of new evils to a continuance of present
  • conditions. The expertest angler in troubled waters may find waters too
  • troubled for his sport; and under a government where power is passed
  • from hand to hand like the handkerchief in a children's game, the most
  • adroit time-server may find himself grasping the empty air.
  • It would indeed have been difficult to say who had ruled during the year
  • preceding the Duke's death. Prime ministers had succeeded each other
  • like the clowns in a harlequinade. Just as the Church seemed to have
  • gained the upper hand some mysterious revulsion of feeling would fling
  • the Duke toward Trescorre and the liberals; and when these had
  • attempted, by some trifling concession to popular feeling, to restore
  • the credit of the government, their sovereign, seized by religious
  • scruples, would hastily recall the clerical party. So the administration
  • staggered on, reeling from one policy to another, clutching now at this
  • support and now at that, while Austria and the Holy See hung on its
  • steps, awaiting the inevitable fall.
  • A cruel winter and a fresh outbreak of the silkworm disease had
  • aggravated the misery of the people, while the mounting extravagance of
  • the Duchess had put a last strain on the exhausted treasury. The
  • consequent increase of the salt-tax roused such popular fury that Father
  • Ignazio, who was responsible for the measure, was dismissed by the
  • panic-stricken Duke, and Trescorre, as usual, called in to repair his
  • rival's mistake. But it would have taken a greater statesman than
  • Trescorre to reach the root of such evils; and the new minister
  • succeeded neither in pacifying the people nor in reassuring his
  • sovereign.
  • Meanwhile the Duke was sinking under the mysterious disease which had
  • hung upon him since his birth. It was hinted that his last hours were
  • darkened by hallucinations, and the pious pictured him as haunted by
  • profligate visions, while the free-thinkers maintained that he was the
  • dupe of priestly jugglery. Toward the end there was the inevitable
  • rumour of acqua tofana, and the populace cried out that the Jesuits were
  • at work again. It seems more probable, however, that his Highness, who
  • had assisted at the annual festival of the Madonna del Monte, and had
  • mingled on foot with the swarm of devotees thronging thither from all
  • parts, had contracted a pestilent disorder from one of the pilgrims.
  • Certain it is that death came in a dreadful form. The Duchess, alarmed
  • for the health of Prince Ferrante, fled with him to the dower-house by
  • the Piana; and the strange nature of his Highness's distemper caused
  • many to follow her example. Even the Duke's servants, and the quacks
  • that lived on his bounty, were said to have abandoned the death-chamber;
  • and an English traveller passing through Pianura boasted that, by the
  • payment of a small fee to the palace porter, he had obtained leave to
  • enter his Highness's closet and peer through the doorway at the dying
  • man. However this may be, it would appear that the Duke's confessor--a
  • monk of the Barnabite order--was not to be found when his Highness
  • called for him; and the servant sent forth in haste to fetch a priest
  • returned, strangely enough, with the abate Crescenti, whose suspected
  • orthodoxy had so long made him the object of the Duke's detestation. He
  • it was who alone witnessed the end of that tormented life, and knew upon
  • what hopes or fears it closed.
  • Meanwhile it appeared that the Duchess's precautions were not unfounded;
  • for Prince Ferrante presently sickened of the same malady which had cut
  • off his father, and when the Regent, travelling post-haste, arrived in
  • Pianura, he had barely time to pass from the Duke's obsequies to the
  • death-bed of the heir.
  • Etiquette required that a year of mourning should elapse between the
  • accession of the new sovereign and his state entry into his capital; so
  • that if Duke Odo's character and intentions were still matter of
  • conjecture to his subjects, his appearance was already familiar to them.
  • His youth, his good looks, his open mien, his known affability of
  • manner, were so many arguments in his favour with an impressionable and
  • impulsive people; and it was perhaps natural that he should interpret as
  • a tribute to his principles the sympathy which his person aroused.
  • It is certain that he fancied himself, at that time, as well-acquainted
  • with his subjects as they believed themselves to be with him; and the
  • understanding supposed to exist was productive of equal satisfaction to
  • both sides. The new Duke had thrown himself with extraordinary zeal into
  • the task of loving and understanding his people. It had been his refuge
  • from a hundred doubts and uncertainties, the one clearly-defined object
  • in an obscure and troubled fate. And their response had, almost
  • immediately, turned his task into a pleasure. It was so easy to rule if
  • one's subjects loved one! And so easy to be loved if only one loved
  • enough in return! If he did not, like the Pope, describe himself to his
  • people as the servant of the servants of God, he at least longed to make
  • them feel that this new gospel of service was the base on which all
  • sovereignty must henceforth repose.
  • It was not that his first year of power had been without moments of
  • disillusionment. He had had more than one embittering experience of
  • intrigue and perfidy, more than one glimpse of the pitfalls besetting
  • his course; but his confidence in his own powers and his faith in his
  • people remained unshaken, and with two such beliefs to sustain him it
  • seemed as though no difficulties would prove insurmountable.
  • Such at least was the mood in which, on the morning of his entry into
  • Pianura, he prepared to face his subjects. Strangely enough, the state
  • entry began at Ponte di Po, the very spot where, on a stormy midnight
  • some seven years earlier, the new Duke had landed, a fugitive from his
  • future realm. Here, according to an ancient custom, the sovereign
  • awaited the arrival of his ministers and court; and then, taking seat in
  • his state barge, proceeded by water to Pianura, followed by an escort of
  • galleys.
  • A great tent hung with tapestries had been set up on the river-bank; and
  • here Odo awaited the approach of the barge. As it touched at the
  • landing-stage he stepped out, and his prime minister, Count Trescorre,
  • advanced toward him, accompanied by the dignitaries of the court.
  • Trescorre had aged in the intervening years. His delicate features had
  • withered like a woman's, and the fine irony of his smile had taken an
  • edge of cruelty. His face suggested a worn engraving, the lines of which
  • have been deepened by a too-incisive instrument.
  • The functionaries attending him were, with few exceptions, the same who
  • had figured in a like capacity at the late sovereign's court. With the
  • passing of the years they had grown heavier or thinner, more ponderous
  • or stiffer in their movements, and as they advanced, in their splendid
  • but unwieldy court dress, they seemed to Odo like superannuated
  • marionettes whose springs and wires have rusted from disuse.
  • The barge was a magnificent gilded Bucentaur, presented to the late
  • Duke's father by the Doge of Venice, and carved by his Serenity's most
  • famous sculptors in wood. Tritons and sea-goddesses encircled the prow
  • and throned above the stern, and the interior of the deck-house was
  • adorned with delicate rilievi and painted by Tiepolo with scenes from
  • the myth of Amphitrite. Here the new Duke seated himself, surrounded by
  • his household, and presently the heavy craft, rowed by sixty
  • galley-slaves, was moving slowly up the river toward Pianura.
  • In the clear spring light the old walled city, with its domes and
  • towers, rose pleasantly among budding orchards and fields. Close at hand
  • were the crenellations of Bracciaforte's keep, and just beyond, the
  • ornate cupola of the royal chapel, symbolising in their proximity the
  • successive ambitions of the ducal race; while the round-arched campanile
  • of the Cathedral and the square tower of the mediaeval town-hall sprang
  • up side by side, marking the centre of the free city which the Valseccas
  • had subjugated. It seemed to the new Duke, who was given to such
  • reflections, that he could read his race's history in that broken
  • skyline; but he was soon snatched from its perusal by the cheers of the
  • crowd who thronged the river-bank to greet his approach.
  • As the Bucentaur touched at the landing-stage and Odo stepped out on the
  • red carpet strewn with flowers, while cannon thundered from the walls
  • and the bells burst into renewed jubilation, he felt himself for the
  • first time face to face with his people. The very ceremonial which in
  • other cases kept them apart was now a means of closer communication; for
  • it was to show himself to them that he was making a public entry into
  • his capital, and it was to see him that the city had poured forth her
  • shouting throngs. The shouts rose and widened as he advanced, enveloping
  • him in a mounting tide of welcome, in which cannon, bells and
  • voices--the decreed and the spontaneous acclamations--were
  • indistinguishably merged. In like manner, approbation of his person was
  • mingled with a simple enjoyment of the show of which he formed a part;
  • and it must have taken a more experienced head than Odo's to distinguish
  • between the two currents of enthusiasm on which he felt himself swept
  • forward.
  • The pageant was indeed brilliant enough to justify the popular
  • transport; and the fact that the new Duke formed a worthy centre to so
  • much magnificence was not lost on his splendour-loving subjects. The
  • late sovereign had so long held himself aloof that the city was
  • unaccustomed to such shows, and as the procession wound into the square
  • before the Cathedral, where the thickest of the crowd was massed, the
  • very pealing of the church-bells was lost in the roar of human voices.
  • Don Serafino, the Bishop's nephew, and now Master of the Horse, rode
  • first, on a splendid charger, preceded by four trumpets and followed by
  • his esquires; then came the court dignitaries, attended by their pages
  • and staffieri in gala liveries, the marshals with their staves, the
  • masters of ceremony, and the clergy mounted on mules trapped with
  • velvet, each led by two running footmen. The Duke rode next, alone and
  • somewhat pale. Two pages of arms, helmeted and carrying lances, walked
  • at his horse's bridle; and behind him came his household and ministers,
  • with their gentlemen and a long train of servants, followed by the
  • regiment of light horse which closed the procession.
  • The houses surrounding the square afforded the best point of view to
  • those unwilling to mix with the crowd in the streets; and among the
  • spectators thronging the windows and balconies, and leaning over the
  • edge of the leads, were many who, from one motive or another, felt a
  • personal interest in the new Duke. The Marchioness of Boscofolto had
  • accepted a seat in the windows of the Pievepelaghi palace, which formed
  • an angle of the square, and she and her hostess--the same lady who had
  • been relieved of her diamond necklace by footpads suspected of wearing
  • the Duchess's livery--sat observing the scene behind the garlanded
  • balconies of the piano nobile. In the mezzanin windows of a neighbouring
  • wine-shop the bookseller Andreoni, with half a dozen members of the
  • philosophical society to which Odo had belonged, peered above the heads
  • of the crowd thronging the arcade, and through a dormer of the leads
  • Carlo Gamba, the assistant in the ducal library, looked out on the
  • triumph of his former patron. Among the Church dignities grouped about
  • his Highness was Father Ignazio, the late Duke's confessor, now Prior of
  • the Dominicans, and said to be withdrawn from political life. Seated on
  • his richly-trapped mule he observed the scene with impassive face; while
  • from his place in the long line of minor clergy, the abate Crescenti,
  • with eyes of infinite tenderness and concern, watched the young Duke
  • solemnly ascending the Cathedral steps.
  • In the porch the Bishop waited, impressive as ever in his white and gold
  • dalmatic, against the red robes of the chapter. Preceded by two
  • chamberlains Odo mounted the steps amid the sudden silence of the
  • people. The great bronze portals of the Cathedral, which were never
  • opened save on occasions of state, swung slowly inward, pouring a wave
  • of music and incense out upon the hushed sunlit square; then they closed
  • again, engulphing the brilliant procession--the Duke, the Bishop, the
  • clergy and the court--and leaving the populace to scatter in search of
  • the diversions prepared for them at every street-corner.
  • It was not till late that night that the new Duke found himself alone.
  • He had withdrawn at last from the torch-lit balcony overlooking the
  • square, whither the shouts of his subjects had persistently recalled
  • him. Silence was falling on the illuminated streets, and the dimness of
  • midnight upon the sky through which rocket after rocket had torn its
  • brilliant furrows. In the palace a profounder stillness reigned. Since
  • his accession Odo, out of respect for the late Duke, had lodged in one
  • of the wings of the great building; but tradition demanded that he
  • should henceforth inhabit the ducal apartments, and thither, at the
  • close of the day's ceremonies, his gentlemen had conducted him.
  • Trescorre had asked permission to wait on him before he slept; and he
  • knew that the prime minister would be kept late by his conference with
  • the secret police, whose nightly report could not be handed in till the
  • festivities were over. Meanwhile Odo was in no mood for sleep. He sat
  • alone in the closet, still hung with saints' images and jewelled
  • reliquaries, where his cousin had so often given him audience, and
  • whence, through the open door, he could see the embroidered curtains and
  • plumed baldachin of the state bed which was presently to receive him.
  • All day his heart had beat with high ambitions; but now a weight sank
  • upon his spirit. The reaction from the tumultuous welcome of the streets
  • to the closely-guarded silence of the palace made him feel how unreal
  • was the fancied union between himself and his people, how insuperable
  • the distance that tradition and habit had placed between them. In the
  • narrow closet where his predecessor had taken refuge from the detested
  • task of reigning, the new Duke felt the same moral lassitude steal over
  • him. How was such a puny will as his to contend against the great forces
  • of greed and prejudice? All the influences arrayed against
  • him--tradition, superstition, the lust of power, the arrogance of
  • race--seemed concentrated in the atmosphere of that silent room, with
  • its guarded threshold, its pious relics, and lying on the desk in the
  • embrasure of the window, the manuscript litany which the late Duke had
  • not lived to complete.
  • Oppressed by his surroundings, Odo rose and entered the bed-chamber. A
  • lamp burned before the image of the Madonna at the head of the bed, and
  • two lighted flambeaux flanked the picture of the Last Judgment on the
  • opposite wall. Odo remembered the look of terror which the Duke had
  • fixed on the picture during their first strange conversation. A
  • praying-stool stood beneath it, and it was said that here, rather than
  • before the Virgin's image, the melancholy prince performed his private
  • devotions. The horrors of the scene were depicted with a childish
  • minuteness of detail, as though the painter had sought to produce an
  • impression of moral anguish by the accumulation of physical sufferings;
  • and just such puerile images of the wrath to come may have haunted the
  • mysterious recesses of the Duke's imagination. Crescenti had told Odo
  • how the dying man's thoughts had seemed to centre upon this dreadful
  • subject, and how again and again, amid his ravings, he had cried out
  • that the picture must be burned, as though the sight of it was become
  • intolerable to him.
  • Odo's own mind, across which the events and emotions of the day still
  • threw the fantastic shadows of an expiring illumination, was wrought to
  • the highest state of impressionability. He saw in a flash all that the
  • picture must have symbolised to his cousin's fancy; and in his desire to
  • reconstruct that dying vision of fleshly retribution, he stepped close
  • to the diptych, resting a knee on the stool beneath it. As he did so,
  • the picture suddenly opened, disclosing the inner panel. Odo caught up
  • one of the flambeaux, and in its light, as on a sunlit wave, there
  • stepped forth to him the lost Venus of Giorgione.
  • He knew the picture in an instant. There was no mistaking the glow of
  • the limbs, the midsummer languor of the smile, the magical atmosphere in
  • which the gold of sunlight, of autumn leaves, of amber grapes, seemed
  • fused by some lost alchemy of the brush. As he gazed, the scene changed,
  • and he saw himself in a darkened room with cabalistic hangings. He saw
  • Heiligenstern's tall figure, towering in supernatural light, the Duke
  • leaning eagerly forward, the Duchess with set lips and troubled eyes,
  • the little prince bent wonderingly above the magic crystal...
  • A step in the antechamber announced Trescorre's approach. Odo returned
  • to the cabinet and the minister advanced with a low bow. The two men had
  • had time to grow accustomed to the new relation in which they stood to
  • one another, yet there were moments when, to Odo, the past seemed to lie
  • like fallen leaves beneath Trescorre's steps--Donna Laura, fond and
  • foolish in her weeds, Gamba, Momola, and the pure featherhead Cerveno,
  • dying at nineteen of a distemper because he had stood in the other's
  • way. The impression was strong on him now--but it was only momentary.
  • Habit reasserted itself, and the minister effaced the man. Odo signed to
  • Trescorre to seat himself and the latter silently presented his report.
  • He was a diligent and capable administrator, and however mixed might be
  • the motives which attached him to his sovereign, they did not interfere
  • with the exact performance of his duties. Odo knew this and was grateful
  • for it. He knew that Trescorre, ambitious of the regency, had intrigued
  • against him to the last. He knew that an intemperate love of power was
  • the mainspring of that seemingly dispassionate nature. But death had
  • crossed Trescorre's schemes; and he was too adroit an opportunist not to
  • see that his best chance now lay in making himself indispensable to his
  • new sovereign. Of all this Odo was aware; but his own motives in
  • appointing Trescorre did not justify his looking for great
  • disinterestedness in his minister. The irony of circumstances had forced
  • them upon each other, and each knew that the other understood the
  • situation and was prepared to make the best of it.
  • The Duke presently rose, and handed back to Trescorre the reports of the
  • secret police. They were the documents he most disliked to handle.
  • "You have acquitted yourself admirably of your disagreeable duties," he
  • said with a smile. "I hope I have done as well. At any rate the day is
  • over."
  • Trescorre returned the smile, with his usual tinge of irony. "Another
  • has already begun," said he.
  • "Ah," said Odo, with a touch of impatience, "are we not to sleep on our
  • laurels?"
  • Trescorre bowed. "Austria, your Highness, never sleeps."
  • Odo looked at him with surprise. "What do you mean?"
  • "That I have to remind your Highness--"
  • "Of what--?"
  • Trescorre had one of his characteristic pauses.
  • "That the Duke of Monte Alloro is in failing health--and that her
  • Highness's year of widowhood ended yesterday."
  • There was a silence. Odo, who had reseated himself, rose and walked to
  • the window. The shutters stood open and he looked out over the formless
  • obscurity of the gardens. Above the intervening masses of foliage the
  • Borromini wing raised its vague grey bulk. He saw lights in Maria
  • Clementina's apartments and wondered if she still waked. An hour or two
  • earlier she had given him her hand in the contra-dance at the state
  • ball. It was her first public appearance since the late Duke's death,
  • and with the laying off of her weeds she had regained something of her
  • former brilliancy. At the moment he had hardly observed her: she had
  • seemed a mere inanimate part of the pageant of which he formed the
  • throbbing centre. But now the sense of her nearness pressed upon him.
  • She seemed close to him, ingrown with his fate; and with the curious
  • duality of vision that belongs to such moments he beheld her again as
  • she had first shone on him--the imperious child whom he had angered by
  • stroking her spaniel, the radiant girl who had welcomed him on his
  • return to Pianura. Trescorre's voice aroused him.
  • "At any moment," the minister was saying, "her Highness may fall heir to
  • Monte Alloro. It is the moment for which Austria waits. There is always
  • an Archduke ready--and her Highness is still a young woman."
  • Odo turned slowly from the window. "I have told you that this is
  • impossible," he murmured.
  • Trescorre looked down and thoughtfully fingered the documents in his
  • hands.
  • "Your Highness," said he, "is as well-acquainted as your ministers with
  • the difficulties that beset us. Monte Alloro is one of the richest
  • states in Italy. It is a pity to alienate such revenues from Pianura."
  • The new Duke was silent. His minister's words were merely the audible
  • expression of his own thoughts. He knew that the future welfare of
  • Pianura depended on the annexation of Monte Alloro. He owed it to his
  • people to unite the two sovereignties.
  • At length he said: "You are building on an unwarrantable assumption."
  • Trescorre raised an interrogative glance.
  • "You assume her Highness's consent."
  • The minister again paused; and his pause seemed to flash an ironical
  • light on the poverty of the other's defences.
  • "I come straight from her Highness," said he quietly, "and I assume
  • nothing that I am not in a position to affirm."
  • Odo turned on him with a start. "Do I understand that you have
  • presumed--?"
  • His minister raised a deprecating hand. "Sir," said he, "the Archduke's
  • envoy is in Pianura."
  • 4.2.
  • Odo, on his return to Pianura, had taken it for granted that de Crucis
  • would remain in his service.
  • There had been little talk between the two on the way. The one was deep
  • in his own wretchedness, and the other had too fine a tact to intrude on
  • it; but Odo felt the nearness of that penetrating sympathy which was
  • almost a gift of divination. He was glad to have de Crucis at his side
  • at a moment when any other companionship had been intolerable; and in
  • the egotism of his misery he imagined that he could dispose as he
  • pleased of his friend's future.
  • After the little Prince's death, however, de Crucis had at once asked
  • permission to leave Pianura. He was perhaps not displeased by Odo's
  • expressions of surprise and disappointment; but they did not alter his
  • decision. He reminded the new Duke that he had been called to Pianura as
  • governor to the late heir, and that, death having cut short his task, he
  • had now no farther pretext for remaining.
  • Odo listened with a strange sense of loneliness. The responsibilities of
  • his new state weighed heavily on the musing speculative side of his
  • nature. Face to face with the sudden summons to action, with the
  • necessity for prompt and not too-curious choice of means and method, he
  • felt a stealing apathy of the will, an inclination toward the subtle
  • duality of judgment that had so often weakened and diffused his
  • energies. At such a crisis it seemed to him that, de Crucis gone, he
  • remained without a friend. He urged the abate to reconsider his
  • decision, begging him to choose a post about his person.
  • De Crucis shook his head.
  • "The offer," said he, "is more tempting to me than your Highness can
  • guess; but my business here is at an end, and must be taken up
  • elsewhere. My calling is that of a pedagogue. When I was summoned to
  • take charge of Prince Ferrante's education I gave up my position in the
  • household of Prince Bracciano not only because I believed that I could
  • make myself more useful in training a future sovereign than the son of a
  • private nobleman, but also," he added with a smile, "because I was
  • curious to visit a state of which your Highness had so often spoken, and
  • because I believed that my residence here might enable me to be of
  • service to your Highness. In this I was not mistaken; and I will gladly
  • remain in Pianura long enough to give your Highness such counsels as my
  • experience suggests; but that business discharged, I must ask leave to
  • go."
  • From this position no entreaties could move him; and so fixed was his
  • resolve that it confirmed the idea that he was still a secret agent of
  • the Jesuits. Strangely enough, this did not prejudice Odo, who was more
  • than ever under the spell of de Crucis's personal influence. Though Odo
  • had been acquainted with many professed philosophers he had never met
  • among them a character so nearly resembling the old stoical ideal of
  • temperance and serenity, and he could never be long with de Crucis
  • without reflecting that the training which could form and nourish so
  • noble a nature must be other than the world conceived it.
  • De Crucis, however, frankly pointed out that his former connection with
  • the Jesuits was too well known in Pianura not to be an obstacle in the
  • way of his usefulness.
  • "I own," said he, "that before the late Duke's death I exerted such
  • influence as I possessed to bring about your Highness's appointment as
  • regent; but the very connections that favoured me with your predecessor
  • must stand in the way of my serving your Highness. Nothing could be more
  • fatal to your prospects than to have it said that you had chosen a
  • former Jesuit as your advisor. In the present juncture of affairs it is
  • needful that you should appear to be in sympathy with the liberals, and
  • that whatever reforms you attempt should seem the result of popular
  • pressure rather than of your own free choice. Such an attitude may not
  • flatter the sovereign's pride, and is in fact merely a higher form of
  • expediency; but it is one which the proudest monarchs of Europe are
  • finding themselves constrained to take if they would preserve their
  • power and use it effectually."
  • Soon afterward de Crucis left Pianura; but before leaving he imparted to
  • Odo the result of his observations while in the late Duke's service. De
  • Crucis's view was that of the more thoughtful men of his day who had not
  • broken with the Church, yet were conscious that the whole social system
  • of Europe was in need of renovation. The movement of ideas in France,
  • and their rapid transformation into legislative measures of unforeseen
  • importance, had as yet made little impression in Italy; and the clergy
  • in particular lived in serene unconsciousness of any impending change.
  • De Crucis, however, had been much in France, and had frequented the
  • French churchmen, who (save in the highest ranks of the hierarchy) were
  • keenly alive to the need of reform, and ready, in many instances, to
  • sacrifice their own privileges in the public cause. These men, living in
  • their provincial cures or abbeys, were necessarily in closer contact
  • with the people, better acquainted with their needs and more competent
  • to relieve them, than the city demagogues theorising in Parisian
  • coffee-houses on the Rights of Man and the Code of Nature. But the voice
  • of the demagogues carried farther than that of the clergy; and such
  • revolutionary notions as crossed the Alps had more to do with the
  • founding of future Utopias than with the remedy of present evils.
  • Even in France the temperate counsels of the clergy were being overruled
  • by the sentimental imprudences of the nobles and by the bluster of the
  • politicians. It was to put Odo on his guard against these two influences
  • that de Crucis was chiefly anxious; but the intelligent cooperation of
  • the clergy was sadly lacking in his administrative scheme. He knew that
  • Odo could not count on the support of the Church party, and that he must
  • make what use he could of the liberals in his attempts at reform. The
  • clergy of Pianura had been in power too long to believe in the necessity
  • of conceding anything to the new spirit; and since the banishment of the
  • Society of Jesus the presumption of the other orders had increased
  • instead of diminishing. The priests, whatever their failings, had
  • attached the needy by a lavish bounty; and they had a powerful auxiliary
  • in the Madonna of the Mountain, who drew pilgrims from all parts of
  • Italy and thus contributed to the material welfare of the state as well
  • as to its spiritual privileges. To the common people their Virgin was
  • not only a protection against disease and famine, but a kind of oracle,
  • who by divers signs and tokens gave evidence of divine approval or
  • displeasure; and it was naturally to the priests that the faithful
  • looked for a reading of these phenomena. This gave the clergy a powerful
  • hold on the religious sensibilities of the people; and more than once
  • the manifest disapproval of the Mountain Madonna had turned the scales
  • against some economic measure which threatened the rights of her augurs.
  • De Crucis understood the force of these traditional influences; but Odo,
  • in common with the more cultivated men of his day, had lived too long in
  • an atmosphere of polite scepticism to measure the profound hold of
  • religion on the consciousness of the people. Christ had been so long
  • banished from the drawing-room that it was has hard to believe that He
  • still ruled in field and vineyard. To men of Odo's stamp the piety of
  • the masses was a mere superficial growth, a kind of mental mould to be
  • dried off by the first beams of knowledge. He did not conceive it as a
  • habit of thought so old that it had become instinctive, so closely
  • intertwined with every sense that to hope to eradicate it was like
  • trying to drain all the blood from a man's body without killing him. He
  • knew nothing of the unwearied workings of that power, patient as a
  • natural force, which, to reach spirits darkened by ignorance and eyes
  • dulled by toil, had stooped to a thousand disguises, humble, tender and
  • grotesque--peopling the earth with a new race of avenging or protecting
  • deities, guarding the babe in the cradle and the cattle in the stalls,
  • blessing the good man's vineyard or blighting the crops of the
  • blasphemer, guiding the lonely traveller over torrents and precipices,
  • smoothing the sea and hushing the whirlwind, praying with the mother
  • over her sick child, and watching beside the dead in plague-house and
  • lazaret and galley--entering into every joy and grief of the obscurest
  • consciousness, penetrating to depths of misery which no human compassion
  • ever reached, and redressing by a prompt and summary justice wrongs of
  • which no human legislation took account.
  • Odo's first act after his accession had been to recall the political
  • offenders banished by his predecessor; and so general was the custom of
  • marking the opening of a new reign by an amnesty to political exiles,
  • that Trescorre offered no opposition to the measure. Andreoni and his
  • friends at once returned to Pianura, and Gamba at the same time emerged
  • from his mysterious hiding-place. He was the only one of the group who
  • struck Odo as having any administrative capacity; yet he was more likely
  • to be of use as a pamphleteer than as an office-holder. As to the other
  • philosophers, they were what their name implied: thoughtful and
  • high-minded men, with a generous conception of their civic duties, and a
  • noble readiness to fulfil them at any cost, but untrained to action, and
  • totally ignorant of the complex science of government.
  • Odo found the hunchback changed. He had withered like Trescorre, but
  • under the harsher blight of physical privations; and his tongue had an
  • added bitterness. He replied evasively to all enquiries as to what had
  • become of him during his absence from Pianura; but on Odo's asking for
  • news of Momola and the child he said coldly: "They are both dead."
  • "Dead?" Odo exclaimed. "Together?"
  • "There was scarce an hour between them," Gamba answered. "She said she
  • must keep alive as long as the boy needed her--after that she turned on
  • her side and died."
  • "But of what disorder? How came they to sicken at the same time?"
  • The hunchback stood silent, his eyes on the ground. Suddenly he raised
  • them and looked full at the Duke.
  • "Those that saw them called it the plague."
  • "The plague? Good God!" Odo slowly returned his stare. "Is it
  • possible--" he paused--"that she too was at the feast of the Madonna?"
  • "She was there, but it was not there that she contracted the distemper."
  • "Not there--?"
  • "No; for she dragged herself from her bed to go."
  • There was another silence. The hunchback had lowered his eyes. The Duke
  • sat motionless, resting his head on his hand. Suddenly he made a gesture
  • of dismissal...
  • Two months after his state entry into Pianura Odo married his cousin's
  • widow.
  • It surprised him, in looking back, to see how completely the thought of
  • Maria Clementina had passed out of his life, how wholly he had ceased to
  • reckon with her as one of the factors in his destiny. At her child's
  • death-bed he had seen in her only the stricken mother, centred in her
  • loss, and recalling, in an agony of tears, the little prince's prophetic
  • vision of the winged playmates who came to him carrying toys from
  • Paradise. After Prince Ferrante's death she had gone on a long visit to
  • her uncle of Monte Alloro; and since her return to Pianura she had lived
  • in the dower-house, refusing Odo's offer of a palace in the town. She
  • had first shown herself to the public on the day of the state entry; and
  • now, her year of widowhood over, she was again the consort of a reigning
  • Duke of Pianura.
  • No one was more ignorant than her husband of the motives determining her
  • act. As Duchess of Monte Alloro she might have enjoyed the wealth and
  • independence which her uncle's death had bestowed on her, but in
  • marrying again she resigned the right to her new possessions, which
  • became vested in the crown of Pianura. Was it love that had prompted the
  • sacrifice? As she stood beside him on the altar steps of the Cathedral,
  • as she rode home beside him between their shouting subjects, Odo asked
  • himself the question again and again. The years had dealt lightly with
  • her, and she had crossed the threshold of the thirties with the assured
  • step of a woman who has no cause to fear what awaits her. But her blood
  • no longer spoke her thoughts, and the transparence of youth had changed
  • to a brilliant density. He could not penetrate beneath the surface of
  • her smile: she seemed to him like a beautiful toy which might conceal a
  • lacerating weapon.
  • Meanwhile between himself and any better understanding of her stood the
  • remembrance of their talk in the hunting-lodge of Pontesordo. What she
  • had offered then he had refused to take: was she the woman to forget
  • such a refusal? Was it not rather to keep its memory alive that she had
  • married him? Or was she but the flighty girl he had once imagined her,
  • driven hither and thither by spasmodic impulses, and incapable of
  • consistent action, whether for good or ill? The barrier of their
  • past--of all that lay unsaid and undone between them--so completely cut
  • her off from him that he had, in her presence, the strange sensation of
  • a man who believes himself to be alone yet feels that he is
  • watched...The first months of their marriage were oppressed by this
  • sense of constraint; but gradually habit bridged the distance between
  • them and he found himself at once nearer to her and less acutely aware
  • of her. In the second year an heir was born and died; and the hopes and
  • grief thus shared drew them insensibly into the relation of the ordinary
  • husband and wife, knitted together at the roots in spite of superficial
  • divergencies.
  • In his passionate need of sympathy and counsel Odo longed to make the
  • most of this enforced community of interests. Already his first zeal was
  • flagging, his belief in his mission wavering: he needed the
  • encouragement of a kindred faith. He had no hope of finding in Maria
  • Clementina that pure passion for justice which seemed to him the noblest
  • ardour of the soul. He had read it in one woman's eyes, but these had
  • long been turned from him. Unconsciously perhaps he counted rather on
  • his wife's less generous qualities: the passion for dominion, the blind
  • arrogance of temper that, for the mere pleasure of making her power
  • felt, had so often drawn her into public affairs. Might not this waste
  • force--which implied, after all, a certain prodigality of courage--be
  • used for good as well as evil? Might not his influence make of the
  • undisciplined creature at his side an unconscious instrument in the
  • great work of order and reconstruction?
  • His first appeal to her brought the answer. At his request his ministers
  • had drawn up a plan of financial reorganisation, which should include
  • the two duchies; for Monte Alloro, though wealthier than Pianura, was in
  • even greater need of fiscal reform. As a first step towards replenishing
  • the treasury the Duke had declared himself ready to limit his private
  • expenditure to a fixed sum; and he now asked the Duchess to pledge
  • herself in the same manner. Maria Clementina, since her uncle's death,
  • had been in receipt of a third of the annual revenues of Monte Alloro.
  • This should have enabled her to pay her debts and put some dignity and
  • order into her establishment; but the first year's income had gone in
  • the building of a villa on the Piana, in imitation of the country-seats
  • along the Brenta; the second was spent in establishing a menagerie of
  • wild animals like that of the French Queen at Versailles; and rumour had
  • it that the Duchess carried her imitation of her royal cousin so far as
  • to be involved in an ugly quarrel with her jewellers about a necklace
  • for which she owed a thousand ducats.
  • All these reports had of course reached Odo; but he still hoped that an
  • appeal to her love of dominion might prove stronger than the habit of
  • self-indulgence. He said to himself that nothing had ever been done to
  • rouse her ambition, that hitherto, if she had meddled in politics, it
  • had been merely from thwarted vanity or the desire to gratify some
  • personal spite. Now he hoped to take her by higher passions, and by
  • associating her with his own schemes to utilise her dormant energies.
  • For the first moments she listened with the strained fixity of a child;
  • then her attention flickered and died out. The life-long habit of
  • referring every question to a personal standpoint made it difficult for
  • her to follow a general argument, and she leaned back with the resigned
  • eyelids of piety under the pulpit. Odo, resolved to be patient, and
  • seeing that the subject was too large for her, tried to take it apart,
  • putting it before her bit by bit, and at such an angle that she should
  • catch her own reflection in it. He thought to take her by the Austrian
  • side, touching on the well-known antagonism between Vienna and Rome, on
  • the reforms of the Tuscan Grand-Duke, on the Emperor Joseph's open
  • defiance of the Church's feudal claims. But she scented a personal
  • application.
  • "My cousin the Emperor should be a priest himself," she shrugged, "for
  • he belongs to the preaching order. He never goes to France but he gives
  • the poor Queen such a scolding that her eyes are red for a week. Has
  • Joseph been trying to set our house in order?"
  • Discouraged, but more than ever bent on patience, he tried the chord of
  • vanity, of her love of popularity. The people called her the beautiful
  • Duchess--why not let history name her the great? But the mention of
  • history was unfortunate. It reminded her of her lesson-books, and of the
  • stupid Greeks and Romans, whose dates she could never recall. She hoped
  • she should never be anything so dull as an historical personage! And
  • besides, greatness was for the men--it was enough for a princess to be
  • virtuous. And she looked as edifying as her own epitaph.
  • He caught this up and tried to make her distinguish between the public
  • and the private virtues. But the word "responsibility" slipped from him
  • and he felt her stiffen. This was preaching, and she hated preaching
  • even more than history. Her attention strayed again and he rallied his
  • forces in a last appeal. But he knew it was a lost battle: every
  • argument broke against the close front of her indifference. He was
  • talking a language she had never learned--it was all as remote from her
  • as Church Latin. A princess did not need to know Latin. She let her eye
  • linger suggestively on the clock. It was a fine hunting morning, and she
  • had meant to kill a stag in the Caccia del Vescovo.
  • When he began to sum up, and the question narrowed to a direct appeal,
  • her eyes left the clock and returned to him. Now she was listening. He
  • pressed on to the matter of retrenchment. Would she join him, would she
  • help to make the great work possible? At first she seemed hardly to
  • understand; but as his meaning grew clear to her--"Is the money no
  • longer ours?" she exclaimed.
  • He hesitated. "I suppose it is as much ours as ever," he said.
  • "And how much is that?" she asked impatiently.
  • "It is ours as a trust for our people."
  • She stared in honest wonder. These were new signs in her heaven.
  • "A trust? A trust? I am not sure that I know what that means. Is the
  • money ours or theirs?"
  • He hesitated. "In strict honour, it is ours only as long as we spend it
  • for their benefit."
  • She turned aside to examine an enamelled patch-box by Van Blarenberghe
  • which the court jeweller had newly received from Paris. When she raised
  • her eyes she said: "And if we do not spend it for their benefit--?"
  • Odo glanced about the room. He looked at the delicate adornment of the
  • walls, the curtains of Lyons damask, the crystal girandoles, the toys in
  • porcelain of Saxony and Sevres, in bronze and ivory and Chinese lacquer,
  • crowding the tables and cabinets of inlaid wood. Overhead floated a rosy
  • allegory by Luca Giordano; underfoot lay a carpet of the royal
  • manufactory of France; and through the open windows he heard the plash
  • of the garden fountains and saw the alignment of the long green alleys
  • set with the statues of Roman patriots.
  • "Then," said he--and the words sounded strangely in his own ears--"then
  • they may take it from us some day--and all this with it, to the very toy
  • you are playing with."
  • She rose, and from her fullest height dropped a brilliant smile on him;
  • then her eyes turned to the portrait of the great fighting Duke set in
  • the monumental stucchi of the chimney-piece.
  • "If you take after your ancestors you will know how to defend it," she
  • said.
  • 4.3.
  • The new Duke sat in his closet. The walls had been stripped of their
  • pious relics and lined with books, and above the fireplace hung the
  • Venus of Giorgione, liberated at last from her long imprisonment. The
  • windows stood open, admitting the soft September air. Twilight had
  • fallen on the gardens, and through it a young moon floated above the
  • cypresses.
  • On just such an evening three years earlier he had ridden down the slope
  • of the Monte Baldo with Fulvia Vivaldi at his side. How often, since, he
  • had relived the incidents of that night! With singular precision they
  • succeeded each other in his thoughts. He felt the wild sweep of the
  • storm across the lake, the warmth of her nearness, the sense of her
  • complete trust in him; then their arrival at the inn, the dazzle of
  • light as they crossed the threshold, and de Crucis confronting them
  • within. He heard her voice pleading with him in every accent that pride
  • and tenderness and a noble loyalty could command; he felt her will
  • slowly dominating his, like a supernatural power forcing him into his
  • destined path; he felt--and with how profound an irony of spirit!--the
  • passion of self-dedication in which he had taken up his task.
  • He had known moments of happiness since; moments when he believed in
  • himself and in his calling, and felt himself indeed the man she thought
  • him. That was in the exaltation of the first months, when his
  • opportunities had seemed as boundless as his dreams, and he had not yet
  • learned that the sovereign's power may be a kind of spiritual prison to
  • the man. Since then, indeed, he had known another kind of happiness, had
  • been aware of a secret voice whispering within him that she was right
  • and had chosen wisely for him; but this was when he had realised that he
  • lived in a prison, and had begun to admire the sumptuous adornment of
  • its walls. For a while the mere external show of power amused him, and
  • his imagination was charmed by the historic dignity of his surroundings.
  • In such a setting, against the background of such a past, it seemed easy
  • to play the benefactor and friend of the people. His sensibility was
  • touched by the contrast, and he saw himself as a picturesque figure
  • linking the new dreams of liberty and equality to the feudal traditions
  • of a thousand years. But this masquerading soon ceased to divert him.
  • The round of court ceremonial wearied him, and books and art lost their
  • fascination. The more he varied his amusements the more monotonous they
  • became, the more he crowded his life with petty duties the more empty of
  • achievement it seemed.
  • At first he had hoped to bury his personal disappointments in the task
  • of reconstructing his little state; but on every side he felt a mute
  • resistance to his efforts. The philosophical faction had indeed poured
  • forth pamphlets celebrating his reforms, and comparing his reign to the
  • return of the Golden Age. But it was not for the philosophers that he
  • laboured; and the benefits of free speech, a free press, a secular
  • education did not, after all, reach those over whom his heart yearned.
  • It was the people he longed to serve; and the people were hungry, were
  • fever-stricken, were crushed with tithes and taxes. It was hopeless to
  • try to reach them by the diffusion of popular knowledge. They must first
  • be fed and clothed; and before they could be fed and clothed the chains
  • of feudalism must be broken.
  • Men like Gamba and Andreoni saw this clearly enough; but it was not from
  • them that help could come. The nobility and clergy must be coaxed or
  • coerced into sympathy with the new movement; and to accomplish this
  • exceeded Odo's powers. In France, the revolt from feudalism had found
  • some of its boldest leaders in the very class that had most to lose by
  • the change; but in Italy fewer causes were at work to set such
  • disinterested passions in motion. South of the Alps liberalism was
  • merely one of the new fashions from France: the men ran after the
  • pamphlets from Paris as the women ran after the cosmetics; and the
  • politics went no deeper than the powder. Even among the freest
  • intellects liberalism resulted in a new way of thinking rather in a new
  • way of living. Nowhere among the better classes was there any desire to
  • attack existing institutions. The Church had never troubled the Latin
  • consciousness. The Renaissance had taught cultivated Italians how to
  • live at peace with a creed in which they no longer believed; and their
  • easy-going scepticism was combined with a traditional conviction that
  • the priest knew better than any one how to deal with the poor, and that
  • the clergy were of distinct use in relieving the individual conscience
  • of its obligation to its fellows.
  • It was against such deep-seated habits of thought that Odo had to
  • struggle. Centuries of fierce individualism, or of sullen apathy under a
  • foreign rule, had left the Italians incapable of any concerted political
  • action; but suspicion, avarice and vanity, combined with a lurking fear
  • of the Church, united all parties in a kind of passive opposition to
  • reform. Thus the Duke's resolve to put the University under lay
  • direction had excited the enmity of the Barnabites, who had been at its
  • head since the suppression of the Society of Jesus; his efforts to
  • partition among the peasantry the Caccia del Vescovo, that great waste
  • domain of the see of Pianura, had roused a storm of fear among all who
  • laid claim to feudal rights; and his own personal attempts at
  • retrenchment, which necessitated the suppression of numerous court
  • offices, had done more than anything else to increase his unpopularity.
  • Even the people, in whose behalf these sacrifices were made, looked
  • askance at his diminished state, and showed a perverse sympathy with the
  • dispossessed officials who had taken so picturesque a part in the public
  • ceremonials of the court. All Odo's philosophy could not fortify him
  • against such disillusionments. He felt the lack of Fulvia's
  • unquestioning faith not only in the abstract beauty of the new ideals
  • but in their immediate adaptability to the complex conditions of life.
  • Only a woman's convictions, nourished on sentiment and self-sacrifice,
  • could burn with that clear unwavering flame: his own beliefs were at the
  • mercy of every wind of doubt or ingratitude that blew across his
  • unsheltered sensibilities.
  • It was more than a year since he had had news of Fulvia. For a while
  • they had exchanged letters, and it had been a consolation to tell her of
  • his struggles and experiments, of his many failures and few results. She
  • had encouraged him to continue the struggle, had analysed his various
  • plans of reform, and had given her enthusiastic support to the
  • partitioning of the Bishop's fief and the secularisation of the
  • University. Her own life, she said, was too uneventful to write of; but
  • she spoke of the kindness of her hosts, the Professor and his wife, of
  • the simple unceremonious way of living in the old Calvinist city, and of
  • the number of distinguished persons drawn thither by its atmosphere of
  • intellectual and social freedom.
  • Odo suspected a certain colourlessness in the life she depicted. The
  • tone of her letters was too uniformly cheerful not to suggest a lack of
  • emotional variety; and he knew that Fulvia's nature, however much she
  • fancied it under the rule of reason, was in reality fed by profound
  • currents of feeling. Something of her old ardour reappeared when she
  • wrote of the possibility of publishing her father's book. Her friends in
  • Geneva, having heard of her difficulty with the Dutch publisher, had
  • undertaken to vindicate her claims; and they had every hope that the
  • matter would be successfully concluded. The joy of renewed activity with
  • which this letter glowed would have communicated itself to Odo had he
  • received it at a different time; but it came on the day of his marriage,
  • and since then he had never written to her.
  • Now he felt a sudden longing to break the silence between them, and
  • seating himself at his desk he began to write. A moment later there was
  • a knock on the door and one of his gentlemen entered. The Count Vittorio
  • Alfieri, with a dozen horses and as many servants, was newly arrived at
  • the Golden Cross, and desired to know when he might have the honour of
  • waiting on his Highness.
  • Odo felt the sudden glow of pleasure that the news of Alfieri's coming
  • always brought. Here was a friend at last! He forgot the constraint of
  • their last meeting in Florence, and remembered only the happy
  • interchange of ideas and emotions that had been one of the quickening
  • influences of his youth.
  • Alfieri, in the intervening years, was grown to be one of the foremost
  • figures in Italy. His love for the Countess of Albany, persisting
  • through the vicissitudes of her tragic marriage, had rallied the
  • scattered forces of his nature. Ambitious to excel for her sake, to show
  • himself worthy of such a love, he had at last shaken off the strange
  • torpor of his youth, and revealed himself as the poet for whom Italy
  • waited. In ten months of feverish effort he had poured forth fourteen
  • tragedies--among them the Antigone, the Virginia, and the Conjuration of
  • the Pazzi. Italy started up at the sound of a new voice vibrating with
  • passions she had long since unlearned. Since Filicaja's thrilling appeal
  • to his enslaved country no poet had challenged the old Roman spirit
  • which Petrarch had striven to rouse. While the literati were busy
  • discussing Alfieri's blank verse, while the grammarians wrangled over
  • his syntax and ridiculed his solecisms, the public, heedless of such
  • niceties, was glowing with the new wine which he had poured into the old
  • vessels of classic story. "Liberty" was the cry that rang on the lips of
  • all his heroes, in accents so new and stirring that his audience never
  • wearied of its repetition. It was no secret that his stories of ancient
  • Greece and Rome were but allegories meant to teach the love of freedom;
  • yet the Antigone had been performed in the private theatre of the
  • Spanish Ambassador at Rome, the Virginia had been received with applause
  • on the public boards at Turin, and after the usual difficulties with the
  • censorship the happy author had actually succeeded in publishing his
  • plays at Siena. These volumes were already in Odo's hands, and a
  • manuscript copy of the Odes to Free America was being circulated among
  • the liberals in Pianura, and had been brought to his notice by Andreoni.
  • To those hopeful spirits who looked for the near approach of a happier
  • era, Alfieri was the inspired spokesman of reform, the heaven-sent
  • prophet who was to lead his country out of bondage. The eyes of the
  • Italian reformers were fixed with passionate eagerness on the course of
  • events in England and France. The conclusion of peace between England
  • and America, recently celebrated in Alfieri's fifth Ode, seemed to the
  • most sceptical convincing proof that the rights of man were destined to
  • a speedy triumph throughout the civilised world. It was not of a united
  • Italy that these enthusiasts dreamed. They were not so much patriots as
  • philanthropists; for the teachings of Rousseau and his school, while
  • intensifying the love of man for man, had proportionately weakened the
  • sense of patriotism, of the interets du clocher. The new man prided
  • himself on being a citizen of the world, on sympathising as warmly with
  • the poetic savage of Peru as with his own prosaic and narrow-minded
  • neighbours. Indeed, the prevalent belief that the savage's mode of life
  • was much nearer the truth than that of civilised Europeans, made it
  • appear superfluous to enter into the grievances and difficulties of what
  • was but a passing phase of human development. To cast off clothes and
  • codes, and live in a peaceful socialism "under the amiable reign of
  • Truth and Nature," seemed on the whole much easier than to undertake the
  • systematic reform of existing abuses.
  • To such dreamers--whose ideas were those of the majority of intelligent
  • men in France and Italy--Alfieri's high-sounding tirades embodied the
  • noblest of political creeds; and even the soberer judgment of statesmen
  • and men of affairs was captivated by the grandeur of his verse and the
  • heroic audacity of his theme. For the first time in centuries the
  • Italian Muse spoke with the voice of a man; and every man's heart in
  • Italy sprang up at the call.
  • In the midst of these triumphs, fate in the shape of Cardinal York had
  • momentarily separated Alfieri from his mistress, despatching the
  • too-tender Countess to a discreet retreat in Alsace, and signifying to
  • her turbulent adorer that he was not to follow her. Distracted by this
  • prohibition, Alfieri had resumed the nomadic habits of his youth, now
  • wandering from one Italian city to another, now pushing as far as Paris,
  • which he hated but was always revisiting, now dashing across the Channel
  • to buy thoroughbreds in England--for his passion for horses was
  • unabated. He was lately returned from such an expedition, having led his
  • cavalcade across the Alps in person, with a boyish delight in the
  • astonishment which this fantastic exploit excited.
  • The meeting between the two friends was all that Odo could have wished.
  • Though affecting to scorn the courts of princes, Alfieri was not averse
  • to showing himself there as the poet of the democracy, and to hearing
  • his heroes mouth their tyrannicidal speeches on the boards of royal and
  • ducal stages. He had lately made some stay in Milan, where he had
  • arrived in time to see his Antigone performed before the vice-regal
  • court, and to be enthusiastically acclaimed as the high-priest of
  • liberty by a community living placidly under the Austrian yoke. Alfieri
  • was not the man to be struck by such incongruities. It was his fate to
  • formulate creeds in which he had no faith: to recreate the political
  • ideals of Italy while bitterly opposed to any actual effort at reform,
  • and to be regarded as the mouthpiece of the Revolution while he
  • execrated the Revolution with the whole force of his traditional
  • instincts. As usual he was too deeply engrossed in his own affairs to
  • feel much interest in any others; but it was enough for Odo to clasp the
  • hand of the man who had given a voice to the highest aspirations of his
  • countrymen. The poet gave more than he could expect from the friend; and
  • he was satisfied to listen to Alfieri's account of his triumphs,
  • interspersed with bitter diatribes against the public whose applause he
  • courted, and the Pope to whom, on bended knee, he had offered a copy of
  • his plays.
  • Odo eagerly pressed Alfieri to remain in Pianura, offering to put one of
  • the ducal villas at his disposal, and suggesting that the Virginia
  • should be performed before the court on the Duchess's birthday.
  • "It is true," he said, "that we can offer you but an indifferent company
  • of actors; but it might be possible to obtain one or two of the leading
  • tragedians from Turin or Milan, so that the principal parts should at
  • least be worthily filled."
  • Alfieri replied with a contemptuous gesture. "Your Highness, our leading
  • tragedians are monkeys trained to dance to the tune of Goldoni and
  • Metastasio. The best are no better than the worst. We have no tragedians
  • in Italy because--hitherto--we have had no tragic dramatist." He drew
  • himself up and thrust a hand in his bosom. "Ah!" he exclaimed, "if I
  • could see the part of Virginia acted by the lady who recently recited,
  • before a small company in Milan, my Odes to Free America! There indeed
  • were fire, sublimity and passion! And the countenance had not lost its
  • freshness, the eye its lustre. But," he suddenly added, "your Highness
  • knows of whom I speak. The lady is Fulvia Vivaldi, the daughter of the
  • philosopher at whose feet we sat in our youth."
  • Fulvia Vivaldi! Odo raised his head with a start. She had left Geneva
  • then, had returned to Italy. The Alps no longer divided them--a scant
  • day's journey would bring him to her side! It was strange how the mere
  • thought seemed to fill the room with her presence. He felt her in the
  • quickened beat of his pulses, in the sudden lightness of the air, in a
  • lifting and widening of the very bounds of thought.
  • From Alfieri he learned that she had lived for some months in the
  • household of the distinguished naturalist, Count Castiglione, with whose
  • daughter's education she was charged. In such surroundings her wit and
  • learning could not fail to attract the best company of Milan, and she
  • was become one of the most noted figures of the capital. There had been
  • some talk of offering her the chair of poetry at the Brera; but the
  • report of her liberal views had deterred the faculty. Meanwhile the very
  • fact that she represented the new school of thought gave an added zest
  • to her conversation in a society which made up for its mild servitude
  • under the Austrian by much talk of liberalism and independence. The
  • Signorina Vivaldi became the fashion. The literati celebrated her
  • scholarship, the sonneteers her eloquence and beauty; and no foreigner
  • on the grand tour was content to leave Milan without having beheld the
  • fair prodigy and heard her recite Petrarch's Ode to Italy, or the latest
  • elegy of Pindamonte.
  • Odo scarce knew with what feelings he listened. He could not but
  • acknowledge that such a life was better suited to one of Fulvia's gifts
  • and ambitions than the humdrum existence of a Swiss town; yet his first
  • sensation was one of obscure jealousy, of reluctance to think of her as
  • having definitely broken with the past. He had pictured her as adrift,
  • like himself, on a dark sea of uncertainties; and to learn that she had
  • found a safe anchorage was almost to feel himself deserted.
  • The court was soon busy with preparations for the coming performance. A
  • celebrated actress from Venice was engaged to play the part of Virginia,
  • and the rehearsals went rapidly forward under the noble author's
  • supervision. At last the great day arrived, and for the first time in
  • the history of the little theatre, operetta and pastoral were replaced
  • by the buskined Muse of tragedy. The court and all the nobility were
  • present, and though it was no longer thought becoming for ecclesiastics
  • to visit the theatre, the easy-going Bishop appeared in a side-box in
  • company with his chaplains and the Vicar-general.
  • The performance was brilliantly successful. Frantic applause greeted the
  • tirades of the young Icilius. Every outburst against the abuse of
  • privileges and the insolence of the patricians was acclaimed by
  • ministers and courtiers, and the loudest in approval were the Marquess
  • Pievepelago, the recognised representative of the clericals, the
  • Marchioness of Boscofolto, whose harsh enforcement of her feudal rights
  • was among the bitterest grievances of the peasantry, and the good
  • Bishop, who had lately roused himself from his habitual indolence to
  • oppose the threatened annexation of the Caccia del Vescovo. One and all
  • proclaimed their ardent sympathy with the proletariat, their scorn of
  • tyranny and extortion in high places; and if the Marchioness, on her
  • return home, ordered one of her linkmen to be flogged for having trod on
  • her gown; if Pievepelago the next morning refused to give audience to a
  • poor devil of a pamphleteer that was come to ask his intercession with
  • the Holy Office; if the Bishop at the same moment concluded the purchase
  • of six able-bodied Turks from the galleys of his Serenity the Doge of
  • Genoa--it is probable that, like the illustrious author of the drama,
  • all were unconscious of any incongruity between their sentiments and
  • actions.
  • As to Odo, seated in the state box, with Maria Clementina at his side,
  • and the court dignitaries grouped in the background, he had not listened
  • to a dozen lines before all sense of his surroundings vanished and he
  • became the passive instrument on which the poet played his mighty
  • harmonies. All the incidental difficulties of life, all the vacillations
  • of an unsatisfied spirit, were consumed in that energising emotion which
  • seemed to leave every faculty stripped for action. Profounder meaning
  • and more subtle music he had found in the great poets of the past; but
  • here was an appeal to the immediate needs of the hour, uttered in notes
  • as thrilling as a trumpet-call, and brought home to every sense by the
  • vivid imagery of the stage. Once more he felt the old ardour of belief
  • that Fulvia's nearness had fanned in him. His convictions had flagged
  • rather than his courage: now they started up as at her summons, and he
  • heard the ring of her voice in every line.
  • He left the theatre still vibrating with this new inrush of life, and
  • jealous of any interruption that should check it. The Duchess's birthday
  • was being celebrated by illuminations and fireworks, and throngs of
  • merry-makers filled the moonlit streets; but Odo, after appearing for a
  • moment at his wife's side on the balcony above the public square,
  • withdrew quietly to his own apartments. The casement of his closet stood
  • wide, and he leaned against the window-frame, looking out on the silent
  • radiance of the gardens. As he stood there he saw two figures flit
  • across the farther end of one of the long alleys. The moonlight
  • surrendered them for a moment, the shade almost instantly reclaiming
  • them--strayed revellers, doubtless, escaping from the lights and music
  • of the Duchess's circle.
  • A knock roused the Duke and he remembered that he had bidden Gamba wait
  • on him after the performance. He had been curious to hear what
  • impression Alfieri's drama had produced upon the hunchback; but now any
  • interruption seemed unwelcome, and he turned to Gamba with a gesture of
  • dismissal.
  • The latter however remained on the threshold.
  • "Your Highness," he said, "the bookseller Andreoni craves the privilege
  • of an audience."
  • "Andreoni? At this hour?"
  • "For reasons so urgent that he makes no doubt of your Highness's
  • consent; and to prove his good faith, and the need of presenting himself
  • at so undue an hour, and in this private manner, he charged me to give
  • this to your Highness."
  • He laid in the Duke's hand a small object in blackened silver, which on
  • nearer inspection proved to be the ducal coat-of-arms.
  • Odo stood gazing fixedly at this mysterious token, which seemed to come
  • as an answer to his inmost thoughts. His heart beat high with confused
  • hopes and fears, and he could hardly control the voice in which he
  • answered: "Bid Andreoni come to me."
  • 4.4.
  • The bookseller began by excusing himself for the liberty he had taken.
  • He explained that the Signorina Fulvia Vivaldi, in whose behalf he came,
  • was in urgent need of aid, and had begged him to wait on the Duke as
  • soon as the court had risen from the play.
  • "She is in Pianura, then?" Odo exclaimed.
  • "Since yesterday, your Highness. Three days since she was ordered by the
  • police to leave Milan within twenty-four hours, and she came at once to
  • Pianura, knowing that my wife and I would gladly receive her. But today
  • we learned that the Holy Office was advised of her presence here, and of
  • the reason of her banishment from Lombardy; and this fresh danger has
  • forced her to implore your Highness's protection."
  • Andreoni went on to explain that the publication of her father's book
  • was the immediate cause of Fulvia's persecution. The Origin of
  • Civilisation, which had been printed some months previously in
  • Amsterdam, had stirred Italy more profoundly than any book since
  • Beccaria's great work on Crime and Punishment. The author's historical
  • investigations were but a pretext for the development of his political
  • theories, which were set forth with singular daring and audacity, and
  • supported by all the arguments that his long study of the past
  • commanded. The temperate and judicial tone which he had succeeded in
  • preserving enhanced the effect of his arraignment of Church and state,
  • and while his immense erudition commended his work to the learned, its
  • directness of style gave it an immediate popularity with the general
  • reader. It was an age when every book or pamphlet bearing on the great
  • question of personal liberty was eagerly devoured by an insatiable
  • public; and a few weeks after Vivaldi's volume had been smuggled into
  • Italy it was the talk of every club and coffee-house from Calabria to
  • Piedmont. The inevitable result soon followed. The Holy Office got wind
  • of the business, and the book was at once put on the Index. In Naples
  • and Bologna it was publicly burned, and in Modena a professor of the
  • University who was found to have a copy in his possession was fined and
  • removed from his chair.
  • In Milan, where the strong liberal faction among the nobility, and the
  • comparative leniency of the Austrian rule, permitted a more unrestrained
  • discussion of political questions, the Origin of Civilisation was
  • received with open enthusiasm, and the story of the difficulties that
  • Fulvia had encountered in its publication made her the heroine of the
  • moment. She had never concealed her devotion to her father's doctrines,
  • and in the first glow of filial pride she may have yielded too openly to
  • the desire to propagate them. Certain it is that she began to be looked
  • on as having shared in the writing of the book, or as being at least an
  • active exponent of its principles. Even in Lombardy it was not well to
  • be too openly associated with the authorship of a condemned book; and
  • Fulvia was suddenly advised by the police that her presence in Milan was
  • no longer acceptable to the government.
  • The news excited great indignation among her friends, and Count
  • Castiglione and several other gentlemen of rank hastened to intervene in
  • her behalf; but the governor declared himself unwilling to take issue
  • with the Holy Office on a doctrinal point, and privately added that it
  • would be well for the Signorina Vivaldi to withdraw from Lombardy before
  • the clergy brought any direct charge against her. To ignore this hint
  • would have been to risk not only her own safety but that of the
  • gentlemen who had befriended her; and Fulvia at once set out for
  • Pianura, the only place in Italy where she could count on friendship and
  • protection.
  • Andreoni and his wife would gladly have given her a home; but on
  • learning that the Holy Office was on her track, she had refused to
  • compromise them by remaining under their roof, and had insisted that
  • Andreoni should wait on the Duke and obtain a safe-conduct for her that
  • very night.
  • Odo listened to this story with an agitation compounded of strangely
  • contradictory sensations. To learn that Fulvia, at the very moment when
  • he had pictured her as separated from him by the happiness and security
  • of her life, was in reality a proscribed wanderer with none but himself
  • to turn to, filled him with a confused sense of happiness; but the
  • discovery that, in his own dominions, the political refugee was not safe
  • from the threats of the Holy Office, excited a different emotion. All
  • these considerations, however, were subordinate to the thought that he
  • must see Fulvia at once. It was impossible to summon her to the palace
  • at that hour, or even to secure her safety till morning, without
  • compromising Andreoni by calling attention to the fact that a suspected
  • person was under his roof; and for a moment Odo was at a loss how to
  • detain her in Pianura without seeming to go counter to her wishes.
  • Suddenly he remembered that Gamba was fertile in expedients, and calling
  • in the hunchback, asked what plan he could devise. Gamba, after a
  • moment's reflection, drew a key from his pocket.
  • "May it please your Highness," he said, "this unlocks the door of the
  • hunting-lodge at Pontesordo. The place has been deserted these many
  • years, because of its bad name, and I have more than once found it a
  • convenient shelter when I had reasons for wishing to be private. At this
  • season there is no fear of poison from the marshes, and if your Highness
  • desires I will see that the lady finds her way there before sunrise."
  • The sun had hardly risen the next morning when the Duke himself set
  • forth. He rode alone, dressed like one of his own esquires, and gave the
  • word unremarked to the sleepy sentinel at the gate. As it closed behind
  • him and he set out down the long road that led to the chase, it seemed
  • to him that the morning solitude was thronged with spectral memories.
  • Melancholy and fanciful they flitted before him, now in the guise of
  • Cerveno and Momola, now of Maria Clementina and himself. Every detail of
  • the scene was interwoven with the fibres of early association, from the
  • far off years when, as a lonely child on the farm at Pontesordo, he had
  • gazed across the marsh at the mysterious woodlands of the chase, to the
  • later day when, in the deserted hunting-lodge, the Duchess had flung her
  • whip at the face in the Venice mirror.
  • He pressed forward impatiently, and presently the lodge rose before him
  • in its grassy solitude. The level sunbeams had not yet penetrated the
  • surrounding palisade of boughs, and the house lay in a chill twilight
  • that seemed an emanation from its mouldering walls. As Odo approached,
  • Gamba appeared from the shadow and took his horse; and the next moment
  • he had pushed open the door, and stood in Fulvia's presence.
  • She was seated at the farther end of the room, and as she rose to meet
  • him it chanced that her head, enveloped in its black travelling-hood,
  • was relieved for a moment against the tarnished background of the broken
  • mirror. The impression struck a chill to his heart; but it was replaced
  • by a glow of boyish happiness as their eyes met and he felt her hands in
  • his.
  • For a moment all his thoughts were lost in the mere sense of her
  • nearness. She seemed simply an enveloping atmosphere in which he drew
  • fresh breath; but gradually her outline emerged from this haze of
  • feeling, and he found himself looking at her with the wondering gaze of
  • a stranger. She had been a girl of sixteen when they first met. Twelve
  • years had passed since then, and she was now a woman of twenty-eight,
  • belonging to a race in which beauty ripens early and as soon declines.
  • But some happy property of nature--whether the rare mould of her
  • features or the gift of the spirit that informed them--had held her
  • loveliness intact, preserving the clear lines of youth after its bloom
  • was gone, and making her seem like a lover's memory of herself. So she
  • appeared at first, a bright imponderable presence gliding toward him out
  • of the past; but as her hands lay in his the warm current of life was
  • renewed between them, and the woman dispossessed the shade.
  • 4.5.
  • Unpublished fragment from Mr. Arthur Young's diary of his travels in
  • Italy in the year 1789.
  • October 1st.
  • Having agreed with a vetturino to carry me to Pianura, set out this
  • morning from Mantua. The country mostly arable, with rows of elm and
  • maple pollard. Dined at Casal Maggiore, in an infamous filthy inn. At
  • dinner was joined by a gentleman who had taken the other seat in the
  • vettura as far as Pianura. We engaged in conversation and I found him a
  • man of lively intelligence and the most polished address. Though dressed
  • in the foreign style, en abbe, he spoke English with as much fluency as
  • myself, and but for the philosophical tone of his remarks I had taken
  • him for an ecclesiastic. Altogether a striking and somewhat perplexing
  • character: able, keen, intelligent, evidently used to the best company,
  • yet acquainted with the condition of the people, the methods of farming,
  • and other economical subjects such as are seldom thought worthy of
  • attention among Italians of quality.
  • It appeared he was newly from France, where he had been as much struck
  • as myself by the general state of ferment. Though owning that there was
  • much reason for discontent, and that the conduct of the court and
  • ministers was blind and infatuated beyond belief, he yet declared
  • himself gravely apprehensive of the future, saying that the people knew
  • not what they wanted, and were unwilling to listen to those that might
  • have proved their best advisors. Whether by this he meant the clergy I
  • know not; though I observed he spoke favourably of that body in France,
  • pointing out that, long before the recent agitations, they had defended
  • the civil rights of the Third Estate, and citing many cases in which the
  • country curates had shown themselves the truest friends of the people: a
  • fact my own observation hath confirmed.
  • I remarked to him that I was surprised to find how little talk there was
  • in Italy of the distracted conditions in France; and this though the
  • country is overrun with French refugees, or emigres, as they call
  • themselves, who bring with them reports that might well excite the alarm
  • of neighbouring governments. He said he had remarked the same
  • indifference, but that this was consonant with the Italian character,
  • which never looked to the morrow; and he added that the mild disposition
  • of the people, and their profound respect for religion, were sufficient
  • assurance against any political excess.
  • To this I could not forbear replying that I could not regard as excesses
  • the just protests of the poor against the unlawful tyranny of the
  • privileged classes, nor forbear to hail with joy the dawn of that light
  • of freedom which hath already shed so sublime an effulgence on the wilds
  • of the New World. The abate took this in good part, though I could see
  • he was not wholly of my way of thinking; but he declared that in his
  • opinion different races needed different laws, and that the sturdy and
  • temperate American colonists were fitted to enjoy a greater measure of
  • political freedom than the more volatile French and Italians--as though
  • liberty were not destined by the Creator to be equally shared by all
  • mankind! (Footnote: I let this passage stand, though the late unhappy
  • events in France have, alas! proved that my friend the abate was nearer
  • right than myself. June, 1794.)
  • In the afternoon through a poor country to Ponte di Po, a miserable
  • village on the borders of the duchy, where we lay, not slept, in our
  • clothes, at the worst inn I have yet encountered. Here our luggage was
  • plumbed for Pianura. The impertinence of the petty sovereigns to
  • travellers in Italy is often intolerable, and the customs officers show
  • the utmost insolence in the search for seditious pamphlets and other
  • contraband articles; but here I was agreeably surprised by the courtesy
  • of the officials and the despatch with which our luggage was examined.
  • On my remarking this, my companion replied that the Duke of Pianura was
  • a man of liberal views, anxious to encourage foreigners to visit his
  • state, and the last to put petty obstacles in the way of travel. I
  • answered, this was the report I had heard of him; and it was in the hope
  • of learning something more of the reforms he was said to have effected,
  • that I had turned aside to visit the duchy. My companion replied that
  • his Highness had in fact introduced some innovations in the government;
  • but that changes which seemed the most beneficial in one direction often
  • worked mischief in another, so that the wisest ruler was perhaps not he
  • that did the greatest amount of good, but he that was cause of the
  • fewest evils.
  • The 2nd.
  • From Ponte di Po to Pianura the most convenient way is by water; but the
  • river Piana being greatly swollen by the late rains, my friend, who
  • seems well-acquainted with the country, proposed driving thither: a
  • suggestion I readily accepted, as it gave me a good opportunity to study
  • the roads and farms of the duchy.
  • Crossing the Piana, drove near four hours over horrible roads across
  • waste land, thinly wooded, without houses or cultivation. On my
  • expressing surprise that the territory of so enlightened a prince would
  • lie thus neglected, the abate said this land was a fief of the see of
  • Pianura, and that the Duke was desirous of annexing it to the duchy. I
  • asked if it were true that his Highness had given his people a
  • constitution modelled on that of the Duke of Tuscany. He said he had
  • heard the report; but that for his part he must deplore any measure
  • tending to debar the clergy from the possession of land. Seeing my
  • surprise, he explained that, in Italy at least, the religious orders
  • were far better landlords than the great nobles or the petty sovereigns,
  • who, being for the most part absent from their estates, left their
  • peasantry to be pillaged by rapacious middlemen and stewards: an
  • argument I have heard advanced by other travellers, and have myself had
  • frequent occasion to corroborate.
  • On leaving the Bishop's domain, remarked an improvement in the roads.
  • Flat land, well irrigated, and divided as usual into small holdings. The
  • pernicious metayer system exists everywhere, but I am told the Duke is
  • opposed to it, though it is upheld not only by the landed class, but by
  • the numerous economists that write on agriculture from their closets,
  • but would doubtless be sorely puzzled to distinguish a beet-root from a
  • turnip.
  • The 3rd.
  • Set out early to visit Pianura. The city clean and well-kept. The Duke
  • has introduced street-lamps, such as are used in Turin, and the pavement
  • is remarkably fair and even. Few beggars are to be seen and the people
  • have a thriving look. Visited the Cathedral and Baptistery, in the
  • Gothic style, more curious than beautiful; also the Duke's picture
  • gallery.
  • Learning that the Duchess was to ride out in the afternoon, had the
  • curiosity to walk abroad to see her. A good view of her as she left the
  • palace. Though no longer in her first youth she is one of the handsomest
  • women I have seen. Remarked a decided likeness to the Queen of France,
  • though the eye and smile are less engaging. The people in the streets
  • received her sullenly, and I am told her debts and disorders are the
  • scandal of the town. She has, of course, her cicisbeo, and the Duke is
  • the devoted slave of a learned lady, who is said to exert an unlimited
  • influence over him, and to have done much to better the condition of the
  • people. A new part for a prince's mistress to play!
  • In the evening to the theatre, a handsome building, well-lit with wax,
  • where Cimarosa's Due Baroni was agreeably sung.
  • The 4th.
  • My lord Hervey, in Florence, having favoured me with a letter to Count
  • Trescorre, the Duke's prime minister, I waited on that gentleman
  • yesterday. His excellency received me politely and assured me that he
  • knew me by reputation and would do all he could to put me in the way of
  • investigating the agricultural conditions of the duchy. Contrary to the
  • Italian custom, he invited me to dine with him the next day. As a rule
  • these great nobles do not open their doors to foreigners, however well
  • recommended.
  • Visited, by appointment, the press of the celebrated Andreoni, who was
  • banished during the late Duke's reign for suspected liberal tendencies,
  • but is now restored to favour and placed at the head of the Royal
  • Typography. Signor Andreoni received me with every mark of esteem, and
  • after having shown me some of the finest examples of his work--such as
  • the Pindar, the Lucretius and the Dante--accompanied me to a
  • neighbouring coffee-house, where I was introduced to several lovers of
  • agriculture. Here I learned some particulars of the Duke's attempted
  • reforms. He has undertaken the work of draining the vast marsh of
  • Pontesordo, to the west of the city, notorious for its mal'aria; has
  • renounced the monopoly of corn and tobacco; has taken the University out
  • of the hands of the Barnabites, and introduced the teaching of the
  • physical sciences, formerly prohibited by the Church; has spent since
  • his accession near 200,000 liv. on improving the roads throughout the
  • duchy, and is now engaged in framing a constitution which shall deprive
  • the clergy of the greatest part of their privileges and confirm the
  • sovereign's right to annex ecclesiastical territory for the benefit of
  • the people.
  • In spite of these radical measures, his Highness is not popular with the
  • masses. He is accused of irreligion by the monks that he has removed
  • from the University, and his mistress, the daughter of a noted
  • free-thinker who was driven from Piedmont by the Inquisition, is said to
  • have an unholy influence over him. I am told these rumours are
  • diligently fomented by the late Duke's minister, now Prior of the
  • Dominican monastery, a man of bigoted views but great astuteness. The
  • truth is, the people are so completely under the influence of the friars
  • that a word is enough to turn them against their truest benefactors.
  • In the afternoon I was setting out to visit the Bishop's gallery when
  • Count Trescorre's secretary waited on me with an invitation to inspect
  • the estates of the Marchioness of Boscofolto: an offer I readily
  • accepted--for what are the masterpieces of Raphael or Cleomenes to the
  • sight of a good turnip field or of a well-kept dairy?
  • I had heard of Boscofolto, which was given by the late Duke to his
  • mistress, as one of the most productive estates of the duchy; but great
  • was my disappointment on beholding it. Fine gardens there are, to be
  • sure, clipt walks, leaden statues, and water-works; but as for the
  • farms, all is dirt, neglect, disorder. Spite of the lady's wealth, all
  • are let out alla meta, and farmed on principles that would disgrace a
  • savage. The spade used instead of the plough, the hedges neglected,
  • mole-casts in the pastures, good land run to waste, the peasants
  • starving and indebted--where, with a little thrift and humanity, all had
  • been smiling plenty! Learned that on the owner's death this great
  • property reverts to the Barnabites.
  • From Boscofolto to the church of the Madonna del Monte, where is one of
  • their wonder-working images, said to be annually visited by close on
  • thirty thousand pilgrims; but there is always some exaggeration in such
  • figures. A fine building, richly adorned, and hung with an extraordinary
  • number of votive offerings: silver arms, legs, hearts, wax images, and
  • paintings. Some of these latter are clearly the work of village artists,
  • and depict the miraculous escape of the peasantry from various
  • calamities, and the preservation of their crops from floods, drought,
  • lightning and so forth. These poor wretches had done more to better
  • their crops by spending their savings in good ploughshares and harrows
  • than by hanging gew-gaws on a wooden idol.
  • The Rector received us civilly and showed us the treasury, full of
  • jewels and costly plate, and the buildings where the pilgrims are
  • lodged. Learned that the Giubileo or centenary festival of the Madonna
  • is shortly to be celebrated with great pomp. The poorer classes delight
  • in these ceremonies, and I am told this is to surpass all previous ones,
  • the clergy intending to work on the superstitions of the people and thus
  • turn them against the new charter. It is said the Duke hopes to
  • counteract these designs by offering a jewelled diadem to the Virgin;
  • but this will no doubt do him a bad turn with the esprits libres. These
  • little states are as full of intrigues as a foul fruit of maggots.
  • The 5th.
  • To dinner at Count Trescorre's where, as usual, I was the
  • plainest-dressed man in the company. Have long since ceased to be
  • concerned by this: why should a mere English farmer compete in elegance
  • with these Monsignori and Illustrissimi? Surprised to find among the
  • company my travelling-companion of the other day. Learned that he is the
  • abate de Crucis, a personal friend of the Duke's. He greeted me
  • cordially, and on hearing my name, said that he was acquainted with my
  • works in the translation of Mons. Freville, and now understood how it
  • was that I had got the better of him in our farming disputations on the
  • way hither.
  • Was surprised to be told by Count Trescorre that the Duke desired me to
  • wait on him that evening. Though in general not ambitious of such
  • honours, yet in this case nothing could be more gratifying.
  • The 6th.
  • Yesterday evening to the palace, where his Highness received me with
  • great affability. He was in his private apartments, with the abate de
  • Crucis and several other learned men; among them the famous abate
  • Crescenti, librarian to his Highness and author of the celebrated
  • Chronicles of the Italian States. Happy indeed is the prince who
  • surrounds himself with scholars instead of courtiers! Yet I cannot say
  • that the impression his Highness produced on me was one of HAPPINESS.
  • His countenance is sad, almost careworn, though with a smile of engaging
  • sweetness; his manner affable without condescension, and open without
  • familiarity. I am told he is oppressed by the cares of his station; and
  • from a certain irresolution of voice and eye, that bespeaks not so much
  • weakness as a speculative cast of mind, I can believe him less fitted
  • for active government than for the meditations of the closet. He
  • appears, however, zealous to perform his duties; questioned me eagerly
  • about my impressions of Italy, and showed a flattering familiarity with
  • my works, and a desire to profit by what he was pleased to call my
  • exceptional knowledge of agriculture. I thought I perceived in him a
  • sincere wish to study the welfare of his people; but was disappointed to
  • find among his chosen associates not one practical farmer or economist,
  • but only the usual closet-theorists that are too busy planning Utopias
  • to think of planting turnips.
  • The 7th.
  • Visited his Highness's estate at Valsecca. Here he has converted a
  • handsome seat into a school of agriculture, tearing down an immense
  • orangery to plant mulberries, and replacing costly gardens and statuary
  • by well-tilled fields: a good example to his wealthy subjects.
  • Unfortunately his bailiff is not what we should call a practical farmer;
  • and many acres of valuable ground are given up to a botanic garden,
  • where exotic plants are grown at great expense, and rather for curiosity
  • than use: a common error of noble agriculturists.
  • In the afternoon with the abate de Crucis to the Benedictine monastery,
  • a league beyond the city. Here I saw the best farming in the duchy. The
  • Prior received us politely and conversed with intelligence on drainage,
  • crops and irrigation. I urged on him the cultivation of turnips and he
  • appeared struck by my arguments. The tenants on this great estate
  • appeared better housed and fed than any I have seen in Pianura. The
  • monks have a school of agriculture, less pretentious but better-managed
  • than the Duke's. Some of them study physics and chemistry, and there are
  • good chirurgeons among them, who care for the poor without pay. The aged
  • and infirm peasants are housed in a neat almshouse, and the sick nursed
  • in a clean well-built lazaret. Altogether an agreeable picture of rural
  • prosperity, though I had rather it had been the result of FREE LABOUR
  • than of MONASTIC BOUNTY.
  • The 8th.
  • By appointment, to the Duke's Egeria. This lady, the Signorina F.V.,
  • having heard that I was in Pianura, had desired the Signor Andreoni to
  • bring me to her.
  • I had expected a female of the loud declamatory type: something of the
  • Corilla Olimpica order; but in this was agreeably disappointed. The
  • Signorina V. is modestly lodged, lives in the frugal style of the middle
  • class, and refuses to accept a title, though she is thus debarred from
  • going to court. Were it not indiscreet to speculate on a lady's age, I
  • should put hers at somewhat above thirty. Though without the Duchess's
  • commanding elegance she has, I believe, more beauty of a quiet sort: a
  • countenance at once soft and animated, agreeably tinged with melancholy,
  • yet lit up by the incessant play of thought and emotion that succeed
  • each other in her talk. Better conversation I never heard; and can
  • heartily confirm the assurances of those who had told me that the lady
  • was as agreeable in discourse as learned in the closet. (Footnote: It
  • has before now been observed that the FREE and VOLATILE manners of
  • foreign ladies tend to blind the English traveller to the inferiority of
  • their PHYSICAL charms. Note by a Female Friend of the Author.)
  • On entering, found a numerous company assembled to compliment my hostess
  • on her recent appointment as doctor of the University. This is an honour
  • not uncommonly conferred in Italy, where female learning, perhaps from
  • its rarity, is highly esteemed; but I am told the ladies thus
  • distinguished seldom speak in public, though their degree entitles them
  • to a chair in the University. In the Signorina V.'s society I found the
  • most advanced reformers of the duchy: among others Signor Gamba, the
  • famous pamphleteer, author of a remarkable treatise on taxation, which
  • had nearly cost him his liberty under the late Duke's reign. He is a man
  • of extreme views and sarcastic tongue, with an irritability of manner
  • that is perhaps the result of bodily infirmities. His ideas, I am told,
  • have much weight with the fair doctoress; and in the lampoons of the day
  • the new constitution is said to be the offspring of their amours, and to
  • have inherited its father's deformity.
  • The company presently withdrawing, my hostess pressed me to remain. She
  • was eager for news from France, spoke admiringly of the new
  • constitution, and recited in a moving manner an Ode of her own
  • composition on the Fall of the Bastille. Though living so retired she
  • makes no secret of her connection with the Duke; said he had told her of
  • his conversation with me, and asked what I thought of his plan for
  • draining the marsh of Pontesordo. On my attempting to reply to this in
  • detail, I saw that, like some of the most accomplished of her sex, she
  • was impatient of minutiae, and preferred general ideas to particular
  • instances; but when the talk turned on the rights of the people I was
  • struck by the energy and justice of her remarks, and by a tone of
  • resolution and courage that made me to say to myself: "Here is the hand
  • that rules the state."
  • She questioned me earnestly about the state of affairs in France, begged
  • me to lend her what pamphlets I could procure, and while making no
  • secret of her republican sympathies, expressed herself with a moderation
  • not always found in her sex. Of the clergy alone she appeared
  • intolerant: a fact hardly to be wondered at, considering the persecution
  • to which she and her father have been subjected. She detained me near
  • two hours in such discourse, and on my taking leave asked with some show
  • of feeling what I, as a practical economist, would advise the Duke to do
  • for the benefit of his people; to which I replied, "Plant turnips,
  • madam!" and she laughed heartily, and said no doubt I was right. But I
  • fear all the heads here are too full of fine theories to condescend to
  • such simple improvements...
  • 4.6.
  • Fulvia, in the twilight, sat awaiting the Duke.
  • The room in which she sat looked out on a stone-flagged cloister
  • enclosing a plot of ground planted with yews; and at the farther end of
  • this cloister a door communicated by a covered way with the ducal
  • gardens. The house had formed a part of the convent of the Perpetual
  • Adoration, which had been sold by the nuns when they moved to the new
  • buildings the late Duke had given them. A portion had been torn down to
  • make way for the Marquess of Cerveno's palace, and in the remaining
  • fragment, a low building wedged between high walls, Fulvia had found a
  • lodging. Her whole dwelling consisted of the Abbess's parlour, in which
  • she now sat, and the two or three adjoining cells. The tall presses in
  • the parlour had been filled with her father's books, and surmounted by
  • his globes and other scientific instruments. But for this the apartment
  • remained as unadorned as in her predecessor's day; and Fulvia, in her
  • austere black gown, with a lawn kerchief folded over her breast, and the
  • unpowdered hair drawn back from her pale face, might herself have passed
  • for the head of a religious community.
  • She cultivated with almost morbid care this severity of dress and
  • surroundings. There were moments when she could hardly tolerate the pale
  • autumnal beauty which her glass reflected, when even this phantom of
  • youth and radiance became a stumbling-block to her spiritual pride. She
  • was not ashamed of being the Duke of Pianura's mistress; but she had a
  • horror of being thought like the mistresses of other princes. She
  • loathed all that the position represented in men's minds; she had
  • refused all that, according to the conventions of the day, it entitled
  • her to claim: wealth, patronage, and the rank and estates which it was
  • customary for the sovereign to confer. She had taken nothing from Odo
  • but his love, and the little house in which he had lodged her.
  • Three years had passed since Fulvia's flight to Pianura. From the moment
  • when she and Odo had stood face to face again, it had been clear to him
  • that he could never give her up, to her that she could never leave him.
  • Fate seemed to have thrown them together in derision of their long
  • struggle, and both felt that lassitude of the will which is the reaction
  • from vain endeavour. The discovery that he needed her, that the task for
  • which he had given her up could after all not be accomplished without
  • her, served to overcome her last resistance. If the end for which both
  • strove could best be attained together--if he needed the aid of her
  • unfaltering faith as much as she needed that of his wealth and
  • power--why should any personal scruple stand between them? Why should
  • she who had given all else to the cause--ease, fortune, safety, and even
  • the happiness that lay in her hand--hesitate to make the final sacrifice
  • of a private ideal? According to the standards of her day there was no
  • dishonour to a woman in being the mistress of a man whose rank forbade
  • his marrying her: the dishonour lay in the conduct which had come to be
  • associated with such relations. Under the old dispensation the influence
  • of the prince's mistress had stood for the last excesses of moral and
  • political corruption; why might it not, under the new law, come to
  • represent as unlimited a power for good?
  • So love, the casuist, argued; and during those first months, when
  • happiness seemed at last its own justification, Fulvia lived in every
  • fibre. But always, even then, she was on the defensive against that
  • higher tribunal which her own conception of life had created. In spite
  • of herself she was a child of the new era, of the universal reaction
  • against the falseness and egotism of the old social code. A standard of
  • conduct regulated by the needs of the race rather than by individual
  • passion, a conception of each existence as a link in the great chain of
  • human endeavour, had slowly shaped itself out of the wild theories and
  • vague "codes" of the eighteenth-century moralists; and with this sense
  • of the sacramental nature of human ties, came a renewed reverence for
  • moral and physical purity.
  • Fulvia was of those who require that their lives shall be an affirmation
  • of themselves; and the lack of inner harmony drove her to seek some
  • outward expression of her ideals. She threw herself with renewed passion
  • into the political struggle. The best, the only justification of her
  • power, was to use it boldly, openly, for the good of the people. All the
  • repressed forces of her nature were poured into this single channel. She
  • had no desire to conceal her situation, to disguise her influence over
  • Odo. She wished it rather to be so visible a factor in his relations
  • with his people that she should come to be regarded as the ultimate
  • pledge of his good faith. But, like all the casuistical virtues, this
  • position had the rigidity of something created to fit a special case;
  • and the result was a fixity of attitude, which spread benumbingly over
  • her whole nature. She was conscious of the change, yet dared not
  • struggle against it, since to do so was to confess the weakness of her
  • case. She had chosen to be regarded as a symbol rather than a woman, and
  • there were moments when she felt as isolated from life as some marble
  • allegory in its niche above the market-place.
  • It was the desire to associate herself with the Duke's public life that
  • had induced her, after much hesitation, to accept the degree which the
  • University had conferred on her. She had shared eagerly in the work of
  • reconstructing the University, and had been the means of drawing to
  • Pianura several teachers of distinction from Padua and Pavia. It was her
  • dream to build up a seat of learning which should attract students from
  • all parts of Italy; and though many young men of good family had
  • withdrawn from the classes when the Barnabites were dispossessed, she
  • was confident that they would soon be replaced by scholars from other
  • states. She was resolved to identify herself openly with the educational
  • reform which seemed to her one of the most important steps toward civic
  • emancipation; and she had therefore acceded to the request of the
  • faculty that, on receiving her degree, she should sustain a thesis
  • before the University. This ceremony was to take place a few days hence,
  • on the Duke's birthday; and, as the new charter was to be proclaimed on
  • the same day, Fulvia had chosen as the subject of her discourse the
  • Constitution recently promulgated in France.
  • She pushed aside the bundle of political pamphlets which she had been
  • studying, and sat looking out at the strip of garden beyond the arches
  • of the cloister. The narrow horizon bounded by convent walls symbolised
  • fitly enough the life she had chosen to lead: a life of artificial
  • restraints and renunciations, passive, conventual almost, in which even
  • the central point of her love burned, now, with a calm devotional glow.
  • The door in the cloister opened and the Duke crossed the garden. He
  • walked slowly, with the listless step she had observed in him of late;
  • and as he entered she saw that he looked pale and weary.
  • "You have been at work again," she said. "A cabinet-meeting?"
  • "Yes," he answered, sinking into the Abbess's high carved chair.
  • He glanced musingly about the dim room, in which the shadow of the
  • cloister made an early dusk. Its atmosphere of monastic calm, of which
  • the significance did not escape him, fell soothingly on his spirit. It
  • simplified his relation to Fulvia by tacitly restricting it within the
  • bounds of a tranquil tenderness. Any other setting would have seemed
  • less in harmony with their fate.
  • Better, perhaps, than Fulvia, he knew what ailed them both. Happiness
  • had come to them, but it had come too late; it had come tinged with
  • disloyalty to their early ideals; it had come when delay and
  • disillusionment had imperceptibly weakened the springs of passion. For
  • it is the saddest thing about sorrow that it deadens the capacity for
  • happiness; and to Fulvia and Odo the joy they had renounced had returned
  • with an exile's alien face.
  • Seeing that he remained silent, she rose and lit the shaded lamp on the
  • table. He watched her as she moved across the room. Her step had lost
  • none of its flowing grace, of that harmonious impetus which years ago
  • had drawn his boyish fancy in its wake. As she bent above the lamp, the
  • circle of light threw her face into relief against the deepening shadows
  • of the room. She had changed, indeed, but as those change in whom the
  • springs of life are clear and abundant: it was a development rather than
  • a diminution. The old purity of outline remained; and deep below the
  • surface, but still visible sometimes to his lessening insight, the old
  • girlish spirit, radiant, tender and impetuous, stirred for a moment in
  • her eyes.
  • The lamplight fell on the pamphlets she had pushed aside. Odo picked one
  • up. "What are these?" he asked.
  • "They were sent to me by the English traveller whom Andreoni brought
  • here."
  • He turned a few pages. "The old story," he said. "Do you never weary of
  • it?"
  • "An old story?" she exclaimed. "I thought it had been the newest in the
  • world. Is it not being written, chapter by chapter, before our very
  • eyes?"
  • Odo laid the treatise aside. "Are you never afraid to turn the next
  • page?" he asked.
  • "Afraid? Afraid of what?"
  • "That it may be written in blood."
  • She uttered a quick exclamation; then her face hardened, and she said in
  • a low tone: "De Crucis has been with you."
  • He made the half-resigned, half-impatient gesture of the man who feels
  • himself drawn into a familiar argument from which there is no issue.
  • "He left yesterday for Germany."
  • "He was here too long!" she said, with an uncontrollable escape of
  • bitterness.
  • Odo sighed. "If you would but let me bring him to you, you would see
  • that his influence over me is not what you think it."
  • She was silent a moment; then she said: "You are tired tonight. Let us
  • not talk of these things."
  • "As you please," he answered, with an air of relief; and she rose and
  • went to the harpsichord.
  • She played softly, with a veiled touch, gliding from one crepuscular
  • melody to another, till the room was filled with drifts of sound that
  • seemed like the voice of its own shadows. There had been times when he
  • could have yielded himself to this languid tide of music, letting it
  • loosen the ties of thought till he floated out into the soothing dimness
  • of sensation; but now the present held him. To Fulvia, too, he knew the
  • music was but a forced interlude, a mechanical refuge from thought. She
  • had deliberately narrowed their intercourse to one central idea; and it
  • was her punishment that silence had come to be merely an intensified
  • expression of this idea.
  • When she turned to Odo she saw the same consciousness in his face. It
  • was useless for them to talk of other things. With a pang of unreasoning
  • regret she felt that she had become to him the embodiment of a single
  • thought--a formula, rather than a woman.
  • "Tell me what you have been doing," she said.
  • The question was a relief. At once he began to separation of his work.
  • All his thoughts, all his time, were given to the constitution which was
  • to define the powers of Church and state. The difficulties increased as
  • the work advanced; but the gravest difficulty was one of which he dared
  • not tell her: his own growing distrust of the ideas for which he
  • laboured. He was too keenly aware of the difference in their mental
  • operations. With Fulvia, ideas were either rejected or at once converted
  • into principles; with himself, they remained stored in the mind, serving
  • rather as commentaries on life than as incentives to action. This
  • perpetual accessibility to new impressions was a quality she could not
  • understand, or could conceive of only as a weakness. Her own mind was
  • like a garden in which nothing is ever transplanted. She allowed for no
  • intermediate stages between error and dogma, for no shifting of the
  • bounds of conviction; and this security gave her the singleness of
  • purpose in which he found himself more and more deficient.
  • Odo remembered that he had once thought her nearness would dispel his
  • hesitations. At first it had been so; but gradually the contact with her
  • fixed enthusiasms had set up within him an opposing sense of the claims
  • ignored. The element of dogmatism in her faith showed the discouraging
  • sameness of the human mind. He perceived that to a spirit like Fulvia's
  • it might become possible to shed blood in the cause of tolerance.
  • The rapid march of events in France had necessarily produced an opposite
  • effect on minds so differently constituted. To Fulvia the year had been
  • a year of victory, a glorious affirmation of her political creed. Step
  • by step she had seen, as in some old allegorical painting, error fly
  • before the shafts of truth. Where Odo beheld a conflagration she saw a
  • sunrise; and all that was bare and cold in her own life was warmed and
  • transfigured by that ineffable brightness.
  • She listened patiently while he enlarged on the difficulties of the
  • case. The constitution was framed in all its details, but with its
  • completion he felt more than ever doubtful of the wisdom of granting it.
  • He would have welcomed any postponement that did not seem an admission
  • of fear. He dreaded the inevitable break with the clergy, not so much
  • because of the consequent danger to his own authority, as because he was
  • increasingly conscious of the newness and clumsiness of the instrument
  • with which he proposed to replace their tried and complex system. He
  • mentioned to Fulvia the rumours of popular disaffection; but she swept
  • them aside with a smile.
  • "The people mistrust you," she said. "And what does that mean? That you
  • have given your enemies time to work on their credulity. The longer you
  • delay the more opposition you will encounter. Father Ignazio would
  • rather destroy the state than let it be saved by any hand but his."
  • Odo reflected. "Of all my enemies," he said, "Father Ignazio is the one
  • I most respect, because he is the most sincere."
  • "He is the most dangerous, then," she returned. "A fanatic is always
  • more powerful than a knave."
  • He was struck with her undiminished faith in the sufficiency of such
  • generalisations. Did she really think that to solve such a problem it
  • was only necessary to define it? The contact with her unfaltering
  • assurance would once have given him a momentary glow; but now it left
  • him cold.
  • She was speaking more urgently. "Surely," she said, "the noblest use a
  • man can make of his own freedom is to set others free. My father said it
  • was the only justification of kingship."
  • He glanced at her half-sadly. "Do you still fancy that kings are free? I
  • am bound hand and foot."
  • "So was my father," she flashed back at him; "but he had the Promethean
  • spirit."
  • She coloured at her own quickness, but Odo took the thrust tranquilly.
  • "Yes," he said, "your father had the Promethean spirit: I have not. The
  • flesh that is daily torn from me does not grow again."
  • "Your courage is as great as his," she exclaimed, her tenderness in
  • arms.
  • "No," he answered, "for his was hopeful." There was a pause, and then he
  • began to speak of the day's work.
  • All the afternoon he had been in consultation with Crescenti, whose vast
  • historical knowledge was of service in determining many disputed points
  • in the tenure of land. The librarian was in sympathy with any measures
  • tending to relieve the condition of the peasantry; yet he was almost as
  • strongly opposed as Trescorre to any reproduction of the Tuscan
  • constitution.
  • "He is afraid!" broke from Fulvia. She admired and respected Crescenti,
  • yet she had never fully trusted him. The taint of ecclesiasticism was on
  • him.
  • Odo smiled. "He has never been afraid of facing the charge of
  • Jansenism," he replied. "All his life he has stood in open opposition to
  • the Church party."
  • "It is one thing to criticise their dogmas, another to attack their
  • privileges. At such a time he is bound to remember that he is a
  • priest--that he is one of them."
  • "Yet, as you have often pointed out, it is to the clergy that France in
  • great measure owes her release from feudalism."
  • She smiled coldly. "France would have won her cause without the clergy!"
  • "This is not France, then," he said with a sigh. After a moment he began
  • again: "Can you not see that any reform which aims at reducing the power
  • of the clergy must be more easily and successfully carried out if they
  • can be induced to take part in it? That, in short, we need them at this
  • moment as we have never needed them before? The example of France ought
  • at least to show you that."
  • "The example of France shows me that, to gain a point in such a
  • struggle, any means must be used! In France, as you say, the clergy were
  • with the people--here they are against them. Where persuasion fails
  • coercion must be used!"
  • Odo smiled faintly. "You might have borrowed that from their own
  • armoury," he said.
  • She coloured at the sarcasm. "Why not?" she retorted. "Let them have a
  • taste of their own methods! They know the kind of pressure that makes
  • men yield--when they feel it they will know what to do."
  • He looked at her with astonishment. "This is Gamba's tone," he said. "I
  • have never heard you speak in this way before."
  • She coloured again; and now with a profound emotion. "Yes," she said,
  • "it is Gamba's tone. He and I speak for the same cause and with the same
  • voice. We are of the people and we speak for the people. Who are your
  • other counsellors? Priests and noblemen! It is natural enough that they
  • should wish to make their side of the question heard. Listen to them, if
  • you will--conciliate them, if you can! We need all the allies we can
  • win. Only do not fancy they are really speaking for the people. Do not
  • think it is the people's voice you hear. The people do not ask you to
  • weigh this claim against that, to look too curiously into the defects
  • and merits of every clause in their charter. All they ask is that the
  • charter should be given them!"
  • She spoke with the low-voiced passion that possessed her at such
  • moments. All acrimony had vanished from her tone. The expression of a
  • great conviction had swept aside every personal animosity, and cleared
  • the sources of her deepest feeling. Odo felt the pressure of her
  • emotion. He leaned to her and their hands met.
  • "It shall be given them," he said.
  • She lifted her face to his. It shone with a great light. Once before he
  • had seen it so illumined, but with how different a brightness! The
  • remembrance stirred in him some old habit of the senses. He bent over
  • and kissed her.
  • 4.7.
  • Never before had Odo so keenly felt the difference between theoretical
  • visions of liberty and their practical application. His deepest
  • heart-searchings showed him as sincerely devoted as ever to the cause
  • which had enlisted his youth. He still longed above all things to serve
  • his fellows; but the conditions of such service were not what he had
  • dreamed. How different a calling it had been in Saint Francis's day,
  • when hearts inflamed with the new sense of brotherhood had but to set
  • forth on their simple mission of almsgiving and admonition! To love
  • one's neighbour had become a much more complex business, one that taxed
  • the intelligence as much as the heart, and in the course of which
  • feeling must be held in firm subjection to reason. He was discouraged by
  • Fulvia's inability to understand the change. Hers was the missionary
  • spirit; and he could not but reflect how much happier she would have
  • been as a nun in a charitable order, a unit in some organised system of
  • beneficence.
  • He too would have been happier to serve than to command! But it is not
  • given to the lovers of the Lady Poverty to choose their special rank in
  • her household. Don Gervaso's words came back to him with deepening
  • significance, and he thought how truly the old chaplain's prayer had
  • been fulfilled. Honour and power had come to him, and they had abased
  • him to the dust. The "Humilitas" of his fathers, woven, carved and
  • painted on every side, pursued him with an ironical reminder of his
  • impotence.
  • Fulvia had not been mistaken in attributing his depression of spirit to
  • de Crucis's visit. It was the first time that de Crucis had returned to
  • Pianura since the new Duke's accession. Odo had welcomed him eagerly,
  • had again pressed him to remain; but de Crucis was on his way to
  • Germany, bound on some business which could not be deferred. Odo, aware
  • of the renewed activity of the Jesuits, supposed that this business was
  • connected with the flight of the French refugees, many of whom were gone
  • to Coblentz; but on this point the abate was silent. Of the state of
  • affairs in France he spoke openly and despondently. The immoderate haste
  • with which the reforms had been granted filled him with fears for the
  • future. Odo knew that Crescenti shared these fears, and the judgment of
  • these two men, with whom he differed on fundamental principles, weighed
  • with him far more than the opinions of the party he was supposed to
  • represent. But he was in the case of many greater sovereigns of his day.
  • He had set free the waters of reform, and the frail bark of his
  • authority had been torn from its moorings and swept headlong into the
  • central current.
  • The next morning, to his surprise, the Duchess sent one of her gentlemen
  • to ask an audience. Odo at once replied that he would wait on her
  • Highness; and a few moments later he was ushered into his wife's closet.
  • She had just left her toilet, and was still in the morning negligee worn
  • during that prolonged and public ceremonial. Freshly perfumed and
  • powdered, her eyes bright, her lips set in a nervous smile, she
  • curiously recalled the arrogant child who had snatched her spaniel away
  • from him years ago in that same room. And was she not that child, after
  • all? Had she ever grown beyond the imperious instincts of her youth? It
  • seemed to him now that he had judged her harshly in the first months of
  • their marriage. He had felt a momentary impatience when he had tried to
  • force her roving impulses into the line of his own endeavour: it was
  • easier to view her leniently now that she had almost passed out of his
  • life.
  • He wondered why she had sent for him. Some dispute with her household,
  • doubtless; a quarrel with a servant, even--or perhaps some sordid
  • difficulty with her creditors. But she began in a new key.
  • "Your Highness," she said, "is not given to taking my advice."
  • Odo looked at her in surprise. "The opportunity is not often accorded
  • me," he replied with a smile.
  • Maria Clementina made an impatient gesture; then her face softened.
  • Contradictory emotions flitted over it like the reflections cast by a
  • hurrying sky. She came close to him and then drew away and seated
  • herself in the high-backed chair where she had throned when he first saw
  • her. Suddenly she blushed and began to speak.
  • "Once," she said in a low, almost inaudible voice, "I was able to give
  • your Highness warning of an impending danger--" She paused and her eyes
  • rested full on Odo.
  • He felt his colour rise as he returned her gaze. It was her first
  • allusion to the past. He had supposed she had forgotten. For a moment he
  • remained awkwardly silent.
  • "Do you remember?" she asked.
  • "I remember."
  • "The danger was a grave one. Your Highness may recall that but for my
  • warning you would not have been advised of it."
  • "I remember," he said again.
  • She paused a moment. "The danger," she repeated, "was a grave one; but
  • it threatened only your Highness's person. Your Highness listened to me
  • then; will you listen again if I advise you of a greater--a peril
  • threatening not only your person but your throne?"
  • Odo smiled. He could guess now what was coming. She had been drilled to
  • act as the mouthpiece of the opposition. He composed his features and
  • said quietly: "These are grave words, madam. I know of no such
  • peril--but I am always ready to listen to your Highness."
  • His smile had betrayed him, and a quick flame of anger passed over her
  • face.
  • "Why should you listen to me, since you never heed what I say?"
  • "Your Highness has just reminded me that I did so once--"
  • "Once!" she repeated bitterly. "You were younger then--and so was I!"
  • She glanced at herself in the mirror with a dissatisfied laugh.
  • Something in her look and movement touched the springs of compassion.
  • "Try me again," he said gently. "If I am older, perhaps I am also wiser,
  • and therefore even more willing to be guided--we all knew that." She
  • broke off, as though she felt her mistake and wished to make a fresh
  • beginning. Again her face was full of fluctuating meaning; and he saw,
  • beneath its shallow surface, the eddy of incoherent impulses. When she
  • spoke, it was with a noble gravity.
  • "Your Highness," she said, "does not take me into your counsels; but it
  • is no secret at court and in the town that you have in contemplation a
  • grave political measure."
  • "I have made no secret of it," he replied.
  • "No--or I should be the last to know it!" she exclaimed, with one of her
  • sudden lapses into petulance.
  • Odo made no reply. Her futility was beginning to weary him. She saw it
  • and again attempted an impersonal dignity of manner.
  • "It has been your Highness's choice," she said, "to exclude me from
  • public affairs. Perhaps I was not fitted by education or intelligence to
  • share in the cares of government. Your Highness will at least bear
  • witness that I have scrupulously respected your decision, and have never
  • attempted to intrude upon your counsels."
  • Odo bowed. It would have been useless to remind her that he had sought
  • her help and failed to obtain it.
  • "I have accepted my position," she continued. "I have led the life to
  • which it has pleased your Highness to restrict me. But I have not been
  • able to detach my heart as well as my thoughts from your Highness's
  • interests. I have not learned to be indifferent to your danger."
  • Odo looked up quickly. She ceased to interest him when she spoke by the
  • book, and he was impatient to make an end.
  • "You spoke of danger before," he said. "What danger?"
  • "That of forcing on your subjects liberties which they do not desire!"
  • "Ah," said he thoughtfully. That was all, then. What a poor tool she
  • made! He marvelled that, in all these years, Trescorre's skilful hands
  • should not have fashioned her to better purpose.
  • "Your Highness," he said, "has reminded me that since our marriage you
  • had lived withdrawn from public affairs. I will not pause to dispute by
  • whose choice this has been; I will in turn merely remind your Highness
  • that such a life does not afford much opportunity of gauging public
  • opinion."
  • In spite of himself a note of sarcasm had again crept into his voice;
  • but to his surprise she did not seem to resent it.
  • "Ah," she exclaimed, with more feeling than she had hitherto shown, "you
  • fancy that, because I am kept in ignorance of what you think, I am
  • ignorant also of what others think of you! Believe me," she said, with a
  • flash of insight that startled him, "I know more of you than if we stood
  • closer. But you mistake my purpose. I have not sent for you to force my
  • counsels on you. I have no desire to appear ridiculous. I do not ask you
  • to hear what _I_ think of your course, but what others think of it."
  • "What others?"
  • The question did not disconcert her. "Your subjects," she said quickly.
  • "My subjects are of many classes."
  • "All are of one class in resenting this charter. I am told you intend to
  • proclaim it within a few days. I entreat you at least to delay, to
  • reconsider your course. Oh, believe me when I say you are in danger! Of
  • what use to offer a crown to our Lady, when you have it in your heart to
  • slight her servants? But I will not speak of the clergy, since you
  • despise them--nor of the nobles, since you ignore their claims. I will
  • speak only of the people--the people, in whose interest you profess to
  • act. Believe me, in striking at the Church you wound the poor. It is not
  • their bodily welfare I mean--though Heaven knows how many sources of
  • bounty must now run dry! It is their faith you insult. First you turn
  • them against their masters, then against their God. They may acclaim you
  • for it now--but I tell you they will hate you for it in the end!"
  • She paused, flushed with the vehemence of her argument, and eager to
  • press it farther. But her last words had touched an unexpected fibre in
  • Odo. He looked at her with his unseeing visionary gaze.
  • "The end?" he murmured. "Who knows what the end will be?"
  • "Do you still need to be told?" she exclaimed. "Must you always come to
  • me to learn that you are in danger?"
  • "If the state is in danger the danger must be faced. The state exists
  • for the people; if they do not need it, it has ceased to serve its
  • purpose."
  • She clasped her hands in an ecstasy of wonder. "Oh, fool, madman--but it
  • is not of the state I speak! It is you who are in
  • danger--you--you--you--"
  • He raised his head with an impatient gesture.
  • "I?" he said. "I had thought you meant a graver peril."
  • She looked at him in silence. Her pride met his and thrilled with it;
  • and for a moment the two were one.
  • "Odo!" she cried. She sank into a chair, and he went to her and took her
  • hand.
  • "Such fears are worthy neither of us," he said gravely.
  • "I am not ashamed of them," she said. Her hand clung to him and she
  • lifted her eyes to his face. "You will listen to me?" she whispered in a
  • glow.
  • He drew back chilled. If only she had kept the feminine in abeyance! But
  • sex was her only weapon.
  • "I have listened," he said quietly. "And I thank you."
  • "But you will not be counselled?"
  • "In the last issue one must be one's own counsellor."
  • Her face flamed. "If you were but that!" she tossed back at him.
  • The taunt struck him full. He knew that he should have let it lie; but
  • he caught it up in spite of himself.
  • "Madam!" he said.
  • "I should have appealed to our sovereign, not to her servant!" she
  • cried, dashing into the breach she had made.
  • He stood motionless, stunned almost. For what she had said was true. He
  • was no longer the sovereign: the rule had passed out of his hands.
  • His silence frightened her. With an instinctive jealousy she saw that
  • her words had started a train of thought in which she had no part. She
  • felt herself ignored, abandoned; and all her passions rushed to the
  • defence of her wounded vanity.
  • "Oh, believe me," she cried, "I speak as your Duchess, not as your wife.
  • That is a name in which I should never dream of appealing to you. I have
  • ever stood apart from your private pleasures, as became a woman of my
  • house." She faced him with a flash of the Austrian insolence. "But when
  • I see the state drifting to ruin as the result of your caprice, when I
  • see your own life endangered, your people turned against you, religion
  • openly insulted, law and authority made the plaything of
  • this--this--false atheistical creature, that has robbed me--robbed me of
  • all--" She broke off helplessly and hid her face with a sob.
  • Odo stood speechless, spell-bound. He could not mistake what had
  • happened. The woman had surged to the surface at last--the real woman,
  • passionate, self-centred, undisciplined, but so piteous, after all, in
  • this sudden subjection to the one tenderness that survived in her. She
  • loved him and was jealous of her rival. That was the instinct which had
  • swept all others aside. At that moment she cared nothing for her safety
  • or his. The state might perish if they but fell together. It was the
  • distance between them that maddened her.
  • The tragic simplicity of the revelation left Odo silent. For a fantastic
  • moment he yielded to the vision of what that waste power might have
  • accomplished. Life seemed to him a confusion of roving force that met
  • only to crash in ruins.
  • His silence drew her to her feet. She repossessed herself, throbbing but
  • valiant.
  • "My fears for your Highness's safety have led my speech astray. I have
  • given your Highness the warning it was my duty to give. Beyond that I
  • had no thought of trespassing."
  • And still Odo was silent. A dozen answers struggled to his lips; but
  • they were checked by the stealing sense of duality that so often
  • paralysed his action. He had recovered his lucidity of vision, and his
  • impulses faded before it like mist. He saw life again as it was, an
  • incomplete and shabby business, a patchwork of torn and ravelled effort.
  • Everywhere the shears of Atropos were busy, and never could the cut
  • threads be joined again.
  • He took his wife's hand and bent over it ceremoniously. It lay in his
  • like a stone.
  • 4.8.
  • The jubilee of the Mountain Madonna fell on the feast of the
  • Purification. It was mid-November, but with a sky of June. The autumn
  • rains had ceased for the moment, and fields and orchards glistened with
  • a late verdure.
  • Never had the faithful gathered in such numbers to do honour to the
  • wonder-working Virgin. A widespread resistance to the influences of free
  • thought and Jansenism was pouring fresh life into the old formulas of
  • devotion. Though many motives combined to strengthen this movement, it
  • was still mainly a simple expression of loyalty to old ideals, an
  • instinctive rallying around a threatened cause. It is the honest
  • conviction underlying all great popular impulses that gives them their
  • real strength; and in this case the thousands of pilgrims flocking on
  • foot to the mountain shrine embodied a greater moral force than the
  • powerful ecclesiastics at whose call they had gathered.
  • The clergy themselves were come from all sides; while those that were
  • unable to attend had sent costly gifts to the miraculous Virgin. The
  • Bishops of Mantua, Modena, Vercelli and Cremona had travelled to Pianura
  • in state, the people flocking out beyond the gates to welcome them. Four
  • mitred Abbots, several Monsignori, and Priors, Rectors, Vicars-general
  • and canons innumerable rode in the procession, followed on foot by the
  • humble army of parish priests and by interminable confraternities of all
  • orders.
  • The approach of the great dignitaries was hailed with enthusiasm by the
  • crowds lining the roads. Even the Bishop of Pianura, never popular with
  • the people, received an unwonted measure of applause, and the
  • white-cowled Prior of the Dominicans, riding by stern and close-lipped
  • as a monk of Zurbaran's, was greeted with frenzied acclamations. The
  • report that the Bishop and the heads of the religious houses in Pianura
  • were to set free suppers for the pilgrims had doubtless quickened this
  • outburst of piety; yet it was perhaps chiefly due to the sense of coming
  • peril that had gradually permeated the dim consciousness of the crowd.
  • In the church, the glow of lights, the thrilling beauty of the music and
  • the glitter of the priestly vestments were blent in a melting harmony of
  • sound and colour. The shrine of the Madonna shone with unearthly
  • radiance. Hundreds of candles formed an elongated nimbus about her
  • hieratic figure, which was surmounted by the canopy of cloth-of-gold
  • presented by the Duke of Modena. The Bishops of Vercelli and Cremona had
  • offered a robe of silver brocade studded with coral and turquoises, the
  • devout Princess Clotilda of Savoy an emerald necklace, the Bishop of
  • Pianura a marvellous veil of rose-point made in a Flemish convent; while
  • on the statue's brow rested the Duke's jewelled diadem.
  • The Duke himself, seated in his tribune above the choir, observed the
  • scene with a renewed appreciation of the Church's unfailing dramatic
  • instinct. At first he saw in the spectacle only this outer and symbolic
  • side, of which the mere sensuous beauty had always deeply moved him; but
  • as he watched the effect produced on the great throng filling the
  • aisles, he began to see that this external splendour was but the veil
  • before the sanctuary, and to realise what de Crucis meant when he spoke
  • of the deep hold of the Church upon the people. Every colour, every
  • gesture, every word and note of music that made up the texture of the
  • gorgeous ceremonial might indeed seem part of a long-studied and
  • astutely-planned effect. Yet each had its root in some instinct of the
  • heart, some natural development of the inner life, so that they were in
  • fact not the cunningly-adjusted fragments of an arbitrary pattern but
  • the inseparable fibres of a living organism. It was Odo's misfortune to
  • see too far ahead on the road along which his destiny was urging him. As
  • he sat there, face to face with the people he was trying to lead, he
  • heard above the music of the mass and the chant of the kneeling throng
  • an echo of the question that Don Gervaso had once put to him:--"If you
  • take Christ from the people, what have you to give them instead?"
  • He was roused by a burst of silver clarions. The mass was over, and the
  • Duke and Duchess were to descend from their tribune and venerate the
  • holy image before it was carried through the church.
  • Odo rose and gave his hand to his wife. They had not seen each other,
  • save in public, since their last conversation in her closet. The Duchess
  • walked with set lips and head erect, keeping her profile turned to him
  • as they descended the steps and advanced to the choir. None knew better
  • how to take her part in such a pageant. She had the gift of drawing upon
  • herself the undivided attention of any assemblage in which she moved;
  • and the consciousness of this power lent a kind of Olympian buoyancy to
  • her gait. The richness of her dress and her extravagant display of
  • jewels seemed almost a challenge to the sacred image blazing like a
  • rainbow beneath its golden canopy; and Odo smiled to think that his
  • childish fancy had once compared the brilliant being at his side to the
  • humble tinsel-decked Virgin of the church at Pontesordo.
  • As the couple advanced, stillness fell on the church. The air was full
  • of the lingering haze of incense, through which the sunlight from the
  • clerestory poured in prismatic splendours on the statue of the Virgin.
  • Rigid, superhuman, a molten flamboyancy of gold and gems, the
  • wonder-working Madonna shone out above her worshippers. The Duke and
  • Duchess paused, bowing deeply, below the choir. Then they mounted the
  • steps and knelt before the shrine. As they did so a crash broke the
  • silence, and the startled devotees saw that the ducal diadem had fallen
  • from the Madonna's head.
  • The hush prolonged itself a moment; then a canon sprang forward to pick
  • up the crown, and with the movement a murmur rose and spread through the
  • church. The Duke's offering had fallen to the ground as he approached to
  • venerate the blessed image. That this was an omen no man could doubt. It
  • needed no augur to interpret it. The murmur, gathering force as it swept
  • through the packed aisles, passed from surprise to fear, from fear to a
  • deep hum of anger;--for the people understood, as plainly as though she
  • had spoken, that the Virgin of the Valseccas had cast from her the gift
  • of an unbeliever...
  • * * * * *
  • The ceremonies over, the long procession was formed again and set out
  • toward the city. The crowd had surged ahead, and when the Duke rode
  • through the gates the streets were already thronged. Moving slowly
  • between the compact mass of people he felt himself as closely observed
  • as on the day of his state entry; but with far different effect.
  • Enthusiasm had given way to a cold curiosity. The excitement of the
  • spectators had spent itself in the morning, and the sight of their
  • sovereign failed to rouse their flagging ardour. Now and then a cheer
  • broke out, but it died again without kindling another in the
  • uninflammable mass. Odo could not tell how much of this indifference was
  • due to a natural reaction from the emotions of the morning, how much to
  • his personal unpopularity, how much to the ominous impression produced
  • by the falling of the Virgin's crown. He rode between his people
  • oppressed by a sense of estrangement such as he had never known. He felt
  • himself shut off from them by an impassable barrier of superstition and
  • ignorance; and every effort to reach them was like the wrong turn in a
  • labyrinth, drawing him farther away from the issue to which it seemed to
  • lead.
  • As he advanced under this indifferent or hostile scrutiny, he thought
  • how much easier it would be to face a rain of bullets than this
  • withering glare of criticism. A sudden longing to escape, to be done
  • with it all, came over him with sickening force. His nerves ached with
  • the physical strain of holding himself upright on his horse, of
  • preserving the statuesque erectness proper to the occasion. He felt like
  • one of his own ancestral effigies, of which the wooden framework had
  • rotted under the splendid robes. A congestion at the head of a narrow
  • street had checked the procession, and he was obliged to rein in his
  • horse. He looked about and found himself in the centre of the square
  • near the Baptistery. A few feet off, directly in a line with him, was
  • the weather-worn front of the Royal Printing-Press. He raised his head
  • and saw a group of people on the balcony. Though they were close at
  • hand, he saw them in a blur, against which Fulvia's figure suddenly
  • detached itself. She had told him that she was to view the procession
  • with the Andreonis; but through the mental haze which enveloped him her
  • apparition struck a vague surprise. He looked at her intently, and their
  • eyes met. A faint happiness stole over her face, but no recognition was
  • possible, and she continued to gaze out steadily upon the throng below
  • the balcony. Involuntarily his glance followed hers, and he saw that she
  • was herself the centre of the crowd's attention. Her plain, almost
  • Quakerish habit, and the tranquil dignity of her carriage, made her a
  • conspicuous figure among the animated groups in the adjoining windows,
  • and Odo, with the acuteness of perception which a public life develops,
  • was instantly aware that her name was on every lip. At the same moment
  • he saw a woman close to his horse's feet snatch up her child and make
  • the sign against the evil eye. A boy who stood staring open-mouthed at
  • Fulvia caught the gesture and repeated it; a barefoot friar imitated the
  • boy, and it seemed to Odo that the familiar sign was spreading with
  • malignant rapidity to the furthest limits of the crowd. The impression
  • was only momentary; for the cavalcade was again in motion, and without
  • raising his eyes he rode on, sick at heart...
  • * * * * *
  • At nightfall a man opened the gate of the ducal gardens below the
  • Chinese pavilion and stepped out into the deserted lane. He locked the
  • gate and slipped the key into his pocket; then he turned and walked
  • toward the centre of the town. As he reached the more populous quarters
  • his walk slackened to a stroll; and now and then he paused to observe a
  • knot of merry-makers or look through the curtains of the tents set up in
  • the squares.
  • The man was plainly but decently dressed, like a petty tradesman or a
  • lawyer's clerk, and the night being chill he wore a cloak, and had drawn
  • his hat-brim over his forehead. He sauntered on, letting the crowd carry
  • him, with the air of one who has an hour to kill, and whose
  • holiday-making takes the form of an amused spectatorship. To such an
  • observer the streets offered ample entertainment. The shrewd air
  • discouraged lounging and kept the crowd in motion; but the open
  • platforms built for dancing were thronged with couples, and every
  • peep-show, wine-shop and astrologer's booth was packed to the doors. The
  • shrines and street-lamps being all alight, and booths and platforms hung
  • with countless lanterns, the scene was as bright as day; but in the
  • ever-shifting medley of peasant-dresses, liveries, monkish cowls and
  • carnival disguises, a soberly-clad man might easily go unremarked.
  • Reaching the square before the Cathedral, the solitary observer pushed
  • his way through the idlers gathered about a dais with a curtain at the
  • back. Before the curtain stood a Milanese quack, dressed like a noble
  • gentleman, with sword and plumed hat, and rehearsing his cures in
  • stentorian tones, while his zany, in the short mask and green-and-white
  • habit of Brighella, cracked jokes and turned hand-springs for the
  • diversion of the vulgar.
  • "Behold," the charlatan was shouting, "the marvellous Egyptian
  • love-philter distilled from the pearl that the great Emperor Antony
  • dropped into Queen Cleopatra's cup. This infallible fluid, handed down
  • for generations in the family of my ancestor, the High Priest of Isis--"
  • The bray of a neighbouring show-man's trumpet cut him short, and
  • yielding to circumstances he drew back the curtain, and a tumbling-girl
  • sprang out and began her antics on the front of the stage.
  • "What did he say was the price of that drink, Giannina?" asked a young
  • maid-servant pulling her neighbour's sleeve.
  • "Are you thinking of buying it for Pietrino, my beauty?" the other
  • returned with a laugh. "Believe me, it is a sound proverb that says:
  • When the fruit is ripe it falls of itself."
  • The girl drew away angrily, and the quack took up his harangue:--"The
  • same philter, ladies and gentlemen--though in confessing it I betray a
  • professional secret--the same philter, I declare to you on the honour of
  • a nobleman, whereby, in your own city, a lady no longer young and no way
  • remarkable in looks or station, has captured and subjugated the
  • affections of one so high, so exalted, so above all others in beauty,
  • rank, wealth, power and dignities--"
  • "Oh, oh, that's the Duke!" sniggered a voice in the crowd.
  • "Ladies and gentlemen, I name no names!" cried the quack impressively.
  • "No need to," retorted the voice.
  • "They do say, though, she gave him something to drink," said a young
  • woman to a youth in a clerk's dress. "The saying is she studied medicine
  • with the Turks."
  • "The Moors, you mean," said the clerk with an air of superiority.
  • "Well, they say her mother was a Turkey slave and her father a murderer
  • from the Sultan's galleys."
  • "No, no, she's plain Piedmontese, I tell you. Her father was a physician
  • in Turin, and was driven out of the country for poisoning his patients
  • in order to watch their death-agonies."
  • "They say she's good to the poor, though," said another voice
  • doubtfully.
  • "Good to the poor? Ay, that's what they said of her father. All I know
  • is that she heard Stefano the weaver's lad had the falling sickness, and
  • she carried him a potion with her own hands, and the next day the child
  • was dead, and a Carmelite friar, who saw the phial he drank from, said
  • it was the same shape and size as one that was found in a witch's grave
  • when they were digging the foundations for the new monastery."
  • "Ladies and gentlemen," shrieked the quack, "what am I offered for a
  • drop of this priceless liquor?"
  • The listener turned aside and pushed his way toward the farther end of
  • the square. As he did so he ran against a merry-andrew who thrust a long
  • printed sheet in his hand.
  • "Buy my satirical ballads, ladies and gentlemen!" the fellow shouted.
  • "Two for a farthing, invented and written by an own cousin of the great
  • Pasquino of Rome! What will you have, sir? Here's the secret history of
  • a famous Prince's amours with an atheist--here's the true scandal of an
  • illustrious lady's necklace--two for a farthing...and my humblest thanks
  • to your excellency." He pocketed the coin, and the other, thrusting the
  • broadsheets beneath his cloak, pushed on to the nearest coffee-house.
  • Here every table was thronged, and the babble of talk so loud that the
  • stranger, hopeless of obtaining refreshment, pressed his way into the
  • remotest corner of the room and seated himself on an empty cask. At
  • first he sat motionless, silently observing the crowd; then he drew
  • forth the ballads and ran his eye over them. He was still engaged in
  • this study when his notice was attracted by a loud discussion going
  • forward between a party of men at the nearest table. The disputants,
  • petty tradesman or artisans by their dress, had evidently been warmed by
  • a good flagon of wine, and their tones were so lively that every word
  • reached the listener on the cask.
  • "Reform, reform!" cried one, who appeared by his dress and manner to be
  • the weightiest of the company--"it's all very well to cry reform; but
  • what I say is that most of those that are howling for it no more know
  • what they're asking than a parrot that's been taught the litany. Now the
  • first question is: who benefits by your reform? And what's the answer to
  • that, eh? Is it the tradesmen? The merchants? The clerks, artisans,
  • household servants, I ask you? I hear some of my fellow-tradesmen
  • complaining that the nobility don't pay their bills. Will they be better
  • paid, think you, when the Duke has halved their revenues? Will the
  • quality keep up as large households, employ as many lacqueys, set as
  • lavish tables, wear as fine clothes, collect as many rarities, buy as
  • many horses, give us, in short, as many opportunities of making our
  • profit out of their pleasure? What I say is, if we're to have new taxes,
  • don't let them fall on the very class we live by!"
  • "That's true enough," said another speaker, a lean bilious man with a
  • pen behind his ear. "The peasantry are the only class that are going to
  • profit by this constitution."
  • "And what do the peasantry do for us, I should like to know?" the first
  • speaker went on triumphantly. "As far as the fat friars go, I'm not
  • sorry to see them squeezed a trifle, for they've wrung enough money out
  • of our women-folk to lie between feathers from now till doomsday; but I
  • say, if you care for your pockets, don't lay hands on the nobility!"
  • "Gently, gently, my friend," exclaimed a cautious flaccid-looking man
  • setting down his glass. "Father and son, for four generations, my family
  • have served Pianura with Church candles, and I can tell you that since
  • these new atheistical notions came in, the nobility are not the good
  • patrons they used to be. But as for the friars, I should be sorry to see
  • them meddled with. It's true they may get the best morsel in the pot and
  • the warmest seat on the hearth--and one of them, now and then, may take
  • too long to teach a pretty girl her Pater Noster--but I'm not sure we
  • shall be better off when they're gone. Formerly, if a child too many
  • came to poor folk they could always comfort themselves with the thought
  • that, if there was no room for him at home, the Church was there to
  • provide for him. But if we drive out the good friars, a man will have to
  • count mouths before he dares look at his wife too lovingly."
  • "Well," said the scribe with a dry smile, "I've a notion the good friars
  • have always taken more than they gave; and if it were not for the gaping
  • mouths under the cowl even a poor man might have victuals enough for his
  • own."
  • The first speaker turned on him contentiously.
  • "Do I understand you are for this new charter, then?" he asked.
  • "No, no," said the other. "Better hot polenta than a cold ortolan.
  • Things are none too good as they are, but I never care to taste first of
  • a new dish. And in this case I don't fancy the cook."
  • "Ah, that's it," said the soft man. "It's too much like the apothecary's
  • wife mixing his drugs for him. Men of Roman lineage want no women to
  • govern them!" He puffed himself out and thrust a hand in his bosom.
  • "Besides, gentlemen," he added, dropping his voice and glancing
  • cautiously about the room, "the saints are my witness I'm not
  • superstitious--but frankly, now, I don't much fancy this business of the
  • Virgin's crown."
  • "What do you mean?" asked a lean visionary-looking youth who had been
  • drinking and listening.
  • "Why, sir, I needn't say I'm the last man in Pianura to listen to
  • women's tattle; but my wife had it straight from Cino the barber, whose
  • sister is portress of the Benedictines, that, two days since, one of the
  • nuns foretold the whole business, precisely as it happened--and what's
  • more, many that were in the Church this morning will tell you that they
  • distinctly saw the blessed image raise both arms and tear the crown from
  • her head."
  • "H'm," said the young man flippantly, "what became of the Bambino
  • meanwhile, I wonder?"
  • The scribe shrugged his shoulders. "We all know," said he, "that Cino
  • the barber lies like a christened Jew; but I'm not surprised the thing
  • was known in advance, for I make no doubt the priests pulled the wires
  • that brought down the crown."
  • The fat man looked scandalised, and the first speaker waved the subject
  • aside as unworthy of attention.
  • "Such tales are for women and monks," he said impatiently. "But the
  • business has its serious side. I tell you we are being hurried to our
  • ruin. Here's this matter of draining the marshes at Pontesordo. Who's to
  • pay for that? The class that profits by it? Not by a long way. It's we
  • who drain the land, and the peasants are to live on it."
  • The visionary youth tossed back his hair. "But isn't that an inspiration
  • to you, sir?" he exclaimed. "Does not your heart dilate at the thought
  • of uplifting the condition of your down-trodden fellows?"
  • "My fellows? The peasantry my fellows?" cried the other. "I'd have you
  • know, my young master, that I come of a long and honourable line of
  • cloth-merchants, that have had their names on the Guild for two hundred
  • years and over. I've nothing to do with the peasantry, thank God!"
  • The youth had emptied another glass. "What?" he screamed. "You deny the
  • universal kinship of man? You disown your starving brothers? Proud
  • tyrant, remember the Bastille!" He burst into tears and began to quote
  • Alfieri.
  • "Well," said the fat man, turning a disgusted shoulder on this display
  • of emotion, "to my mind this business of draining Pontesordo is too much
  • like telling the Almighty what to do. If God made the land wet, what
  • right have we to dry it? Those that begin by meddling with the Creator's
  • works may end by laying hands on the Creator."
  • "You're right," said another. "There's no knowing where these
  • new-fangled notions may land us. For my part, I was rather taken by them
  • at first; but since I find that his Highness, to pay for all his good
  • works, is cutting down his household and throwing decent people out of a
  • job--like my own son, for instance, that was one of the under-steward's
  • boys at the palace--why, since then, I begin to see a little farther
  • into the game."
  • A shabby shrewd-looking fellow in a dirty coat and snuff-stained stock
  • had sauntered up to the table and stood listening with an amused smile.
  • "Ah," said the scribe, glancing up, "here's a thoroughgoing reformer,
  • who'll be asking us all to throw up our hats for the new charter."
  • The new-comer laughed contemptuously. "I?" he said. "God forbid! The new
  • charter's none of my making. It's only another dodge for getting round
  • the populace--for appearing to give them what they would rise up and
  • take if it were denied them any longer."
  • "Why, I thought you were hot for these reforms?" exclaimed the fat man
  • with surprise.
  • The other shrugged. "You might as well say I was in favour of having the
  • sun rise tomorrow. It would probably rise at the same hour if I voted
  • against it. Reform is bound to come, whether your Dukes and Princes are
  • for it or against it; and those that grant constitutions instead of
  • refusing them are like men who tie a string to their hats before going
  • out in a gale. The string may hold for a while--but if it blows hard
  • enough the hats will all come off in the end."
  • "Ay, ay; and meanwhile we furnish the string from our own pockets," said
  • the scribe with a chuckle.
  • The shabby man grinned. "It won't be the last thing to come out of your
  • pockets," said he, turning to push his way toward another table.
  • The others rose and called for their reckoning; and the listener on the
  • cask slipped out of his corner, elbowed a passage to the door and
  • stepped forth into the square.
  • It was after midnight, a thin drizzle was falling, and the crowd had
  • scattered. The rain was beginning to extinguish the paper lanterns and
  • the torches, and the canvas sides of the tents flapped dismally, like
  • wet sheets on a clothes-line. The man drew his cloak closer, and
  • avoiding the stragglers who crossed his path, turned into the first
  • street that led to the palace. He walked fast over the slippery
  • cobble-stones, buffeted by a rising wind and threading his way between
  • dark walls and sleeping house-fronts till he reached the lane below the
  • ducal gardens. He unlocked the door by which he had come forth, entered
  • the gardens, and paused a moment on the terrace above the lane.
  • Behind him rose the palace, a dark irregular bulk, with a lighted window
  • showing here and there. Before him lay the city, an indistinguishable
  • huddle of roofs and towers under the rainy night. He stood awhile gazing
  • out over it; then he turned and walked toward the palace. The garden
  • alleys were deserted, the pleached walks dark as subterranean passages,
  • with the wet gleam of statues starting spectrally out of the blackness.
  • The man walked rapidly, leaving the Borromini wing on his left, and
  • skirting the outstanding mass of the older buildings. Behind the marble
  • buttresses of the chapel, he crossed the dense obscurity of a court
  • between high walls, found a door under an archway, turned a key in the
  • lock, and gained a spiral stairway as dark as the court. He groped his
  • way up the stairs and paused a moment on the landing to listen. Then he
  • opened another door, lifted a heavy hanging of tapestry, and stepped
  • into the Duke's closet. It stood empty, with a lamp burning low on the
  • desk.
  • The man threw off his cloak and hat, dropped into a chair beside the
  • desk, and hid his face in his hands.
  • 4.9.
  • It was the eve of the Duke's birthday. A cabinet council had been called
  • in the morning, and his Highness's ministers had submitted to him the
  • revised draft of the constitution which was to be proclaimed on the
  • morrow.
  • Throughout the conference, which was brief and formal, Odo had been
  • conscious of a subtle change in the ministerial atmosphere. Instead of
  • the current of resistance against which he had grown used to forcing his
  • way, he became aware of a tacit yielding to his will. Trescorre had
  • apparently withdrawn his opposition to the charter, and the other
  • ministers had followed suit. To Odo's overwrought imagination there was
  • something ominous in the change. He had counted on the goad of
  • opposition to fight off the fatal languor which he had learned to expect
  • at such crises. Now that he found there was to be no struggle he
  • understood how largely his zeal had of late depended on such factitious
  • incentives. He felt an irrational longing to throw himself on the other
  • side of the conflict, to tear in bits the paper awaiting his signature,
  • and disown the policy which had dictated it. But the tide of
  • acquiescence on which he was afloat was no stagnant back-water of
  • indifference, but the glassy reach just above the fall of a river. The
  • current was as swift as it was smooth, and he felt himself hurried
  • forward to an end he could no longer escape. He took the pen which
  • Trescorre handed him, and signed the constitution.
  • The meeting over, he summoned Gamba. He felt the need of such
  • encouragement as the hunchback alone could give. Fulvia's enthusiasms
  • were too unreal, too abstract. She lived in a region of ideals, whence
  • ugly facts were swept out by some process of mental housewifery which
  • kept her world perpetually smiling and immaculate. Gamba at least fed
  • his convictions on facts. If his outlook was narrow it was direct: no
  • roseate medium of fancy was interposed between his vision and the truth.
  • He stood listening thoughtfully while Odo poured forth his doubts.
  • "Your Highness may well hesitate," he said at last. "There are always
  • more good reasons against a new state of things than for it. I am not
  • surprised that Count Trescorre appears to have withdrawn his opposition.
  • I believe he now honestly wishes your Highness to proclaim the
  • constitution."
  • Odo looked up in surprise. "You do not mean that he has come to believe
  • in it?"
  • Gamba smiled. "Probably not in your Highness's sense; but he may have
  • found a use of his own for it."
  • "What do you mean?" Odo asked.
  • "If he does not believe it will benefit the state he may think it will
  • injure your Highness."
  • "Ah--" said the Duke slowly.
  • There was a pause, during which he was possessed by the same shuddering
  • reluctance to fix his mind on the facts before him as when he had
  • questioned the hunchback about Momola's death. He longed to cast the
  • whole business aside, to be up and away from it, drawing breath in a new
  • world where every air was not tainted with corruption. He raised his
  • head with an effort.
  • "You think, then, that the liberals are secretly acting against me in
  • this matter?"
  • "I am persuaded of it, your Highness."
  • Odo hesitated. "You have always told me," he began again, "that the love
  • of dominion was your brother's ruling passion. If he really believes
  • this movement will be popular with the people, why should he secretly
  • oppose it, instead of making the most of his own share in it as the
  • minister of a popular sovereign?"
  • "For several reasons," Gamba answered promptly. "In the first place, the
  • reforms your Highness has introduced are not of his own choosing, and
  • Trescorre has little sympathy with any policy he has not dictated. In
  • the second place, the powers and opportunities of a constitutional
  • minister are too restricted to satisfy his appetite for rule; and
  • thirdly--" he paused a moment, as though doubtful how his words would be
  • received--"I suspect Trescorre of having a private score against your
  • Highness, which he would be glad to pay off publicly."
  • Odo fell silent, yielding himself to a fresh current of thought.
  • "I know not what score he may have against me," he said at length; "but
  • what injures me must injure the state, and if Trescorre has any such
  • motive for withdrawing his opposition, it must be because he believes
  • the constitution will defeat its own ends."
  • "He does believe that, assuredly; but he is not the only one of your
  • Highness's ministers that would ruin the state on the chance of finding
  • an opportunity among the ruins."
  • "That is as it may be," said Odo with a touch of weariness. "I have seen
  • enough of human ambition to learn how limited and unimaginative a
  • passion it is. If it saw farther I should fear it more. But if it is
  • short-sighted it sees clearly at close range; and the motive you ascribe
  • to Trescorre would imply that he believes the constitution will be a
  • failure."
  • "Without doubt, your Highness. I am convinced that your ministers have
  • done all they could to prevent the proclamation of the charter, and
  • failing that, to thwart its workings if it be proclaimed. In this they
  • have gone hand in hand with the clergy, and their measures have been
  • well taken. But I do not believe that any state of mind produced by
  • external influences can long withstand the natural drift of opinion; and
  • your Highness may be sure that, though the talkers and writers are
  • mostly against you in this matter, the mass of the people are with you."
  • Odo answered with a despairing gesture. "How can I be sure, when the
  • people have no means of expressing their needs? It is like trying to
  • guess the wants of a deaf and dumb man!"
  • The hunchback flushed suddenly. "The people will not always be deaf and
  • dumb," he said. "Some day they will speak."
  • "Not in my day," said Odo wearily. "And meanwhile we blunder on, without
  • ever really knowing what incalculable instincts and prejudices are
  • pitted against us. You and your party tell me the people are sick of the
  • burdens the clergy lay on them--yet their blind devotion to the Church
  • is manifest at every turn, and it did not need the business of the
  • Virgin's crown to show me how little reason and justice can avail
  • against such influences."
  • Gamba replied by an impatient gesture. "As to the Virgin's crown," he
  • said, "your Highness must have guessed it was one of the friars' tricks:
  • a last expedient to turn the people against you. I was not bred up by a
  • priest for nothing; I know what past masters those gentry are in raising
  • ghosts and reading portents. They know the minds of the poor folk as the
  • herdsman knows the habits of his cattle; and for generations they have
  • used that knowledge to bring the people more completely under their
  • control."
  • "And what have we to oppose to such a power?" Odo exclaimed. "We are
  • fighting the battle of ideas against passions, of reflection against
  • instinct; and you have but to look in the human heart to guess which
  • side will win in such a struggle. We have science and truth and
  • common-sense with us, you say--yes, but the Church has love and fear and
  • tradition, and the solidarity of nigh two thousand years of dominion."
  • Gamba listened in respectful silence; then he replied with a faint
  • smile: "All that your Highness says is true; but I beg leave to relate
  • to your Highness a tale which I read lately in an old book of your
  • library. According to this story it appears that when the early
  • Christians of Alexandria set out to destroy the pagan idols in the
  • temples they were seized with great dread at sight of the god Serapis;
  • for even those that did not believe in the old gods feared them, and
  • none dared raise a hand against the sacred image. But suddenly a soldier
  • who was bolder than the rest flung his battle-axe at the figure--and
  • when it broke in pieces, there rushed out nothing worse than a great
  • company of rats."...
  • * * * * *
  • The Duke had promised to visit Fulvia that evening. For several days his
  • state of indecision had made him find pretexts for avoiding her; but now
  • that the charter was signed and he had ordered its proclamation, he
  • craved the contact of her unwavering faith.
  • He found her alone in the dusk of the convent parlour; but he had hardly
  • crossed the threshold before he was aware of an indefinable change in
  • his surroundings. She advanced with an impulsiveness out of harmony with
  • the usual tranquillity of their meetings, and he felt her hand tremble
  • and burn in his. In the twilight it seemed to him that her very dress
  • had a warmer rustle and glimmer, that there emanated from her glance and
  • movements some heady fragrance of a long-past summer. He smiled to think
  • that this phantom coquetry should have risen at the summons of an
  • academic degree; but some deeper sense in him was stirred as by a vision
  • of waste riches adrift on the dim seas of chance.
  • For a moment she sat silent, as in the days when they had been too near
  • each other for many words; and there was something indescribably
  • soothing in this dreamlike return to the past. It was he who roused
  • himself first.
  • "How young you look!" he said, giving involuntary utterance to his
  • thought.
  • "Do I?" she answered gaily. "I am glad of that, for I feel
  • extraordinarily young tonight. Perhaps it is because I have been
  • thinking a great deal of the old days--of Venice and Turin--and of the
  • high-road to Vercelli, for instance." She glanced at him with a smile.
  • "Do you know," she went on, moving to a seat at his side, and laying a
  • hand on the arm of his chair, "that there is one secret of mine you have
  • never guessed in all these years?"
  • Odo returned her smile. "What is it, I wonder?" he said.
  • She fixed him with bright bantering eyes. "I knew why you deserted us at
  • Vercelli." He uttered an exclamation, but she lifted a hand to his lips.
  • "Ah, how angry I was then--but why be angry now? It all happened so long
  • ago; and if it had not happened--who knows?--perhaps you would never
  • have pitied me enough to love me as you did." She laughed softly,
  • reminiscently, leaning back as if to let the tide of memories ripple
  • over her. Then she raised her head suddenly, and said in a changed
  • voice: "Are your plans fixed for tomorrow?"
  • Odo glanced at her in surprise. Her mind seemed to move as capriciously
  • as Maria Clementina's.
  • "The constitution is signed," he answered, "and my ministers proclaim it
  • tomorrow morning." He looked at her a moment, and lifted her hand to his
  • lips. "Everything has been done according to your wishes," he said.
  • She drew away with a start, and he saw that she had turned pale. "No,
  • no--not as I wish," she murmured. "It must not be because _I_ wish--"
  • she broke off and her hand slipped from his.
  • "You have taught me to wish as you wish," he answered gently. "Surely
  • you would not disown your pupil now?"
  • Her agitation increased. "Do not call yourself that!" she exclaimed.
  • "Not even in jest. What you have done has been done of your own
  • choice--because you thought it best for your people. My nearness or
  • absence could have made no difference."
  • He looked at her with growing wonder. "Why this sudden modesty?" he said
  • with a smile. "I thought you prided yourself on your share in the great
  • work."
  • She tried to force an answering smile, but the curve broke into a quiver
  • of distress, and she came close to him, with a gesture that seemed to
  • take flight from herself.
  • "Don't say it, don't say it!" she broke out. "What right have they to
  • call it my doing? I but stood aside and watched you and gloried in
  • you--is there any guilt to a woman in THAT?" She clung to him a moment,
  • hiding her face in his breast.
  • He loosened her arms gently, that he might draw back and look at her.
  • "Fulvia," he asked, "what ails you? You are not yourself tonight. Has
  • anything happened to distress you? Have you been annoyed or alarmed in
  • any way?--It is not possible," he broke off, "that Trescorre has been
  • here--?"
  • She drew away, flushed and protesting. "No, no," she exclaimed. "Why
  • should Trescorre come here? Why should you fancy that any one has been
  • here? I am excited, I know; I talk idly; but it is because I have been
  • thinking too long of these things--"
  • "Of what things?"
  • "Of what people say--how can one help hearing that? I sometimes fancy
  • that the more withdrawn one lives the more distinctly one hears the
  • outer noises."
  • "But why should you heed the outer noises? You have never done so
  • before."
  • "Perhaps I was wrong not to do so before. Perhaps I should have listened
  • sooner. Perhaps others have seen--understood--sooner than I--oh, the
  • thought is intolerable!"
  • She moved a pace or two away, and then, regaining the mastery of her
  • lips and eyes, turned to him with a show of calmness.
  • "Your heart was never in this charter--" she began.
  • "Fulvia!" he cried protestingly; but she lifted a silencing hand. "Ah, I
  • have seen it--I have felt it--but I was never willing to own that you
  • were right. My pride in you blinded me, I suppose. I could not bear to
  • dream any fate for you but the greatest. I saw you always leading
  • events, rather than waiting on them. But true greatness lies in the man,
  • not in his actions. Compromise, delay, renunciation--these may be as
  • heroic as conflict. A woman's vision is so narrow that I did not see
  • this at first. You have always told me that I looked only at one side of
  • the question; but I see the other side now--I see that you were right."
  • Odo stood silent. He had followed her with growing wonder. A volte-face
  • so little in keeping with her mental habits immediately struck him as a
  • feint; yet so strangely did it accord with his own secret reluctances
  • that these inclined him to let it pass unquestioned.
  • Some instinctive loyalty to his past checked the temptation. "I am not
  • sure that I understand you," he said slowly. "Have you lost faith in the
  • ideas we have worked for?"
  • She hesitated, and he saw the struggle beneath her surface calmness.
  • "No, no," she exclaimed quickly, "I have not lost faith in them--"
  • "In me, then?"
  • She smiled with a disarming sadness. "That would be so much simpler!"
  • she murmured.
  • "What do you mean, then?" he urged. "We must understand each other." He
  • paused, and measured his words out slowly. "Do you think it a mistake to
  • proclaim the constitution tomorrow?"
  • Again her face was full of shadowy contradictions. "I entreat you not to
  • proclaim it tomorrow," she said in a low voice.
  • Odo felt the blood drum in his ears. Was not this the word for which he
  • had waited? But still some deeper instinct held him back, warning him,
  • as it seemed, that to fall below his purpose at such a juncture was the
  • only measurable failure. He must know more before he yielded, see deeper
  • into her heart and his; and each moment brought the clearer conviction
  • that there was more to know and see.
  • "This is unlike you, Fulvia," he said. "You cannot make such a request
  • on impulse. You must have a reason."
  • She smiled. "You told me once that a woman's reasons are only impulses
  • in men's clothes."
  • But he was not to be diverted by this thrust. "I shall think so now," he
  • said, "unless you can give me some better account of yours!"
  • She was silent, and he pressed on with a persistency for which he
  • himself could hardly account: "You must have a reason for this request."
  • "I have one," she said, dropping her attempts at evasion.
  • "And it is--?"
  • She paused again, with a look of appeal against which he had to stiffen
  • himself.
  • "I do not believe the time has come," she said at length.
  • "You think the people are not ready for the constitution?"
  • She answered with an effort: "I think the people are not ready for it."
  • He fell silent, and they sat facing each other, but with eyes apart.
  • "You have received this impression from Gamba, from Andreoni--from the
  • members of our party?" he asked.
  • She made no reply.
  • "Remember, Fulvia," he went on almost sternly, "that this is the end for
  • which we have worked together all these years--the end for which we
  • renounced each other and went forth in our youth, you to exile and I to
  • an unwilling sovereignty. It was because we loved this cause better than
  • ourselves that we had strength to give up for it our personal hopes of
  • happiness. If we betray the cause from any merely personal motive we
  • shall have fallen below our earlier selves." He waited again, but she
  • was still silent. "Can you swear to me," he went on, "that no such
  • motive influences you now? That you honestly believe we have been
  • deceived and mistaken? That our years of faith and labour have been
  • wasted, and that, if mankind is to be helped, it is to be in other ways
  • and by other efforts than ours?"
  • He stood before her accusingly, almost, the passion of the long fight
  • surging up in him as he felt the weapon drop from his hand.
  • Fulvia had sat motionless under his appeal; but as he paused she rose
  • with an impulsive gesture. "Oh, why do you torment me with questions?"
  • she cried, half-sobbing. "I venture to counsel a delay, and you arraign
  • me as though I stood at the day of judgment!"
  • "It IS our day of judgment," he retorted. "It is the day on which life
  • confronts us with our own actions, and we must justify them or own
  • ourselves deluded." He went up to her and caught her hands entreatingly.
  • "Fulvia," he said, "I too have doubted, wavered--and if you will give me
  • one honest reason that is worthy of us both--"
  • She broke from him to hide her weeping. "Reasons! reasons!" she
  • stammered. "What does the heart know of reasons? I ask a favour--the
  • first I ever asked of you--and you answer it by haggling with me for
  • reasons!"
  • Something in her voice and gesture was like a lightning-flash over a
  • dark landscape. In an instant he saw the pit at his feet.
  • "Some one has been with you. Those words were not yours," he cried.
  • She rallied instantly. "That is a pretext for not heeding them!" she
  • returned.
  • The lightning glared again. He stepped close and faced her.
  • "The Duchess has been here," he said.
  • She dropped into a chair and hid her face from him. A wave of anger
  • mounted from his heart, choking back his words and filling his brain
  • with its fumes. But as it subsided he felt himself suddenly cool, firm,
  • attempered. There could be no wavering, no self-questioning now.
  • "When did this happen?" he asked.
  • She shook her head despairingly.
  • "Fulvia," he said, "if you will not speak I will speak for you. I can
  • guess what arguments were used--what threats, even. Were there threats?"
  • burst from him in a fresh leap of anger.
  • She raised her head slowly. "Threats would not have mattered," she said.
  • "But your fears were played on--your fears for my safety?--Fulvia,
  • answer me!" he insisted.
  • She rose suddenly and laid her arms about his shoulders, with a gesture
  • half-tender, half-maternal.
  • "Oh," she said, "why will you torture me? I have borne much for our
  • love's sake, and would have borne this too--in silence, like the
  • rest--but to speak of it is to relieve it; and my strength fails me!"
  • He held her hands fast, keeping his eyes on hers. "No," he said, "for
  • your strength never failed you when there was any call on it; and our
  • whole past calls on it now. Rouse yourself, Fulvia: look life in the
  • face! You were told there might be troubles tomorrow--that I was in
  • danger, perhaps?"
  • "There was worse--there was worse," she shuddered.
  • "Worse?"
  • "The blame was laid on me--the responsibility. Your love for me, my
  • power over you, were accused. The people hate me--they hate you for
  • loving me! Oh, I have destroyed you!" she cried.
  • Odo felt a slow cold strength pouring into all his veins. It was as
  • though his enemies, in thinking to mix a mortal poison, had rendered him
  • invulnerable. He bent over her with great gentleness.
  • "Fulvia, this is madness," he said. "A moment's thought must show you
  • what passions are here at work. Can you not rise above such fears? No
  • one can judge between us but ourselves."
  • "Ah, but you do not know--you will not understand. Your life may be in
  • danger!" she cried.
  • "I have been told that before," he said contemptuously. "It is a common
  • trick of the political game."
  • "This is no trick," she exclaimed. "I was made to see--to
  • understand--and I swear to you that the danger is real."
  • "And what if it were? Is the Church to have all the martyrs?" said he
  • gaily. "Come, Fulvia, shake off such fancies. My life is as safe as
  • yours. At worst there may be a little hissing to be faced. That is easy
  • enough compared to facing one's own doubts. And I have no doubts
  • now--that is all past, thank heaven! I see the road straight before
  • me--as straight as when you showed it to me once before, years ago, in
  • the inn-parlour at Peschiera. You pointed the way to it then; surely you
  • would not hold me back from it now?"
  • He took her in his arms and kissed her lips to silence.
  • "When we meet tomorrow," he said, releasing her, "It will be as teacher
  • and pupil, you in your doctor's gown and I a learner at your feet. Put
  • your old faith in me into your argument, and we shall have all Pianura
  • converted."
  • He hastened away through the dim gardens, carrying a boy's heart in his
  • breast.
  • 4.10.
  • The University of Pianura was lodged in the ancient Signoria or Town
  • Hall of the free city; and here, on the afternoon of the Duke's
  • birthday, the civic dignitaries and the leading men of the learned
  • professions had assembled to see the doctorate conferred on the
  • Signorina Fulvia Vivaldi and on several less conspicuous candidates of
  • the other sex.
  • The city was again in gala dress. Early that morning the new
  • constitution had been proclaimed, with much firing of cannon and display
  • of official fireworks; but even these great news, and their attendant
  • manifestations, had failed to enliven the populace, who, instead of
  • filling the streets with their usual stir, hung massed at certain
  • points, as though curiously waiting on events. There are few sights more
  • ominous than that of a crowd thus observing itself, watching in
  • inconscient suspense for the unknown crisis which its own passions have
  • engendered.
  • It was known that his Highness, after the public banquet at the palace,
  • was to proceed in state to the University; and the throng was thick
  • about the palace gates and in the streets betwixt it and the Signoria.
  • Here the square was close-packed, and every window choked with gazers,
  • as the Duke's coach came in sight, escorted meagrely by his equerries
  • and the half-dozen light-horse that preceded him. The small escort, and
  • the marked absence of military display, perhaps disappointed the
  • splendour-loving crowd; and from this cause or another, scarce a cheer
  • was heard as his Highness descended from his coach, and walked up the
  • steps to the porch of ancient carved stone where the faculty awaited
  • him.
  • The hall was already filled with students and graduates, and with the
  • guests of the University. Through this grave assemblage the Duke passed
  • up to the row of armchairs beneath the dais at the farther end of the
  • room. Trescorre, who was to have attended his Highness, had excused
  • himself on the plea of indisposition, and only a few
  • gentlemen-in-waiting accompanied the Duke; but in the brown half-light
  • of the old Gothic hall their glittering uniforms contrasted brilliantly
  • with the black gowns of the students, and the sober broadcloth of the
  • learned professions. A discreet murmur of enthusiasm rose at their
  • approach, mounting almost to a cheer as the Duke bowed before taking his
  • seat; for the audience represented the class most in sympathy with his
  • policy and most confident of its success.
  • The meetings of the faculty were held in the great council-chamber where
  • the Rectors of the old free city had assembled; and such a setting was
  • regarded as peculiarly appropriate to the present occasion. The fact was
  • alluded to, with much wealth of historical and mythological analogy, by
  • the President, who opened the ceremonies with a polysyllabic Latin
  • oration, in which the Duke was compared to Apollo, Hercules and Jason,
  • as well as to the flower of sublunary heroes.
  • This feat of rhetoric over, the candidates were called on to advance and
  • receive their degrees. The men came first, profiting by the momentary
  • advantage of sex, but clearly aware of its inability to confer even
  • momentary importance in the eyes of the impatient audience. A pause
  • followed, and then Fulvia appeared. Against the red-robed faculty at the
  • back of the dais, she stood tall and slender in her black cap and gown.
  • The high windows of painted glass shed a paleness on her face, but her
  • carriage was light and assured as she advanced to the President and
  • knelt to receive her degree. The parchment was placed in her hand, the
  • furred hood laid on her shoulders; then, after another flourish of
  • rhetoric, she was led to the lectern from which her discourse was to be
  • delivered. Odo sat just below her, and as she took her place their eyes
  • met for an instant. He was caught up in the serene exaltation of her
  • look, as though she soared with him above wind and cloud to a region of
  • unshadowed calm; then her eyes fell and she began to speak.
  • She had a pretty mastery of Latin, and though she had never before
  • spoken in public, her poetical recitations, and the early habit of
  • intercourse with her father's friends, had given her a fair measure of
  • fluency and self-possession. These qualities were raised to eloquence by
  • the sweetness of her voice, and by the grave beauty which made the
  • academic gown seem her natural wear, rather than a travesty of learning.
  • Odo at first had some difficulty in fixing his attention on what she
  • said; and when he controlled his thoughts she was in the height of her
  • panegyric of constitutional liberty. She had begun slowly, almost
  • coldly; but now her theme possessed her. One by one she evoked the
  • familiar formulas with which his mind had once reverberated. They woke
  • no echo in him now; but he saw that she could still set them ringing
  • through the sensibilities of her hearers. As she stood there, a slight
  • impassioned figure, warming to her high argument, his sense of irony was
  • touched by the incongruity of her background. The wall behind her was
  • covered by an ancient fresco, fast fading under its touches of renewed
  • gilding, and representing the patron scholars of the mediaeval world:
  • the theologians, law-givers and logicians under whose protection the
  • free city had placed its budding liberties. There they sat, rigid and
  • sumptuous on their Gothic thrones: Origen, Zeno, David, Lycurgus,
  • Aristotle; listening in a kind of cataleptic helplessness to a
  • confession of faith that scattered their doctrines to the winds. As he
  • looked and listened, a weary sense of the reiterance of things came over
  • him. For what were these ancient manipulators of ideas, prestidigitators
  • of a vanished world of thought, but the forbears of the long line of
  • theorists of whom Fulvia was the last inconscient mouthpiece? The new
  • game was still played with the old counters, the new jugglers repeated
  • the old tricks; and the very words now poured out in defence of the new
  • cause were but mercenaries scarred in the service of its enemies. For
  • generations, for centuries, man had fought on; crying for liberty,
  • dreaming it was won, waking to find himself the slave of the new forces
  • he had generated, burning and being burnt for the same beliefs under
  • different guises, calling his instinct ideas and his ideas revelations;
  • destroying, rebuilding, falling, rising, mending broken weapons,
  • championing extinct illusions, mistaking his failures for achievements
  • and planting his flag on the ramparts as they fell. And as the vision of
  • this inveterate conflict rose before him, Odo saw that the beauty, the
  • power, the immortality, dwelt not in the idea but in the struggle for
  • it.
  • His resistance yielded as this sense stole over him, and with an almost
  • physical relief he felt himself drawn once more into the familiar
  • current of emotion. Yes, it was better after all to be one of that great
  • unconquerable army, though, like the Trojans fighting for a phantom
  • Helen, they might be doing battle for the shadow of a shade; better to
  • march in their ranks, endure with them, fight with them, fall with them,
  • than to miss the great enveloping sense of brotherhood that turned
  • defeat to victory.
  • As the conviction grew in him, Fulvia's words regained their lost
  • significance. Through the set mask of language the living thoughts
  • looked forth, old indeed as the world, but renewed with the new life of
  • every heart that bore them. She had left the abstract and dropped to
  • concrete issues: to the gift of the constitution, the benefits and
  • obligations it implied, the new relations it established between ruler
  • and subject and between man and man. Odo saw that she approached the
  • question without flinching. No trace remained of the trembling woman who
  • had clung to him the night before. Her old convictions repossessed her
  • and she soared above human fears.
  • So engrossed was he that he had been unaware of a growing murmur of
  • sound which seemed to be forcing its way from without through the walls
  • of the ancient building. As Fulvia's oration neared its end the murmur
  • rose to a roar. Startled faces were turned toward the doors of the
  • council-chamber, and one of the Duke's gentlemen left his seat and made
  • his way through the audience. Odo sat motionless, his eyes on Fulvia. He
  • noticed that her face paled as the sound reached her, but there was no
  • break in the voice with which she uttered the closing words of her
  • peroration. As she ended, the noise was momentarily drowned under a loud
  • burst of clapping; but this died in a hush of apprehension through which
  • the outer tumult became more ominously audible. The equerry reentered
  • the hall with a disordered countenance. He hastened to the Duke and
  • addressed him urgently.
  • "Your Highness," he said, "the crowd has thickened and wears an ugly
  • look. There are many friars abroad, and images of the Mountain Virgin
  • are being carried in procession. Will your Highness be pleased to remain
  • here while I summon an escort from the barracks?"
  • Odo was still watching Fulvia. She had received the applause of the
  • audience with a deep reverence, and was now in the act of withdrawing to
  • the inner room at the back of the dais. Her eyes met Odo's; she smiled
  • and the door closed on her. He turned to the equerry.
  • "There is no need of an escort," he said. "I trust my people if they do
  • not trust me."
  • "But, your Highness, the streets are full of demagogues who have been
  • haranguing the people since morning. The crowd is shouting against the
  • constitution and against the Signorina Vivaldi."
  • A flame of anger passed over the Duke's face; but he subdued it
  • instantly.
  • "Go to the Signorina Vivaldi," he said, pointing to the door by which
  • Fulvia had left the hall. "Assure her that there is no danger, but ask
  • her to remain where she is till the crowd disperses, and request the
  • faculty in my name to remain with her."
  • The equerry bowed, and hurried up the steps of the dais, while the Duke
  • signed to his other companions to precede him to the door of the hall.
  • As they walked down the long room, between the close-packed ranks of the
  • audience, the outer tumult surged threateningly toward them. Near the
  • doorway, another of the gentlemen-in-waiting was seen to speak with the
  • Duke.
  • "Your Highness," he said, "there is a private way at the back by which
  • you may yet leave the building unobserved."
  • "You appear to forget that I entered it publicly," said Odo.
  • "But, your Highness, we cannot answer for the consequences--"
  • The Duke signed to the ushers to throw open the doors. They obeyed, and
  • he stepped out into the stone vestibule preceding the porch. The
  • iron-barred outer doors of this vestibule were securely bolted, and the
  • porter hung back in affright at the order to unlock them.
  • "Your Highness, the people are raving mad," he said, flinging himself on
  • his knees.
  • Odo turned impatiently to his escort. "Unbar the doors, gentlemen," he
  • said. The blood was drumming in his ears, but his eye was clear and
  • steady, and he noted with curious detachment the comic agony of the fat
  • porter's face, and the strain and swell of the equerry's muscles as he
  • dragged back the ponderous bolts.
  • The doors swung open, and the Duke emerged. Below him, still with that
  • unimpaired distinctness of vision which seemed a part of his heightened
  • vitality, he saw a great gesticulating mass of people. They packed the
  • square so closely that their own numbers held them immovable, save for
  • their swaying arms and heads; and those whom the square could not
  • contain had climbed to porticoes, balconies and cornices, and massed
  • themselves in the neck of the adjoining streets. The handful of
  • light-horse who had escorted the Duke's carriage formed a single line at
  • the foot of the steps, so that the approach to the porch was still
  • clear; but it was plain that the crowd, with its next movement, would
  • break through this slender barrier and hem in the Duke.
  • At Odo's appearance the shouting had ceased and every eye was turned on
  • him. He stood there, a brilliant target, in his laced coat of
  • peach-coloured velvet, his breast covered with orders, a hand on his
  • jewelled sword-hilt. For a moment sovereign and subjects measured each
  • other; and in that moment Odo drank his deepest draught of life. He was
  • not thinking now of the constitution or its opponents. His present
  • business was to get down the steps and into the carriage, returning to
  • the palace as openly as he had come. He was conscious of neither pity
  • nor hatred for the throng in his path. For the moment he regarded them
  • merely as a natural force, to be fought against like storm or flood. His
  • clearest sensation was one of relief at having at last some material
  • obstacle to spend his strength against, instead of the impalpable powers
  • which had so long beset him. He felt, too, a boyish satisfaction at his
  • own steadiness of pulse and eye, at the absence of that fatal inertia
  • which he had come to dread. So clear was his mental horizon that it
  • embraced not only the present crisis, but a dozen incidents leading up
  • to it. He remembered that Trescorre had urged him to take a larger
  • escort, and that he had refused on the ground that any military display
  • might imply a doubt of his people. He was glad now that he had done so.
  • He would have hated to slink to his carriage behind a barrier of drawn
  • swords. He wanted no help to see him through this business. The blood
  • sang in his veins at the thought of facing it alone.
  • The silence lasted but a moment; then an image of the Mountain Virgin
  • was suddenly thrust in air, and a voice cried out: "Down with our Lady's
  • enemies! We want no laws against the friars!"
  • A howl caught up the words and tossed them to and fro above the seething
  • heads. Images of the Virgin, religious banners, the blue-and-white of
  • the Madonna's colours, suddenly canopied the crowd.
  • "We want the Barnabites back!" sang out another voice.
  • "Down with the free-thinkers!" yelled a hundred angry throats.
  • A stone or two sped through the air and struck the sculptures of the
  • porch.
  • "Your Highness!" cried the equerry who stood nearest, and would have
  • snatched the Duke back within doors.
  • For all answer, Odo stepped clear of the porch and advanced to the edge
  • of the steps. As he did so, a shower of missiles hummed about him, and a
  • stone struck him on the lip. The blood rushed to his head, and he swayed
  • in the sudden grip of anger; but he mastered himself and raised his lace
  • handkerchief to the cut.
  • His gentlemen had drawn their swords; but he signed to them to sheathe
  • again. His first thought was that he must somehow make the people hear
  • him. He lifted his hand and advanced a step; but as he did so a shot
  • rang out, followed by a loud cry. The lieutenant of the light-horse,
  • infuriated by the insult to his master, had drawn the pistol from his
  • holster and fired blindly into the crowd. His bullet had found a mark,
  • and the throng hissed and seethed about the spot where a man had fallen.
  • At the same instant Odo was aware of a commotion in the group behind
  • him, and with a great plunge of the heart he saw Fulvia at his side. She
  • still wore the academic dress, and her black gown detached itself
  • sharply against the bright colours of the ducal uniforms.
  • Groans and hisses received her, but the mob hung back, as though her
  • look had checked them. Then a voice shrieked out: "Down with the
  • atheist! We want no foreign witches!" and another caught it up with the
  • yell: "She poisoned the weaver's boy! Her father was hanged for
  • murdering Christian children!"
  • The cry set the crowd in motion again, and it rolled toward the line of
  • mounted soldiers at the foot of the steps. The men had their hands on
  • their holsters; but the Duke's call rang out: "No firing!" and drawing
  • their blades, they sat motionless to receive the shock.
  • It came, dashed against them and dispersed them. Only a few yards lay
  • now between the people and their sovereign. But at that moment another
  • shot was fired. This time it came from the thick of the crowd. The
  • equerries' swords leapt forth again, and they closed around the Duke and
  • Fulvia.
  • "Save yourself, sir! Back into the building!" one of the gentlemen
  • shouted; but Odo had no eyes for what was coming. For as the shot was
  • heard he had seen a change in Fulvia. A moment they had stood together,
  • smiling, undaunted, hands locked and wedded eyes, then he felt her
  • dissolve against him and drop between his arms.
  • A cry had gone out that the Duke was wounded, and a leaden silence fell
  • on the crowd. In that silence Odo knelt, lifting Fulvia's head to his
  • breast. No wound showed through her black gown. She lay as though
  • smitten by some invisible hand. So deep was the hush that her least
  • whisper must have reached him; but though he bent close no whisper came.
  • The invisible hand had struck the very source of life; and to these two,
  • in their moment of final reunion, with so much unsaid between them that
  • now at last they longed to say, there was left only the dumb communion
  • of fast-clouding eyes...
  • A clatter of cavalry was heard down the streets that led to the square.
  • The equerry sent to warn Fulvia had escaped from the back of the
  • building and hastened to the barracks to summon a regiment. But the
  • soldiery were no longer needed. The blind fury of the mob had died of
  • its own excess. The rumour that the Duke was hurt brought a chill
  • reaction of dismay, and the rioters were already scattering when the
  • cavalry came in sight. Their approach turned the slow dispersal to a
  • stampede. A few arrests were made, the remaining groups were charged by
  • the soldiers, and presently the square lay bare as a storm-swept plain,
  • though the people still hung on its outskirts, ready to disband at the
  • first threat of the troops.
  • It was on this solitude that the Duke looked out as he regained a sense
  • of his surroundings. Fulvia had been carried into the audience-chamber
  • and laid on the dais, her head resting on the velvet cushions of the
  • ducal chair. She had died instantly, shot through the heart, and the
  • surgeons summoned in haste had soon ceased from their ineffectual
  • efforts. For a long time Odo knelt beside her, unconscious of all but
  • that one wild moment when life at its highest had been dashed into the
  • gulf of death. Thought had ceased, and neither rage nor grief moved as
  • yet across the chaos of his being. All his life was in his eyes, as they
  • drew up, drop by drop, the precious essence of her loveliness. For she
  • had grown, beneath the simplifying hand of death, strangely yet most
  • humanly beautiful. Life had fallen from her like the husk from the
  • flower, and she wore the face of her first hopes. The transition had
  • been too swift for any backward look, any anguished rending of the
  • fibres, and he felt himself, not detached by the stroke, but caught up
  • with her into some great calm within the heart of change.
  • He knew not how he found himself once more on the steps above the
  • square. Below him his state carriage stood in the same place, flanked by
  • the regiment of cavalry. Down the narrow streets he saw the brooding
  • cloud of people, and the sight roused his blood. They were his enemies
  • now--he felt the warm hate in his veins. They were his enemies, and he
  • would face them openly. No closed chariot guarded by troops--he would
  • not have so much as a pane of glass between himself and his subjects. He
  • descended the steps, bade the colonel of the regiment dismount, and
  • sprang into his saddle. Then, at the head of his soldiers, at a
  • foot-pace, he rode back through the packed streets to the palace.
  • In the palace, courtyard and vestibule were thronged with courtiers and
  • lacqueys. He walked through them with his head high, the cut on his lip
  • like the mark of a hot iron in the dead whiteness of his face. At the
  • head of the great staircase Maria Clementina waited. She sprang forward,
  • distraught and trembling, her face as blanched as his.
  • "You are safe--you are safe--you are not hurt--" she stammered, catching
  • at his hands.
  • A shudder seized him as he put her aside.
  • "Odo! Odo!" she cried passionately, and made as though to bar his way.
  • He gave her a blind look and passed on down the long gallery to his
  • closet.
  • 4.11.
  • The joy of reprisals lasted no longer than a summer storm. To hurt, to
  • silence, to destroy, was too easy to be satisfying. The passions of his
  • ancestors burned low in Odo's breast: though he felt Bracciaforte's fury
  • in his veins he could taste no answering gratification of revenge. And
  • the spirit on which he would have spent his hatred was not here or
  • there, as an embodied faction, but everywhere as an intangible
  • influence. The acqua tofana of his enemies had pervaded every fibre of
  • the state.
  • The mist of anguish lifted, he saw himself alone among ruins. For a
  • moment Fulvia's glowing faith had hung between him and a final vision of
  • the truth; and as his convictions weakened he had replaced them with an
  • immense pity, an all-sufficing hope. Sentimental verbiage: he saw it
  • clearly now. He had been the dupe of the old word-jugglery which was
  • forever confounding fact and fancy in men's minds. For it was
  • essentially an age of words: the world was drunk with them, as it had
  • once been drunk with action; and the former was the deadlier drug of the
  • two. He looked about him languidly, letting the facts of life filter
  • slowly through his faculties. The sources of energy were so benumbed in
  • him that he felt like a man whom long disease had reduced to
  • helplessness and who must laboriously begin his bodily education again.
  • Hate was the only passion which survived, and that was but a deaf
  • intransitive emotion coiled in his nature's depths.
  • Sickness at last brought its obliteration. He sank into gulfs of
  • weakness and oblivion, and when the rise of the tide floated him back to
  • life, it was to a life as faint and colourless as infancy. Colourless
  • too were the boundaries on which he looked out: the narrow enclosure of
  • white walls, opening on a slit of pale spring landscape. His hands lay
  • before him, white and helpless on the white coverlet of his bed. He
  • raised his eyes and saw de Crucis at his side. Then he began to
  • remember. There had been preceding intervals of consciousness, and in
  • one of them, in answer perhaps to some vaguely-uttered wish for light
  • and air, he had been carried out of the palace and the city to the
  • Benedictine monastery on its wooded knoll beyond the Piana. Then the
  • veil had dropped again, and his spirit had wandered in a dim place of
  • shades. There was a faint sweetness in coming back at last to familiar
  • sights and sounds. They no longer hurt like pressure on an aching nerve:
  • they seemed rather, now, the touch of a reassuring hand.
  • As the contact with life became closer and more sustained he began to
  • watch himself curiously, wondering what instincts and habits of thought
  • would survive his long mental death. It was with a bitter, almost
  • pitiable disappointment that he found the old man growing again in him.
  • Life, with a mocking hand, brought him the cast-off vesture of his past,
  • and he felt himself gradually compressed again into the old passions and
  • prejudices. Yet he wore them with a difference--they were a cramping
  • garment rather than a living sheath. He had brought back from his lonely
  • voyagings a sense of estrangement deeper than any surface-affinity with
  • things.
  • As his physical strength returned, and he was able to leave his room and
  • walk through the long corridors to the outer air, he felt the old spell
  • which the life of Monte Cassino had cast on him. The quiet garden, with
  • its clumps of box and lavender between paths converging to the statue of
  • Saint Benedict; the cloisters paved with the monks' nameless graves; the
  • traces of devotional painting left here and there on the weather-beaten
  • walls, like fragments of prayer in a world-worn mind: these formed a
  • circle of tranquillising influences in which he could gradually
  • reacquire the habit of living.
  • He had never deceived himself as to the cause of the riots. He knew from
  • Gamba and Andreoni that the liberals and the court, for once working in
  • unison, had provoked the blind outburst of fanaticism which a rasher
  • judgment might have ascribed to the clergy. The Dominicans, bigoted and
  • eager for power, had been ready enough to serve such an end, and some of
  • the begging orders had furnished the necessary points of contact with
  • the people; but the movement was at bottom purely political, and
  • represented the resistance of the privileged classes to any attack on
  • their inherited rights.
  • As such, he could no longer regard it as completely unreasonable. He was
  • beginning to feel the social and political significance of those old
  • restrictions and barriers against which his early zeal had tilted.
  • Certainly in the ideal state the rights and obligations of the different
  • classes would be more evenly adjusted. But the ideal state was a figment
  • of the brain. The real one, as Crescenti had long ago pointed out, was
  • the gradual and heterogeneous product of remote social conditions,
  • wherein every seeming inconsistency had its roots in some bygone need,
  • and the character of each class, with its special passions, ignorances
  • and prejudices, was the sum total of influences so ingrown and
  • inveterate that they had become a law of thought. All this, however,
  • seemed rather matter for philosophic musing than for definite action.
  • His predominant feeling was still that of remoteness from the immediate
  • issues of life: the soeva indignatio had been succeeded by a great calm.
  • The soothing influences of the monastic life had doubtless helped to
  • tide him over the stormy passage of returning consciousness. His
  • sensitiveness to these influences inclined him for the first time to
  • consider them analytically. Hitherto he had regarded the Church as a
  • skilfully-adjusted engine, the product of human passions scientifically
  • combined to obtain the greatest sum of tangible results. Now he saw that
  • he had never penetrated beneath the surface. For the Church which
  • grasped, contrived, calculated, struggled for temporal possessions and
  • used material weapons against spiritual foes--this outer Church was
  • nothing more than the body, which, like any other animal body, had to
  • care for its own gross needs, nourish, clothe, defend itself, fight for
  • a footing among the material resistances of life--while the soul, the
  • inner animating principle, might dwell aloof from all these things, in a
  • clear medium of its own.
  • To this soul of the Church his daily life now brought him close. He felt
  • it in the ordered beneficence of the great community, in the simplicity
  • of its external life and the richness and suavity of its inner
  • relations. No alliance based on material interests, no love of power
  • working toward a common end, could have created that harmony of thought
  • and act which was reflected in every face about him. Each of these men
  • seemed to have FOUND OUT SOMETHING of which he was still ignorant.
  • What it was, de Crucis tried to tell him as they paced the cloisters
  • together or sat in the warm stillness of the budding garden. At the
  • first news of the Duke's illness the Jesuit had hastened to Pianura. No
  • companionship could have been so satisfying to Odo. De Crucis's mental
  • attitude toward mankind might have been defined as an illuminated
  • charity. To love men, or to understand them, is not as unusual as to do
  • both together; and it was the intellectual acuteness of his friend's
  • judgments that made their Christian amenity so seductive to Odo.
  • "The highest claim of Christianity," the Jesuit said one morning, as
  • they sat on a worn stone bench at the end of the sunny vine-walk, "is
  • that it has come nearer to solving the problem of men's relations to
  • each other than any system invented by themselves. This, after all, is
  • the secret principle of the Church's vitality. She gave a spiritual
  • charter of equality to mankind long before the philosophers thought of
  • giving them a material one. If, all the while, she has been fighting for
  • dominion, arrogating to herself special privileges, struggling to
  • preserve the old lines of social and legal demarcation, it has been
  • because for nigh two thousand years she has cherished in her breast the
  • one free city of the spirit, because to guard its liberties she has had
  • to defend and strengthen her own position. I do not ask you to consider
  • whence comes this insight into the needs of man, this mysterious power
  • over him; I ask you simply to confess them in their results. I am not of
  • those who believe that God permits good to come to mankind through one
  • channel only, and I doubt not that now and in times past the thinkers
  • whom your Highness follows have done much to raise the condition of
  • their fellows; but I would have you observe that, where they have done
  • so, it has been because, at bottom, their aims coincided with the
  • Church's. The deeper you probe into her secret sources of power, the
  • more you find there, in the germ if you will, but still potentially
  • active, all those humanising energies which work together for the
  • lifting of the race. In her wisdom and her patience she may have seen
  • fit to withhold their expression, to let them seek another outlet; but
  • they are there, stored in her consciousness like the archetypes of the
  • Platonists in the Universal Mind. It is the knowledge of this, the sure
  • knowledge of it, which creates the atmosphere of serenity that you feel
  • about you. From the tilling of the vineyards, or the dressing of a
  • beggar's sores, to the loftiest and most complicated intellectual labour
  • imposed on him, each brother knows that his daily task is part of a
  • great scheme of action, working ever from imperfection to perfection,
  • from human incompleteness to the divine completion. This sense of being,
  • not straws on a blind wind of chance, but units in an ordered force,
  • gives to the humblest Christian an individual security and dignity which
  • kings on their thrones might envy.
  • "But not only does the Church anticipate every tendency of mankind;
  • alone of all powers she knows how to control and direct the passions she
  • excites. This it is which makes her an auxiliary that no temporal prince
  • can well despise. It is in this aspect that I would have your Highness
  • consider her. Do not underrate her power because it seems based on the
  • commoner instincts rather than on the higher faculties of man. That is
  • one of the sources of her strength. She can support her claims by reason
  • and argument, but it is because her work, like that of her divine
  • Founder, lies chiefly among those who can neither reason nor argue, that
  • she chooses to rest her appeal on the simplest and most universal
  • emotions. As, in our towns, the streets are lit mainly by the tapers
  • before the shrines of the saints, so the way of life would be dark to
  • the great multitude of men but for the light of faith burning within
  • them..."
  • Meanwhile the shufflings of destiny had brought to Trescorre the prize
  • for which he waited. During the Duke's illness he had been appointed
  • regent of Pianura, and his sovereign's reluctance to take up the cares
  • of government had now left him for six months in authority. The day
  • after the proclaiming of the constitution Odo had withdrawn his
  • signature from it, on the ground that the concessions it contained were
  • inopportune. The functions of government went on again in the old way.
  • The old abuses persisted, the old offences were condoned: it was as
  • though the apathy of the sovereign had been communicated to his people.
  • Centuries of submission were in their blood, and for two generations
  • there had been no warfare south of the Alps.
  • For the moment men's minds were turned to the great events going forward
  • in France. It had not yet occurred to the Italians that the recoil of
  • these events might be felt among themselves. They were simply amused
  • spectators, roused at last to the significance of the show, but never
  • dreaming that they might soon be called from the wings to the
  • footlights. To de Crucis, however, the possibility of such a call was
  • already present, and it was he who pressed the Duke to return to his
  • post. A deep reluctance held Odo back. He would have liked to linger on
  • in the monastery, leading the tranquil yet busy life of the monks, and
  • trying to read the baffling riddle of its completeness. At that moment
  • it seemed to him of vastly more importance to discover the exact nature
  • of the soul--whether it was in fact a metaphysical entity, as these men
  • believed, or a mere secretion of the brain, as he had been taught to
  • think--than to go back and govern his people. For what mattered the
  • rest, if he had been mistaken about the soul?
  • With a start he realised that he was going as his cousin had gone--that
  • this was but another form of the fatal lethargy that hung upon his race.
  • An effort of the will drew him back to Pianura, and made him resume the
  • semblance of authority; but it carried him no farther. Trescorre
  • ostensibly became prime minister, and in reality remained the head of
  • the state. The Duke was present at the cabinet meetings but took no part
  • in the direction of affairs. His mind was lost in a maze of metaphysical
  • speculations; and even these served him merely as some
  • cunningly-contrived toy with which to trick his leisure.
  • His revocation of the charter had necessarily separated him from Gamba
  • and the advanced liberals. He knew that the hunchback, ever scornful of
  • expediency, charged him with disloyalty to the people; but such charges
  • could no longer wound. The events following the Duke's birthday had
  • served to crystallise the schemes of the little liberal group, and they
  • now formed a campaign of active opposition to the government, attacking
  • it by means of pamphlets and lampoons, and by such public speaking as
  • the police allowed. The new professors of the University, ardently in
  • sympathy with the constitutional movement, used their lectures as means
  • of political teaching, and the old stronghold of dogma became the centre
  • of destructive criticism. But as yet these ideas formed but a single
  • live point in the general numbness.
  • Two years passed in this way. North of the Alps, all Europe was
  • convulsed, while Italy was still but a sleeper who tosses in his sleep.
  • In the two Sicilies, the arrogance and perfidy of the government gave a
  • few martyrs to the cause, and in Bologna there was a brief revolutionary
  • outbreak; but for the most part the Italian states were sinking into
  • inanition. Venice, by recalling her fleet from Greece, let fall the
  • dominion of the sea. Twenty years earlier Genoa had basely yielded
  • Corsica to France. The Pope condemned the French for their outrages on
  • religion, and his subjects murdered Basseville, the agent of the new
  • republic. The sympathies and impulses of the various states were as
  • contradictory as they were ineffectual.
  • Meanwhile, in France, Europe was trying to solve at a stroke the
  • problems of a thousand years. All the repressed passions which
  • civilisation had sought, however imperfectly, to curb, stalked abroad
  • destructive as flood and fire. The great generation of the
  • Encyclopaedists had passed away, and the teachings of Rousseau had
  • prevailed over those of Montesquieu and Voltaire. The sober sense of the
  • economists was swept aside by the sound and fury of the demagogues, and
  • France was become a very Babel of tongues. The old malady of words had
  • swept over the world like a pestilence.
  • To the little Italian courts, still dozing in fancied security under the
  • wing of Bourbon and Hapsburg suzerains, these rumours were borne by the
  • wild flight of emigres--dead leaves loosened by the first blast of the
  • storm. Month by month they poured across the Alps in ever-increasing
  • numbers, bringing confused contradictory tales of anarchy and outrage.
  • Among those whom chance thus carried to Pianura were certain familiars
  • of the Duke's earlier life--the Count Alfieri and his royal mistress,
  • flying from Paris, and arriving breathless with the tale of their
  • private injuries. To the poet of revolt this sudden realisation of his
  • doctrines seemed in fact a purely personal outrage. It was as though a
  • man writing an epic poem on an earthquake should suddenly find himself
  • engulphed. To Alfieri the downfall of the French monarchy and the
  • triumph of democratic ideas meant simply that his French investments had
  • shrunk to nothing, and that he, the greatest poet of the age, had been
  • obliged, at an immense sacrifice of personal dignity, to plead with a
  • drunken mob for leave to escape from Paris. To the wider aspect of the
  • "tragic farce," as he called it, his eyes remained obstinately closed.
  • He viewed the whole revolutionary movement as a conspiracy against his
  • comfort, and boasted that during his enforced residence in France he had
  • not so much as exchanged a word with one of the "French slaves,
  • instigators of false liberty," who, by trying to put into action the
  • principles taught in his previous works, had so grievously interfered
  • with the composition of fresh masterpieces.
  • The royal pretensions of the Countess of Albany--pretentions affirmed
  • rather than abated as the tide of revolution rose--made it impossible
  • that she should be received at the court of Pianura; but the Duke found
  • a mild entertainment in Alfieri's company. The poet's revulsion of
  • feeling seemed to Odo like the ironic laughter of the fates. His
  • thoughts returned to the midnight meetings of the Honey Bees, and to the
  • first vision of that face which men had lain down their lives to see.
  • Men had looked on that face since then, and its horror was reflected in
  • their own.
  • Other fugitives to Pianura brought another impression of events--that
  • comic note which life, the supreme dramatic artist, never omits from her
  • tragedies. These were the Duke's old friend the Marquis de Coeur-Volant,
  • fleeing from his chateau as the peasants put the torch to it, and
  • arriving in Pianura destitute, gouty and middle-aged, but imperturbable
  • and epigrammatic as ever. With him came his Marquise, a dark-eyed lady,
  • stout to unwieldiness and much given to devotion, in whom it was
  • whispered (though he introduced her as the daughter of a Venetian
  • Senator) that a reminiscent eye might still detect the outline of the
  • gracefullest Columbine who had ever flitted across the Italian stage.
  • These visitors were lodged by the Duke's kindness in the Palazzo
  • Cerveno, near the ducal residence; and though the ladies of Pianura were
  • inclined to look askance on the Marquise's genealogy, yet his Highness's
  • condescension, and her own edifying piety, had soon allayed these
  • scruples, and the salon of Madame de Coeur-Volant became the rival of
  • Madame d'Albany's.
  • It was, in fact, the more entertaining of the two; for, in spite of his
  • lady's austere views, the Marquis retained that gift of social
  • flexibility that was already becoming the tradition of a happier day. To
  • the Marquis, indeed, the revolution was execrable not so much because of
  • the hardships it inflicted, as because it was the forerunner of social
  • dissolution--the breaking-up of the regime which had made manners the
  • highest morality, and conversation the chief end of man. He could have
  • lived gaily on a crust in good company and amid smiling faces; but the
  • social deficiencies of Pianura were more difficult to endure than any
  • material privation. In Italy, as the Marquis had more than once
  • remarked, people loved, gambled, wrote poetry, and patronised the arts;
  • but, alas, they did not converse. Coeur-Volant could not conceal from
  • his Highness that there was no conversation in Pianura; but he did his
  • best to fill the void by the constant exercise of his own gift in that
  • direction, and to Odo at least his talk seemed as good as it was
  • copious. Misfortune had given a finer savour to the Marquis's
  • philosophy, and there was a kind of heroic grace in his undisturbed
  • cultivation of the amenities.
  • While the Marquis was struggling to preserve the conversational art, and
  • Alfieri planning the savage revenge of the Misogallo, the course of
  • affairs in France had gained a wilder impetus. The abolition of the
  • nobility, the flight and capture of the King, his enforced declaration
  • of war against Austria, the massacres of Avignon, the sack of the
  • Tuileries--such events seemed incredible enough till the next had
  • crowded them out of mind. The new year rose in blood and mounted to a
  • bloodier noon. All the old defences were falling. Religion, monarchy,
  • law, were sucked down into the whirlpool of liberated passions. Across
  • that sanguinary scene passed, like a mocking ghost, the philosophers'
  • vision of the perfectibility of man. Man was free at last--freer than
  • his would-be liberators had ever dreamed of making him--and he used his
  • freedom like a beast. For the multitude had risen--that multitude which
  • no man could number, which even the demagogues who ranted in its name
  • had never seriously reckoned with--that dim, grovelling
  • indistinguishable mass on which the whole social structure rested. It
  • was as though the very soil moved, rising in mountains or yawning in
  • chasms about the feet of those who had so long securely battened on it.
  • The earth shook, the sun and moon were darkened, and the people, the
  • terrible unknown people, had put in the sickle to the harvest.
  • Italy roused herself at last. The emissaries of the new France were
  • swarming across the Alps, pervading the peninsula as the Jesuits had
  • once pervaded Europe; and in the mind of a young general of the
  • republican army visions of Italian conquest were already forming. In
  • Pianura the revolutionary agents found a strong republican party headed
  • by Gamba and his friends, and a government weakened by debt and
  • dissensions. The air was thick with intrigue. The little army could no
  • longer be counted on, and a prolonged bread-riot had driven Trescorre
  • out of the ministry and compelled the Duke to appoint Andreoni in his
  • place. Behind Andreoni stood Gamba and the radicals. There could be no
  • doubt which way the fortunes of the duchy tended. The Duke's would-be
  • protectors, Austria and the Holy See, were too busy organising the hasty
  • coalition of the powers to come to his aid, had he cared to call on
  • them. But to do so would have been but another way of annihilation. To
  • preserve the individuality of his state, or to merge it in the vision of
  • a United Italy, seemed to him the only alternatives worth fighting for.
  • The former was a futile dream, the latter seemed for a brief moment
  • possible. Piedmont, ever loyal to the monarchical principle, was calling
  • on her sister states to arm themselves against the French invasion. But
  • the response was reluctant and uncertain. Private ambitions and petty
  • jealousies hampered every attempt at union. Austria, the Bourbons and
  • the Holy See held the Italian principalities in a network of conflicting
  • interests and obligations that rendered free action impossible. Sadly
  • Victor Amadeus armed himself alone against the enemy.
  • Under such conditions Odo could do little to direct the course of
  • events. They had passed into more powerful hands than his. But he could
  • at least declare himself for or against the mighty impulse which was
  • behind them. The ideas he had striven for had triumphed at last, and his
  • surest hold on authority was to share openly in their triumph. A
  • profound horror dragged him back. The new principles were not those for
  • which he had striven. The goddess of the new worship was but a bloody
  • Maenad who had borrowed the attributes of freedom. He could not bow the
  • knee in such a charnel-house. Tranquilly, resolutely, he took up the
  • policy of repression. He knew the attempt was foredoomed to failure, but
  • that made no difference now: he was simply acting out the inevitable.
  • The last act came with unexpected suddenness. The Duke woke one morning
  • to find the citadel in the possession of the people. The impregnable
  • stronghold of Bracciaforte was in the hands of the serfs whose fathers
  • had toiled to build it, and the last descendant of Bracciaforte was
  • virtually a prisoner in his palace. The revolution took place quietly,
  • without violence or bloodshed. Andreoni waited on the Duke, and a
  • cabinet-council was summoned. The ministers affected to have yielded
  • reluctantly to popular pressure. All they asked was a constitution and
  • the assurance that no resistance would be offered to the French.
  • The Duke requested a few hours for deliberation. Left alone, he summoned
  • the Duchess's chamberlain. The ducal pair no longer met save on
  • occasions of state: they had not exchanged a word since the death of
  • Fulvia Vivaldi. Odo sent word to her Highness that he could no longer
  • answer for her security while she remained in the duchy, and that he
  • begged her to leave immediately for Vienna. She replied that she was
  • obliged for his warning, but that while he remained in Pianura her place
  • was at his side. It was the answer he had expected--he had never doubted
  • her courage--but it was essential to his course that she should leave
  • the duchy without delay, and after a moment's reflection he wrote a
  • letter in which he informed her that he must insist on her obedience. No
  • answer was returned, but he learned that she had turned white, and
  • tearing the letter in shreds had called for her travelling-carriage
  • within the hour. He sent to enquire when he might take leave of her, but
  • she excused herself on the plea of indisposition, and before nightfall
  • he heard the departing rattle of her wheels.
  • He immediately summoned Andreoni and announced his unconditional refusal
  • of the terms proposed to him. He would not give a constitution or
  • promise allegiance to the French. The minister withdrew, and Odo was
  • left alone. He had dismissed his gentlemen, and as he sat in his closet
  • a sense of deathlike isolation came over him. Never had the palace
  • seemed so silent or so vast. He had not a friend to turn to. De Crucis
  • was in Germany, and Trescorre, it was reported, had privately attended
  • the Duchess in her flight. The waves of destiny seemed closing over Odo,
  • and the circumstances of his past rose, poignant and vivid, before his
  • drowning sight.
  • And suddenly, in that moment of failure and abandonment, it seemed to
  • him again that life was worth the living. His indifference fell from him
  • like a garment. The old passion of action awoke and he felt a new warmth
  • in his breast. After all, the struggle was not yet over: though Piedmont
  • had called in vain on the Italian states, an Italian sword might still
  • be drawn in her service. If his people would not follow him against
  • France he could still march against her alone. Old memories hummed in
  • him at the thought. He recalled how his Piedmontese ancestors had gone
  • forth against the same foe, and the stout Donnaz blood began to bubble
  • in his veins.
  • A knock roused him and Gamba entered by the private way. His appearance
  • was not unexpected to Odo, and served only to reinforce his new-found
  • energy. He felt that the issue was at hand. As he expected, Gamba had
  • been sent to put before him more forcibly and unceremoniously the veiled
  • threat of the ministers. But the hunchback had come also to plead with
  • his master in his own name, and in the name of the ideas for which they
  • had once laboured together. He could not believe that the Duke's
  • reaction was more than momentary. He could not calculate the strength of
  • the old associations which, now that the tide had set the other way,
  • were dragging Odo back to the beliefs and traditions of his caste.
  • The Duke listened in silence; then he said: "Discussion is idle. I have
  • no answer to give but that which I have already given." He rose from his
  • seat in token of dismissal.
  • The moment was painful to both men. Gamba drew nearer and fell at the
  • Duke's feet.
  • "Your Highness," he said, "consider what this means. We hold the state
  • in our hands. If you are against us you are powerless. If you are with
  • us we can promise you more power than you ever dreamed of possessing."
  • The Duke looked at him with a musing smile. "It is as though you offered
  • me gold in a desert island," he said. "Do not waste such poor bribes on
  • me. I care for no power but the power to wipe out the work of these last
  • years. Failing that, I want nothing that you or any other man can give."
  • Gamba was silent a moment. He turned aside into the embrasure of the
  • window, and when he spoke again it was in a voice broken with grief.
  • "Your Highness," he said, "if your choice is made, ours is made also. It
  • is a hard choice, but these are fratricidal hours. We have come to the
  • parting of the ways."
  • The Duke made no sign, and Gamba went on with gathering anguish: "We
  • would have gone to the world's end with your Highness for our leader!"
  • "With a leader whom you could lead," Odo interposed. He went up to Gamba
  • and laid a hand on his shoulder. "Speak out, man," he said. "Say what
  • you were sent to say. Am I a prisoner?"
  • The hunchback burst into tears. Odo, with his arms crossed, stood
  • leaning against the window. The other's anguish seemed to deepen his
  • detachment.
  • "Your Highness--your Highness--" Gamba stammered.
  • The Duke made an impatient gesture. "Come, make an end," he said.
  • Gamba fell back with a profound bow.
  • "We do not ask the surrender of your Highness's person," he said.
  • "Not even that?" Odo returned with a faint sneer.
  • Gamba flushed to the temples, but the retort died on his lips.
  • "Your Highness," he said, scarce above a whisper, "the gates are
  • guarded; but the word for tonight is 'Humilitas.'" He knelt and kissed
  • Odo's hand. Then he rose and passed out of the room...
  • * * * * *
  • Before dawn the Duke left the palace. The high emotions of the night had
  • ebbed. He saw himself now, in the ironic light of morning, as a fugitive
  • too harmless to be worth pursuing. His enemies had let him keep his
  • sword because they had no cause to fear it. Alone he passed through the
  • gardens of the palace, and out into the desert darkness of the streets.
  • Skirting the wall of the Benedictine convent where Fulvia had lodged, he
  • gained a street leading to the marketplace. In the pallor of the waning
  • night the ancient monuments of his race stood up mournful and deserted
  • as a line of tombs. The city seemed a grave-yard and he the ineffectual
  • ghost of its dead past. He reached the gates and gave the watchword. The
  • gates were guarded, as he had been advised; but the captain of the watch
  • let him pass without show of hesitation or curiosity. Though he made no
  • effort at disguise he went forth unrecognised, and the city closed her
  • doors on him as carelessly as on any passing wanderer.
  • Beyond the gates a lad from the ducal stables waited with a horse. Odo
  • sprang into the saddle and rode on toward Pontesordo. The darkness was
  • growing thinner, and the meagre details of the landscape, with its
  • huddled farm-houses and mulberry-orchards, began to define themselves as
  • he advanced. To his left the field stretched, grey and sodden; ahead, on
  • his right, hung the dark woods of the ducal chase. Presently a bend of
  • the road brought him within sight of the keep of Pontesordo. His way led
  • past it, toward Valsecca; but some obscure instinct laid a detaining
  • hand on him, and at the cross-roads he bent to the right and rode across
  • the marshland to the old manor-house.
  • The farmyard lay hushed and deserted. The peasants who lived there would
  • soon be afoot; but for the moment Odo had the place to himself. He
  • tethered his horse to a gate-post and walked across the rough
  • cobble-stones to the chapel. Its floor was still heaped with farm-tools
  • and dried vegetables, and in the dimness a heavier veil of dust seemed
  • to obscure the painted walls. Odo advanced, picking his way among broken
  • ploughshares and stacks of maize, till he stood near the old marble
  • altar, with its sea-gods and acanthus volutes. The place laid its
  • tranquillising hush on him, and he knelt on the step beneath the altar.
  • Something stirred in him as he knelt there--a prayer, yet not a
  • prayer--a reaching out, obscure and inarticulate, toward all that had
  • survived of his early hopes and faiths, a loosening of old founts of
  • pity, a longing to be somehow, somewhere reunited to his old belief in
  • life.
  • How long he knelt he knew not; but when he looked up the chapel was full
  • of a pale light, and in the first shaft of the sunrise the face of Saint
  • Francis shone out on him...He went forth into the daybreak and rode away
  • toward Piedmont.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Valley of Decision, by Edith Wharton
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VALLEY OF DECISION ***
  • ***** This file should be named 4327.txt or 4327.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/4/3/2/4327/
  • Produced by Sue Asscher. HTML version by Al Haines.
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.net/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
  • donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.net
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.